summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/info/examples/tip
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2024-02-01 03:00:51 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2024-02-01 03:00:51 +0000
commita494a509f3f4a13a450c898488155f7aa5353bd3 (patch)
treeab11a3116dfe36f273b0eefe1a7abb556253a9c8 /info/examples/tip
parent79e1bbc1ad6b308aa2074540b2afd43b6a72ce03 (diff)
CTAN sync 202402010300
Diffstat (limited to 'info/examples/tip')
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/absdimen.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/absval.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/acronym.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/advtabst.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/aevpar.tip33
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/alldate.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/allocat.tip31
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/alwbase.tip21
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/angt.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/arbday.tip54
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/arraymac.tip213
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/atpos.tip37
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/be-env.tip46
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/bletpar.tip53
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/box-bb.tip22
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/box-bul.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/box-larg.tip29
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/box-mac.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/box-thck.tip20
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/box-zero.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/boxing1.tip29
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/boxing2.tip31
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/boxing3.tip34
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/boxing4.tip47
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/boxing5.tip105
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/boxing6.tip44
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/boxing7.tip113
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/boxrelim.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/boxrqu.tip118
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/centerlp.tip21
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/centerng.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/centpar.tip29
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/charbo.tip29
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/chboxd.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/clearb.tip23
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/collect.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/coltok.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/comfiles.tip76
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/compst.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/compstca.tip44
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/condltr.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/conval.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/copydate.tip23
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/counters.tip87
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/countl.tip46
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/cref-1.tip31
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/cref-2.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/cref-2a.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/cref-3.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/cref-3a.tip44
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/cref-4.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/cref-5.tip52
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/crline.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/csar.tip114
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/cssprint.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/cstostr.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/cstostrc.tip34
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ctestcs.tip37
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/dateofw.tip53
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/dblarg.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/defauarg.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/dicentry.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/doloop.tip86
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/droppre.tip37
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/droppt.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/dumppars.tip115
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/earliest.tip41
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/emprubox.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/emptybox.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/endn-mac.tip52
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/endrec.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/enum.tip34
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/enumlist.tip83
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/errmess.tip22
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/evenprin.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/everyequ.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/everypar.tip45
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/evhvbox.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ex-out2.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/fexist.tip33
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/figbox.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/figinpar.tip59
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/firstldi.tip52
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/fo-char.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/font-cpp.tip45
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/fontsam.tip150
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/fonttab.tip90
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/formline.tip33
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/fotable.tip175
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/fotok.tip34
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/frac.tip21
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/freespac.tip35
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/fsized.tip35
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/funospac.tip52
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/futlet.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/futpar.tip23
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/genaeol.tip39
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/genhead.tip100
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/genostr.tip42
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/getnuml.tip29
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/gobble.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/gobblemo.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/graphmac.tip82
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/hex.tip44
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ifeven.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ifx-def.tip30
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ifx-mac.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/imodn.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/index-or.tip50
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/input-at.tip23
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/inputc.tip33
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/inputd.tip41
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/inputdl.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/isleapyr.tip43
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/isprefix.tip55
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/issuffix.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/itemizel.tip48
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/itemltw.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/itemplan.tip44
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ivpyr.tip67
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/largdp.tip42
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/lbpar.tip30
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/lc0to9.tip35
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/leadingz.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/leadline.tip29
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/leftdm.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/legdate.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/legmonth.tip23
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/legyear.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/lfondem.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/linesr.tip23
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/list-mac.tip142
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/loadedla.tip23
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/lpagetg.tip23
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/macvntip.tex296
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/mathenv.tip77
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/maxmindi.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/mocal.tip90
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/mocal3.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/modonead.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/mondofda.tip39
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/mrdel.tip54
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/mspaces.tip20
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/namedef.tip64
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/nathd.tip29
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/nctest.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ndaysmo.tip54
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/new-midi.tip53
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/newdef.tip43
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/newfont.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/newinput.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/newoutfr.tip37
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/newpage.tip22
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/nextday.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/nextmon.tip31
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/nlm.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/norpweek.tip39
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/npright.tip42
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ntotext.tip119
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/numcond.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/numdyr.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/numwhile.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/oblines.tip31
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/obspaces.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/oct.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/oddprin.tip23
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/oeprin.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ola-1p.tip91
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ola-2p.tip121
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ola-comm.tip75
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/op-endin.tip61
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/op-pagec.tip53
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/optargx.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/orcards.tip119
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ordbrule.tip36
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/orsimple.tip104
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/out-ds.tip443
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/out2-or.tip73
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/outf-rad.tip55
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/outpsel.tip37
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/par-fl.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/par-lab.tip82
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/par-lcl.tip39
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/parin.tip35
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/part-cr.tip94
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/part-lab.tip88
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/part-mac.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/parv-1.tip89
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/pdollars.tip37
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/pickfs.tip20
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/pm-4.tip122
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/pm-auxco.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/pm-bas.tip52
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/pm-main.tip111
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/pm-pagen.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/pm-wrc.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/pmtime.tip30
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/poorbold.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/pralph.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/prevday.tip37
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/prevmon.tip31
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/prhyph.tip54
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/primmark.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/printast.tip37
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/printco.tip68
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/printreg.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/prmode.tip29
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/prmonth.tip54
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/prot.tip72
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/rangetst.tip44
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/rboxt.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/readme27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/readnu.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/redtost.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/remtlsp.tip50
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/restring.tip52
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/reverses.tip39
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/rh-dict.tip31
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/robust.tip35
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/samplepa.tip40
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/setstrut.tip51
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/shboxes.tip42
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/shiftudb.tip30
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/showpll.tip46
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/showx.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/sigline.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/spacefac.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/splitpar.tip49
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ssmath.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/strleng.tip29
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/stswitch.tip57
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/substf.tip28
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/sumhd.tip22
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/swapbox.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/tabcent.tip31
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/tabswb.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/testdef.tip30
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/testsubs.tip42
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/texip.idx3918
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/texipexp.tex6888
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/tip-bugs.tex3153
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/toc-mac.tip57
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/today.tip21
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/todayx.tip35
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/topinfix.tip40
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-brefm.tip21
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-bul.tip23
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-chap.tip63
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-chhe.tip48
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-crm.tip116
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-dime1.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-dime2.tip44
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-dime3.tip20
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-enum.tip69
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-float.tip121
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-fonts.tip111
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-foot.tip41
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-gnot.tip68
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-hall.tip21
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-hmore.tip39
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-hyph.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-itize.tip46
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-lazy.tip24
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-loft.tip31
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-logo.tip26
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-main.tip67
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-outpu.tip188
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-page2.tip122
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-pager.tip38
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-robst.tip42
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-set.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-shead.tip83
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-subst.tip34
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-toc.tip46
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-verb.tip84
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-verb1.tip54
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-verb2.tip34
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-vers.tip19
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-vol.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-wind.tip174
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/ts-writc.tip25
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/valdecpo.tip34
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/vcentx.tip73
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/verb-bas.tip130
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/verb-mac.tip41
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/verb.tip44
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/verbdisp.tip244
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/verbwr.tip86
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/vsmax.tip32
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/vtbox.tip30
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/vwrt-mac.tip68
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/weekofyr.tip63
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/widestc.tip34
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/wl-parcp.tip57
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/wrtoc.tip27
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/wrverbar.tip35
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/wtolist.tip36
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/x-parsh.tip64
-rw-r--r--info/examples/tip/yearcal.tip67
299 files changed, 0 insertions, 28433 deletions
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/absdimen.tip b/info/examples/tip/absdimen.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e2e5daf3bc..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/absdimen.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.1.11, p. I-91.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 601.
-\wlog{L: "absdimen.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 601, p. I-91]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\AbsoluteDimension #1#2{%
- \ifdim #1 < 0pt
- #2 = -#1\relax
- \else
- #2 = #1\relax
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/absval.tip b/info/examples/tip/absval.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index f3809b9a0f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/absval.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.3.12, p. I-57.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1523.
-\wlog{L: "absval.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1523, p. I-57]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\AbsoluteValue #1#2{%
- \ifnum #1<0
- #2 = -#1\relax
- \else
- #2 = #1\relax
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/acronym.tip b/info/examples/tip/acronym.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 18db6ef8f4..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/acronym.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 22.5.4, p. III-225.
-% Original source in file "macros2.TEX", starting line 1045.
-\wlog{L: "acronym.tip" ["macros2.TEX," l. 1045, p. III-225]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\DefineAcronym #1#2#3{%
- \def #1{%
- #2 (#3)%
- \gdef#1{#2}%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/advtabst.tip b/info/examples/tip/advtabst.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 25b5ce5b75..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/advtabst.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 40.2.1, p. IV-299.
-% Original source in file "table3.TEX", starting line 192.
-\wlog{L: "advtabst.tip" ["table3.TEX," l. 192, p. IV-299]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\AdvanceByTabStopsCount
-\def\AdvanceByTabStops #1{%
- \def\@MakeTabChars{}%
- \DoLoop{\AdvanceByTabStopsCount}{2}{1}{#1}%
- {\edef\@MakeTabChars{\@MakeTabChars&}}%
- \@MakeTabChars
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/aevpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/aevpar.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 215db1a4ba..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/aevpar.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.23.2, p. III-349.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1808.
-\wlog{L: "aevpar.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1808, p. III-349]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newtoks\AfterEveryPar
-\AfterEveryPar = {}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\SetUpAfterEveryPar{%
- \def\par{%
- \ifhmode
- \ifinner
- \else
- \endgraf
- \the\AfterEveryPar
- \fi
- \fi
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/alldate.tip b/info/examples/tip/alldate.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 471bcc3c94..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/alldate.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.23, p. III-395.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1784.
-\wlog{L: "alldate.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1784, p. III-395]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{earliest.tip}
-\InputD{copydate.tip}
-\InputD{dateofw.tip}
-\InputD{prmonth.tip}
-\InputD{legyear.tip}
-\InputD{legmonth.tip}
-\InputD{ndaysmo.tip}
-\InputD{legdate.tip}
-\InputD{isleapyr.tip}
-\InputD{numdyr.tip}
-\InputD{nextday.tip}
-\InputD{prevday.tip}
-\InputD{nextmon.tip}
-\InputD{prevmon.tip}
-\InputD{arbday.tip}
-\InputD{todayx.tip}
-\InputD{mocal.tip}
-\InputD{mocal3.tip}
-\InputD{yearcal.tip}
-\InputD{weekofyr.tip}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/allocat.tip b/info/examples/tip/allocat.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bb3055145..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/allocat.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.6.3, p. I-115.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1720.
-\wlog{L: "allocat.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1720, p. I-115]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\alloc@#1#2#3#4#5{%
- \global\advance\count1#1by\@ne
- \ch@ck#1#4#2%
- \allocationnumber=\count1#1%
- \ifx #5\@allocUndef
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\alloc@: \string#5 already defined}%
- \fi
- \global#3#5=\allocationnumber
- \wlog{\string#5=\string#2\the\allocationnumber}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/alwbase.tip b/info/examples/tip/alwbase.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index f65a0b732c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/alwbase.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 7.3.13, p. I-233.
-% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 1301.
-\wlog{L: "alwbase.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 1301, p. I-233]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\AlwaysBaselineskip{%
- \lineskiplimit = -\maxdimen
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/angt.tip b/info/examples/tip/angt.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a85e0cac6..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/angt.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 13.2.8, p. II-168.
-% Original source in file "math1.TEX", starting line 915.
-\wlog{L: "angt.tip" ["math1.TEX," l. 915, p. II-168]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\angt #1{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox{$\langle$}%
- {\rm #1}%
- \hbox{$\rangle$}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/arbday.tip b/info/examples/tip/arbday.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index fa8921eb60..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/arbday.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.16, p. III-381.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1098.
-\wlog{L: "arbday.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1098, p. III-381]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{legdate.tip}
-\InputD{dateofw.tip}
-\InputD{imodn.tip}
-\InputD{nextday.tip}
-\InputD{numdyr.tip}
-\InputD{prmonth.tip}
-\InputD{earliest.tip}
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@YearTemp
-\newcount\@YearTop
-\newcount\@MonthTemp
-\newcount\@MonthTop
-\newcount\@TempAD
-\def\ArbitraryDayOfWeek #1#2#3#4{%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- #4 = \DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate
- \@YearTop = #1\relax
- \advance\@YearTop by -1
- \DoLoop{\@YearTemp}{\EarliestYearDate}{1}{\@YearTop}{%
- \NumberOfDaysInYear{\@YearTemp}{\@TempAD}%
- \advance #4 by \@TempAD
- }%
- \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}%
- \@MonthTop = #2\relax
- \advance\@MonthTop by -1
- \DoLoop{\@MonthTemp}{1}{1}{\@MonthTop}{%
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{\@MonthTemp}{\@TempAD}%
- \advance #4 by \@TempAD
- }%
- \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}%
- \advance #4 by #3\relax
- \advance #4 by -1
- \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/arraymac.tip b/info/examples/tip/arraymac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index cf2f26b02c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/arraymac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,213 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 20.3, p. III-136.
-% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 1017.
-\wlog{L: "arraymac.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 1017, p. III-136]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{list-mac.tip}
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\IndexLastElement #1#2{%
- \NumberOfListElements{#1}{#2}%
- \advance #2 by -1
-}
-\newcount\@ArrayIndexCheckCount
-\def\ArrayIndexCheck #1#2{%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ArrayIndexCheckCount}%
- \ifnum\@ArrayIndexCheckCount = -1
- \errmessage{\string\ArrayIndexCheck: array \string#2
- is empty.}%
- \else
- \CheckRange{#2}{0}{\@ArrayIndexCheckCount}%
- {\string\ArrayIndexCheck: index \number#2 out
- of range in list \string#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\newcount\@AccessArrayElementLimit
-\newcount\@AccessArrayElementCount
-\def\AccessArrayElement #1#2#3{%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}%
- \let\@AccessArrayElementList = #1%
- \@AccessArrayElementLimit = #2\relax
- \DoLoop{\@AccessArrayElementCount}%
- {1}{1}{\@AccessArrayElementLimit}%
- {\DropFirstElementOfList{\@AccessArrayElementList}}%
- \CarOfList{\@AccessArrayElementList}{#3}%
-}
-\newcount\@ModifyArrayElementCount
-\newcount\@ModifyArrayElementLimit
-\def\ModifyArrayElement #1#2#3{%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{2}%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ModifyArrayElementLimit}%
- \let\@ModifyArrayList = #1%
- \def\@ModifyArrayRet{}%
- \DoLoop{\@ModifyArrayElementCount}%
- {0}{1}{\@ModifyArrayElementLimit}%
- {%
- \CarOfList{\@ModifyArrayList}%
- {\@ModifyArrayElement}%
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\@ModifyArrayList}%
- \ifnum\@ModifyArrayElementCount = #2\relax
- \RightAppendElement{\@ModifyArrayRet}{#3}%
- \else
- \RightAppendElement
- {\@ModifyArrayRet}%
- {\@ModifyArrayElement}%
- \fi
- }%
- \let #1 = \@ModifyArrayRet
-}
-\newcount\@InsertArrayElementCount
-\newcount\@InsertArrayElementCountTwo
-\def\InsertArrayElement #1#2#3{%
- \ifnum\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional{#1}=0
- \errmessage{\string\InsertArrayElement: empty array}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional{#1}=#2
- \else
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}%
- \fi
- \def\@InsertArrayElementListPre{}%
- \ifnum #2>0
- \@InsertArrayElementCount = #2\relax
- \advance\@InsertArrayElementCount by -1
- \ExtractSubArray{#1}{0}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}%
- {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}%
- \fi
- \def\@InsertArrayElementListPost{}%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}%
- \ifnum #2 > \@InsertArrayElementCount
- \else
- \ExtractSubArray{#1}{#2}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}%
- {\@InsertArrayElementListPost}%
- \fi
- \RightAppendElement{\@InsertArrayElementListPre}{#3}%
- \CombineTwoLists
- {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}%
- {\@InsertArrayElementListPost}%
- {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}%
- \let #1 = \@InsertArrayElementListPre
-}
-\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementCount
-\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementLimit
-\def\DeleteArrayElement #1#2{%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}%
- \let\@DeleteArrayElementList = #1%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@DeleteArrayElementLimit}%
- \ifnum\@DeleteArrayElementLimit = -1
- \errmessage{\string\DeleteArrayElement: empty array.}%
- \fi
- \def\@DeleteArrayElementResultList{}%
- \DoLoop{\@DeleteArrayElementCount}%
- {0}{1}{\@DeleteArrayElementLimit}%
- {%
- \CarOfList{\@DeleteArrayElementList}%
- {\@DeleteArrayElement}%
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\@DeleteArrayElementList}%
- \ifnum\@DeleteArrayElementCount = #2\relax
- \else
- \RightAppendElement
- {\@DeleteArrayElementResultList}%
- {\@DeleteArrayElement}%
- \fi
- }%
- \let #1=\@DeleteArrayElementResultList
-}
-\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementRangeCount
-\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit
-\def\DeleteArrayElementRange #1#2#3{%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#3}%
- \ifnum #2>#3
- \errmessage{\string\DeleteArrayElementRange:
- first index larger than second. Makes no
- sense}%
- \fi
- \@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit = #3\relax
- \advance\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit by -#2%
- \advance\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit by 1
- \DoLoop{\@DeleteArrayElementRangeCount}{1}{1}%
- {\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit}%
- {\DropArrayElement{#1}{#2}}%
-}
-\newcount\@ShowArrayCount
-\newcount\@ShowArrayLimit
-\def\ShowArray #1{%
- \wlog{\string\ShowArray: begin}%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ShowArrayLimit}%
- \ifnum\@ShowArrayLimit = -1
- \wlog{** empty array **}%
- \else
- \DoLoop{\@ShowArrayCount}{0}{1}{\@ShowArrayLimit}{%
- \AccessArrayElement{#1}{\@ShowArrayCount}%
- {\@ShowArrayElement}%
- \wlog{Index \the\@ShowArrayCount:
- "\@ShowArrayElement"}%
- }%
- \fi
- \wlog{\string\ShowArray: end}%
- \wlog{}%
-}
-\def\@TokenToListDoneMacro{\@TokensToListDone}%
-\def\TokensToTeXList #1#2{%
- \def#1{}%
- \def\@TokensToListName{#1}%
- \@TokensToList #2\@TokensToListDone
-}
-\def\@TokensToList #1{%
- \def\@TokensToListMacArgOne{#1}%
- \ifx\@TokensToListMacArgOne\@TokenToListDoneMacro
- \let\@TokensToListNext = \relax
- \else
- \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@TokensToListName{#1}%
- \let\@TokensToListNext = \@TokensToList
- \fi
- \@TokensToListNext
-}
-\newcount\@ExtractArrayCount
-\newcount\@ExtractArrayLimit
-\newif\if@ExtractCopy
-\def\ExtractSubArray #1#2#3#4{%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#3}%
- \ifnum #3<#2
- \errmessage{\string\ExtractSubArray: first index >
- second index, error}%
- \fi
- \def\@ExtractSubArrayResult{}%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ExtractArrayLimit}%
- \DoLoop{\@ExtractArrayCount}{0}{1}{\@ExtractArrayLimit}%
- {%
- \@ExtractCopytrue
- \ifnum\@ExtractArrayCount < #2\relax
- \@ExtractCopyfalse
- \fi
- \ifnum\@ExtractArrayCount > #3\relax
- \@ExtractCopyfalse
- \fi
- \if@ExtractCopy
- \AccessArrayElement
- {#1}%
- {\@ExtractArrayCount}%
- {\@SubArrayElement}%
- \RightAppendElement
- {\@ExtractSubArrayResult}%
- {\@SubArrayElement}%
- \fi
- }%
- \let #4 = \@ExtractSubArrayResult
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/atpos.tip b/info/examples/tip/atpos.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 036156eb91..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/atpos.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 34.6, p. IV-80.
-% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 830.
-\wlog{L: "atpos.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 830, p. IV-80]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-zero.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@PrintAtPositionBox
-\def\PrintAtPosition #1#2#3#4{%
- \setbox\@PrintAtPositionBox = \hbox{%
- \hskip #1\relax
- \lower #2\hbox{%
- #3%
- }%
- }%
- #4 = \dp\@PrintAtPositionBox
- \ZeroBoxOut{\@PrintAtPositionBox}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\def\SetUpPrintAtPosition{%
- \nopagenumbers
- \topskip = 0pt
- \offinterlineskip
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/be-env.tip b/info/examples/tip/be-env.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1275f03f23..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/be-env.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.6.4, p. III-435.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 1860.
-\wlog{L: "be-env.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 1860, p. III-435]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NewEnvironment #1{%
- \wlog{\string\NewEnvironment: new environment #1.}%
- \NameNewDef{@@B-#1}{%
- \bgroup
- \def\@CurEnvName{#1}%
- \NameUse{@Begin#1}%
- }%
- \NameNewDef{@@E-#1}{%
- \NameUse{@End#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\@CurEnvName}%
- \else
- \errmessage{Ending environment: mismatch in
- environment names: specified: #1,
- expected: \@CurEnvName}%
- \fi
- \egroup
- }%
-}
-\def\B #1{%
- \NameUse{@@B-#1}%
-}
-\def\E #1{%
- \NameUse{@@E-#1}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/bletpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/bletpar.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index cde020150b..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/bletpar.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.4.6, p. II-85.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1864.
-\wlog{L: "bletpar.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1864, p. II-85]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@BigLetDown
-\newdimen\@BigLetDimen
-\newcount\@BigLetCount
-\newbox\@BigLetBox
-\newdimen\BigLetSep
-\BigLetSep = 2pt
-\newdimen\BigLetH
-\BigLetH = 2pt
-\def\BigLetPar #1{%
- \par
- \setbox\@BigLetBox = \hbox{#1\hskip\BigLetSep}%
- \setbox\@BigLetBox = \vtop{%
- \dimen0 = \baselineskip
- \offinterlineskip
- \hbox{}
- \vskip -0.7\dimen0
- \box\@BigLetBox
- \vbox to \BigLetH{}
- }%
- \@BigLetDimen = \dp\@BigLetBox
- \advance\@BigLetDimen by 0.7\baselineskip
- \advance\@BigLetDimen by 1.0\baselineskip
- \divide\@BigLetDimen by \baselineskip
- \@BigLetCount = \@BigLetDimen
- \dp\@BigLetBox = 0pt
- \hangafter = -\@BigLetCount
- \hangindent = \wd\@BigLetBox
- \noindent
- \hskip -\hangindent
- \box \@BigLetBox
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-bb.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-bb.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 67e2c0b7c9..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/box-bb.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.1, p. I-323.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 495.
-\wlog{L: "box-bb.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 495, p. I-323]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@BoxingBox
-\newbox\@BaseLineLeaders
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-bul.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-bul.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 562ebc1b9c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/box-bul.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.1, p. I-322.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 472.
-\wlog{L: "box-bul.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 472, p. I-322]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-zero.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@BulletBox
-\setbox\@BulletBox =
- \hbox{%
- \hskip -2.3pt
- \lower 2.5pt \hbox{$\bullet$}%
- }
-\ZeroBox{\@BulletBox}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-larg.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-larg.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 44c14a2878..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/box-larg.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 8.3, p. I-298.
-% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 1229.
-\wlog{L: "box-larg.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 1229, p. I-298]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\BoxLarger #1#2{%
- \vbox{%
- \vskip #2
- \hbox{%
- \hskip #2%
- \hbox{#1}%
- \hskip #2%
- }%
- \vskip #2
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-mac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c71b830e88..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/box-mac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.14, p. I-343.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1576.
-\wlog{L: "box-mac.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1576, p. I-343]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{boxing7.tip}
-\InputD{box-larg.tip}
-\InputD{emptybox.tip}
-\InputD{emprubox.tip}
-\InputD{boxrelim.tip}
-\InputD{linesr.tip}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-thck.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-thck.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index d39a045484..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/box-thck.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.3, p. I-321.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 405.
-\wlog{L: "box-thck.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 405, p. I-321]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newdimen\BoxRuleThickness
-\BoxRuleThickness = 0.4pt
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/box-zero.tip b/info/examples/tip/box-zero.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index bd0d3930e8..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/box-zero.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.5.13, p. I-104.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1348.
-\wlog{L: "box-zero.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1348, p. I-104]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\ZeroBox #1{%
- \wd#1 = 0pt
- \ht#1 = 0pt
- \dp#1 = 0pt
-}
-\def\ZeroBoxOut #1{%
- \ZeroBox{#1}%
- \box#1%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing1.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing1.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 61ef24a8a4..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/boxing1.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.1, p. I-319.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 331.
-\wlog{L: "boxing1.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 331, p. I-319]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\BoxingA #1{%
- \vbox{%
- \hrule
- \hbox{%
- \vrule
- #1%
- \vrule
- }%
- \hrule
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing2.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing2.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c14df8ded..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/boxing2.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.3, p. I-321.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 419.
-\wlog{L: "boxing2.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 419, p. I-321]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-thck.tip}
-
-\def\BoxingB #1{%
- \vbox{%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- \hbox{%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- #1%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing3.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing3.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5067c1b5f9..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/boxing3.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.2, p. I-323.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 510.
-\wlog{L: "boxing3.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 510, p. I-323]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-bul.tip}
-\InputD{box-thck.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\BoxingC #1{%
- \vbox{%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- \hbox{%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- \copy\@BulletBox
- #1%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing4.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing4.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index ce1cd0be6d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/boxing4.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.3, p. I-324.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 555.
-\wlog{L: "boxing4.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 555, p. I-324]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-zero.tip}
-\InputD{box-bul.tip}
-\InputD{box-bb.tip}
-\InputD{box-thck.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\BoxingD #1{%
- \vbox{%
- \setbox\@BoxingBox = #1%
- \setbox\@BaseLineLeaders = \hbox to \wd\@BoxingBox{%
- \xleaders\hbox to 4pt{%
- \hskip 1pt
- \vrule depth 0.4pt height 0.4pt width 2pt
- \hfil
- }%
- \hfil
- }%
- \ZeroBox{\@BaseLineLeaders}%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- \hbox{%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \box\@BaseLineLeaders
- \box\@BoxingBox
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing5.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing5.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e099f7698..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/boxing5.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.6.1, p. I-327.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 719.
-\wlog{L: "boxing5.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 719, p. I-327]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-zero.tip}
-\InputD{box-bul.tip}
-\InputD{box-bb.tip}
-\InputD{box-thck.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\ifBulletAndBaseLine
-\BulletAndBaseLinetrue
-\def\RulesOutSide #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \fi
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip #3%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \dimen0 = #3%
- \advance \dimen0 by 2\BoxRuleThickness
- \hskip -\dimen0
- \dimen2 = #1%
- \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth -#1%
- \hskip -\dimen0
- \dimen2 = #2%
- \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \dimen0 height -#2 depth \dimen2
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\def\RulesInSide #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \fi
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip #3%
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip -#3%
- \dimen2 = #1%
- \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width #3 height #1 depth -\dimen2
- \hskip -#3%
- \dimen2 = #2%
- \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width #3 height -\dimen2 depth #2%
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\def\RulesOnSide #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \fi
- \hskip -0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip #3%
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip -#3%
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen0 = #3%
- \advance\dimen0 by \BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen2 = #1%
- \advance\dimen2 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen4 = #1%
- \advance\dimen4 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen4 = -\dimen4
- \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4
- \hskip -\dimen0
- \dimen2 = #2%
- \advance\dimen2 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen2 = -\dimen2
- \dimen4 = #2%
- \advance\dimen4 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing6.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing6.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index f361a2868d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/boxing6.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.7, p. I-332.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 996.
-\wlog{L: "boxing6.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 996, p. I-332]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-zero.tip}
-\InputD{boxing5.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\BoxingE #1{%
- \hbox{%
- \setbox\@BoxingBox = #1%
- \setbox\@BaseLineLeaders = \hbox to \wd\@BoxingBox{%
- \xleaders\hbox to 4pt{%
- \hskip 1pt
- \vrule depth 0.4pt height 0.4pt width 2pt
- \hfil
- }%
- \hfil
- }%
- \ZeroBox{\@BaseLineLeaders}%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \box\@BaseLineLeaders
- \fi
- \RulesOnSide
- {\ht\@BoxingBox}%
- {\dp\@BoxingBox}%
- {\wd\@BoxingBox}%
- \box\@BoxingBox
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxing7.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxing7.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a231a4985e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/boxing7.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.9.1, p. I-335.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1131.
-\wlog{L: "boxing7.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1131, p. I-335]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{boxing6.tip}
-\InputD{vcentx.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@BoxRDimen
-\newbox\@BoxRBox
-\newcount\@BoxRNumber
-\def\HboxR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\VboxR{%
- \vbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\vbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\VtopR{%
- \vtop\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\vtop}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\VcenterXR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\VcenterX}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\BoxR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRB
- \@BoxRNumber =
-}
-\def\@BoxRB{%
- \HboxR{\box\@BoxRNumber}%
- \egroup
-}
-\def\CopyR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \afterassignment\@CopyRbb
- \@BoxRNumber =
-}
-\def\@CopyRbb{%
- \HboxR{\copy\@BoxRNumber}%
- \egroup
-}
-\def\@BoxRaa{%
- \futurelet\@BoxRSymbol\@BoxRA
-}
-\def\@BoxRA{%
- \ifx\@BoxRSymbol\bgroup
- \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRb
- \else
- \if\@BoxRSymbol t%
- \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbTo
- \else
- \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbSpread
- \fi
- \fi
- \@BoxitNext
-}
-\def\@BoxRb{%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo
- \let\@BoxDrop =
-}
-\def\@BoxRbTwo{%
- \setbox\@BoxRBox = \expandafter\@WhichBox\@WhichBoxDimen\bgroup
- \aftergroup\@BoxRbThree
-}
-\def\@BoxRbThree{%
- \BoxingE{\box\@BoxRBox}%
- \egroup
-}
-\def\@BoxRbTo to{%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{to}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo
- \@BoxRDimen =
-}
-\def\@BoxRbSpread spread{%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{spread}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo
- \@BoxRDimen =
-}
-\def\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo{%
- \edef\@WhichBoxDimen{\@WhichBoxDimen \the\@BoxRDimen}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo
- \let\@BoxDrop =
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxrelim.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxrelim.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e767fcde85..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/boxrelim.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.12, p. I-342.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1535.
-\wlog{L: "boxrelim.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1535, p. I-342]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{vcentx.tip}
-\def\EliminateRuledBoxes{%
- \let\HboxR = \hbox
- \let\VboxR = \vbox
- \let\VtopR = \vtop
- \let\VcenterXR = \VcenterX
- \let\BoxR = \box
- \let\CopyR = \copy
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/boxrqu.tip b/info/examples/tip/boxrqu.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 62aaadd22a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/boxrqu.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.3.2, p. III-424.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 1362.
-\wlog{L: "boxrqu.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 1362, p. III-424]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\InputD{newoutfr.tip}
-\InputD{mspaces.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@BoxRQStart
-\newcount\@BoxRQEnd
-\newcount\@BoxRQLength
-\newcount\@BoxRQCount
-\newcount\@BoxRQLast
-\newcount\@BoxRQFirst
-\def\@LoadBRQCounters #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}%
- \@BoxRQStart = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}%
- \@BoxRQEnd = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-End-#1}%
- \@BoxRQLength= \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Length-#1}%
- \@BoxRQCount = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Count-#1}%
- \@BoxRQLast = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Last-#1}%
- \@BoxRQFirst = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-First-#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@LoadBRQCounters: no queue "#1".}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\@RestoreBRQCounters #1{%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}{\the\@BoxRQStart}%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-End-#1}{\the\@BoxRQEnd}%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Length-#1}{\the\@BoxRQLength}%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Count-#1}{\the\@BoxRQCount}%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Last-#1}{\the\@BoxRQLast}%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-First-#1}{\the\@BoxRQFirst}%
-}
-\newcount\@BoxRQTempA \newcount\@BoxRQTempB
-\def\SetUpBoxRegisterQueue #1#2{%
- \@BoxRQStart = \count14
- \advance\@BoxRQStart by 1
- \@BoxRQTempA = \@BoxRQStart
- \DoLoop{\@BoxRQTempB}{1}{1}{#2}%
- {\newboxOF\@WhoCaresBoxRegisterIndexA
- \advance\@BoxRQTempA by 1 }
- \advance\@BoxRQTempA by -1
- \@BoxRQEnd = \@BoxRQTempA
- \wlog{\string\SetUpBoxRegisterQueue: queue "#1."}%
- \wlog{\EightSpaces Box registers
- \the\@BoxRQStart\space through
- \the\@BoxRQEnd\space allocated.}%
- \wlog{\EightSpaces (#2 registers).}%
- \@BoxRQCount = 0
- \@BoxRQLength = #2
- \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}%
-}
-\def\AddBoxToQueue #1#2{%
- \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}%
- \wlog{\string\AddBoxToQueue: length: \the\@BoxRQLength,
- count: \the\@BoxRQCount}%
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = \@BoxRQLength
- \errmessage{\string\AddBoxToQueue: Queue "#1" is full.}%
- \else
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0
- \@BoxRQLast = \@BoxRQStart
- \@BoxRQFirst = \@BoxRQStart
- \fi
- \global\setbox\@BoxRQLast = #2%
- \advance\@BoxRQLast by 1
- \ifnum\@BoxRQLast > \@BoxRQEnd
- \@BoxRQLast = \@BoxRQStart
- \fi
- \advance\@BoxRQCount by 1
- \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\CopyFirstElementFromQueue #1#2{%
- \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}%
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0
- \errmessage{\string\CopyFirstElementFromQueue: empty "#1"}%
- \else
- \setbox #2 = \copy\@BoxRQFirst
- \fi
-}
-\def\DropFirstBoxOfQueue #1{%
- \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}%
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0
- \errmessage{\string\DropFirstBoxOfQueue: "#1" is empty.}%
- \else
- \advance\@BoxRQCount by -1
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0
- \else
- \advance\@BoxRQFirst by 1
- \ifnum\@BoxRQFirst > \@BoxRQEnd
- \@BoxRQFirst = \@BoxRQStart
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}%
-}
-\def\EmptyBoxRegisterQueueConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}%
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/centerlp.tip b/info/examples/tip/centerlp.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index af0acc93ab..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/centerlp.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 6.7.4, p. I-191.
-% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 1884.
-\wlog{L: "centerlp.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 1884, p. I-191]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\CenterlineP #1{%
- \centerline{#1\unskip .}
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/centerng.tip b/info/examples/tip/centerng.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a96676e60f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/centerng.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.6.3, p. II-101.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 2697.
-\wlog{L: "centerng.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 2697, p. II-101]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\BeginCenter{%
- \par
- \begingroup
- \rightskip = 1in plus 4em
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \spaceskip = .3333em
- \xspaceskip = .5em
- \parfillskip = 0pt
- \noindent
-}
-\def\EndCenter{%
- \par
- \endgroup
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/centpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/centpar.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index de0dfd8f03..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/centpar.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.15, p. III-333.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 945.
-\wlog{L: "centpar.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 945, p. III-333]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\CenterOrParagraph #1{%
- {%
- \par
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > \hsize
- \noindent #1\par
- \else
- \centerline{\box0}%
- \fi
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/charbo.tip b/info/examples/tip/charbo.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 246031c5b0..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/charbo.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 15.2.3, p. II-231.
-% Original source in file "fonts1.TEX", starting line 290.
-\wlog{L: "charbo.tip" ["fonts1.TEX," l. 290, p. II-231]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\def\hboxE #1{%
- {%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
- \setbox1 = \hbox{}%
- \wd1 = \wd0
- \ht1 = \ht0
- \dp1 = \dp0
- \HboxR{\box 1}%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/chboxd.tip b/info/examples/tip/chboxd.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 57d987414c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/chboxd.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.5.10, p. I-102.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1222.
-\wlog{L: "chboxd.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1222, p. I-102]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@AdvanceBoxD
-\def\AdvanceBoxDimension #1#2{%
- \@AdvanceBoxD = #1\relax
- \advance\@AdvanceBoxD by #2\relax
- #1 = \@AdvanceBoxD
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/clearb.tip b/info/examples/tip/clearb.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b4e2028384..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/clearb.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.5.6, p. I-98.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1022.
-\wlog{L: "clearb.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1022, p. I-98]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ClearBoxReg #1{%
- \setbox #1 = \box\voidb@x
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/collect.tip b/info/examples/tip/collect.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 6953f89e62..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/collect.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 22.1.8, p. III-210.
-% Original source in file "macros2.TEX", starting line 228.
-\wlog{L: "collect.tip" ["macros2.TEX," l. 228, p. III-210]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\InitialCollectInfo{%
- \gdef\Collect{}%
-}
-\InitialCollectInfo
-\long\def\AddInfo #1{%
- \xdef\Collect{\Collect #1}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/coltok.tip b/info/examples/tip/coltok.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a86f430876..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/coltok.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 20.1.4, p. III-118.
-% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 96.
-\wlog{L: "coltok.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 96, p. III-118]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newtoks\CollectTokens
-\CollectTokens = {}
-\def\AddInfo #1{%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \CollectTokens\expandafter{%
- \the\CollectTokens #1}
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/comfiles.tip b/info/examples/tip/comfiles.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 02853596c1..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/comfiles.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 29.7.1, p. III-528.
-% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1941.
-\wlog{L: "comfiles.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1941, p. III-528]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\InputD{fexist.tip}
-\InputD{endrec.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@CompareFilesResult
-\newread\@ReadCompareOne
-\newread\@ReadCompareTwo
-\def\CompareFilesConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\CompareFilesConditional: first file "#1"
- does not exist.}%
- \fi
- \if\FileExistsConditional{#2}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\CompareFilesConditional: second file "#2"
- does not exist.}%
- \fi
- \global\@CompareFilesResult = 0
- \begingroup
- \MkOthers
- \openin\@ReadCompareOne = #1
- \openin\@ReadCompareTwo = #2
- \@CompareFiles
-}
-
-\def\@CompareFiles{%
- \read\@ReadCompareOne to \@CompareOneString
- \read\@ReadCompareTwo to \@CompareTwoString
- \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne
- \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne
- \global\@CompareFilesResult = 1
- \else
- \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2
- \fi
- \else
- \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne
- \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2
- \else
- \ifx\@CompareOneString\@CompareTwoString
- \else
- \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \RecursionMacroEnd
- {\ifnum \@CompareFilesResult = 0\relax}%
- {\@CompareFiles}{\@EndCompareFiles}%
-}
-\def\@EndCompareFiles{%
- \endgroup
- \closein\@ReadCompareOne
- \closein\@ReadCompareTwo
- \ifnum\@CompareFilesResult = 1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/compst.tip b/info/examples/tip/compst.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5137722769..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/compst.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.17.1, p. III-334.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1018.
-\wlog{L: "compst.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1018, p. III-334]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{restring.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\StringsEqualConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \edef\@StringsEqualOneConditional{#1}%
- \edef\@StringsEqualTwoConditional{#2}%
- \ifx\@StringsEqualOneConditional\@StringsEqualTwoConditional
-}
-\def\EmptyStringConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{}%
-}
-\def\EmptyStringConditionalISpaces #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ReplaceSubStrings{\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}{#1}%
- { }{}%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional
- {\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/compstca.tip b/info/examples/tip/compstca.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index df5a770e63..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/compstca.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.17.6, p. III-337.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1203.
-\wlog{L: "compstca.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1203, p. III-337]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{genostr.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newread\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput
-\def\StringsEqualConditionalCat #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \edef\@StringsEqualOneConditionalCat{#1}%
- \edef\@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCat{#2}%
- \OpenGenericOStream{compst.tmp}%
- \immediate\write\GenericOStream{%
- \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCat{#1}%
- }%
- \immediate\write\GenericOStream{%
- \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCat{#1}%
- }%
- \CloseGenericOStream
- \openin\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput = compst.tmp
- \read\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput to
- \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCatR
- \read\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput to
- \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCatR
- \closein\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput
- \ifx
- \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCatR
- \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCatR
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/condltr.tip b/info/examples/tip/condltr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index cc6fff7d49..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/condltr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.2.4, p. III-354.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 2056.
-\wlog{L: "condltr.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 2056, p. III-354]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@LetterConditional
-\newcount\@LetterConditionalCounter
-\def\@LetterConditional #1#2;{%
- \@LetterConditionalCounter = `#1\relax
-}
-\def\LetterConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \@LetterConditionalfalse
- \edef\@LetterConditionalString{#1}%
- \expandafter\@LetterConditional\@LetterConditionalString ;
- \if\InRangeConditional{\@LetterConditionalCounter}{`\a}{`\z}%
- \@LetterConditionaltrue
- \fi
- \if\InRangeConditional{\@LetterConditionalCounter}{`\A}{`\Z}%
- \@LetterConditionaltrue
- \fi
- \if@LetterConditional
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/conval.tip b/info/examples/tip/conval.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 28638f5ece..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/conval.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 20.2.16, p. III-131.
-% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 790.
-\wlog{L: "conval.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 790, p. III-131]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{list-mac.tip}
-\InputD{remtlsp.tip}
-\InputD{strleng.tip}
-\InputD{endrec.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ConvertArgsToListAndAppend #1#2{%
- \def\@Co{#1}%
- \@ItemRec #2,\@Delimiter
-}
-\def\@ItemRec #1,{%
- \RemLsp{\@ItemTemp}{#1}%
- \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@Co{\@ItemTemp}%
- \futurelet\@ItemRecTok\@ItemRecOne
-}
-\def\@ItemRecOne{%
- \RecursionMacroEnd{\ifx\@ItemRecTok\@Delimiter}%
- {\@ItemRecEnd}{\@ItemRec}%
-}
-\def\@ItemRecEnd\@Delimiter{}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/copydate.tip b/info/examples/tip/copydate.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index fd90867ec1..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/copydate.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.2, p. III-360.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 116.
-\wlog{L: "copydate.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 116, p. III-360]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\CopyDate #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- #4 = #1\relax
- #5 = #2\relax
- #6 = #3\relax
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/counters.tip b/info/examples/tip/counters.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 735e86d62e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/counters.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.4.2, p. I-71.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 2216.
-\wlog{L: "counters.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 2216, p. I-71]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{newoutfr.tip}
-\InputD{printco.tip}
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NewCounter #1#2#3#4{%
- \wlog{\string\NewCounter: allocating new counter "#1."}%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@C-#1}%
- \errmessage{\string\NewCounter: counter "#1" was
- allocated previously.}%
- \fi
- \expandafter\newcountOF\csname @C-#1\endcsname
- \ReassignCounter{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
- \NameDef{@ResetC-#1}{}%
-}
-\def\ReassignCounter #1#2#3#4{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@C-#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\ReassignCounter: counter "#1"
- not defined before.}%
- \fi
- \NameDef{@TheC-#1}{%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
- \expandafter{\csname @C-#1\endcsname}%
- }%
- \NameDef{@TheArabicC-#1}{%
- \expandafter\the\csname @C-#1\endcsname
- }%
- \NameDef{@PriC-#1}{#3}%
- \NameDef{@RefC-#1}{#4}%
-}
-\def\TheCounter #1{%
- \NameUse{@TheC-#1}%
-}
-\def\TheArabicCounter #1{%
- \NameUse{@TheArabicC-#1}%
-}
-\def\PrintCounter #1{%
- \NameUse{@PriC-#1}%
-}
-\def\RefCounter #1{%
- \NameUse{@RefC-#1}%
-}
-\let\RefCounterTwo = \RefCounter
-\def\CounterToRegister #1#2{%
- #1 = \csname @C-#2\endcsname\relax
-}
-\def\AddCounterToResetList #1#2{%
- {%
- \def\@ResetCounter{\noexpand\@ResetCounter}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname @ResetC-#2\endcsname{%
- \csname @ResetC-#2\endcsname\@ResetCounter{#1}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\StepCounter #1{%
- \global\expandafter\advance\csname @C-#1\endcsname by 1
- \NameUse{@ResetC-#1}%
-}
-\def\SetCounter #1#2{%
- \global\expandafter\csname @C-#1\endcsname = #2\relax
-}
-\def\AssignCounterToReg #1#2{%
- #2 = \expandafter\csname @C-#1\endcsname
- \relax
-}
-\def\@ResetCounter #1{%
- \global\csname @C-#1\endcsname = 0
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/countl.tip b/info/examples/tip/countl.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bd0e49e10..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/countl.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.2.8, p. III-21.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 1295.
-\wlog{L: "countl.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 1295, p. III-21]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\InputD{comfiles.tip}
-\newcount\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@CharCodeNumberOfLines
-{
- \catcode`\^^M = \active %
- \gdef\@SetUpLineCounting{%
- \gdef
- {\global\advance\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile by 1 }%
- }%
-}
-\def\NumberOfLinesInFile #1{%
- \begingroup
- \global\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 0
- \DoLoop{\@CharCodeNumberOfLines}{0}{1}{127}%
- {\catcode\@CharCodeNumberOfLines = 9 }
- \@SetUpLineCounting
- \catcode`\^^M = \active
- \input #1
- \endgroup
- \ifnum\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 1
- \if\CompareFilesConditional{#1}{nul}%
- \ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 0
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-1.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-1.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fdfc729a0..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/cref-1.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.3.3.1, p. III-87.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1063.
-\wlog{L: "cref-1.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1063, p. III-87]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{inputc.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\@LabStream
-\def\@WriteLab{\write\@LabStream}
-\def\SetUpLabels{%
- \InputCWithAt{\jobname.lab}%
- \immediate\openout\@LabStream = \jobname.lab
-}
-\def\EndLabels{%
- \vfill\supereject
- \immediate\closeout\@LabStream
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-2.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-2.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 636c678f00..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/cref-2.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.3.4, p. III-88.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1127.
-\wlog{L: "cref-2.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1127, p. III-88]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@NewLabel #1#2#3{%
- \NameDef{@REF-#1}{{#2}{#3}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-2a.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-2a.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 787197a68f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/cref-2a.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.3.9, p. III-96.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1430.
-\wlog{L: "cref-2a.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1430, p. III-96]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@NewLabel #1#2#3{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@REF-#1}%
- \message{\string\@NewLabel: Label "#1" already defined.}%
- \fi
- \NameDef{@REF-#1}{{#2}{#3}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-3.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-3.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 02c35030a0..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/cref-3.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.3.5, p. III-89.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1185.
-\wlog{L: "cref-3.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1185, p. III-89]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{pickfs.tip}
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\InputD{nlm.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\Ref #1{\@ref{0}{#1}}
-\def\PageRef #1{\@ref{1}{#1}}
-\def\@ref #1#2{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@REF-#2}%
- \edef\@CrefTemp{\NameUse{@REF-#2}}%
- \ifcase #1\relax
- \expandafter\PickFirstOfTwo\@CrefTemp % #1 = 0
- \or
- \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo\@CrefTemp % #1 = 1
- \fi
- \else
- {\bf ??}%
- \NewLineMessage{Label #2 undefined.}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-3a.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-3a.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f01c3cff6..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/cref-3a.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.3.8, p. III-95.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1371.
-\wlog{L: "cref-3a.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1371, p. III-95]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{pickfs.tip}
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\InputD{defauarg.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\Ref #1{\@ref{0}{#1}}
-\def\PageRef #1{\@ref{1}{#1}}
-\def\@MostRecentLabel{}
-\def\@ref #1#2{%
- \DefaultArg
- {\@ThisLabel}%
- {#2}%
- {\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \xdef\@MostRecentLabel{\@ThisLabel}%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@REF-\@ThisLabel}%
- \edef\@CrefTemp{\NameUse{@REF-\@ThisLabel}}%
- \ifcase #1\relax
- \expandafter\PickFirstOfTwo\@CrefTemp
- \or
- \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo\@CrefTemp
- \fi
- \else
- {\bf ??}%
- \wlog{Label \@ThisLabel\space undefined.}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-4.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-4.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index d7171921fb..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/cref-4.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.3.6, p. III-91.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1246.
-\wlog{L: "cref-4.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1246, p. III-91]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\Label #1#2{%
- {%
- \edef\@LabelTemp{\@WriteLab{\string\@NewLabel {#1}{#2}%
- {\noexpand\the\noexpand\pageno}}}%
- \@LabelTemp
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cref-5.tip b/info/examples/tip/cref-5.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 68ee426f6c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/cref-5.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.3.10, p. III-96.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 1462.
-\wlog{L: "cref-5.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 1462, p. III-96]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{gobble.tip}
-\InputD{input-at.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@LabelOk
-\def\CheckLabels{%
- \@LabelOktrue
- \def\@NewLabel ##1##2##3{%
- \def\@CrefTemp{{##2}{##3}}%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@REF-##1}%
- \edef\@@CrefTemp{\NameUse{@REF-##1}}%
- \ifx\@CrefTemp\@@CrefTemp
- \let\@CrefNext = \relax
- \else
- \let\@CrefNext = \@StopCheckingLabels
- \fi
- \else
- \let\@CrefNext = \@StopCheckingLabels
- \fi
- \@CrefNext
- }%
- \InputAt{\jobname.lab}%
- \if@LabelOk
- \wlog{\string\CheckLabels: labels are ok.}%
- \else
- \wlog{\string\CheckLabels: labels CHANGED between
- preceding and this run.}%
- \wlog{Reprocess document.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\@StopCheckingLabels{%
- \@LabelOkfalse
- \let\@NewLabel = \GobbleThree
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/crline.tip b/info/examples/tip/crline.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 48d8c5d814..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/crline.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 6.10.4, p. I-203.
-% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 2550.
-\wlog{L: "crline.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 2550, p. I-203]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\CenterRightLines #1#2{
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}
- \dimen0 = \hsize
- \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \divide\dimen0 by 2
- \rightline{#1\hskip\dimen0}
- \rightline{#2\hskip\dimen0}
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/csar.tip b/info/examples/tip/csar.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9a451407b7..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/csar.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.2.2, p. III-78.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 640.
-\wlog{L: "csar.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 640, p. III-78]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\InputD{strleng.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@CreateArrayCount
-\def\CCreateArray #1#2#3{%
- \NameEdef{#1-low}{\number#2}%
- \NameEdef{#1-high}{#3}%
- \ifnum #3<#2
- \errmessage{\string\CCreateArray: low array boundary
- \number#2 is larger than upper array boundary
- \number#3}%
- \fi
- \DoLoop{\@CreateArrayCount}{#2}{1}{#3}{%
- \NameDef{#1-\the\@CreateArrayCount}{}%
- }
-}
-\newcount\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength
-\newcount\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount
-\def\ConvertStringIntoArray #1#2{%
- \def\@ConvertArrayName{#1}%
- \edef\@ConvertArrayString{#2}%
- \StringLength{\@ConvertArrayString}%
- \@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength = \StringLengthResult
- \advance\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength by -1
- \CCreateArray{\@ConvertArrayName}%
- {0}{\the\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength}%
- \@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount = 0
- \expandafter\@ConvertStringIntoArray
- \@ConvertArrayString\@ConvertEnd
-}
-\def\@ConvertStringIntoArray #1#2\@ConvertEnd{%
- \CLoadArrayElementEdef{\@ConvertArrayName}%
- {\the\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount}{#1}%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#2}%
- \def\@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext{}%
- \else
- \advance\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount by 1\relax
- \def\@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext{%
- \@ConvertStringIntoArray #2\@ConvertEnd%
- }%
- \fi
- \@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext
-}
-\def\CCheckIndex #1#2{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname #1-low\endcsname\relax
- \errmessage{\string\CCheckIndex: no array #1.}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #2<\NameUse{#1-low}%
- \errmessage{Index #2 for array #1 too small.}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #2>\NameUse{#1-high}%
- \errmessage{Index #2 for array #1 too large.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\CArrayAccess #1#2#3{%
- \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}%
- \edef#3{\NameUse{#1-#2}}%
-}
-\newcount\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount
-\def\CArrayAccessInterval #1#2#3#4{%
- \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}%
- \CCheckIndex{#1}{#3}%
- \ifnum #2>#3\relax
- \errmessage{\string\CArrayAccessInterval: low index
- (\PoundSignText 2) > high index
- (PoundSignText 3).}%
- \fi
- \def#4{}%
- \DoLoop
- {\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount}{#2}{1}{#3}{%
- \CArrayAccess{#1}{\the\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount}%
- {\@CArrayAccessInterval}%
- \edef#4{#4\@CArrayAccessInterval}%
- }%
-}
-\def\CLoadArrayElement #1#2#3{%
- \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}%
- \NameDef{#1-#2}{#3}%
-}
-\def\CLoadArrayElementEdef #1#2#3{%
- \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}%
- \NameEdef{#1-#2}{#3}%
-}
-\newcount\@CShowArrayCount
-\def\CShowArray #1{%
- \DoLoop
- {\@CShowArrayCount}%
- {\NameUse{#1-low}}%
- {1}%
- {\NameUse{#1-high}}%
- {\wlog{Index \the\@CShowArrayCount:
- \NameUse{#1-\the\@CShowArrayCount}}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cssprint.tip b/info/examples/tip/cssprint.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 47faa8e2cc..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/cssprint.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.4.8, p. III-166.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 812.
-\wlog{L: "cssprint.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 812, p. III-166]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newcount\BackslashCharCode
-\BackslashCharCode = `\\
-\edef\mac #1{%
- {%
- \noexpand\tt
- \char\the\BackslashCharCode\space
- #1%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cstostr.tip b/info/examples/tip/cstostr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b7b0e58749..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/cstostr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.1.2, p. III-66.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 109.
-\wlog{L: "cstostr.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 109, p. III-66]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\CSToString #1#2{%
- {%
- \escapechar = -1
- \xdef#1{\string #2}%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/cstostrc.tip b/info/examples/tip/cstostrc.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 08b2e70db6..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/cstostrc.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.1.2, p. III-67.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 146.
-\wlog{L: "cstostrc.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 146, p. III-67]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{remtlsp.tip}
-\InputD{genostr.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newread\@CatIn
-\def\CSToStringCat #1#2{%
- {%
- \escapechar = -1
- \OpenGenericOStream{cstostrc.tmp}%
- \immediate\write\GenericOStream{\string#2\%}%
- \CloseGenericOStream
- \openin\@CatIn = cstostrc.tmp
- \global\read\@CatIn to #1%
- \closein\@CatIn
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ctestcs.tip b/info/examples/tip/ctestcs.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index ba0c0ba537..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ctestcs.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.18, p. III-339.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1300.
-\wlog{L: "ctestcs.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1300, p. III-339]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@ControlSequenceConditional
-\def\ControlSequenceConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- {%
- \escapechar = -1
- \xdef\@ControlSequenceConditionalOne{\string#1}%
- \escapechar = `:\relax
- \xdef\@ControlSequenceConditionalTwo{\string#1}%
- }%
- \ifx\@ControlSequenceConditionalOne
- \@ControlSequenceConditionalTwo
- \@ControlSequenceConditionalfalse
- \else
- \@ControlSequenceConditionaltrue
- \fi
- \if@ControlSequenceConditional
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/dateofw.tip b/info/examples/tip/dateofw.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index eb2306c6cb..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/dateofw.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.3, p. III-360.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 147.
-\wlog{L: "dateofw.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 147, p. III-360]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\Sunday{0}
-\def\Monday{1}
-\def\Tuesday{2}
-\def\Wednesday{3}
-\def\Thursday{4}
-\def\Friday{5}
-\def\Saturday{6}
-\def\ProvideDayOfWeek #1#2#3{%
- \CheckRange{#1}{0}{6}%
- {\string\ProvideDayOfWeek: day of week outside
- of 0 .. 6 range.}%
- \ifcase #1\relax
- \def#3{Sunday}\or
- \def#3{Monday}\or
- \def#3{Tuesday}\or
- \def#3{Wednesday}\or
- \def#3{Thursday}\or
- \def#3{Friday}\or
- \def#3{Saturday}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #2 = 0
- \else
- \def\@ProvideDayOfWeek ##1##2##3##4;{%
- \def#3{##1##2##3}%
- }%
- \expandafter\@ProvideDayOfWeek#3;%
- \fi
-}
-\def\PrintDayOfWeek #1#2{%
- \ProvideDayOfWeek{#1}{#2}{\@PrintDayOfWeek}%
- \@PrintDayOfWeek
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/dblarg.tip b/info/examples/tip/dblarg.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 463c2b51c7..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/dblarg.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.4.2, p. III-258.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1127.
-\wlog{L: "dblarg.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1127, p. III-258]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\DblArg #1{%
- \def\@DblArgTemp{#1}%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@DblArgTemp}{\@DblArgB}%
-}
-\def\@DblArgB #1{\@DblArgTemp[#1]{#1}}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/defauarg.tip b/info/examples/tip/defauarg.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5372754b66..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/defauarg.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.8.1, p. III-266.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1514.
-\wlog{L: "defauarg.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1514, p. III-266]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{gobblemo.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\DefaultArg #1#2#3{%
- \def\@DefaultArgMacro{#1}%
- \edef\@EmptyOtherArg{#2}%
- \edef\@DefaultArgDefault{#3}%
- \@DefaultArg #2\@DefaultArgEnd
-}
-\def\@DefaultArg{%
- \futurelet\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgOne
-}
-\def\@DefaultArgOne{%
- \ifx\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgEnd
- \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@DefaultArgDefault}%
- \else
- \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@EmptyOtherArg}%
- \fi
- \GobbleDoMore{\@DefaultArgEnd}{\relax}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/dicentry.tip b/info/examples/tip/dicentry.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index d041432542..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/dicentry.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 34.7.4.2, p. IV-84.
-% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 1036.
-\wlog{L: "dicentry.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 1036, p. IV-84]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\DicEntry #1{%
- \par
- \hangafter = 1
- \hangindent = 5pt
- \noindent
- {\bf #1}%
- \mark{#1}%
- \hskip 1em plus .2em minus .2em
- \ignorespaces
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/doloop.tip b/info/examples/tip/doloop.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b15b23cf8f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/doloop.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.1.8, p. III-412.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 768.
-\wlog{L: "doloop.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 768, p. III-412]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@DoLoopNesting
-\@DoLoopNesting = 0
-\newcount\@DoLoopLimit
-\newcount\@DoLoopLimitTwo
-\newcount\@DoLoopLimitThree
-\def\DoLoop #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \global\advance\@DoLoopNesting by 1
- \ifnum\@DoLoopNesting > 3
- \errmessage{\string\DoLoop: nesting beyond three levels
- is not supported.}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #3 = 0
- \errmessage{\string\DoLoop: step value (parameter 3) is 0!}%
- \else
- \ifcase\@DoLoopNesting
- \or
- \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
- {\@DoLoopLimit}{\DoLoopBody}%
- \or
- \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
- {\@DoLoopLimitTwo}{\DoLoopBodyTwo}%
- \or
- \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
- {\@DoLoopLimitThree}{\DoLoopBodyThree}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \global\advance\@DoLoopNesting by -1
-}
-\def\@DoLoop #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
- \ifnum #3 > 0
- #6 = #4%
- \advance#6 by 1
- #1 = #2%
- \@DoLoopBodyPositive{#1}{#3}{#5}%
- {#6}{#7}%
- \else
- #6 = #4%
- \advance#6 by -1
- #1 = #2%
- \@DoLoopBodyNegative{#1}{#3}{#5}%
- {#6}{#7}%
- \fi
- \@DoLoopIterate{#7}%
-}
-\def\@DoLoopBodyPositive #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \def #5{%
- \ifnum #1 < #4\relax
- #3%
- \advance #1 by #2%
- }%
-}
-\def\@DoLoopBodyNegative #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \def #5{%
- \ifnum #1 > #4\relax
- #3%
- \advance #1 by #2%
- }%
-}
-\def\@DoLoopIterate #1{%
- #1\relax
- \def\@DoLoopNext{\@DoLoopIterate{#1}}%
- \else
- \def\@DoLoopNext{\relax}%
- \fi
- \@DoLoopNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/droppre.tip b/info/examples/tip/droppre.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 8bbe74e790..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/droppre.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.18.3, p. III-305.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1230.
-\wlog{L: "droppre.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1230, p. III-305]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{isprefix.tip}
-\InputD{showx.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\DropPrefix #1#2#3{%
- \if\PrefixConditional{#1}{#2}%
- \edef\@PrefixConditionalTemp{%
- \def\noexpand\@PrefixConditionalTempTwo #2####1%
- \noexpand\@Del{%
- \def\noexpand #3{####1}}%
- }%
- \@PrefixConditionalTemp
- \ShowX{\@PrefixConditionalTemp}%
- \expandafter\@PrefixConditionalTempTwo #1\@Del
- \else
- \wlog{\string\DropPrefix: "#2" is NOT a prefix of "#1"}%
- \edef#3{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/droppt.tip b/info/examples/tip/droppt.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e58be27ec..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/droppt.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.1.11, p. III-12.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 770.
-\wlog{L: "droppt.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 770, p. III-12]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-{
- \catcode`\p = 12
- \catcode`\t = 12
- \NameGdef{DropPoints}#1pt{\NameGdef{DropPointsResult}{#1}}
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/dumppars.tip b/info/examples/tip/dumppars.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 55e233eace..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/dumppars.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.7, p. I-116.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1773.
-\wlog{L: "dumppars.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1773, p. I-116]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\DumpOneReg #1{%
- \wlog{Parameter "\string#1", value = \the#1}%
-}
-\def\DumpAllRegs{%
- \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Counter parameters first.}%
- \DumpOneReg{\time}%
- \DumpOneReg{\day}%
- \DumpOneReg{\month}%
- \DumpOneReg{\year}%
- \DumpOneReg{\pretolerance}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tolerance}%
- \DumpOneReg{\doublehyphendemerits}%
- \DumpOneReg{\finalhyphendemerits}%
- \DumpOneReg{\adjdemerits}%
- \DumpOneReg{\linepenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\looseness}%
- \DumpOneReg{\linepenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hyphenpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\exhyphenpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\binoppenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\relpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\clubpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\widowpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\displaywidowpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\brokenpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\predisplaypenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\postdisplaypenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\interlinepenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\floatingpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\outputpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\pausing}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingonline}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracinglostchars}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingmacros}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingstats}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingparagraphs}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingpages}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingoutput}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingcommands}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingrestores}%
- \DumpOneReg{\mag}%
- \DumpOneReg{\uchyph}%
- \DumpOneReg{\lefthyphenmin}%
- \DumpOneReg{\righthyphenmin}%
- \DumpOneReg{\defaultskewchar}%
- \DumpOneReg{\escapechar}%
- \DumpOneReg{\endlinechar}%
- \DumpOneReg{\newlinechar}%
- \DumpOneReg{\fam}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hbadness}%
- \DumpOneReg{\vbadness}%
- \DumpOneReg{\badness}%
- \DumpOneReg{\showboxdepth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\showboxbreadth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\deadcycles}%
- \DumpOneReg{\maxdeadcycles}%
- \DumpOneReg{\holdinginserts}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hangafter}%
- \DumpOneReg{\globaldefs}%
- \DumpOneReg{\delimiterfactor}%
- \DumpOneReg{\inputlineno}%
- \DumpOneReg{\language}%
- \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Dimension parameters next.}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hfuzz}%
- \DumpOneReg{\vfuzz}%
- \DumpOneReg{\overfullrule}%
-% \DumpOneReg{\prevdepth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\lineskiplimit}%
- \DumpOneReg{\maxdepth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\splitmaxdepth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\boxmaxdepth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\delimitershortfall}%
- \DumpOneReg{\nulldelimiterspace}%
- \DumpOneReg{\scriptspace}%
- \DumpOneReg{\mathsurround}%
- \DumpOneReg{\predisplaysize}%
- \DumpOneReg{\displaywidth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\displayindent}%
- \DumpOneReg{\parindent}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hangindent}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hoffset}%
- \DumpOneReg{\voffset}%
- \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Glue parameters last.}%
- \DumpOneReg{\baselineskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\lineskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\topskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\splittopskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\parskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\leftskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\rightskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\emergencystretch}%
- \DumpOneReg{\abovedisplayskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\abovedisplayshortskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\belowdisplayskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\belowdisplayshortskip}%
- \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: done.}%
-}%
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/earliest.tip b/info/examples/tip/earliest.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e9564443a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/earliest.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.1, p. III-357.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 39.
-\wlog{L: "earliest.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 39, p. III-357]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{dateofw.tip}
-\InputD{arbday.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@TempEarliest
-\newcount\EarliestYearDate
-\EarliestYearDate = 1583
-\newcount\DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate
-\DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate = \Saturday
-\def\VerifyInitDate{%
- {%
- \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{2000}{1}{1}{\@TempEarliest}%
- \ifnum\@TempEarliest = \Saturday
- \message{\string\VerifyInitDate: initialization
- correct (initialization year:
- \the\EarliestYearDate).}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\VerifyInitDate: January 1 of 2000
- is a Saturday! Computation reports it is
- day \the\@TempEarliest\space. Initialization error.}%
- \fi
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/emprubox.tip b/info/examples/tip/emprubox.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 498d6fd7f9..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/emprubox.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.11, p. I-342.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1511.
-\wlog{L: "emprubox.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1511, p. I-342]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@EmptyRuledBox
-\def\EmptyRuledBox #1#2#3{%
- \setbox\@EmptyRuledBox = \hbox{}%
- \ht\@EmptyRuledBox = #1\relax
- \dp\@EmptyRuledBox = #2\relax
- \wd\@EmptyRuledBox = #3\relax
- \HboxR{\box\@EmptyRuledBox}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/emptybox.tip b/info/examples/tip/emptybox.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 021ec1d0c1..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/emptybox.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.5.12, p. I-103.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1277.
-\wlog{L: "emptybox.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1277, p. I-103]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\EmptyBox #1#2#3{%
- \hbox{%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{}%
- \ht0 = #1%
- \dp0 = #2%
- \wd0 = #3%
- \box 0%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/endn-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/endn-mac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d6066f70c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/endn-mac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 29.4, p. III-517.
-% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1424.
-\wlog{L: "endn-mac.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1424, p. III-517]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verbwr.tip}
-\InputD{defauarg.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@DefEndNoteFileExt{eno}
-\newwrite\@EndNoteStream
-\newcount\@EndNoteCounter
-\def\StartEndNoteWriting #1#2#3#4{%
- \@EndNoteCounter = 0
- \DefaultArg{\@EndNoteBaseName}{#1}{\jobname}%
- \DefaultArg{\@EndNoteFileExt}{#2}{\@DefEndNoteFileExt}%
- \edef\@EndNoteFileName{\@EndNoteBaseName.\@EndNoteFileExt}%
- \wlog{\string\StartEndNoteWriting: output will be written to file
- "\@EndNoteFileName".}
- \edef\@EndNoteBefore{\string#3}%
- \edef\@EndNoteAfter{\string#4}%
- \OpenVerbWrFile{\@EndNoteBaseName}{\@EndNoteFileExt}%
- {\@EndNoteStream}%
-}
-\def\BeginEndNote{%
- \advance\@EndNoteCounter by 1
- \ifnum\@EndNoteCounter > 1
- \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteAfter}%
- \fi
- \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteBefore}%
- \BeginVerbWr{\@EndNoteStream}{\EndEndNote}
-}
-\def\EndEndNoteWriting{%
- \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteAfter}%
- \CloseVerbWrFile{\@EndNoteStream}%
-}
-\def\ReadInEndNotes{%
- \input \@EndNoteFileName
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/endrec.tip b/info/examples/tip/endrec.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5fc1a8e196..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/endrec.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.1.2, p. III-399.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 138.
-\wlog{L: "endrec.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 138, p. III-399]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\RecursionMacroEnd #1#2#3{%
- #1\relax
- \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#2}%
- \else
- \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#3}%
- \fi
- \@RecursionMacroEndNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/enum.tip b/info/examples/tip/enum.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b32412ae08..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/enum.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.2, p. III-420.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 1219.
-\wlog{L: "enum.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 1219, p. III-420]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{conval.tip}
-\InputD{list-mac.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@EnumCount
-\def\@Enum #1{%
- \NameEdef{#1}{\the\@EnumCount}%
- \wlog{\string\@Enum: name = #1, value = \the\@EnumCount}%
- \advance\@EnumCount by 1
-}
-\def\Enum #1{%
- \@EnumCount = 0
- \def\@EnumList{}%
- \ConvertArgsToListAndAppend{\@EnumList}{#1}%
- \ForEveryListElement{\@EnumList}{\@Enum}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/enumlist.tip b/info/examples/tip/enumlist.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index f3baeb5b5d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/enumlist.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.3.1, p. II-72.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1216.
-\wlog{L: "enumlist.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1216, p. II-72]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{parv-1.tip}
-\InputD{counters.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@EnumerateListDepth
-\@EnumerateListDepth = 0
-\NewCounter{Enumerate1}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{Enumerate1}.}{\TheCounter{Enumerate1}}
-\NewCounter{Enumerate2}{\alph}%
- {(\TheCounter{Enumerate2})}%
- {\TheCounter{Enumerate1}.\TheCounter{Enumerate2}}
-\NewCounter{Enumerate3}{\roman}%
- {\TheCounter{Enumerate3}.}%
- {\RefCounter{Enumerate2}.\TheCounter{Enumerate3}}
-\NewCounter{Enumerate4}{\Alph}%
- {\TheCounter{Enumerate4}.}%
- {\RefCounter{Enumerate3}.\TheCounter{Enumerate4}}
-\def\BeginEnumerate{%
- \begingroup
- \global\advance\@EnumerateListDepth by 1
- \ifcase\@EnumerateListDepth
- \errmessage{\string\BeginEnumerate: no level
- zero.}%
- \or
- \SetCounter{Enumerate1}{0}%
- \@BeginEnumerateLevelOne
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate1}}{1}}%
- \def\Item{%
- \StepCounter{Enumerate1}%
- \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate1}}%
- }%
- \or
- \SetCounter{Enumerate2}{0}%
- \@BeginEnumerateLevelTwo
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate2}}{1}}%
- \def\Item{%
- \StepCounter{Enumerate2}%
- \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate2}}%
- }%
- \or
- \SetCounter{Enumerate3}{0}%
- \@BeginEnumerateLevelThree
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate3}}{1}}%
- \def\Item{%
- \StepCounter{Enumerate3}%
- \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate3}}%
- }%
- \or
- \SetCounter{Enumerate4}{0}%
- \@BeginEnumerateLevelFour
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate4}}{1}}%
- \def\Item{%
- \StepCounter{Enumerate4}%
- \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate4}}%
- }%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\BeginEnumerate: maximum
- nesting level of 4 exceeded.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\EndEnumerate{%
- \EndAList
- \endgroup
- \global\advance\@EnumerateListDepth by -1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/errmess.tip b/info/examples/tip/errmess.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 68b31b49d2..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/errmess.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.10, p. III-440.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 2180.
-\wlog{L: "errmess.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 2180, p. III-440]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\ErrMessage #1{%
- \errmessage{#1}%
- \end
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/evenprin.tip b/info/examples/tip/evenprin.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e38fc6e29..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/evenprin.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.2, p. III-319.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 109.
-\wlog{L: "evenprin.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 109, p. III-319]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\PrintEven #1{%
- \ifodd #1\relax
- \else
- Number #1 is even.
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/everyequ.tip b/info/examples/tip/everyequ.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index ff5003eed6..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/everyequ.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 14.11, p. II-223.
-% Original source in file "math2.TEX", starting line 1907.
-\wlog{L: "everyequ.tip" ["math2.TEX," l. 1907, p. II-223]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\newcount\EveryMathCount
-\everymath = {\global\advance\EveryMathCount by 1 }
-\newcount\EveryDisplayCount
-\everydisplay = {\global\advance\EveryDisplayCount by 1 }
-\def\EndEveryMathDeal{%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{MATHCOUNT \the\EveryMathCount}%
- \wlog{DISPLAYCOUNT \the\EveryDisplayCount}%
- \wlog{}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/everypar.tip b/info/examples/tip/everypar.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c33b2b026..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/everypar.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 10.9.3, p. II-34.
-% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 1707.
-\wlog{L: "everypar.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 1707, p. II-34]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\everypar = {%
- \EvalEveryPars
- \ClearEveryPars
-}
-\def\EvalEveryParsCE{%
- \EveryParC
- \EveryParD
- \EveryParE
-}
-\def\EvalEveryPars{%
- \EveryParA
- \EveryParB
- \EvalEveryParsCE
- \EveryParZ
-}
-\def\ClearEveryPars{%
- \gdef\EveryParA{}%
- \gdef\EveryParB{}%
- \gdef\EveryParC{}%
- \gdef\EveryParD{}%
- \gdef\EveryParE{}%
-}
-\def\ClearEveryParsAll{%
- \ClearEveryPars
- \gdef\EveryParZ{}%
-}
-\ClearEveryParsAll
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/evhvbox.tip b/info/examples/tip/evhvbox.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4abfbb54d6..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/evhvbox.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 6.13, p. I-206.
-% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 2683.
-\wlog{L: "evhvbox.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 2683, p. I-206]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\newcount\HBoxCount
-\everyhbox = {\global\advance\HBoxCount by 1 }
-\newcount\VBoxCount
-\everyvbox = {\global\advance\VBoxCount by 1 }
-\def\EndEveryBox{%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{HBOXCOUNT \the\HBoxCount}%
- \wlog{VBOXCOUNT \the\VBoxCount}%
- \wlog{}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ex-out2.tip b/info/examples/tip/ex-out2.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 50152e0363..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ex-out2.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 37.1.2, p. IV-163.
-% Original source in file "o4.TEX", starting line 205.
-\wlog{L: "ex-out2.tip" ["o4.TEX," l. 205, p. IV-163]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\input inputd.tip
-\InputD{out2-or.tip}
-\InputD{samplepa.tip}
-\InputD{alldate.tip}
-\SetUpDC{29pc}{13pc}{35pc}
-\raggedright
-\SamplePar{A-1}{3}
-\SamplePar{A-2}{2}
-\SamplePar{A-3}{4}
-\SamplePar{A-4}{3}
-\SamplePar{A-5}{2}
-\vfill\eject
-\SamplePar{A-6}{4}
-\bye
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fexist.tip b/info/examples/tip/fexist.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a595f141e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/fexist.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.4.1, p. III-465.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 910.
-\wlog{L: "fexist.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 910, p. III-465]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newread\@FileExistsS
-\newif\if@FileExistsAnswer
-\def\FileExistsConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \openin\@FileExistsS = #1
- \ifeof\@FileExistsS
- \@FileExistsAnswerfalse
- \else
- \closein\@FileExistsS
- \@FileExistsAnswertrue
- \fi
- \if@FileExistsAnswer
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/figbox.tip b/info/examples/tip/figbox.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 031d6cdb56..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/figbox.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.2, p. I-320.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 380.
-\wlog{L: "figbox.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 380, p. I-320]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{emptybox.tip}
-\def\FigureBox #1#2{%
- \BoxingA{%
- \EmptyBox{#1}{0pt}{#2}%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/figinpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/figinpar.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cc54ae60f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/figinpar.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 12.3.2, p. II-116.
-% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 558.
-\wlog{L: "figinpar.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 558, p. II-116]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{sumhd.tip}
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\InputD{freespac.tip}
-\def\FigureInPar #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \par
- \message{\string\FigureInPar: start}%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \vbox{#1}
- \OverallSize{\dimen0}{0}%
- \advance\dimen0 by #2
- \advance\dimen0 by #3
- \advance\dimen0 by #4
- \advance\dimen0 by #4
- \advance\dimen0 by \parskip
- \message{\string\FigureInPar:
- available space: \the\FreePageSpace}%
- \setbox 0 = \HboxR{\EmptyBox{#2}{0pt}{\hsize}}%
- \ifdim\FreeSpaceConditional < \dimen0
- \message{\string\FigureInPar:
- insufficient space: make it a \string\topinsert.}%
- #1\unskip
- \space
- #5%
- \par
- \topinsert
- \box0
- \endinsert
- \else
- \message{\string\FigureInPar:
- Sufficient space: put it here.}%
- #1\unskip
- \space
- \vadjust{%
- \vskip #4
- \box0
- \vskip #4
- }%
- #5\par
- \fi
- }
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/firstldi.tip b/info/examples/tip/firstldi.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e7a2ef31a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/firstldi.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 12.6.4, p. II-135.
-% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 1322.
-\wlog{L: "firstldi.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 1322, p. II-135]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\FirstLineSpecial #1{%
- \par
- \begingroup
- #1
- \def\@FLDTemp{}%
- \dimen0 = \parindent
- \setbox0 = \hbox{ }%
- \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \@FLDOne
-}
-\def\@FLDOne #1 {%
- \wlog{\string\@FLDOne: called with "#1".}%
- \xdef\@FLDTempa{#1\ }%
- \@FLDTwo
-}
-\def\@FLDTwo{%
- \wlog{\string\@FLDTwo: called}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\@FLDTempa}%
- \advance\dimen0 by \wd0
- \ifdim\dimen0 < \hsize
- \edef\@FLDTemp{\@FLDTemp\@FLDTempa}%
- \let\@FLDNext = \@FLDOne
- \else
- \leavevmode
- \@FLDTemp
- \unskip
- \break
- \aftergroup\@FLDTempa
- \let\@FLDNext = \endgroup
- \fi
- \@FLDNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fo-char.tip b/info/examples/tip/fo-char.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 84bc6a24c2..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/fo-char.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 15.2.4, p. II-233.
-% Original source in file "fonts1.TEX", starting line 350.
-\wlog{L: "fo-char.tip" ["fonts1.TEX," l. 350, p. II-233]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\ReportCharSize #1#2{%
- {%
- \count0 = #2\relax
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1\char\count0}%
- \wlog{\string\ReportCharSize: Font \string#1,
- character code \the\count0}%
- \wlog{ht / dp / wd: \the\ht0 \space / \the\dp0
- \space / \the\wd0}%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/font-cpp.tip b/info/examples/tip/font-cpp.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c127d76ed5..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/font-cpp.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.2.11, p. II-283.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 1007.
-\wlog{L: "font-cpp.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 1007, p. II-283]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{leadingz.tip}
-\InputD{imodn.tip}
-\def\CharactersPerPica #1{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- #1\relax
- This paragraph has 423 characters. We know that
- because we counted it. It is very simple to count, because
- the Emacs editor we are using has a function ``advance
- by one character.'' And with the prefix command (that's
- Emacs terminology) you can execute ``advance by
- one character'' 423~times. Now, let's hope that this text
- is representative of ordinary text so that our average
- number of characters per pica is correct.
- }%
- {%
- \count1 = \wd0
- \divide\count1 by 100
- \count0 = 423
- \multiply\count0 by 65536
- \multiply\count0 by 12
- \divide\count0 by \count1
- \count2 = \count0
- \divide\count2 by 100
- \IModN{\count0}{100}{\count3}%
- \the\count2.\LeadingZ{\count3}%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fontsam.tip b/info/examples/tip/fontsam.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 711e7db18e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/fontsam.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 15.3.4, p. II-249.
-% Original source in file "fonts1.TEX", starting line 1238.
-\wlog{L: "fontsam.tip" ["fonts1.TEX," l. 1238, p. II-249]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\input inputd.tip
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\InputD{ts-dime3.tip}
-\nonstopmode
-\nopagenumbers
-\def\FontTableComplete{%
- \tabskip = 0pt
- \halign{%
- \global\font\SampleFont = ##&
- \tt##\hfil \tabskip = 10pt&
- \def\temp{##}%
- \expandafter\SampleColumn\temp&
- \setbox 0 = \vtop{%
- \parindent = 0pt
- \raggedright
- \hsize = 0.75in
- ##
- }%
- \dp0 = 0pt
- \box0 \tabskip = 0pt
- \cr
- \omit&
- \omit\bf Name\hfil&
- \omit\HeadingThirdColumn&
- \omit\hfil\bf Typical Size(s)\hfil
- \cr
- \omit&
- \omit&
- \omit&
- \omit\hfil\bf (in points)\hfil
- \cr
- \noalign{\penalty -10000}
- cmr10& cmr& Computer Modern Roman type:1&
- 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 17\cr
- cmsl10& cmsl& Computer Modern Slanted Roman type:1&
- 8, 9, 10, 12\cr
- cmb10& cmb& Computer Modern Boldface type:1& 10\cr
- cmbx10& cmbx& Computer Modern Boldface Extended type:1&
- 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12\cr
- cmtt10& cmtt& Computer Modern Typewriter type:1&
- 8, 9, 10, 12\cr
- cmsltt10& cmsltt&
- Computer Modern Slanted Typewriter type:1& 10\cr
- cmvtt10& cmvtt&
- Computer Modern Variable Typewriter type:1& 10\cr
- cmtex10& cmtex& Computer Modern \TeX{}
- Extended ASCII type:1& 8, 9, 10\cr
- cmss10& cmss& Computer Modern Sans Serif type:1&
- 8, 9, 10, 12, 17\cr
- cmssi10& cmssi& Computer Modern Slanted Sans Serif type:1&
- 8, 9, 10, 12, 17\cr
- cmssdc10& cmssdc& Computer Modern Sans Serif Demibold
- Condensed type:1& 10\cr
- cmssbx10& cmssbx& Computer Modern Sans Serif
- Bold Extended type:1& 10\cr
- cmssq8& cmssq& Computer Modern Sans Serif
- Quotation Style type:1& 8\cr
- cmssqi8& cmssqi& Computer Modern Sans Serif
- Slanted Quotation Style type:1& 8\cr
- cmdunh10& cmdunh& Computer Modern Dunhill Roman type:1& 10\cr
- cmbxsl10& cmbxsl& Computer Modern
- Bold Extended Slanted Roman type:1& 10\cr
- cmff10& cmff& Computer Modern Funny Roman type:1& 10\cr
- cmfib8& cmfib& Computer Modern Fibonacci type:1& 8\cr
- cmti10& cmti& Computer Modern Text Italic type:1&
- 7, 8, 9, 10, 12\cr
- cmmi10& cmmi& Computer Modern Math Italic type:1&
- 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12\cr
- cmbxti10& cmbxti& Computer Modern Bold
- Extended Text Italic type:1& 10\cr
- cmmib10& cmmib& Computer Modern Math Italic Bold type:1&
- 10\cr
- cmitt10& cmitt& Computer Modern Italic Typewriter type:1&
- 10\cr
- cmu10& cmu& Computer Modern Unslanted Text Italic type:1&
- 10\cr
- cmfi10& cmfi& Computer Modern Funny Italic type:1& 10\cr
- cmcsc10& cmcsc& Computer Modern Caps and Small Caps type:1&
- 10\cr
- cmtcsc10& cmtcsc& Computer Modern Typewriter Caps and
- Small Caps type:0& 10\cr
- }%
-}
-\def\SampleColumn #1:#2{%
- \wlog{XX: Arg1 = #1}%
-}
-\def\HeadingThirdColumn{}
-\setbox 0 = \vbox{\FontTableComplete}
-\def\SampleColumnText #1{%
- :\space
- here is some sample text to display this font,
- not very long, but long enough to give you an
- idea of what output in this font looks like.%
- \ifnum #1 = 1
- \space That's it for this font.%
- \fi
-}
-\dimen0 = \hsize
-\advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
-\def\SampleColumn #1:#2{%
- \wlog{Arg1: #1}%
- \vtop{%
- \parindent = 0pt
- \rightskip = 0pt plus 30pt
- \spaceskip = .3333em
- \xspaceskip = .5em
- \hsize = \dimen0
- \SampleFont
- \strut #1\SampleColumnText{#2}\strut
- }%
-}
-\def\HeadingThirdColumn{\hfil\bf Sample text\hfil}
-\setbox 0 = \vbox{\FontTableComplete}
-\newbox\HeaderBox
-\setbox\HeaderBox = \vsplit 0 to 1000pt
-\setbox\HeaderBox = \vbox{\unvbox \HeaderBox}
-\vsize = 10in
-\newdimen\SplitTableLength
-\SplitTableLength = 7.0in
-\def\APage{%
- \vbox{%
- \copy\HeaderBox
- \smallskip
- \vsplit 0 to \SplitTableLength
- }
- \vfill
- \eject
-}
-\APage
-\APage
-\APage
-\end
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fonttab.tip b/info/examples/tip/fonttab.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4da8f97c5a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/fonttab.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.9.2, p. II-303.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 2106.
-\wlog{L: "fonttab.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 2106, p. II-303]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\input inputd.tip
-\InputD{hex.tip}
-\InputD{oct.tip}
-\InputD{setstrut.tip}
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\nopagenumbers
-\baselineskip = 13pt
-\ComputeStrut
-\def\VruleS{\MyStrut width 0.5pt}
-\def\PrintCatCode #1{%
- \ifnum `\@ = #1\relax
- 11 / 12\relax
- \else
- \the\catcode #1\relax
- \fi
-}
-\newcount\tcount
-\newcount\bcount
-\def\OneChar #1{%
- \tcount = #1
- \advance\tcount by \bcount
- \vtop{%
- \hsize = 0.54in
- \offinterlineskip
- \hrule
- \line{\VruleS\hfil \tt"\Hex{\tcount}\hskip0.3\hsize\VruleS}
- \hrule
- \line{\VruleS\hfil \tt'\Oct{\tcount}\hfil\VruleS}
- \hrule
- \line{\VruleS\hfil $\the\tcount_{\scriptscriptstyle 10}$%
- \hfil\VruleS}
- \hrule
- \line{\VruleS\hfil \PrintCatCode{\tcount}\hfil\VruleS}
- \hrule
- \line{\VruleS \hfil
- {\rm \char\tcount}\hskip 2.3pt
- {\bf \char\tcount}\hskip 2.3pt
- {\it \char\tcount}%
- \hfil\VruleS}
- \hrule
- \line{\VruleS \hfil\tt \char\tcount\hfil\VruleS}
- \hrule
- }%
-}
-\def\TabLine #1{%
- \bcount = #1
- \hbox{%
- \vtop{%
- \baselineskip = 14pt
- \hrule height 0pt depth 0pt
- \hbox{Hex}
- \hbox{Octal}
- \hbox{Decimal}
- \hbox{\tt\string\catcode}
- \hbox{{\tt\string\rm}, \dots}
- \hbox{\tt\string\tt}
- }%
- \hskip 8pt
- \OneChar{0}\OneChar{1}\OneChar{2}\OneChar{3}%
- \OneChar{4}\OneChar{5}\OneChar{6}\OneChar{7}
- }
- \vskip 12pt
-}
-\TabLine{0} \TabLine{8} \TabLine{16} \TabLine{24}
-\vfill\eject
-\TabLine{32} \TabLine{40} \TabLine{48} \TabLine{56}
-\vfill\eject
-\TabLine{64} \TabLine{72} \TabLine{80} \TabLine{88}
-\vfill\eject
-\TabLine{96} \TabLine{104} \TabLine{112} \TabLine{120}
-\vfill\eject
-\end
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/formline.tip b/info/examples/tip/formline.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a3f4984781..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/formline.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 6.10.3, p. I-202.
-% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 2455.
-\wlog{L: "formline.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 2455, p. I-202]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\FormLine #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#2}%
- \dimen0 = #1%
- \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \hbox{%
- \box0
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \vrule width \dimen0 height 0.4pt depth 0pt
- \hss
- }%
- \raise 3pt \hbox to \dimen0 {\hfil #3\hfil}%
- }%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fotable.tip b/info/examples/tip/fotable.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5af38e251a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/fotable.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.8.1, p. II-298.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 1840.
-\wlog{L: "fotable.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 1840, p. II-298]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@OctPrintFontTable#1{%
- \hbox{%
- \rm\'{}%
- \kern-.2em
- \it #1\/%
- \kern.05em
- }%
-}
-\def\@HexPrintFontTable#1{%
- \hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}%
-}
-\def\@OddLineFontTable#1{%
- \cr
- \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
- \multispan{19}\hrulefill&
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- \lower 2.3pt\hbox{%
- \@HexPrintFontTable{#1x}%
- }%
- }%
- \smash{\box0}%
- \cr
- \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
-}
-\def\@EvenLineFontTable{\cr\noalign{\hrule}}
-\def\@FontTableStrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to 14pt{}}
-\def\BeginFontTable #1{%
- $$
- \postdisplaypenalty = 0
- \global\count@=0
- #1
- \halign to\hsize\bgroup
- \@FontTableStrut##\relax \tabskip = 0pt plus 10pt&
- &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##%
- \cr
- \lower6.5pt\null
- &&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable0&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable1&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable2&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable3&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable4&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable5&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable6&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable7&
- \@EvenLineFontTable
-}
-\def\EndFontTable{%
- \raise 11.5pt\null
- &&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable 8&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable 9&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable A&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable B&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable C&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable D&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable E&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable F&
- \cr
- \egroup
- $$%
-}
-\def\:{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- \char\count@
- }%
- \ifdim\ht0 > 7.5pt
- \@RepositionFontTable
- \else
- \ifdim\dp0 > 2.5pt
- \@RepositionFontTable
- \fi
- \fi
- \box0
- \global\advance\count@ by 1
-}
-\def\@RepositionFontTable{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- $
- \vcenter{%
- \kern 2pt
- \box0
- \kern 2pt
- }
- $%
- }%
-}
-\def\NormalFontTable{%
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{00x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable0
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{01x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{02x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable1
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{03x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{04x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable2
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{05x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{06x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable3
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{07x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{10x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable4
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{11x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{12x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable5
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{13x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{14x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable6
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{15x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{16x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable7
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{17x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
-}
-\def\MoreFontTable{%
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{20x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable8
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{21x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{22x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable9
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{23x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{24x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable A
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{25x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{26x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable B
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{27x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{30x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable C
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{31x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{32x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable D
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{33x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{34x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable E
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{35x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{36x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable F
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{37x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fotok.tip b/info/examples/tip/fotok.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d02336125..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/fotok.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 20.1.5, p. III-119.
-% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 133.
-\wlog{L: "fotok.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 133, p. III-119]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ForEachToken #1#2{%
- \def\@ForEachTokenMacro{#2}%
- \expandafter\@ForEachToken\the#1\@ForEachTokenDel
-}
-\def\@ForEachToken #1{%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\string\@ForEachTokenDel}{\string#1}%
- \let\@ForEachTokenNext = \relax % Done.
- \else
- \@ForEachTokenMacro{#1}% % Call macro and continue.
- \let\@ForEachTokenNext = \@ForEachToken
- \fi
- \@ForEachTokenNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/frac.tip b/info/examples/tip/frac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a00a7237d4..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/frac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 13.3.5, p. II-175.
-% Original source in file "math1.TEX", starting line 1345.
-\wlog{L: "frac.tip" ["math1.TEX," l. 1345, p. II-175]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\frac #1#2{%
- {#1 \over #2}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/freespac.tip b/info/examples/tip/freespac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 14de10fd60..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/freespac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 32.2.4, p. IV-6.
-% Original source in file "page.TEX", starting line 340.
-\wlog{L: "freespac.tip" ["page.TEX," l. 340, p. IV-6]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{lpagetg.tip}
-\newdimen\FreePageSpace
-\def\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage{%
- \par
- \LogPageTG{\string\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage}%
- \ifdim\pagetotal = 0pt
- \FreePageSpace = \vsize
- \else
- \FreePageSpace = \pagegoal
- \advance\FreePageSpace by -\pagetotal
- \fi
-}
-\def\FreeSpaceConditional{%
- 0pt = 0pt \fi
- \ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage
- \ifdim\FreePageSpace
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/fsized.tip b/info/examples/tip/fsized.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 433a5d1b92..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/fsized.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.7, p. II-270.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 373.
-\wlog{L: "fsized.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 373, p. II-270]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newdimen\CurrentFontSize
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\def\DefineFontSizeGroup #1#2{%
- \wlog{\string\DefineFontSizeGroup: defining group "#1" (#2 pt)}%
- \NameDef{FontSize#1}{%
- \def\rm{\fam = 0 \NameUse{#1rm}}%
- \def\bf{\fam = \bffam \NameUse{#1bf}}%
- \def\it{\fam = \itfam \NameUse{#1it}}%
- \def\tt{\fam = \ttfam \NameUse{#1tt}}%
- \def\sc{\NameUse{#1sc}}%
- \def\sl{\fam = \slfam \NameUse{#1sl}}%
- \CurrentFontSize = #2pt
- \baselineskip = \LineSpaceMultFactor\CurrentFontSize
- \rm
- }
-}
-\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/funospac.tip b/info/examples/tip/funospac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e0921ead1b..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/funospac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.10.1, p. III-271.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1710.
-\wlog{L: "funospac.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1710, p. III-271]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\FutureLetNoSpace #1#2{%
- \def\@FutureLetTokenA{#1}%
- \def\@FutureLetTokenB{#2}%
- \@FutureLetOne
-}
-\def\@FutureLetOne{%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{ }%
- {\@FutureLetThree}{\@FutureLetOk}%
-}
-\edef\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp{%
- \def\noexpand\@FutureLetThree\space{\noexpand\@FutureLetOne}%
-}
-\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp
-\def\@FutureLetOk{%
- \expandafter\futurelet\@FutureLetTokenA\@FutureLetTokenB
-}
-\long\def\DoLongFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{%
- \def\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace{%
- #1#2\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace
- \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#3}%
- \else
- \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#4}%
- \fi
- \@FutureLetNextNoSpace
- }%
- \FutureLetNoSpace{\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace}%
- {\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace}%
-}
-\def\DoFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{%
- \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/futlet.tip b/info/examples/tip/futlet.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 354e3d2f18..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/futlet.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.3, p. III-256.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1021.
-\wlog{L: "futlet.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1021, p. III-256]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\long\def\DoLongFutureLet #1#2#3#4{%
- \def\@FutureLetDecide{%
- #1#2\@FutureLetToken
- \def\@FutureLetNext{#3}%
- \else
- \def\@FutureLetNext{#4}%
- \fi
- \@FutureLetNext
- }%
- \futurelet\@FutureLetToken\@FutureLetDecide
-}
-\def\DoFutureLet #1#2#3#4{\DoLongFutureLet{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/futpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/futpar.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c83d0d496..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/futpar.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.11, p. III-274.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1899.
-\wlog{L: "futpar.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1899, p. III-274]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{funospac.tip}
-\def\ParLookAhead #1#2{%
- \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{\ifx}{\par}%
- {#1}{#2}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/genaeol.tip b/info/examples/tip/genaeol.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 12132465f1..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/genaeol.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.9.7.1, p. III-192.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 2196.
-\wlog{L: "genaeol.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 2196, p. III-192]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\GenAeol #1{%
- \edef #1{%
- \bgroup
- \noexpand\MakeEolActive
- \noexpand\@GenAeolOne{%
- \csname\string #1-2\endcsname}%
- }%
- \NameDef{\string #1-2}##1%
-}
-{
- \MakeEolActive
- \gdef\@GenAeolOne #1#2
- {%
- \egroup%
- #1{#2}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/genhead.tip b/info/examples/tip/genhead.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 44588f7dfd..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/genhead.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.5.5, p. II-93.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 2264.
-\wlog{L: "genhead.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 2264, p. II-93]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{vsmax.tip}
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\InputD{parin.tip}
-\newtoks\EveryHeading
-\EveryHeading = {}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@GenericHeadingCount
-\newcount\@GenericHeadingIndent
-\def\LineBreakHeading{%
- \errmessage{%
- \string\LineBreakHeading/\string\LineBreakToc:
- can only be used inside a heading.}%
-}
-\let\LineBreakToc = \LineBreakHeading
-\def\IgnoreInRunnningHead #1{%
- #1%
-}
-\def\GenericHeading #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \par
- \the\EveryHeading
- \@GenericHeadingCount = #1
- \@GenericHeadingIndent = #5
- \MaxVskip{#2}%
- \ifdim\leftskip = 0pt
- \else
- \message{\string\GenericHeading: \noexpand\leftskip
- is non-zero, forgotten to terminate a list?}%
- \fi
- \begingroup
- \interlinepenalty = 10000
- \parindent = 0pt
- \parskip = 0pt
- \ifnum #4 = 1
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \fi
- \ifnum #3 = 1
- \rightskip = 0pt plus 50pt
- \fi
- \@GenericHeading
-}
-\def\@GenericHeading #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
- #3%
- \def\LineBreakHeading{\hfil\break}%
- \def\LineBreakToc{ }%
- \ifdim #4 > 0pt
- \ifnum\@GenericHeadingIndent = 0
- \hangindent = #4
- \hangafter = 1
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to #4{#5\hfil}%
- \else
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to #4{#5\hfil}%
- \fi
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#5\hskip -#4}
- \ifnum\@GenericHeadingIndent = 0
- \hangindent = \wd0
- \hangafter = 1
- \leavevmode
- \box0
- \else
- \leavevmode
- \box0
- \fi
- \fi
- #6%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{WriteToAuxSpecial}%
- \def\LineBreakToc{\hfil\break}%
- \def\LineBreakHeading{ }%
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{\the\@GenericHeadingCount}%
- {#5}{#7}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \fi
- \par
- \endgroup
- \nobreak
- \vskip #1
- \ifnum #2 = 0
- \SuppressNextParIndent
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/genostr.tip b/info/examples/tip/genostr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e89580297d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/genostr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.5.3, p. III-474.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1339.
-\wlog{L: "genostr.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1339, p. III-474]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\GenericOStream
-\newif\if@GenericOStreamOpen
-\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse
-\def\OpenGenericOStream #1{%
- \if@GenericOStreamOpen
- \errmessage{\string\OpenGenericOStream: generic
- output stream currently open.}%
- \else
- \global\@GenericOStreamOpentrue
- \immediate\openout\GenericOStream = #1%
- \fi
-}
-\def\CloseGenericOStream{%
- \if@GenericOStreamOpen
- \global\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse
- \immediate\closeout\GenericOStream
- \else
- \errhelp{Stream not in use.}%
- \errmessage{\string\CloseGenericOStream:
- stream is NOT open for output.}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/getnuml.tip b/info/examples/tip/getnuml.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7991ae9bb4..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/getnuml.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 12.5.1, p. II-130.
-% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 1150.
-\wlog{L: "getnuml.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 1150, p. II-130]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newcount\ResultNumberOfLines
-\def\GetNumberOfLines #1#2{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \vbox{%
- \hsize = #2
- #1
- \par
- \global\ResultNumberOfLines = \prevgraf
- }%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/gobble.tip b/info/examples/tip/gobble.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cbb9664d2..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/gobble.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.8.6, p. III-186.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1836.
-\wlog{L: "gobble.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1836, p. III-186]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\GobbleOne #1{}
-\def\GobbleTwo #1#2{}
-\def\GobbleThree#1#2#3{}
-\def\GobbleFour #1#2#3#4{}
-\def\GobbleFive #1#2#3#4#5{}
-\def\GobbleSix #1#2#3#4#5#6{}
-\def\GobbleSeven#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{}
-\def\GobbleEight#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{}
-\def\GobbleNine #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/gobblemo.tip b/info/examples/tip/gobblemo.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index ac7bc75439..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/gobblemo.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.9.11, p. III-197.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 2417.
-\wlog{L: "gobblemo.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 2417, p. III-197]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\GobbleDoMore #1#2{%
- \def\@GobbleDoMore ##1#1{}%
- \expandafter#2\@GobbleDoMore
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/graphmac.tip b/info/examples/tip/graphmac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 6cf2ba10d9..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/graphmac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.2.1, p. I-314.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 79.
-\wlog{L: "graphmac.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 79, p. I-314]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-zero.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@ScaleLength
-\def\SetScale #1{%
- \@ScaleLength = #1
-}
-\SetScale{1mm}
-\newdimen\@LineThickness
-\def\SetLineThickness #1{%
- \@LineThickness = #1
-}
-\SetLineThickness{0.3mm}
-\newbox\@GraphDataBox
-\def\SetGraphDataBox #1{%
- \dimen0 = #1%
- \setbox\@GraphDataBox =
- \hbox{%
- \hskip -0.5\dimen0
- \vrule height 0.5\dimen0
- depth 0.5\dimen0
- width 1.0\dimen0
- }%
- \ZeroBox{\@GraphDataBox}%
-}
-\SetGraphDataBox{2mm}
-\def\DrawDataBox (#1,#2){%
- {%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- \hskip #1\@ScaleLength
- \raise #2\@ScaleLength\copy\@GraphDataBox
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\def\DrawHLine (#1,#2)#3{%
- {%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- \hskip #1\@ScaleLength
- \raise #2\@ScaleLength
- \hbox{%
- \vrule height 0.5\@LineThickness
- depth 0.5\@LineThickness
- width #3\@ScaleLength
- }%
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\def\DrawVLine (#1,#2)#3{%
- {%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- \hskip #1\@ScaleLength
- \hskip -0.5\@LineThickness
- \raise #2\@ScaleLength
- \hbox{%
- \vrule height #3\@ScaleLength
- depth 0pt
- width \@LineThickness
- }%
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/hex.tip b/info/examples/tip/hex.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f198cb9fb..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/hex.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.1.4.1, p. III-404.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 400.
-\wlog{L: "hex.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 400, p. III-404]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\Hex #1{%
- {%
- \count0 = #1%
- \count1 = #1%
- \divide\count0 by 16
- \count2 = \count0
- \multiply \count2 by -16
- \advance \count1 by \count2
- \ifnum \count0 > 0
- \Hex{\count0}%
- \fi
- \HexDigit{\count1}%
- }%
-}
-\def\HexDigit #1{%
- {%
- \count0 = #1\relax
- \ifnum \count0 < 10
- \number\count0 % or \the\count0
- \else
- \advance\count0 by -10
- \advance\count0 by `A
- \char\count0
- \fi
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ifeven.tip b/info/examples/tip/ifeven.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f26d121a0..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ifeven.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.2.2, p. III-351.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1926.
-\wlog{L: "ifeven.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1926, p. III-351]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newif\ifEvenConditionalResult
-\def\EvenConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ifodd #1\relax
- \EvenConditionalResultfalse
- \else
- \EvenConditionalResulttrue
- \fi
- \ifEvenConditionalResult
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ifx-def.tip b/info/examples/tip/ifx-def.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b9b9dd7259..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ifx-def.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.21.1, p. III-345.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1595.
-\wlog{L: "ifx-def.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1595, p. III-345]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@Def
-\def\XDefinedConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ifx #1\@AlwaysUndefinedToken
- \@Deffalse
- \else
- \@Deftrue
- \fi
- \if@Def
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ifx-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/ifx-mac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 0af3f324b0..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ifx-mac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.20.1, p. III-344.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1529.
-\wlog{L: "ifx-mac.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1529, p. III-344]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\IfXConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \def\@IfXConditionalOne{#1}%
- \def\@IfXConditionalTwo{#2}%
- \ifx\@IfXConditionalOne\@IfXConditionalTwo
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/imodn.tip b/info/examples/tip/imodn.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index d8168abd52..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/imodn.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.3.13, p. I-58.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1566.
-\wlog{L: "imodn.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1566, p. I-58]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@IModNCount
-\newcount\@IModNCountCopy
-\def\IModN #1#2#3{%
- \@IModNCount = #1\relax
- \@IModNCountCopy = #1\relax
- \ifnum \@IModNCount < 0
- \errmessage{\string\IModN: \string#1
- (value \the\@IModNCount) is negative.}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #2< 1
- \errmessage{\string\IModN: \string#2
- (value #2) is negative or zero.}%
- \fi
- \divide\@IModNCount by #2\relax
- \multiply\@IModNCount by #2\relax
- #3 = \@IModNCountCopy
- \advance #3by -\@IModNCount
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/index-or.tip b/info/examples/tip/index-or.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index aacb366a2a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/index-or.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 36.1.1, p. IV-134.
-% Original source in file "o3.TEX", starting line 63.
-\wlog{L: "index-or.tip" ["o3.TEX," l. 63, p. IV-134]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\InputD{setstrut.tip}
-\newinsert\indexins
-\dimen\indexins = \maxdimen
-\skip\indexins = 0pt
-\count\indexins = 0
-\newwrite\indexwrite
-\openout\indexwrite = \jobname.idxx
-\def\index #1{%
- \write\indexwrite{\noexpand\ix{#1}{\the\pageno}}%
- \insert\indexins{%
- \baselineskip = 7pt
- \ComputeStrut
- \hbox{\fiverm\MyStrut #1}
- }%
-}
-\def\indexx #1{%
- \index{#1}%
- #1%
-}
-\output = {%
- \shipout\hbox{%
- \valign{
- #\vfil
- \cr
- \VtopR{\unvbox255}\cr
- \hbox to 20pt{}\cr
- \BoxR\indexins\cr
- }
- }
- \global\advance\pageno by 1
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/input-at.tip b/info/examples/tip/input-at.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index bf41fd4958..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/input-at.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.3.7, p. III-462.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 774.
-\wlog{L: "input-at.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 774, p. III-462]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\InputAt #1{%
- \catcode`\@ = 11
- \input #1
- \catcode`\@ = 12
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/inputc.tip b/info/examples/tip/inputc.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a05dcf1473..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/inputc.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.4.2, p. III-466.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 977.
-\wlog{L: "inputc.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 977, p. III-466]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{fexist.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\InputC #1{%
- \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}%
- \input #1
- \else
- \message{\string\InputC: there is no file "#1".}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\InputCWithAt #1{%
- \catcode`@ = 11
- \InputC{#1}%
- \catcode`@ = 12
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/inputd.tip b/info/examples/tip/inputd.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e4bd777482..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/inputd.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.1
-% Date: Sep 10, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.4.3, p. III-468.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1076.
-\wlog{L: "inputd.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1076, p. III-468]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\input namedef.tip
-\newif\ifInputDVerbose
-\InputDVerbosefalse
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@InputDList
-\@InputDListfalse
-\def\@InputDPrefix{@InputD-}
-\NameDef{\@InputDPrefix namedef.tip}{}
-\def\InputD #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@InputDPrefix #1}%
- \ifInputDVerbose
- \wlog{\string\InputD: file "#1" was read-in before.}%
- \fi
- \else
- \NameDef{\@InputDPrefix #1}{}%
- \input #1
- \if@InputDList
- \immediate\write\@InputDStream{#1}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\InputD{inputdl.tip}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/inputdl.tip b/info/examples/tip/inputdl.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 696c2f029e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/inputdl.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.4.3.3, p. III-470.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1175.
-\wlog{L: "inputdl.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1175, p. III-470]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\@InputDStream
-\def\ListInputD{%
- \@InputDListtrue
- \immediate\openout\@InputDStream = \jobname.ipd
- \immediate\write\@InputDStream{inputd.tip}%
- \immediate\write\@InputDStream{namedef.tip}%
- \immediate\write\@InputDStream{inputdl.tip}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/isleapyr.tip b/info/examples/tip/isleapyr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e35bd6c9d1..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/isleapyr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.9, p. III-370.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 541.
-\wlog{L: "isleapyr.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 541, p. III-370]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{imodn.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@LeapYear
-\def\LeapYearConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- {%
- \count0 = #1\relax
- \IModN{\count0}{4}{\count1}%
- \ifnum\count1 = 0
- \global\@LeapYeartrue
- \IModN{\count0}{100}{\count2}%
- \IModN{\count0}{400}{\count3}%
- \ifnum\count2 = 0
- \global\@LeapYearfalse
- \fi
- \ifnum\count3 = 0
- \global\@LeapYeartrue
- \fi
- \else
- \global\@LeapYearfalse
- \fi
- }%
- \if@LeapYear
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/isprefix.tip b/info/examples/tip/isprefix.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9bdefdce10..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/isprefix.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.18.1, p. III-302.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1096.
-\wlog{L: "isprefix.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1096, p. III-302]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\InputD{strleng.tip}
-\InputD{showx.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@PrefixResult
-\newcount\@LengthPrefixString
-\newcount\@LengthMainString
-\def\PrefixConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \StringLength{#1}%
- \@LengthMainString = \StringLengthResult
- \StringLength{#2}%
- \@LengthPrefixString = \StringLengthResult
- \ifnum\@LengthMainString < \@LengthPrefixString
- \@PrefixResultfalse
- \else
- \@PrefixConditionalTwo{#1}{#2}%
- \fi
- \if@PrefixResult
-}
-\def\@PrefixConditionalTwo #1#2{%
- \edef\@PrefixBoth{#1#2}%
- \edef\@PrefixTemp{%
- \def\noexpand\@TestPrefix ####1#2####2\noexpand\@Del{%
- \noexpand\if\noexpand\EmptyStringConditional{####1}%
- }%
- }%
- \ShowX\@PrefixTemp
- \@PrefixTemp
- \ShowX{\@TestPrefix}%
- \expandafter\@TestPrefix\@PrefixBoth\@Del
- \@PrefixResulttrue
- \else
- \@PrefixResultfalse
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/issuffix.tip b/info/examples/tip/issuffix.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 37bda46631..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/issuffix.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.19.1, p. III-307.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1312.
-\wlog{L: "issuffix.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1312, p. III-307]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{isprefix.tip}
-\InputD{reverses.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\SuffixConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \ReverseString{\@MainSuffixString}{#1}%
- \ReverseString{\@SuffixSuffixString}{#2}%
- \if\PrefixConditional{\@MainSuffixString}{\@SuffixSuffixString}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/itemizel.tip b/info/examples/tip/itemizel.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ed23df9e8..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/itemizel.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.3.3, p. II-77.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1465.
-\wlog{L: "itemizel.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1465, p. II-77]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{parv-1.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@ItemListDepth
-\@ItemListDepth = 0
-\def\BeginItemize{%
- \begingroup
- \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by 1
- \ifcase\@ItemListDepth\or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelOne
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{$\bullet$}}%
- \or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelTwo
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{--}}%
- \or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelThree
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{*}}%
- \or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelFour
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{+}}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\BeginItemize: maximum nesting of
- 4 exceeded.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\EndItemize{%
- \EndAList
- \endgroup
- \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by -1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/itemltw.tip b/info/examples/tip/itemltw.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index f4f13f319d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/itemltw.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.1.6.1, p. II-61.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 671.
-\wlog{L: "itemltw.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 671, p. II-61]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\def\ItemLLOne #1{%
- \par
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > \Delta@XY
- \message{\string\ItemLL: warning, label "#1" too wide.}%
- \fi
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hskip -\Delta@XY
- #1%
- \hfil
- }%
- \ignorespaces
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/itemplan.tip b/info/examples/tip/itemplan.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9dd2d94f2b..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/itemplan.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.4.7, p. II-88.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 2011.
-\wlog{L: "itemplan.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 2011, p. II-88]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\hang{%
- \hangindent = \parindent
-}
-\def\item{%
- \par
- \hang
- \textindent
-}
-\def\itemitem{%
- \par
- \indent
- \hangindent = 2\parindent
- \textindent
-}
-\def\textindent #1{%
- \indent
- \llap{#1\enspace}%
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\itemitemitem{%
- \par
- \indent
- \indent
- \hangindent = 3\parindent
- \textindent
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ivpyr.tip b/info/examples/tip/ivpyr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 86bd1a78bc..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ivpyr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.1.9.1, p. III-417.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 1022.
-\wlog{L: "ivpyr.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 1022, p. III-417]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\InputD{list-mac.tip}
-\InputD{wtolist.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth
-\newdimen\@LineWidthLastLine
-\newdimen\@LineWidthMinDiff
-\newbox\@IPCurrentLineBox
-\newbox\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry
-\def\InvertedPyramid #1#2#3{%
- \WordsToTeXList{\IVList}#3\EndWordsToTeXList
- \def\LineLengthList{#1}%
- \@LineWidthLastLine = 0pt
- \@LineWidthMinDiff = #2
- \CarOfList{\IVList}{\@IVListTemp}
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\IVList}
- \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \hbox{\@IVListTemp}%
- \CarOfList{\LineLengthList}{\@IVListTemp}%
- \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@IVListTemp
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\LineLengthList}%
- \ForEveryListElement{\IVList}{\@IVListTypeset}%
- \ifvoid\@IPCurrentLineBox
- \errmessage{\string\InvertedPyramid:
- empty \string\@IPCurrentLineBox}%
- \else
- \centerline{\box\@IPCurrentLineBox}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\@IVListTypeset #1{%
- \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry =
- \hbox{\copy\@IPCurrentLineBox \space#1}%
- \ifdim\wd\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry < \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth
- \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \box\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry
- \else
- \@LineWidthLastLine = \wd\@IPCurrentLineBox
- \centerline{\box\@IPCurrentLineBox}%
- \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \hbox{#1}%
- \CarOfList{\LineLengthList}{\@IVListTemp}%
- \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@IVListTemp
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\LineLengthList}%
- \dimen0 = \@LineWidthLastLine
- \advance\dimen0 by -\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth
- \ifdim\dimen0 < \@LineWidthMinDiff
- \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@LineWidthLastLine
- \advance\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth by -\@LineWidthMinDiff
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/largdp.tip b/info/examples/tip/largdp.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index cd666f8b6d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/largdp.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.3.15, p. I-61.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1742.
-\wlog{L: "largdp.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1742, p. I-61]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{valdecpo.tip}
-\InputD{absval.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount
-\def\LargestDecimalPlace #1#2{%
- \AbsoluteValue{#1}{\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount}%
- \wlog{We make progress}%
- #2 = 0
- \@LargestDecimalPlaceMore{#2}%
-}
-\def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMore #1{%
- \wlog{One round: \the#1}%
- \ifnum\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount < 10
- \def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext{}%
- \else
- \advance #1 by 1
- \divide\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount by 10
- \def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext{%
- \@LargestDecimalPlaceMore{#1}%
- }%
- \fi
- \@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/lbpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/lbpar.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c96c32ed3d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/lbpar.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 10.10.6, p. II-43.
-% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 2191.
-\wlog{L: "lbpar.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 2191, p. II-43]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\\{%
- \hfil\break
- \hbox{}%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@HfilBreakHskip}{\ignorespaces}%
-}
-\def\@HfilBreakHskip [#1]{%
- \hskip #1%
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/lc0to9.tip b/info/examples/tip/lc0to9.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c317c4c8ee..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/lc0to9.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 22.3.2, p. III-219.
-% Original source in file "macros2.TEX", starting line 736.
-\wlog{L: "lc0to9.tip" ["macros2.TEX," l. 736, p. III-219]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\LoadCountZeroToNine #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
- \count0 = #1\relax
- \count1 = #2\relax
- \count2 = #3\relax
- \count3 = #4\relax
- \count4 = #5\relax
- \count5 = #6\relax
- \count6 = #7\relax
- \count7 = #8\relax
- \count8 = #9\relax
- \@LoadCountNine
-}
-\def\@LoadCountNine #1{%
- \count9 = #1\relax
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/leadingz.tip b/info/examples/tip/leadingz.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index ef668522d8..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/leadingz.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.3.8.1, p. I-50.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1126.
-\wlog{L: "leadingz.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1126, p. I-50]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@LeadingZCount
-\def\LeadingZ #1{%
- \@LeadingZCount = #1\relax
- \ifnum \@LeadingZCount < 10
- 0%
- \fi
- \the\@LeadingZCount
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/leadline.tip b/info/examples/tip/leadline.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index fa6486a7e9..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/leadline.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 6.6.2, p. I-186.
-% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 1662.
-\wlog{L: "leadline.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 1662, p. I-186]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\RightLeaderLine #1{%
- \line{\leaders\hrule\hss #1}%
-}
-
-\def\LeftLeaderLine #1{%
- \line{#1\leaders\hrule\hss}%
-}
-
-\def\CenterLeaderLine #1{%
- \line{\leaders\hrule\hss #1\leaders\hrule\hss}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/leftdm.tip b/info/examples/tip/leftdm.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f09928a53..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/leftdm.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 14.9.3, p. II-218.
-% Original source in file "math2.TEX", starting line 1656.
-\wlog{L: "leftdm.tip" ["math2.TEX," l. 1656, p. II-218]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\LeftDisplay #1$${%
- \leftline{%
- \hskip 20pt
- $
- \displaystyle {#1}
- $%
- }%
- $$
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/legdate.tip b/info/examples/tip/legdate.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 336c8ecf27..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/legdate.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.8, p. III-367.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 495.
-\wlog{L: "legdate.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 495, p. III-367]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{legmonth.tip}
-\InputD{legyear.tip}
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\InputD{ndaysmo.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@TempCheckDate
-\def\CheckDate #1#2#3{%
- \CheckLegalYear{#1}%
- \CheckLegalMonth{#2}%
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@TempCheckDate}%
- \CheckRange{#3}{1}{\@TempCheckDate}%
- {\string\CheckDate: provided date #1-#2-#3 is illegal.}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/legmonth.tip b/info/examples/tip/legmonth.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index ee7776bf67..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/legmonth.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.6, p. III-365.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 379.
-\wlog{L: "legmonth.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 379, p. III-365]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\def\CheckLegalMonth #1{%
- \CheckRange{#1}{1}{12}%
- {\string\CheckLegalMonth: month #1 out of range.}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/legyear.tip b/info/examples/tip/legyear.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c952e42f79..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/legyear.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.5, p. III-365.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 362.
-\wlog{L: "legyear.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 362, p. III-365]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{earliest.tip}
-\def\CheckLegalYear #1{%
- \ifnum #1 < \EarliestYearDate
- \errmessage{\string\CheckLegalYear: year #1
- < \the\EarliestYearDate\space
- encountered, illegal.}%
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/lfondem.tip b/info/examples/tip/lfondem.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index eeb1039e08..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/lfondem.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.2.2, p. II-265.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 121.
-\wlog{L: "lfondem.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 121, p. II-265]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\LoadFontOnDemand #1#2{%
- \def #1{%
- \global\font#1 = #2\relax
- #1%
- \message{\string\LoadFontOnDemand: font \string#1
- (#2) loaded on demand.}%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/linesr.tip b/info/examples/tip/linesr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 53ff80db27..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/linesr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.13, p. I-343.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1558.
-\wlog{L: "linesr.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1558, p. I-343]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{boxing7.tip}
-\def\LineR{\HboxR to \hsize}
-\def\LeftlineR #1{\LineR{#1\hss}}
-\def\RightlineR #1{\LineR{\hss#1}}
-\def\CenterlineR #1{\LineR{\hss#1\hss}}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/list-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/list-mac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b8c1f6d72e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/list-mac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 20.2.2, p. III-121.
-% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 263.
-\wlog{L: "list-mac.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 263, p. III-121]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@EmptyRefList{}
-\def\EmptyListConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ifx#1\@EmptyRefList
-}
-\newtoks\@AppendTokOne
-\newtoks\@AppendTokTwo
-\def\LeftAppendElement #1#2{%
- \edef\@AppendTemp{\noexpand\\{#2}}%
- \@AppendTokOne = \expandafter{\@AppendTemp}%
- \@AppendTokTwo = \expandafter{#1}%
- \edef#1{\the\@AppendTokOne \the\@AppendTokTwo}%
-}
-\def\RightAppendElement #1#2{%
- \edef\@AppendTemp{\noexpand\\{#2}}%
- \@AppendTokOne = \expandafter{\@AppendTemp}%
- \@AppendTokTwo = \expandafter{#1}%
- \edef#1{\the\@AppendTokTwo \the\@AppendTokOne}%
-}
-\def\CarOfList #1#2{%
- \def\@CarTemp \\##1##2\@EndCarList{\def#2{##1}}%
- \expandafter\@CarTemp#1\@EndCarList
-}
-\def\CdrOfList #1#2{%
- \def\@CdrTemp \\##1##2\@EndCdrList{\def#2{##2}}%
- \expandafter\@CdrTemp#1\@EndCdrList
-}
-\def\DropFirstElementOfList #1{%
- \if\EmptyListConditional{#1}%
- \errhelp = {\string\DropFirstElementOfList: list is
- empty. No first element to drop.}%
- \errmessage{\string\DropFirstElementOfList: List
- \noexpand#1 is empty.}%
- \else
- \def\@DropFirstElementTemp \\##1##2\@EndCdrList{\def#1{##2}}%
- \expandafter\@DropFirstElementTemp#1\@EndCdrList
- \fi
-}
-\def\CarCarOfList #1#2{%
- \let\@CarCarOfListList = #1%
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\@CarCarOfListList}%
- \CarOfList{\@CarCarOfListList}{#2}
-}
-\def\ForEveryListElement #1#2{%
- \let\@ForEveryList = #1%
- \let\@ForEveryListElementMacro = #2%
- \@ForEveryListElement
-}
-\def\@ForEveryListElement{%
- \if\EmptyListConditional{\@ForEveryList}%
- \let\@ForEveryListElementNext = \relax
- \else
- \CarOfList{\@ForEveryList}{\@ForEveryListElementElement}%
- \@ForEveryListElementMacro{\@ForEveryListElementElement}%
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\@ForEveryList}%
- \let\@ForEveryListElementNext = \@ForEveryListElement
- \fi
- \@ForEveryListElementNext
-}
-\newif\if@MemberList
-\def\MemberOfListConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \@MemberListfalse
- {%
- \def\\##1{%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2}{##1}%
- \global\@MemberListtrue
- \fi
- }%
- #1%
- }%
- \if@MemberList
-}
-\def\ReverseList #1#2{%
- \def\@ReverseListOut{}%
- \ForEveryListElement{#1}{\@ReverseList}%
- \let#2 = \@ReverseListOut
-}
-\def\@ReverseList #1{%
- \LeftAppendElement{\@ReverseListOut}{#1}%
-}
-\def\LastElementOfList #1#2{%
- \ReverseList{#1}{#1}%
- \CarOfList{#1}{#2}%
- \ReverseList{#1}{#1}%
-}
-\def\DropLastElementOfList #1{%
- \ReverseList{#1}{#1}%
- \DropFirstElementOfList{#1}%
- \ReverseList{#1}{#1}%
-}
-\def\NumberOfListElements #1#2{%
- \let\@NumberOfListElementsList = #1%
- \def\@NumberOfListElementsCount{#2}%
- \@NumberOfListElementsCount = 0
- \@NumberOfListElements
-}
-\def\@NumberOfListElements{%
- \if\EmptyListConditional{\@NumberOfListElementsList}%
- \let\@NumberOfListElementsNext = \relax
- \else
- \advance\@NumberOfListElementsCount by 1
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\@NumberOfListElementsList}%
- \let\@NumberOfListElementsNext = \@NumberOfListElements
- \fi
- \@NumberOfListElementsNext
-}
-\newcount\@NumberOfListElCCount
-\def\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional #1{%
- 0=0\fi
- \NumberOfListElements{#1}{\@NumberOfListElCCount}%
- \ifnum\@NumberOfListElCCount
-}
-\def\CombineTwoLists #1#2#3{%
- \def\@CombineTwoLists{\def\@CombineTwoListsResult}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\@CombineTwoLists
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter#1#2}%
- \let #3 = \@CombineTwoListsResult
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/loadedla.tip b/info/examples/tip/loadedla.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 295d0a66b7..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/loadedla.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.5.6, p. III-174.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1267.
-\wlog{L: "loadedla.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1267, p. III-174]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{testdef.tip}
-\def\FormatIsLaTeXConditional{%
- TT\fi
- \if\DefinedConditional{\documentstyle}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/lpagetg.tip b/info/examples/tip/lpagetg.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index da5b968623..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/lpagetg.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 32.2.3, p. IV-5.
-% Original source in file "page.TEX", starting line 298.
-\wlog{L: "lpagetg.tip" ["page.TEX," l. 298, p. IV-5]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\LogPageTG #1{%
- \wlog{\string\LogPageTG [#1]:}%
- \wlog{\string\pagetotal: \the\pagetotal,
- \string\pagegoal: \the\pagegoal}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/macvntip.tex b/info/examples/tip/macvntip.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index b8c62165b9..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/macvntip.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-% This file contains the version numbers of the current release
-% of the TeXIP macros.
-& absdimen.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 614\cr
-& absval.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1531\cr
-& acronym.tip & 1.0& macros2.TEX & 1052\cr
-& advtabst.tip & 1.0& table3.TEX & 205\cr
-& aevpar.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1838\cr
-& alldate.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1805\cr
-& allocat.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1748\cr
-& alwbase.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 1305\cr
-& angt.tip & 1.0& math1.TEX & 931\cr
-& arbday.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1170\cr
-& arraymac.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 1467\cr
-& atpos.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 875\cr
-& be-env.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 1908\cr
-& bletpar.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1957\cr
-& box-bb.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 503\cr
-& box-bul.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 489\cr
-& box-larg.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 1255\cr
-& box-mac.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1583\cr
-& box-thck.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 414\cr
-& box-zero.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1360\cr
-& boxing1.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 343\cr
-& boxing2.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 433\cr
-& boxing3.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 536\cr
-& boxing4.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 622\cr
-& boxing5.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 940\cr
-& boxing6.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1051\cr
-& boxing7.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1362\cr
-& boxrelim.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1545\cr
-& boxrqu.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 1595\cr
-& centerlp.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 1888\cr
-& centerng.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 2725\cr
-& centpar.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 963\cr
-& charbo.tip & 1.0& fonts1.TEX & 313\cr
-& chboxd.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1234\cr
-& clearb.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1028\cr
-& collect.tip & 1.0& macros2.TEX & 259\cr
-& coltok.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 113\cr
-& comfiles.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 2061\cr
-& compst.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1077\cr
-& compstca.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1249\cr
-& condltr.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 2085\cr
-& conval.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 861\cr
-& copydate.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 122\cr
-& counters.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 2546\cr
-& countl.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 1383\cr
-& cref-1.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1101\cr
-& cref-2.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1134\cr
-& cref-2a.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1447\cr
-& cref-3.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1225\cr
-& cref-3a.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1420\cr
-& cref-4.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1259\cr
-& cref-5.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 1535\cr
-& crline.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 2571\cr
-& csar.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 889\cr
-& cssprint.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 822\cr
-& cstostr.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 119\cr
-& cstostrc.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 182\cr
-& ctestcs.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1334\cr
-& dateofw.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 216\cr
-& dblarg.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1163\cr
-& defauarg.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1597\cr
-& dicentry.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 1058\cr
-& doloop.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 910\cr
-& droppre.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 1256\cr
-& droppt.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 777\cr
-& dumppars.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1889\cr
-& earliest.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 75\cr
-& emprubox.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1522\cr
-& emptybox.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1301\cr
-& endn-mac.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 1530\cr
-& endrec.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 149\cr
-& enum.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 1265\cr
-& enumlist.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1342\cr
-& errmess.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 2185\cr
-& evenprin.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 116\cr
-& everyequ.tip & 1.0& math2.TEX & 1922\cr
-& everypar.tip & 1.0& par1.TEX & 1765\cr
-& evhvbox.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 2698\cr
-& ex-out2.tip & 1.0& o4.TEX & 233\cr
-& fexist.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 951\cr
-& figbox.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 387\cr
-& figinpar.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 636\cr
-& firstldi.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 1403\cr
-& fo-char.tip & 1.0& fonts1.TEX & 367\cr
-& font-cpp.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 1074\cr
-& fontsam.tip & 1.0& fonts1.TEX & 1458\cr
-& fonttab.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 2211\cr
-& formline.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 2493\cr
-& fotable.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 2032\cr
-& fotok.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 173\cr
-& frac.tip & 1.0& math1.TEX & 1349\cr
-& freespac.tip & 1.0& page.TEX & 398\cr
-& fsized.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 421\cr
-& funospac.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1805\cr
-& futlet.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1060\cr
-& futpar.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1908\cr
-& genaeol.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 2254\cr
-& genhead.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 2444\cr
-& genostr.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1380\cr
-& getnuml.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 1184\cr
-& gobble.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 1846\cr
-& gobblemo.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 2429\cr
-& graphmac.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 205\cr
-& hex.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 447\cr
-& ifeven.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1950\cr
-& ifx-def.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1622\cr
-& ifx-mac.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1543\cr
-& imodn.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1597\cr
-& index-or.tip & 1.0& o3.TEX & 134\cr
-& input-at.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 780\cr
-& inputc.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1013\cr
-& inputd.tip & 1.1& io1.TEX & 1150\cr
-& inputdl.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1199\cr
-& isleapyr.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 584\cr
-& isprefix.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 1172\cr
-& issuffix.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 1327\cr
-& itemizel.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1515\cr
-& itemltw.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 690\cr
-& itemplan.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 2053\cr
-& ivpyr.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 1147\cr
-& largdp.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1790\cr
-& lbpar.tip & 1.0& par1.TEX & 2221\cr
-& lc0to9.tip & 1.0& macros2.TEX & 757\cr
-& leadingz.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1140\cr
-& leadline.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 1677\cr
-& leftdm.tip & 1.0& math2.TEX & 1678\cr
-& legdate.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 515\cr
-& legmonth.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 385\cr
-& legyear.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 371\cr
-& lfondem.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 130\cr
-& linesr.tip & 1.0& boxit.TEX & 1564\cr
-& list-mac.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 660\cr
-& loadedla.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 1275\cr
-& lpagetg.tip & 1.0& page.TEX & 304\cr
-& mathenv.tip & 1.0& math1.TEX & 292\cr
-& maxmindi.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 936\cr
-& mocal.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1463\cr
-& mocal3.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1517\cr
-& modonead.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1247\cr
-& mondofda.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1282\cr
-& mrdel.tip & 1.0& table4.TEX & 315\cr
-& mspaces.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 798\cr
-& namedef.tip & 1.0& tokens2.TEX & 542\cr
-& nathd.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 205\cr
-& nctest.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1365\cr
-& ndaysmo.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 452\cr
-& new-midi.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 1652\cr
-& newdef.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 1334\cr
-& newfont.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 62\cr
-& newinput.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1692\cr
-& newoutfr.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1630\cr
-& newpage.tip & 1.0& page.TEX & 1009\cr
-& nextday.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 708\cr
-& nextmon.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 982\cr
-& nlm.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 1708\cr
-& norpweek.tip & 1.1& macros6.TEX & 898\cr
-& npright.tip & 1.0& ointro.TEX & 551\cr
-& ntotext.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 2022\cr
-& numcond.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 2048\cr
-& numdyr.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 637\cr
-& numwhile.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 554\cr
-& oblines.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 1225\cr
-& obspaces.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 1100\cr
-& oct.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 481\cr
-& oddprin.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 145\cr
-& oeprin.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 83\cr
-& ola-1p.tip & 1.0& o3.TEX & 805\cr
-& ola-2p.tip & 1.0& o3.TEX & 645\cr
-& ola-comm.tip & 1.0& o3.TEX & 437\cr
-& op-endin.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 1496\cr
-& op-pagec.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 1422\cr
-& optargx.tip & 1.0& macros3.TEX & 1270\cr
-& orcards.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 723\cr
-& ordbrule.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 171\cr
-& orsimple.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 423\cr
-& out-ds.tip & 1.0& o4.TEX & 1230\cr
-& out2-or.tip & 1.0& o4.TEX & 198\cr
-& outf-rad.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1677\cr
-& outpsel.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 121\cr
-& par-fl.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 2829\cr
-& par-lab.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 568\cr
-& par-lcl.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 777\cr
-& parin.tip & 1.0& par1.TEX & 1847\cr
-& part-cr.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1808\cr
-& part-lab.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 2364\cr
-& part-mac.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 736\cr
-& parv-1.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1143\cr
-& pdollars.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 880\cr
-& pickfs.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 257\cr
-& pm-4.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1438\cr
-& pm-auxco.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1491\cr
-& pm-bas.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 817\cr
-& pm-main.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1067\cr
-& pm-pagen.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1549\cr
-& pm-wrc.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1113\cr
-& pmtime.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1175\cr
-& poorbold.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 1479\cr
-& pralph.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1039\cr
-& prevday.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 806\cr
-& prevmon.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1059\cr
-& prhyph.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 2030\cr
-& primmark.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 430\cr
-& printast.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 87\cr
-& printco.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 2171\cr
-& printreg.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 760\cr
-& prmode.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1768\cr
-& prmonth.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 323\cr
-& prot.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 1893\cr
-& rangetst.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 695\cr
-& rboxt.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1061\cr
-& readnu.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 528\cr
-& redtost.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 1747\cr
-& remtlsp.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 1517\cr
-& restring.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 942\cr
-& reverses.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 1054\cr
-& rh-dict.tip & 1.0& o1.TEX & 1093\cr
-& robust.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1774\cr
-& samplepa.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 356\cr
-& setstrut.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 1726\cr
-& shboxes.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1563\cr
-& shiftudb.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 2429\cr
-& showpll.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 1771\cr
-& showx.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 1434\cr
-& sigline.tip & 1.0& boxes.TEX & 2419\cr
-& spacefac.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 973\cr
-& splitpar.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 1169\cr
-& ssmath.tip & 1.0& math2.TEX & 972\cr
-& strleng.tip & 1.0& fonts1.TEX & 560\cr
-& stswitch.tip & 1.0& macros5.TEX & 1479\cr
-& substf.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 182\cr
-& sumhd.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1251\cr
-& swapbox.tip & 1.0& reg2.TEX & 1008\cr
-& tabcent.tip & 1.0& table3.TEX & 1679\cr
-& tabswb.tip & 1.1& table1.TEX & 705\cr
-& testdef.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 1206\cr
-& testsubs.tip & 1.0& macros4.TEX & 726\cr
-& toc-mac.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 904\cr
-& today.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 721\cr
-& todayx.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1241\cr
-& topinfix.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 1292\cr
-& ts-brefm.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 885\cr
-& ts-bul.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 868\cr
-& ts-chap.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 838\cr
-& ts-chhe.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 1378\cr
-& ts-crm.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 1348\cr
-& ts-dime1.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 606\cr
-& ts-dime2.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 652\cr
-& ts-dime3.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 661\cr
-& ts-enum.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1452\cr
-& ts-float.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 2365\cr
-& ts-fonts.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 608\cr
-& ts-foot.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 859\cr
-& ts-gnot.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 932\cr
-& ts-hall.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 673\cr
-& ts-hmore.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 1104\cr
-& ts-hyph.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 2083\cr
-& ts-itize.tip & 1.0& par2.TEX & 1560\cr
-& ts-lazy.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 856\cr
-& ts-loft.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 1130\cr
-& ts-logo.tip & 1.0& macros1.TEX & 843\cr
-& ts-main.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 564\cr
-& ts-outpu.tip & 1.0& o2.TEX & 2149\cr
-& ts-page2.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 2146\cr
-& ts-pager.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1861\cr
-& ts-robst.tip & 1.0& pp1.TEX & 1475\cr
-& ts-set.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 1386\cr
-& ts-shead.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 1063\cr
-& ts-subst.tip & 1.0& fonts2.TEX & 257\cr
-& ts-toc.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 1087\cr
-& ts-verb.tip & 1.1& tokens1.TEX & 3416\cr
-& ts-verb1.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 3272\cr
-& ts-verb2.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 3300\cr
-& ts-vers.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 1356\cr
-& ts-vol.tip & 1.0& pp2.TEX & 707\cr
-& ts-wind.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 593\cr
-& ts-writc.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1412\cr
-& valdecpo.tip & 1.0& reg1.TEX & 1693\cr
-& vcentx.tip & 1.0& vboxes1.TEX & 2215\cr
-& verb-bas.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 1867\cr
-& verb-mac.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 2498\cr
-& verb.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 2128\cr
-& verbdisp.tip & 1.0& tokens1.TEX & 3210\cr
-& verbwr.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 1178\cr
-& vsmax.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 1697\cr
-& vtbox.tip & 1.0& vboxes2.TEX & 281\cr
-& vwrt-mac.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 1333\cr
-& weekofyr.tip & 1.1& macros6.TEX & 1727\cr
-& widestc.tip & 1.0& macros7.TEX & 983\cr
-& wl-parcp.tip & 1.0& par1.TEX & 2371\cr
-& wrtoc.tip & 1.0& io2.TEX & 789\cr
-& wrverbar.tip & 1.0& io1.TEX & 1957\cr
-& wtolist.tip & 1.0& tokens3.TEX & 953\cr
-& x-parsh.tip & 1.0& par3.TEX & 272\cr
-& yearcal.tip & 1.0& macros6.TEX & 1606\cr
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mathenv.tip b/info/examples/tip/mathenv.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 098d040c40..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/mathenv.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 13.1.4, p. II-158.
-% Original source in file "math1.TEX", starting line 211.
-\wlog{L: "mathenv.tip" ["math1.TEX," l. 211, p. II-158]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\BeginMath{%
- \ifmath
- \ifinner
- \errmessage{\string\BeginMath: already in math
- mode, \string\BeginMath ignored.}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\BeginMath: in display math
- mode, terminated and math mode started.}%
- $$
- $
- \fi
- \else
- $\relax
- \fi
-}
-\def\EndMath{%
- \ifmath
- \ifinner
- $%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\EndMath: you are in display math
- mode! Should have used \string\EndDisplayMath!}%
- $$
- \fi
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\EndMath: already in math
- mode, \string\EndMath ignored.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\BeginDisplayMath{%
- \ifmath
- \ifinner
- \errmessage{\string\BeginDisplayMath: in inline
- math mode, terminate it, start display math.}%
- $
- $$
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\BeginDisplayMath: already in math
- mode, \string\BeginDisplayMath ignored.}%
- \fi
- \else
- $$
- \fi
-}
-\def\EndDisplayMath{%
- \ifmath
- \ifinner
- \errmessage{\string\EndDisplayMath: inline
- math mode in effect, did you intend to
- write \string\EndMath?}%
- $%
- \else
- $$
- \fi
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\EndDisplayMath: not in math
- mode, \string\EndDisplayMath ignored.}%
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/maxmindi.tip b/info/examples/tip/maxmindi.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 239222ccd5..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/maxmindi.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.14, p. III-332.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 921.
-\wlog{L: "maxmindi.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 921, p. III-332]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\MaxDimen #1#2#3#4{%
- \ifdim #2<#3\relax
- #4#1 = #3\relax
- \else
- #4#1 = #2\relax
- \fi
-}
-\def\MinDimen #1#2#3#4{%
- \ifdim #2<#3\relax
- #4#1 = #2\relax
- \else
- #4#1 = #3\relax
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mocal.tip b/info/examples/tip/mocal.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 240ceb9c9b..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/mocal.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.19, p. III-385.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1327.
-\wlog{L: "mocal.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1327, p. III-385]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{dateofw.tip}
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\InputD{arbday.tip}
-\InputD{nextday.tip}
-\InputD{numdyr.tip}
-\InputD{prmonth.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@InitialDayOfMonth
-\newcount\@MCDays
-\newcount\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp
-\def\MonthlyCalendarBody #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}%
- \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{#1}%
- {#2}{1}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}%
- \gdef #3{}%
- \DoLoop{\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}%
- {1}{1}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}%
- {\xdef#3{#3&}}
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@MCDays}%
- \DoLoop{\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}{1}{1}{\@MCDays}{%
- \xdef#3{#3\the\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}%
- \ifnum\@InitialDayOfMonth = \Saturday
- \xdef#3{#3\cr}%
- \else
- \xdef#3{#3&}%
- \fi
- \advance\@InitialDayOfMonth by 1
- \IModN{\@InitialDayOfMonth}{7}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}%
- }%
- }%
- \xdef#3{#3\crcr}%
-}
-\newcount\@MonthlyCalendarCount
-\def\MonthlyCalendar #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \MonthlyCalendarBody{#1}{#2}{\TableBody}%
- \vtop{
- \hsize = #3\relax
- \ProvideMonth{#2}{0}{\MonthNameTemp}%
- \@MonthlyCalendarCount = #1\relax
- \centerline{\MyStrut\MonthNameTemp\space
- \the\@MonthlyCalendarCount}%
- \smallskip
- \hrule
- \smallskip
- \tabskip = 0pt
- \halign to \hsize{
- % So
- \hfil##\relax \tabskip = 0pt plus 1fil&
- \hfil##& % Mo
- \hfil##& % Tu
- \hfil##& % We
- \hfil##& % Th
- \hfil##& % Fr
- \hfil##\relax \tabskip = 0pt
- \cr
- \omit\hfil So\hfil&
- \omit\hfil Mo\hfil&
- \omit\hfil Tu\hfil&
- \omit\hfil We\hfil&
- \omit\hfil Th\hfil&
- \omit\hfil Fr\hfil&
- \omit\hfil Sa\hfil\cr
- \TableBody
- }%
- \smallskip
- \hrule
- }%
- }%
-}%
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mocal3.tip b/info/examples/tip/mocal3.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 67dc386869..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/mocal3.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.20, p. III-389.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1496.
-\wlog{L: "mocal3.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1496, p. III-389]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{mocal.tip}
-\def\ThreeMonthlyCalendars #1#2#3{%
- \hbox{%
- \count0 = #1
- \count1 = #2
- \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}%
- \hskip 10pt
- \NextMonth{\count0}{\count1}{\count0}{\count1}%
- \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}%
- \NextMonth{\count0}{\count1}{\count0}{\count1}%
- \hskip 10pt
- \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}%
- }
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/modonead.tip b/info/examples/tip/modonead.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index faf86ca38b..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/modonead.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.3.9, p. I-52.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1227.
-\wlog{L: "modonead.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1227, p. I-52]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\ModuloOneAdvanceNumCond #1#2{%
- 0=0\fi
- \global\advance #1 by 1
- \ifnum #1 = #2\relax
- \global #1 = 0
- \fi
- \ifnum #1%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mondofda.tip b/info/examples/tip/mondofda.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e6fd7c0fa3..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/mondofda.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.18, p. III-384.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1256.
-\wlog{L: "mondofda.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1256, p. III-384]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{arbday.tip}
-\InputD{prevday.tip}
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay
-\newcount\@ComputeMondayOfDateDayTwo
-\def\ComputeMondayOfDate #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- #4 = #1\relax
- #5 = #2\relax
- #6 = #3\relax
- \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{#4}{#5}{#6}{\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay}%
- \ifnum\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay = \Sunday
- \@ComputeMondayOfDateDay = 6
- \else
- \advance\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay by -1
- \fi
- \DoLoop{\@ComputeMondayOfDateDayTwo}
- {\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay}{-1}{1}%
- {\PrevDay{#4}{#5}{#6}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mrdel.tip b/info/examples/tip/mrdel.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 3069f2913e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/mrdel.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 41.2.3, p. IV-343.
-% Original source in file "table4.TEX", starting line 260.
-\wlog{L: "mrdel.tip" ["table4.TEX," l. 260, p. IV-343]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\MultiRowDel #1#2{%
- {%
- \mathsurround = 0pt
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- $%
- \vcenter{%
- \hbox{%
- $
- \left#1%
- \vrule height #2 depth #2 width 0pt
- \right.
- $%
- }%
- }%
- $%
- }%
- \ht0 = 0pt
- \dp0 = 0pt
- \box 0
- }%
-}
-\def\MultiRowDel #1#2{%
- {%
- \mathsurround = 0pt
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- $
- \left#1%
- \vrule height #2 depth #2 width 0pt
- \right.
- $%
- }%
- \ht0 = 0pt
- \dp0 = 0pt
- \box 0
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/mspaces.tip b/info/examples/tip/mspaces.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 42d65e8a62..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/mspaces.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.4.7, p. III-165.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 795.
-\wlog{L: "mspaces.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 795, p. III-165]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\edef\FourSpaces{\space\space\space\space}
-\edef\EightSpaces{\FourSpaces\FourSpaces}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/namedef.tip b/info/examples/tip/namedef.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index bc3906875a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/namedef.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.1.8, p. III-73.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 414.
-\wlog{L: "namedef.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 414, p. III-73]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NameDef #1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameEdef #1{%
- \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameGdef #1{%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameXdef #1{%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameNewDef #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}%
- \errmessage{\string\NameNewDef: "#1" already defined.}%
- \fi
- \NameDef{#1}%
-}
-\def\NameReDef #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\NameReDef: "#1" never defined before.}%
- \fi
- \NameDef{#1}%
-}
-\def\NameUse #1{\csname #1\endcsname}
-\def\NameUseFlagUndefined #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}%
- \NameUse{#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\NameUseFlagUndefined: token "#1"
- is undefined.}%
- \fi
-}
-\newif\if@NameDefined
-\def\NameDefinedConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname \relax
- \@NameDefinedfalse
- \else
- \@NameDefinedtrue
- \fi
- \if@NameDefined
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/nathd.tip b/info/examples/tip/nathd.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e849c65ba..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/nathd.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 8.1.3, p. I-264.
-% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 193.
-\wlog{L: "nathd.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 193, p. I-264]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@NBox
-\def\NaturalHeight #1#2{%
- \setbox\@NBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #2}
- #1 = \ht\@NBox
-}
-\def\NaturalDepth #1#2{%
- \setbox\@NBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #2}
- #1 = \dp\@NBox
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/nctest.tip b/info/examples/tip/nctest.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b6fe53c93..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/nctest.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.6.1, p. III-262.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1335.
-\wlog{L: "nctest.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1335, p. III-262]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NextCharTest #1#2#3{%
- \def\@NextCharTestYes #1{#2}%
- \def\@NextCharTestNo {#3}%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{#1}{\@NextCharTestYes}{\@NextCharTestNo}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ndaysmo.tip b/info/examples/tip/ndaysmo.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b45b693426..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ndaysmo.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.7, p. III-366.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 401.
-\wlog{L: "ndaysmo.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 401, p. III-366]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{legyear.tip}
-\InputD{legmonth.tip}
-\InputD{isleapyr.tip}
-\def\NumberOfDaysInMonth #1#2#3{%
- \CheckLegalYear{#1}%
- \CheckLegalMonth{#2}%
- \ifcase #2\relax
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 28
- \if\LeapYearConditional{#1}%
- #3 = 29
- \fi
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 30
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 30
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 30
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 30
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/new-midi.tip b/info/examples/tip/new-midi.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1cdea3e140..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/new-midi.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 35.7.2, p. IV-117.
-% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1582.
-\wlog{L: "new-midi.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1582, p. IV-117]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{op-pagec.tip}
-\InputD{op-endin.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@TopInsertSize
-\@TopInsertSize = 0pt
-\def\ReportTopInsertSize #1{%
- \wlog{\string\@TopInsertSize: "#1"}%
- \wlog{\EightSpaces The value of \noexpand\@TopInsertSize is
- \the\@TopInsertSize}%
-}
-\def\MidInsertFix{%
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFix}%
- \ifdim\@TopInsertSize > 0pt
- \@midfalse
- \p@gefalse
- \fi
-}
-\def\MidInsertFixPage{%
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixPage[1]}%
- \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \vsize
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixPage[2]}%
-}
-\def\MidInsertFixTop{%
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixTop[1]}%
- \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \ht0
- \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \dp0
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixTop[2]}%
-}
-\def\@UpdateTopInsertSize{%
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\@UpdateTopInsertSize[1]}%
- \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by -\ht\topins
- \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by -\dp\topins
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\@UpdateTopInsertSize[2]}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/newdef.tip b/info/examples/tip/newdef.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 28f8cb3081..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/newdef.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.5.7, p. III-175.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1292.
-\wlog{L: "newdef.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1292, p. III-175]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NewDef #1{%
- \ifx #1\@UndefinedToken
- \else
- \errhelp = {\string\NewDef:
- The name of the macro to be defined which you
- provided is already in use. Use \show to find out
- what the name is used for. The macro definition
- will nevertheless be executed.}%
- \errmessage{\string\NewDef: "\string#1" already defined.}%
- \fi
- \def #1%
-}
-\def\ReDef #1{%
- \ifx #1\@UndefinedToken
- \errhelp = {\string\ReDef:
- The name of the macro to be redefined which you
- provided has never been used before. The macro definition
- will nevertheless be executed. }%
- \errmessage{\string\ReDef: "\string#1" never defined
- before.}%
- \fi
- \def #1%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/newfont.tip b/info/examples/tip/newfont.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 26788f48cf..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/newfont.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.1, p. II-263.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 53.
-\wlog{L: "newfont.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 53, p. II-263]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{testdef.tip}
-\def\NewFont #1{%
- \if\DefinedConditional{#1}%
- \errmessage{\string\NewFont: intended font name
- "\string#1" already used.}
- \fi
- \font #1%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/newinput.tip b/info/examples/tip/newinput.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 0008943d0a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/newinput.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.9, p. III-270.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1670.
-\wlog{L: "newinput.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1670, p. III-270]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\let\@input = \input
-\def\input{%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{\bgroup}{\@InputA}{\@input}%
-}
-\def\@InputA #1{\@input #1}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/newoutfr.tip b/info/examples/tip/newoutfr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f1be0f30e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/newoutfr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.6.2, p. I-113.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1610.
-\wlog{L: "newoutfr.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1610, p. I-113]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\newcountOF{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt}
-\def\newdimenOF{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt}
-\def\newskipOF{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt}
-\def\newmuskipOF{\alloc@3\muskip\muskipdef\@cclvi}
-\def\newboxOF{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-\def\newhelpOF#1#2{\newtoksOF#1#1\expandafter{\csname#2\endcsname}}
-\def\newtoksOF{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\@cclvi}
-\def\newreadOF{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newwriteOF{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newfamOF{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newifOF#1{\count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \edef\@if#1{true}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \edef\@if#1{false}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}%
- \@if#1{false}\escapechar\count@} % the condition starts out false
-\def\newlanguageOF{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/newpage.tip b/info/examples/tip/newpage.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 63a6daf3dc..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/newpage.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3, p. IV-19.
-% Original source in file "page.TEX", starting line 1004.
-\wlog{L: "newpage.tip" ["page.TEX," l. 1004, p. IV-19]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\NewPage{%
- \vfill
- \eject
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/nextday.tip b/info/examples/tip/nextday.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c4d3760e94..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/nextday.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.11, p. III-372.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 676.
-\wlog{L: "nextday.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 676, p. III-372]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{legdate.tip}
-\InputD{ndaysmo.tip}
-\InputD{copydate.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@TempNextDay
-\def\NextDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \CopyDate{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}%
- \advance #6 by 1
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@TempNextDay}%
- \ifnum #6 > \@TempNextDay
- #6 = 1
- \advance #5 by 1
- \ifnum #5 = 13
- #5 = 1
- \advance #4 by 1
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/nextmon.tip b/info/examples/tip/nextmon.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 09005c9e01..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/nextmon.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.14, p. III-378.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 958.
-\wlog{L: "nextmon.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 958, p. III-378]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{legdate.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NextMonth #1#2#3#4{%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}%
- #3 = #1\relax
- #4 = #2\relax
- \advance #4 by 1
- \ifnum #4 = 13
- #4 = 1
- \advance #3 by 1
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/nlm.tip b/info/examples/tip/nlm.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f2519e6c1..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/nlm.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 29.5.4, p. III-523.
-% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1701.
-\wlog{L: "nlm.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1701, p. III-523]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\NewLineMessage #1{%
- {%
- \newlinechar = `\|%
- \message{|#1}%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/norpweek.tip b/info/examples/tip/norpweek.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 42b4e29e9d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/norpweek.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.1
-% Date: Sep 9, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.13, p. III-376.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 867.
-\wlog{L: "norpweek.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 867, p. III-376]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\InputD{nextday.tip}
-\InputD{prevday.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDayCount
-\def\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
- #4 = #1\relax
- #5 = #2\relax
- #6 = #3\relax
- \DoLoop{\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDayCount}{1}{1}{7}%
- {#7{#4}{#5}{#6}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
-}
-\def\NextWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay
- {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{\NextDay}%
-}
-\def\PrevWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay
- {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{\PrevDay}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/npright.tip b/info/examples/tip/npright.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 17e7bb8737..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/npright.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 33.4.4, p. IV-47.
-% Original source in file "ointro.TEX", starting line 508.
-\wlog{L: "npright.tip" ["ointro.TEX," l. 508, p. IV-47]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\NewPageRightHand{%
- \vfill\supereject
- \ifodd\count0
- \else
- \hbox{}
- \vfill\eject
- \fi
-}
-\def\ShouldBeRightHandPage{%
- \ifodd\count0
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\ShouldBeRightHandPage:
- current page number is \the\count0.
- Should be odd and NOT EVEN.}%
- \NewPageRightHand
- \fi
-}
-\def\NewPageLeftHand{%
- \vfill\supereject
- \ifodd\count0
- \hbox{}
- \vfill\eject
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ntotext.tip b/info/examples/tip/ntotext.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index cd1f26a4d0..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ntotext.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.3.16, p. I-63.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1835.
-\wlog{L: "ntotext.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1835, p. I-63]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{imodn.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@OneDigitNumberText #1#2{%
- \ifcase #2\relax
- \ifnum #1=0
- \else
- zero%
- \fi
- \or
- one\or
- two\or
- three\or
- four\or
- five\or
- six\or
- seven\or
- eight\or
- nine%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@OneDigitNumberText: number
- \number#2 out of range.}%
- \fi
-}
-\newcount\@NumberToConvert
-\newcount\@NumberToConvertTwo
-\newcount\@NumberToConvertAndFlag
-\def\NumberToText #1{%
- \@NumberToConvert = #1\relax
- \ifnum\@NumberToConvert < 0
- minus
- \@NumberToConvert = -\@NumberToConvert
- \fi
- \CheckRange{\@NumberToConvert}{0}{999999}%
- {\string\NumberToText: numbers >= 1.000.000
- not handled.}%
- \@NumberToConvertAndFlag = 0
- \ifnum\@NumberToConvert > 999
- \@NumberToConvertTwo = \@NumberToConvert
- \divide\@NumberToConvert by 1000
- \@NumberToText
- \space thousand and
- \IModN{\@NumberToConvertTwo}{1000}{\@NumberToConvert}%
- \fi
- \CheckRange{\@NumberToConvert}{0}{999}%
- {\string\NumberToText: internal error 1}%
- \@NumberToText
-}
-\newcount\@NumberToTextTmp
-\def\@NumberToText{%
- \ifnum\@NumberToConvert > 99
- \ValueOfDecimalPosition{\@NumberToConvert}{2}%
- {\@NumberToTextTmp}%
- \@OneDigitNumberText{1}{\@NumberToTextTmp}%
- \space hundred and
- \IModN{\@NumberToConvert}{100}{\@NumberToConvert}%
- \fi
- \ValueOfDecimalPosition{\@NumberToConvert}{1}%
- {\@NumberToTextTmp}%
- \ifnum\@NumberToTextTmp > 1
- \ifcase\@NumberToTextTmp
- \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText:
- internal error 1.}%
- \or
- \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText:
- internal error 2.}%
- \or
- twenty\or
- thirty\or
- forty\or
- fifty\or
- sixty\or
- seventy\or
- eighty\or
- ninety%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText:
- internal error 4.}%
- \fi
- \IModN{\@NumberToConvert}{10}{\@NumberToTextTmp}%
- \@OneDigitNumberText{0}{\@NumberToTextTmp}%
- \else
- \ifnum\@NumberToTextTmp = 1
- \advance\@NumberToConvert by -10
- \ifcase\@NumberToConvert
- ten\or
- eleven\or
- twelve\or
- thirteen\or
- fourteen\or
- fifteen\or
- sixteen\or
- seventeen\or
- eighteen\or
- nineteen%
- \fi
- \else
- \@OneDigitNumberText{1}{\@NumberToConvert}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/numcond.tip b/info/examples/tip/numcond.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 11efcaffc5..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/numcond.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.2.3, p. III-353.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 2013.
-\wlog{L: "numcond.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 2013, p. III-353]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\InputD{ctestcs.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@NumberConditionalCounter
-\def\@NumberConditional #1#2;{%
- \@NumberConditionalCounter = `#1\relax
-}
-\def\NumberConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \edef\@NumberConditionalString{#1}%
- \expandafter\@NumberConditional\@NumberConditionalString ;
- \if\InRangeConditional{\@NumberConditionalCounter}{`\0}{`\9}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/numdyr.tip b/info/examples/tip/numdyr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2732bf5aa9..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/numdyr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.10, p. III-371.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 628.
-\wlog{L: "numdyr.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 628, p. III-371]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{isleapyr.tip}
-\def\NumberOfDaysInYear #1#2{%
- \if\LeapYearConditional{#1}%
- #2 = 366
- \else
- #2 = 365
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/numwhile.tip b/info/examples/tip/numwhile.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f8bb00271..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/numwhile.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.1.5, p. III-406.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 506.
-\wlog{L: "numwhile.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 506, p. III-406]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@WhileNesting
-\@WhileNesting = 0
-\def\WhileNum #1#2{%
- \global\advance\@WhileNesting by 1
- \edef\@WhileArgOne{{\the\@WhileNesting}}%
- \expandafter\@WhileNum\@WhileArgOne{#1}{#2}%
- \global\advance\@WhileNesting by -1
-}
-\def\@WhileNum #1#2#3{%
- \ifnum #2\relax
- #3\relax
- \NameDef{@WhileNum-#1}{\@WhileNum{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
- \else
- \NameDef{@WhileNum-#1}{}%
- \fi
- \NameUse{@WhileNum-#1}{}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/oblines.tip b/info/examples/tip/oblines.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c7b294cd9e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/oblines.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.2.5, p. III-19.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 1211.
-\wlog{L: "oblines.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 1211, p. III-19]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ObeyLines{%
- \catcode`\^^M = \active
- \@EnableActiveEndOfLine
-}
-{
- \catcode`\^^M=\active % Lines must end with '%'.
- \gdef\@EnableActiveEndOfLine{%
- \def
- {\leavevmode\par}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/obspaces.tip b/info/examples/tip/obspaces.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 13d883fee7..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/obspaces.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.2.3, p. III-17.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 1081.
-\wlog{L: "obspaces.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 1081, p. III-17]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ObeySpaces{%
- \catcode`\ = \active
- \@InitActiveSpace
-}
-{\catcode`\ = \active
-\gdef\@InitActiveSpace{\edef {\VerbControlSpace}}}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/oct.tip b/info/examples/tip/oct.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 8365ad591c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/oct.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.1.4.3, p. III-406.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 466.
-\wlog{L: "oct.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 466, p. III-406]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\Oct #1{%
- {%
- \count4 = #1%
- \count0 = \count4
- \divide\count0 by 8
- \ifnum \count0 > 0
- \Oct{\count0}%
- \fi
- \count2 = \count0
- \multiply \count2 by -8
- \advance \count4 by \count2
- \the\count4
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/oddprin.tip b/info/examples/tip/oddprin.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index fe9f42bef9..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/oddprin.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.2, p. III-319.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 139.
-\wlog{L: "oddprin.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 139, p. III-319]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\PrintOdd #1{%
- \ifodd #1\relax
- Number #1 is odd.
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/oeprin.tip b/info/examples/tip/oeprin.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index be1c0eeba3..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/oeprin.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.1, p. III-318.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 70.
-\wlog{L: "oeprin.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 70, p. III-318]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\PrintOddEven #1{%
- \ifodd #1\relax
- The number #1 is odd.
- \else
- The number #1 is even.
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ola-1p.tip b/info/examples/tip/ola-1p.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 223c9d1124..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ola-1p.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 36.2.5, p. IV-145.
-% Original source in file "o3.TEX", starting line 660.
-\wlog{L: "ola-1p.tip" ["o3.TEX," l. 660, p. IV-145]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{shboxes.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\InsertOtherBox
-\def\FBOnePass #1#2#3{%
- \PrepareFigureBoxes{#1}{#2}{#3}
- \setbox\InsertOtherBox = \vbox{%
- \offinterlineskip
- \unvbox\InsertOtherBox
- \penalty 0
- \hbox{%
- \valign{%
- ##\vfil
- \cr
- \copy 0\cr
- \copy 1\cr
- }%
- }
- }
- \insert\FigureIns{%
- \hbox{%
- \valign{%
- ##\vfil
- \cr
- \copy 1\cr
- \copy 0\cr
- }%
- }
- }
-}
-\def\OutCaptionGameOnePass{%
- \setbox0 = \box\voidb@x
- \ifodd\pageno
- \dimen0 = 0pt
- \let\Header = \RightHeader
- \let\Footer = \RightFooter
- \ifvoid\FigureIns
- \else
- \dimen1 = \ht\FigureIns
- \setbox1 = \box\FigureIns
- \setbox0 = \vsplit\InsertOtherBox to \dimen1
- \fi
- \else
- \dimen0 = \DiffWidth
- \let\Header = \LeftHeader
- \let\Footer = \LeftFooter
- \ifvoid\FigureIns
- \else
- \dimen1 = \ht\FigureIns
- \setbox1 = \vsplit\InsertOtherBox to \dimen1
- \setbox0 = \box\FigureIns
- \fi
- \fi
- \shipout\vbox{%
- \hrule height 1pt
- \vskip 5pt
- \Header
- \vskip 12pt
- \ifvoid 0
- \else
- \box 0
- \vskip\skip\FigureIns
- \fi
- \moveright\dimen0 \BoxR 255
- \vskip 12pt
- \Footer
- }
- \global\advance\pageno by 1
- \ifnum\outputpenalty > -20000
- \else
- \dosupereject
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ola-2p.tip b/info/examples/tip/ola-2p.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 69b86108fa..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ola-2p.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 36.2.4, p. IV-141.
-% Original source in file "o3.TEX", starting line 444.
-\wlog{L: "ola-2p.tip" ["o3.TEX," l. 444, p. IV-141]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\FigurePlacementFileName{\jobname.fip }
-\newcount\Fco
-\newread\FigurePlacementStreamIn
-\newwrite\FigurePlacementStreamOut
-\def\ReadTheFigurePlacementFile{%
- \Fco = 1
- \openin\FigurePlacementStreamIn = \FigurePlacementFileName
- \ActuallyReadFigurePlacementFile
- \immediate\openout\FigurePlacementStreamOut =
- \FigurePlacementFileName
-}
-\def\ActuallyReadFigurePlacementFile{%
- \ifeof\FigurePlacementStreamIn
- \closein\FigurePlacementStreamIn
- \let\ReadInFigurePlacementFileNext = \relax
- \else
- \read\FigurePlacementStreamIn to \ALineFromTheFile
- \def\ParMeansDone{\par}%
- \ifx\ALineFromTheFile\ParMeansDone
- \else
- \NameEdef{Fig-\the\Fco}{\ALineFromTheFile}
- \advance\Fco by 1
- \fi
- \let\ReadInFigurePlacementFileNext =
- \ActuallyReadFigurePlacementFile
- \fi
- \ReadInFigurePlacementFileNext
-}
-\newcount\FBTwoCount
-\FBTwoCount = 1
-\newif\ifLeftSideCaption
-\def\FBTwoPass #1#2#3{%
- \PrepareFigureBoxes{#1}{#2}{#3}
- \insert\FigureIns{%
- \write\FigurePlacementStreamOut{\the\pageno}
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{Fig-\the\FBTwoCount}%
- \wlog{Figure \the\FBTwoCount:
- \NameUse{Fig-\the\FBTwoCount}}%
- \expandafter\ifodd\NameUse{Fig-\the\FBTwoCount}%
- \LeftSideCaptionfalse
- \else
- \LeftSideCaptiontrue
- \fi
- \else
- \LeftSideCaptiontrue
- \fi
- \ifLeftSideCaption
- \hbox{%
- \valign{%
- ##\vfil
- \cr
- \copy 1\cr
- \copy 0\cr
- }%
- }%
- \else
- \hbox{%
- \valign{%
- ##\vfil
- \cr
- \copy 0\cr
- \copy 1\cr
- }%
- }%
- \fi
- }
- \advance\FBTwoCount by 1
-}
-\def\OutCaptionGameTwoPass{%
- \setbox0 = \box\voidb@x
- \setbox1 = \box\voidb@x
- \ifodd\pageno
- \dimen0 = 0pt
- \let\Header = \RightHeader
- \let\Footer = \RightFooter
- \else
- \dimen0 = \DiffWidth
- \let\Header = \LeftHeader
- \let\Footer = \LeftFooter
- \fi
- \shipout\vbox{%
- \hrule height 1pt
- \vskip 5pt
- \Header
- \vskip 12pt
- \ifvoid\FigureIns
- \else
- \box\FigureIns
- \vskip\skip\FigureIns
- \fi
- \moveright\dimen0 \BoxR 255
- \vskip 12pt
- \Footer
- }
- \global\advance\pageno by 1
- \ifnum\outputpenalty > -20000
- \else
- \dosupereject
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ola-comm.tip b/info/examples/tip/ola-comm.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f5ea1014f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ola-comm.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 36.2.3, p. IV-139.
-% Original source in file "o3.TEX", starting line 321.
-\wlog{L: "ola-comm.tip" ["o3.TEX," l. 321, p. IV-139]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\topskip = 10pt
-\vsize = 6.0in
-\newdimen\LeftPageShift
-\LeftPageShift = 0.25in
-\newdimen\RightPageShift
-\RightPageShift= -0.25in
-\hsize = 24pc
-
-\newdimen\PageWidth
-\PageWidth = 29pc
-
-\newdimen\DiffWidth
-\DiffWidth = \PageWidth
-\advance\DiffWidth by -\hsize
-\def\PageLine{\hbox to \PageWidth}
-\def\SetHeader #1{
- \def\RightHeader {\PageLine{\it\hfil #1}}
- \def\LeftHeader {\PageLine{\it #1\hfil}}
-}
-\SetHeader{Some Header}
-\def\SetFooter #1{
- \def\RightFooter {%
- \PageLine{%
- \hfil
- \it #1%
- \hskip 0.5in
- \bf \the\pageno
- }%
- }
- \def\LeftFooter {%
- \PageLine{%
- \bf \the\pageno
- \hskip 0.5in
- \it #1%
- \hfil
- }%
- }
-}
-\SetFooter{Some Footer}
-\newinsert\FigureIns
-\count\FigureIns = 1000
-\dimen\FigureIns = \vsize
-\skip\FigureIns = 12pt
-\def\PrepareFigureBoxes #1#2#3{%
- \setbox 0 = \VboxR to #2{
- \vfil
- \centerline{\tt Figure~#1}
- \vfil
- }
- \setbox 1 = \VboxR{
- \hsize = \DiffWidth
- \raggedright
- \noindent
- \strut #3
- }
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/op-endin.tip b/info/examples/tip/op-endin.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 21b02f03cb..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/op-endin.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 35.6.2, p. IV-114.
-% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1438.
-\wlog{L: "op-endin.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1438, p. IV-114]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\endinsert{%
- \egroup
- \if@mid
- \dimen@ = \ht0
- \advance\dimen@ by \dp0
- \advance\dimen@ by 12pt
- \advance\dimen@ by \pagetotal
- \ifdim\dimen@ > \pagegoal
- \@midfalse
- \p@gefalse
- \fi
- \fi
- \NameUse{MidInsertFix}%
- \if@mid
- \bigskip
- \box 0
- \bigbreak
- \else
- \insert\topins{%
- \penalty 100
- \splittopskip = 0pt
- \splitmaxdepth = \maxdimen
- \floatingpenalty = 0
- \ifp@ge
- \dimen@ = \dp0
- \vbox to \vsize{
- \unvbox 0
- \kern -\dimen@
- }%
- \NameUse{MidInsertFixPage}%
- \else
- \NameUse{EndInsertTopInsFix}%
- \NameUse{MidInsertFixTop}%
- \box 0
- \nobreak
- \bigskip
- \fi
- }
- \fi
- \endgroup
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/op-pagec.tip b/info/examples/tip/op-pagec.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 077231da6e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/op-pagec.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 35.6.1, p. IV-113.
-% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1360.
-\wlog{L: "op-pagec.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1360, p. IV-113]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\pagecontents{%
- \wlog{\noexpand\pagecontents from op-pagec.tip called.}%
- \NameUse{@ShowPlainLists}%
- \ifvoid\topins
- \wlog{\string\pagecontents: no topinserts.}%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@TopInsertSize}%
- \ifdim\@TopInsertSize < 20pt
- \global\@TopInsertSize = 0pt
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \NameUse{ChangeBarPush}%
- \NameUse{@UpdateTopInsertSize}%
- \unvbox\topins
- \NameUse{ChangeBarPop}%
- \fi
- \dimen@ = \dp 255
- \unvbox 255
- \ifvoid\footins
- \else
- \@PrintFootnotePlain
- \fi
- \ifr@ggedbottom
- \kern -\dimen@
- \vfil
- \fi
-}
-\def\@PrintFootnotePlain{%
- \vskip\skip\footins
- \footnoterule
- \unvbox\footins
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/optargx.tip b/info/examples/tip/optargx.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9928fa32cb..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/optargx.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.5.1, p. III-260.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1219.
-\wlog{L: "optargx.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1219, p. III-260]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\OptArgX #1#2{%
- \let\@OptArgXTemp = #1%
- \def\@OptArgXDefault{[#2]}%
- \DoLongFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@OptArgXTemp}{\@OptArgXB}%
-}
-\def\@OptArgXB{\expandafter\@OptArgXTemp\@OptArgXDefault}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/orcards.tip b/info/examples/tip/orcards.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 337a7d88b6..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/orcards.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 34.5.1, p. IV-70.
-% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 532.
-\wlog{L: "orcards.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 532, p. IV-70]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\InputD{modonead.tip}
-\InputD{nlm.tip}
-\hsize = 3.0in
-\baselineskip = 12pt
-\topskip = 10pt plus 10pt
-\vsize = 9\baselineskip
-\countdef\PageNo = 0
-\newcount\CardCount
-\CardCount = 0
-\def\Card #1{%
- \vfill\eject
- \advance\CardCount by 1
- \noindent
- {\bf #1}
- \par
- \def\CardTitle{#1}%
-}
-\newdimen\RuleSpace \RuleSpace = 10pt
-\newdimen\BetweenRules \BetweenRules = 20pt
-\newdimen\BaseLineSkipSave
-\BaseLineSkipSave = \baselineskip
-\newcount\PositionCount
-\PositionCount = 0
-\def\HeadLine{%
- \line{%
- \strut
- {\it Cards, page \the\PageNo}%
- \hfil
- \tt\jobname
- }%
-}
-\def\FootLine{%
- \line{\strut*****\hfil*****}%
-}
-\newbox\OutTopBox
-\newbox\OutMidBox
-\newbox\OutBotBox
-\def\CardOutputRoutine{%
- \NewLineMessage{\string\CardOutputRoutine:
- card number: \the\CardCount,
- PositionCounter: \the\PositionCount,}%
- \NewLineMessage{page number: \the\PageNo,
- \string\outputpenalty: \the\outputpenalty.}%
- \ifnum\outputpenalty < -9999
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\strut}
- \else
- \setbox0 = \line{%
- \strut
- \hfil
- \it
- \CardTitle\space con't\/\dots
- }%
- \fi
- \setbox 2 = \vbox{%
- \offinterlineskip
- \hrule
- \vskip\RuleSpace
- \VboxR to \vsize{\unvbox 255 \vfill}
- \box0
- \vskip\RuleSpace
- \hrule
- }
- \global\setbox
- \ifcase\PositionCount
- \OutTopBox \or
- \OutMidBox \or
- \OutBotBox
- \fi
- = \box2
- \ifnum\PositionCount = 2
- \shipout\vbox{%
- \offinterlineskip
- \VboxR{
- \HeadLine
- \vskip\BaseLineSkipSave
-
- \box\OutTopBox
- \vskip\BetweenRules
- \box\OutMidBox
- \vskip\BetweenRules
- \box\OutBotBox
-
- \vskip\BaseLineSkipSave
- \FootLine
- }
- }
- \fi
- \ifnum\outputpenalty = -20000
- \NewLineMessage{\string\supereject\space encountered.}
- \ifnum\PositionCount < 2
- \line{}
- \vfill
- \supereject
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifnum\ModuloOneAdvanceNumCond{\PositionCount}{3} = 0
- \global\advance\pageno by 1
- \fi
-}
-\output = {\CardOutputRoutine}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ordbrule.tip b/info/examples/tip/ordbrule.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index cab5d682a8..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ordbrule.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 34.3, p. IV-59.
-% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 148.
-\wlog{L: "ordbrule.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 148, p. IV-59]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\InputD{box-larg.tip}
-\hsize = 2.9in
-\vsize = 6.0in
-\output = {
- \shipout\vbox{
- \HboxR{%
- \BoxLarger
- {\HboxR
- {\BoxLarger
- {\vbox to \vsize{\unvbox 255}}%
- {10pt}%
- }%
- }%
- {2pt}%
- }%
- }
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/orsimple.tip b/info/examples/tip/orsimple.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a49920d5c2..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/orsimple.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,104 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 34.4.1, p. IV-62.
-% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 249.
-\wlog{L: "orsimple.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 249, p. IV-62]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\InputD{pmtime.tip}
-\InputD{graphmac.tip}
-\newdimen\LeftPageShift \LeftPageShift = -10pt
-\newdimen\RightPageShift \RightPageShift= -40pt
-\def\HeadLine{%
- \ifodd\PageNo
- \HboxR to \hsize{%
- \strut
- \the\month/\the\day/\the\year, \PrintMilTime
- \hfil
- {\tt\jobname.tip}%
- }%
- \else
- \HboxR to \hsize{%
- \strut
- {\tt\jobname.tip}%
- \hfil
- \the\month/\the\day/\the\year, \PrintMilTime
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\countdef\ChapNo = 0
-\countdef\PageNo = 1
-\def\FootLine{%
- \ifodd\PageNo
- \HboxR to \hsize{%
- \strut
- \hfil
- \bf \the\ChapNo--\the\PageNo
- }%
- \else
- \HboxR to \hsize{%
- \strut
- \bf
- \the\ChapNo--\the\PageNo
- \hfil
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\newbox\CropMarksBox
-\setbox\CropMarksBox = \vbox{%
- \offinterlineskip
- \SetScale{1in}
- \SetLineThickness{0.5pt}
- \DrawHLine(-0.8,0){0.2}
- \DrawVLine(-0.7,-0.1){0.2}
- \DrawHLine(3.4,0){0.2}
- \DrawVLine(3.5,-0.1){0.2}
- \DrawHLine(-0.8,-6.5){0.2}
- \DrawVLine(-0.7,-6.6){0.2}
- \DrawHLine(3.4,-6.5){0.2}
- \DrawVLine(3.5,-6.6){0.2}
-}
-\ZeroBox{\CropMarksBox}
-\def\SimpleOutputRoutine{%
- \ifodd\PageNo
- \dimen0 = \RightPageShift
- \else
- \dimen0 = \LeftPageShift
- \fi
- \shipout\vbox{%
- \offinterlineskip
- \copy\CropMarksBox
- \moveright\dimen0 \vbox{%
- \HeadLine
- \vskip 12pt
- \VboxR to \vsize{%
- \unvbox 255
- }
- \vskip 12pt
- \FootLine
- }
- }
- \global\advance\PageNo by 1
-}
-\def\OutputWithRules{%
- \output = {\SimpleOutputRoutine}%
-}
-\def\OutputWithoutRules{
- \output = {%
- \EliminateRuledBoxes
- \SimpleOutputRoutine
- }
-}
-\OutputWithoutRules
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/out-ds.tip b/info/examples/tip/out-ds.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 04ca97b0bc..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/out-ds.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,443 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 37.2.7.1, p. IV-170.
-% Original source in file "o4.TEX", starting line 461.
-\wlog{L: "out-ds.tip" ["o4.TEX," l. 461, p. IV-170]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\InputD{maxmindi.tip}
-\InputD{prot.tip}
-\InputD{vtbox.tip}
-\InputD{nathd.tip}
-\InputD{shiftudb.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@PageWidth
-\newdimen\@ColWidth
-\newdimen\@ColIndent
-\newdimen\@PageHeight
-\newcount\@DSCCurNumberOfColumns
-\newcount\@PageLayoutCodeDSC
-\newcount\@DSCDebugging
-\def\SetUpDSC #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \@DSCDebugging = #6
- \CheckZeroOneRange{\@DSCDebugging}%
- {\string\SetUpDSC: debugging code wrong}
- \ifnum\@DSCDebugging = 0
- \ProtWritefalse
- \else
- \ProtWritetrue
- \fi
- \InitProtWrite
- \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\SetUpDSC: begin}%
- \@PageWidth = #1%
- \@ColWidth = #2%
- \@ColIndent = #3%
- \@PageHeight = #4%
- \@PageLayoutCodeDSC = #5%
- \CheckZeroOneRange{\@PageLayoutCodeDSC}%
- {\string\SetUpDSC: page layout code wrong}%
- \hsize = \@PageWidth
- \dimen0 = 2\@ColIndent
- \advance\dimen0 by 2\@ColWidth
- \ifdim\dimen0 > \hsize
- \errmessage{\string\SetUpDSC: Initial values of
- \string\hsize, \noexpand\@ColWidth and
- \noexpand\@ColIndent do not make sense.}%
- \fi
- \vsize = \@PageHeight
- \@DSCCurNumberOfColumns = 1
- \@SetSingleColumnOutput{As part of \string\SetUpDSC}%
- \ifcase \@PageLayoutCodeDSC
- \topskip = 10pt % Top / bottom flush
- \or
- \topskip = 10pt plus 50pt % Ragged bottom
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\SetUpDSC: illegal
- page layout parameter.}%
- \fi
- \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\SetUpDSC: end}%
-}
-\def\UnDoDSC{%
- \global\output = {\plainoutput}%
-}
-\newbox\@BoxOfPageSoFar
-\newbox\@DSCLeftColumnBox
-\newdimen\@DSCLeftNaturalHeight
-\newbox\@DSCRightColumnBox
-\newdimen\@DSCRightNaturalHeight
-\newbox\@DSCTempBox
-\def\@EliminateRulesConditional{%
- \ifnum\@DSCDebugging = 0
- \EliminateRuledBoxes
- \fi
-}
-\newif\if@CaseCPageBreak
-\def\@EjectPenalty{-10000 }
-\def\eject{\penalty\@EjectPenalty}
-\def\@BalancePenalty{-10001 }
-\def\@PageLine{\hbox to \@PageWidth}
-\def\@PageLineR{\HboxR to \@PageWidth}
-\def\@ProtDSC #1{
- \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@ProtDSC: Begin (page \the\pageno)}
- \WriteProtocol{2}{"#1",
- number of cols: \the\@DSCCurNumberOfColumns}
- \WriteProtocol{2}{\string\vsize: \the\vsize,
- \string\pagetotal: \the\pagetotal,
- \string\pagegoal: \the\pagegoal}
- \BoxToProtocol{2}{\@BoxOfPageSoFar}{}
- \WriteProtocol{2}{\string\dimen0: \the\dimen0,
- \string\outputpenalty: \the\outputpenalty}
- \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@ProtDSC: End}
-}
-\def\@CaseReport #1{%
- \WriteProtocol{0}{CASE #1}%
- \message{CASE #1.}%
-}
-\def\@SetOutputRoutine #1#2#3{%
- #1\output = {#2}%
- \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\@SetOutputRoutine:}%
- \WriteProtocol{1}{#3}%
-}
-\def\@SingleColumnOutputRoutine{%
- \@EliminateRulesConditional
- \WriteProtocol{0}{\noexpand\@SingleColumnOutputRoutine called,
- \noexpand\outputpenalty is \the\outputpenalty}
- \WriteProtocol{1}{Page number is \the\pageno}
- \showboxdepth = 2
- \showboxbreadth = 1000
- \@ProtDSC{\string\@SingleColumnOutputRoutine: begin}%
- \BoxToProtocol{1}{255}{}%
- \@CheckNumberOfColumns{1}{\@SingleColumnOutputRoutine}%
- \@ShipAPageBox{%
- \ifnum\@PageLayoutCodeDSC = 0
- \vbox to \@PageHeight{\unvbox 255}%
- \else
- \vbox to \@PageHeight{\unvbox 255 \vfill}%
- \fi
- }%
-}
-\def\@SetSingleColumnOutput #1{%
- \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\@SetSingleColumnOutput: set to single
- column output!}%
- \global\@DSCCurNumberOfColumns = 1
- \@SetOutputRoutine{\global}{\@SingleColumnOutputRoutine}{#1}%
- \global\vsize = \@PageHeight
- \global\pagegoal = \@PageHeight
-}
-\def\@SaveCurrentPageOutputRoutine{%
- \global\setbox\@BoxOfPageSoFar = \vbox{\unvbox 255}%
- \BoxToProtocol{0}{\@BoxOfPageSoFar}%
- {\string\@SaveCurrentPageOutputRoutine}
-}
-\newcount\@VsizeFactor
-\def\@ComputeVsizeForDoubleColumns{%
- \vsize = \@PageHeight
- \advance\vsize by -\ht\@BoxOfPageSoFar
- \advance\vsize by -\dp\@BoxOfPageSoFar
- \multiply\vsize by 2
- \@VsizeFactor = \vsize
- \divide\@VsizeFactor by \baselineskip
- \ifodd\@VsizeFactor
- \advance\@VsizeFactor by -1
- \fi
- \global\vsize = \@VsizeFactor \baselineskip
- \@ProtDSC{\string\@ComputeVsizeForDoubleColumns}%
-}
-\newdimen\@HalfVsize
-\def\@ComputeHalfVsize{%
- \@HalfVsize = \vsize
- \divide\@HalfVsize by 2
-}
-\def\BeginDoubleColumns{%
- \par
- \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\BeginDoubleColumns: begin}
- \@CheckNumberOfColumns{1}{\BeginDoubleOfColumns}%
- \global\@DSCCurNumberOfColumns = 2
- \begingroup
- \@CaseCPageBreakfalse
- \@EliminateRulesConditional
- \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\BeginDoubleColumns: put rest of page
- into \string\@BoxOfPageSoFar}%
- \@SetOutputRoutine{}{\@SaveCurrentPageOutputRoutine}%
- {\string\BeginDoubleColumns: save page built up to now.}%
- \eject
- \@ProtDSC{\string\BeginDoubleColumns: 2}%
- \@SetOutputRoutine{}{\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutine}%
- {Double column output set up by \string\BeginDoubleColumns}%
- \hsize = \@ColWidth
- \@ComputeVsizeForDoubleColumns
- \@ProtDSC{\string\BeginDoubleColumns: 3}%
-}
-\def\EndDoubleColumns{%
- \par
- \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\EndDoubleColumns: begin}
- \@CheckNumberOfColumns{2}{\EndDoubleOfColumns}
- \@ProtDSC{In \string\EndDoubleColumns}
- \@CaseReport{A}
- \penalty\@BalancePenalty
- \@BuildPageSoFar
- \@SetSingleColumnOutput{\string\EndDoubleColumns}
- \endgroup
-}
-\def\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutine{%
- \@EliminateRulesConditional
- \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutineput:
- begin (penalty: \the\outputpenalty)}
- \if@CaseCPageBreak
- \@CaseReport{D/E}%
- \ifvoid\@DSCLeftColumnBox
- \errmessage{\string\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutine:
- missing left column!}%
- \else
- \ifvoid\@DSCRightColumnBox
- \global\setbox\@DSCRightColumnBox =
- \vbox{\unvbox 255}%
- \global\@DSCRightNaturalHeight =
- \ht\@DSCRightColumnBox
- \ifnum\outputpenalty = \@EjectPenalty
- \errmessage{\string\@DoubleColumnOutput:
- \noexpand\eject in right column illegal.}%
- \@CaseReport{D}
- \MaxDimen{\dimen0}{\@DSCRightNaturalHeight}%
- {\@DSCLeftNaturalHeight}{}%
- \else
- \ifnum\outputpenalty = \@BalancePenalty
- \@CaseReport{E}
- \MaxDimen{\dimen0}{\@DSCRightNaturalHeight}
- {\@DSCLeftNaturalHeight}{}%
- \else
- \@CaseReport{D}%
- \dimen0 = \vsize
- \fi
- \fi
- \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{}%
- \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{}%
- \Vtbox{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{\global}%
- \ShiftRefPointUpOrDown{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{12pt}%
- \Vtbox{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{\global}%
- \ShiftRefPointUpOrDown{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{12pt}%
- \ifnum\outputpenalty > -10000
- \@ShipAPageBox{%
- \ifnum\@PageLayoutCodeDSC = 0
- \vbox to \@PageHeight{\@BuildPageSoFar}%
- \else
- \vbox to \@PageHeight{\@BuildPageSoFar
- \vfill}%
- \fi
- }%
- \else
- % It's \EndDoubleColumns!
- \fi
- \global\@CaseCPageBreakfalse
- \@ComputeVsizeForDoubleColumns
- \global\pagegoal = \vsize
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutine:
- left / right columns messed up.}
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \ifnum\outputpenalty = \@EjectPenalty
- \@CaseReport{C}
- \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutineput:
- penalty \@EjectPenalty call.}
- \global\@CaseCPageBreaktrue
- \ifvoid\@DSCLeftColumnBox
- \global\setbox\@DSCLeftColumnBox =
- \vbox{\unvbox 255}
- \global\@DSCLeftNaturalHeight = \ht\@DSCLeftColumnBox
- \@ComputeHalfVsize
- \WriteProtocol{2}{*\string\vsize/2 is
- \the\@HalfVsize}%
- \dimen1 = \ht\@DSCLeftColumnBox
- \advance\dimen1 by \dp\@DSCLeftColumnBox
- \ifdim\dimen1 > \@HalfVsize
- \message{WARNING: column is to long!}%
- \fi
- \global\pagegoal = \@HalfVsize
- \global\vsize = \@HalfVsize
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@DoubleColumnOutputRoutine:
- left column box already loaded!}%
- \fi
- \else
- \@StandardBalanceColumns
- \ifnum\outputpenalty = \@BalancePenalty
- \@CaseReport{A}%
- \else
- \@CaseReport{B}%
- \@ShipAPageBox{%
- \ifnum\@PageLayoutCodeDSC = 0
- \vbox to \@PageHeight{\@BuildPageSoFar}%
- \else
- \vbox to \@PageHeight{\@BuildPageSoFar
- \vfill}%
- \fi
- }%
- \@ComputeVsizeForDoubleColumns
- \global\pagegoal = \vsize
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\newcount\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount
-\def\@BuildPageSoFar{%
- \@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount = 0
- \ifvoid\@BoxOfPageSoFar
- \advance\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount by 1
- \fi
- \ifvoid\@DSCLeftColumnBox
- \advance\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount by 1
- \fi
- \ifvoid\@DSCRightColumnBox
- \advance\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount by 1
- \fi
- \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@BuildPageSoFar: begin
- (\noexpand\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount is
- \the\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount)}
- \ifnum\@EmptyBoxesBuildPageCount < 3
- \BoxToProtocol{2}{\@BoxOfPageSoFar}{}
- \BoxToProtocol{2}{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{}
- \BoxToProtocol{2}{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{}
- \unvbox\@BoxOfPageSoFar % May be empty.
- \wd\@DSCLeftColumnBox = \@ColWidth % Left column.
- \wd\@DSCRightColumnBox = \@ColWidth % Right column.
- \@PageLine{%
- \hskip\@ColIndent
- \BoxR\@DSCLeftColumnBox
- \hfil
- \BoxR\@DSCRightColumnBox
- \hskip\@ColIndent
- }
- \smallskip
- \fi
- \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@BuildPageSoFar: end}
-}
-\def\@SetColumnBox #1#2{%
- \global\setbox#1 = \vbox to \dimen0{\unvbox#1 #2}%
- \Vtbox{#1}{\global}%
- \ShiftRefPointUpOrDown{#1}{12pt}%
-}
-\def\@StandardBalanceColumns{%
- \setbox\@DSCTempBox = \vbox{\unvcopy 255}
- \dimen0 = \ht\@DSCTempBox
- \advance\dimen0 by \dp\@DSCTempBox
- \advance\dimen0 by \topskip
- \divide\dimen0 by 2
- \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@StandardBalanceColumns:
- \noexpand\dimen0 is \the\dimen0, page \the\pageno.}
- \@BalanceColumns{\dimen0}%
-}
-\def\@BalanceColumns #1{%
- \@ProtDSC{\string\@BalanceColumns: Start}%
- \@EliminateRulesConditional
- \ifvoid\@DSCLeftColumnBox\else
- \errmessage{\string\@BalanceColumns: left column box
- not empty.}%
- \fi
- \ifvoid\@DSCRightColumnBox\else
- \errmessage{\string\@BalanceColumns: right column box
- not empty.}%
- \fi
- \ifvoid 255
- \errmessage{\string\@BalanceColumns: box 255 is void.}%
- \fi
- \setbox\@DSCTempBox = \vbox{\unvbox 255}
- \dimen0 = #1
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- \BoxToProtocol{0}{\@DSCTempBox}{Before \noexpand\vsplit loop}%
- {%
- \vbadness = 10000 % Don't report underfull boxes.
- \loop
- \global\setbox\@DSCRightColumnBox = \copy\@DSCTempBox
- \global\setbox\@DSCLeftColumnBox =
- \vsplit\@DSCRightColumnBox to \dimen0
- \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\dimen0: \the\dimen0}%
- \BoxToProtocol{1}{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}%
- {[1] (left column) in \noexpand\vsplit loop}%
- \BoxToProtocol{1}{\@DSCRightColumnBox}%
- {[2] (right column) in \noexpand\vsplit loop}%
- \NaturalHeight{\dimen3}{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}%
- \NaturalHeight{\dimen4}{\@DSCRightColumnBox}%
- \WriteProtocol{3}{\string\dimen3: \the\dimen3}%
- \WriteProtocol{3}{\string\dimen4: \the\dimen4}%
- \advance\dimen3 by 1sp
- \ifdim\dimen4 > \dimen3
- \global\advance\dimen0 by 1pt
- \repeat
- }
- \setbox\@DSCLeftColumnBox = \vbox{\unvbox\@DSCLeftColumnBox}%
- \setbox\@DSCRightColumnBox = \vbox{\unvbox\@DSCRightColumnBox}%
- \MaxDimen{\dimen0}{\ht\@DSCLeftColumnBox}%
- {\ht\@DSCRightColumnBox}{}%
- \ifcase\@PageLayoutCodeDSC
- \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{}%
- \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{}%
- \or
- \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCLeftColumnBox}{\vfill}%
- \@SetColumnBox{\@DSCRightColumnBox}{\vfill}%
- \fi
- \WriteProtocol{1}{\string\@BalanceColumns:
- balancing done.}%
-}
-\def\DSCHeader{%
- \@PageLineR{%
- \bf Header
- \hfil
- \tt \the\pageno
- }%
-}
-\def\DSCFooter{%
-% \@PageLineR{%
-% \vrule width \@PageWidth height 1pt depth 2pt
-% }%
- \@PageLineR{%
- \bf FOOTER
- \hfil
- \tt \the\pageno
- }%
-}
-\def\@ShipAPageBox #1{%
- \WriteProtocol{0}{\string\@ShipAPageBox:
- called (page \the\pageno)}%
- \shipout\vbox{%
- \@EliminateRulesConditional
- \DSCHeader
- \vskip 12pt
- #1
- \vskip 12pt
- \DSCFooter
- }
- \WriteProtocol{0}%
- {\string\@ShipAPageBox: done (page \the\pageno)}%
- \advancepageno
-}
-\def\@CheckNumberOfColumns #1#2{%
- \ifnum \@DSCCurNumberOfColumns = #1\relax
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@CheckNumberOfColumns: [\string#2]:
- currently \the\@DSCCurNumberOfColumns\space columns,
- should be #1.}
- \fi
-}
-\def\bye{}
-\def\bye{%
- \@CheckNumberOfColumns{1}{\string\bye: Still in double
- column mode, forgotten a \string\EndDoubleColumns?}%
- \vfill\supereject
- \end
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/out2-or.tip b/info/examples/tip/out2-or.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b412be9f8b..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/out2-or.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 37.1.1, p. IV-160.
-% Original source in file "o4.TEX", starting line 69.
-\wlog{L: "out2-or.tip" ["o4.TEX," l. 69, p. IV-160]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@LeftColumnBox
-\newbox\@RightColumnBox
-\newdimen\@PageWidth
-\def\SetUpDC #1#2#3{%
- \@PageWidth = #1
- \hsize = #2
- \vsize = #3
-}
-\def\@PageLine{\hbox to \@PageWidth}
-\def\Header{%
- \@PageLine{%
- \it Some Header Text\hfil
- \PrintCurrentMonth\space \the\day, \the\year,
- Page~\the\pageno
- }%
-}
-\topskip = 10pt plus 60pt
-\let\@ColumnMode = L
-\def\supereject{%
- \eject
- \if\@ColumnMode R
- \hbox{}
- \vfill\eject
- \fi
- \end
-}
-\output = {
- \if\@ColumnMode L
- \global\setbox\@LeftColumnBox = \vbox to \vsize{
- \unvbox 255
- \vfil
- }
- \global\wd\@LeftColumnBox = \hsize
- \global\let\@ColumnMode = R
- \else
- \setbox\@RightColumnBox = \vbox to \vsize{
- \unvbox 255
- \vfil
- }
- \wd\@RightColumnBox = \hsize
- \shipout\vbox{
- \Header
- \vskip 24pt
- \@PageLine{%
- \box\@LeftColumnBox
- \hfil
- \box\@RightColumnBox
- }
- }
- \advancepageno
- \global\let\@ColumnMode = L
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/outf-rad.tip b/info/examples/tip/outf-rad.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ee4b7640c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/outf-rad.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.6.2, p. I-113.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1639.
-\wlog{L: "outf-rad.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1639, p. I-113]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\newcount{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt}
-\def\newdimen{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt}
-\def\newskip{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt}
-\def\newmuskip{\alloc@3\muskip\muskipdef\@cclvi}
-\def\newbox{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-\def\newtoks{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\@cclvi}
-\def\newhelp#1#2{\newtoks#1#1\expandafter{\csname#2\endcsname}}
-\def\newread{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newfam{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newif#1{\count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \edef\@if#1{true}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \edef\@if#1{false}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}%
- \@if#1{false}\escapechar\count@} % the condition starts out false
-\def\newlanguage{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi}
-\def^^L{\par}
-\def\newinsert#1{\global\advance\insc@unt by\m@ne
- \ch@ck0\insc@unt\count
- \ch@ck1\insc@unt\dimen
- \ch@ck2\insc@unt\skip
- \ch@ck4\insc@unt\box
- \allocationnumber=\insc@unt
- \global\chardef#1=\allocationnumber
- \wlog{\string#1=\string\insert\the\allocationnumber}}
-\def\+{\tabalign}
-\def\beginsection#1\par{\vskip\z@ plus.3\vsize\penalty-250
- \vskip\z@ plus-.3\vsize\bigskip\vskip\parskip
- \message{#1}\leftline{\bf#1}\nobreak\smallskip\noindent}
-\def\proclaim #1. #2\par{\medbreak
- \noindent{\bf#1.\enspace}{\sl#2\par}%
- \ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount \removelastskip\penalty55
- \medskip\fi}
-\def\bye{\par\vfill\supereject\end}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/outpsel.tip b/info/examples/tip/outpsel.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 91b2f09882..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/outpsel.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 34.2, p. IV-58.
-% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 75.
-\wlog{L: "outpsel.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 75, p. IV-58]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\newcount\FirstPageNo \FirstPageNo = -100000
-\newcount\LastPageNo \LastPageNo = 100000
-\output = {%
- \global\deadcycles = 0
- \ifnum\pageno < \FirstPageNo
- \setbox 255 = \box\voidbox
- \NewLineMessage{Output routine discards page \the\pageno,
- smaller than \string\FirstPageNo.}%
- \else
- \ifnum\pageno > \LastPageNo
- \setbox 255 = \box\voidbox
- \NewLineMessage{Output routine discards page \the\pageno,
- larger than \string\LastPageNo.}%
- \else
- \shipout\box255
- \fi
- \fi
- \global\advance\pageno by 1
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/par-fl.tip b/info/examples/tip/par-fl.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a1d7a58253..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/par-fl.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.10.2, p. III-202.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 2797.
-\wlog{L: "par-fl.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 2797, p. III-202]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\ParFl #1#2\par{%
- \par
- $$
- \vbox{
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}
- \hsize = \wd0
- \noindent
- \unhbox 0
- \space
- #2
- }
- $$
- \par
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/par-lab.tip b/info/examples/tip/par-lab.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c41944b69..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/par-lab.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.1.3.1, p. II-56.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 411.
-\wlog{L: "par-lab.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 411, p. II-56]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\Delta@XY
-\newcount\@LabeledParNesting
-\@LabeledParNesting = 0
-\def\BeginAListX #1#2#3{%
- \par
- \bgroup
- \advance\leftskip by #1
- \advance\rightskip by #2
- \advance\@LabeledParNesting by 1
- \message{\string\BeginAListX: nesting level:
- \the\@LabeledParNesting}%
- \@LabelCounter = 0
- \Delta@XY = #3
- \ifdim\Delta@XY < 0pt
- \message{\string\BeginAListX: negative Delta{xy},
- made positive.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\EndAListX{%
- \par
- \egroup
-}
-\def\ItemLL #1{%
- \par
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hskip -\Delta@XY
- #1%
- \hfil
- }%
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\ItemLR #1{%
- \par
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hss
- #1%
- \hskip\Delta@XY
- }%
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\ItemRL #1{%
- \par
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hskip\Delta@XY
- #1%
- \hss
- }%
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\ItemRR #1{%
- \par
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hfil
- #1%
- \hskip -\Delta@XY
- }%
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/par-lcl.tip b/info/examples/tip/par-lcl.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f503bcc51..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/par-lcl.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.1.7, p. II-62.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 737.
-\wlog{L: "par-lcl.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 737, p. II-62]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{par-lab.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@LabelCounter
-\def\CountingItem{%
- \advance\@LabelCounter by 1
- \ifcase\@LabeledParNesting
- \or
- \ItemLR{\the\@LabelCounter.}%
- \or
- \ItemLR{%
- \advance\@LabelCounter by `\a
- (\char\@LabelCounter)%
- }%
- \or
- \ItemLR{\romannumeral\@LabelCounter.}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\CountingItem: nesting level up to 3
- supported only.}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/parin.tip b/info/examples/tip/parin.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b18b4cd20d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/parin.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 10.9.4, p. II-35.
-% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 1808.
-\wlog{L: "parin.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 1808, p. II-35]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{everypar.tip}
-\newdimen\NormalParIndent
-\def\SetParIndent #1{%
- \NormalParIndent = #1%
- \parindent = #1%
-}
-\def\SuppressNextParIndent{%
- \global\parindent = 0pt
- \gdef\EveryParA{%
- \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent
- % \hskip-\parindent
- }%
-}
-\def\CancelSuppressNextParIndent{%
- \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent
- \gdef\EveryParA{}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/part-cr.tip b/info/examples/tip/part-cr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 0627218539..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/part-cr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.8.1, p. III-564.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1572.
-\wlog{L: "part-cr.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1572, p. III-564]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{gobble.tip}
-\InputD{pickfs.tip}
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\InputD{defauarg.tip}
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\InputD{isprefix.tip}
-\InputD{droppre.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@LabelsOk
-\def\@LabelRefPrefix{@REF-}
-\def\@LabelIsDefined #1{%
- TT\fi
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@LabelRefPrefix#1}%
-}
-\def\@NewLabel #1#2#3{%
- \if\@LabelIsDefined{#1}%
- \wlog{\string\@NewLabel: warning: label "#1"
- already defined.}%
- \fi
- \NameGdef{\@LabelRefPrefix #1}{{#2}{#3}}%
-}
-\let\Saved@NewLabel = \@NewLabel
-\def\Ref #1{%
- \@ref{0}{#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}%
- {??}%
- \else
- \@TheExpandedLabel
- \fi
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\PageRef #1{%
- \@ref{1}{#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}%
- {??}%
- \else
- \@TheExpandedLabel
- \fi
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\@MostRecentLabel{}
-\def\@ref #1#2{%
- \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{}%
- \DefaultArg{\@ThisLabel}{#2}{\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{.}%
- \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{.}%
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{,}%
- \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{,}%
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{)}%
- \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{)}%
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{;}%
- \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{;}%
- \fi
- \xdef\@MostRecentLabel{\@ThisLabel}%
- \if\@LabelIsDefined{\@ThisLabel}%
- \edef\@CrefTemp{\NameUse{\@LabelRefPrefix\@ThisLabel}}%
- \ifcase #1\relax
- \edef\@TheExpandedLabel{%
- \expandafter\PickFirstOfTwo\@CrefTemp}%
- \or
- \edef\@TheExpandedLabel{%
- \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo\@CrefTemp}%
- \fi
- \else
- \def\@TheExpandedLabel{??}
- \wlog{\string\@ref: Label \@ThisLabel\space undefined.}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/part-lab.tip b/info/examples/tip/part-lab.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d8981dcd9..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/part-lab.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.8.7, p. III-575.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 2185.
-\wlog{L: "part-lab.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 2185, p. III-575]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@LabelNow
-\def\@Label #1#2#3{%
- \ifnum #3 = 0
- \@LabelNowtrue
- \else
- \ifvmode
- \ifinner
- \@LabelNowtrue
- \else
- \@LabelNowfalse
- \fi
- \else
- \@LabelNowtrue
- \fi
- \fi
- \bgroup
- \let\RefCounterTwo = \relax
- \xdef\@LabelTempA{%
- \write\@PartAuxStream{%
- \string\@NewLabel{#1}{#2}{\RefCounterTwo{PageNo}}}%
- }%
- \egroup
- \if@LabelNow
- \@LabelTempA
- \else
- \bgroup
- \let\RefCounterTwo = \relax
- \xdef\EveryParC{%
- \EveryParC
- \@LabelTempA
- }%
- \egroup
- \fi
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\CheckLabels{%
- \wlog{\string\CheckLabels: checking labels started.}%
- \global\@LabelsOktrue
- \@IgnoreAuxStuff
- \let\@NewLabel = \@NewLabelCompare
- \@ReadInAuxFiles
- \if@LabelsOk
- \wlog{** All labels are ok **}%
- \else
- \wlog{** LABELS CHANGED, reprocess document **}%
- \fi
- \wlog{\string\CheckLabels: done.}%
-}
-\def\@NewLabelCompare #1#2#3{%
- \if\@LabelIsDefined{##1}%
- \def\@CheckLabelTemp{{##2}{##3}}%
- \edef\@@CheckLabelTemp{%
- \NameUse{\@LabelRefPrefix ##1}%
- }%
- \ifx\@CheckLabelTemp\@@CheckLabelTemp
- \let\@CheckLabelsNext = \relax
- \else
- \let\@CheckLabelsNext = \@StopCheckingLabels
- \fi
- \else
- \let\@CheckLabelsNext = \@StopCheckingLabels
- \fi
- \@CheckLabelsNext
-}
-\def\@StopCheckingLabels{%
- \global\@LabelsOkfalse
- \let\@NewLabel = \GobbleThree
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/part-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/part-mac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index fa45b1fa10..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/part-mac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.7.1, p. III-547.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 727.
-\wlog{L: "part-mac.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 727, p. III-547]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{pm-bas.tip}
-\InputD{pm-main.tip}
-\InputD{pm-wrc.tip}
-\InputD{pm-4.tip}
-\InputD{ts-robst.tip}
-\InputD{pm-pagen.tip}
-\InputD{part-cr.tip}
-\InputD{part-lab.tip}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/parv-1.tip b/info/examples/tip/parv-1.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index d2b26e0f56..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/parv-1.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.2.1, p. II-67.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 956.
-\wlog{L: "parv-1.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 956, p. II-67]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen \Delta@XY
-\newskip\@ParListBeforeAfter
-\newskip\@ParListBetweenLabels
-\newskip\@ParListAfterLabel
-\newcount\@LabeledParNesting \@LabeledParNesting = 0
-\newcount\@LabelCounter
-\def\BeginAList #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
- \par
- \bgroup
- \advance\leftskip by #1
- \advance\rightskip by #2
- \advance \@LabeledParNesting by 1
- \@LabelCounter = 0
- \Delta@XY = #3
- \ifdim\Delta@XY < 0pt
- \errmessage{\string\BeginAList: negative Delta{xy},
- made positive.}%
- \fi
- \@ParListBeforeAfter = #4
- \@ParListBetweenLabels = #5
- \@ParListAfterLabel = #6
- \SetParIndent{#7}
-}
-\def\EndAList{%
- \par
- \vskip\@ParListBeforeAfter
- \egroup
-}
-\def\@GenLabel #1{%
- \par
- \advance\@LabelCounter by 1
- \ifnum\@LabelCounter = 1
- \parskip = \@ParListBeforeAfter
- \else
- \parskip = \@ParListBetweenLabels
- \fi
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{#1}%
- \parskip = \@ParListAfterLabel
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\ItemLL #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hskip -\Delta@XY
- #1%
- \hfil
- }%
-}
-\def\ItemLR #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hss
- #1%
- \hskip\Delta@XY
- }%
-}
-\def\ItemRL #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hskip\Delta@XY
- #1%
- \hss
- }%
-}
-\def\ItemRR #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hfil
- #1%
- \hskip -\Delta@XY
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pdollars.tip b/info/examples/tip/pdollars.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index fdafa4044f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/pdollars.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.13, p. III-331.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 838.
-\wlog{L: "pdollars.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 838, p. III-331]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\PrintInDollar #1{%
- {%
- \ifnum #1 < 0
- $-$%
- \count0 = -#1\relax
- \else
- \count0 = #1\relax
- \fi
- \count2 = \count0
- \divide\count0 by 100
- \the\count0.%
- \multiply\count0 by 100
- \advance\count2 by -\count0
- \ifnum\count2 < 10
- 0%
- \fi
- \the\count2
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pickfs.tip b/info/examples/tip/pickfs.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b779b03e10..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/pickfs.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.7, p. III-285.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 230.
-\wlog{L: "pickfs.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 230, p. III-285]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\PickFirstOfTwo #1#2{#1}
-\def\PickSecondOfTwo #1#2{#2}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-4.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-4.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 86721bf4f7..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/pm-4.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.7.5, p. III-555.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1123.
-\wlog{L: "pm-4.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1123, p. III-555]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{robust.tip}
-\InputD{input-at.tip}
-\InputD{mspaces.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\let\@ex = \expandafter
-\def\WriteToAuxSpecial #1#2#3#4#5{%
- {%
- \@MakeRobustMacros
- \edef\@WriteTemp{%
- \string\@ForSpecialFile{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- }%
- \@ex\@ex\@ex\@p@write\@ex{\@WriteTemp}%
- \edef\@WriteTemp{\EightSpaces{#4}}%
- \@ex\@ex\@ex\@p@write\@ex{\@WriteTemp}%
- \@p@write{\EightSpaces{#5}}%
- }%
-}
-\def\TableOfContents #1{%
- \@TableOrListOfSomething{\TocFileNameExtension}{#1}%
-}
-\def\ListOfFigures #1{%
- \@TableOrListOfSomething{\LofFileNameExtension}{#1}%
-}
-\def\ListOfTables #1{%
- \@TableOrListOfSomething{\LotFileNameExtension}{#1}%
-}
-\def\@TableOrListOfSomething #1#2{%
- \wlog{\string\@TableOrListOfSomething (#1: "#2")}%
- \def\@SomethingFileList{}%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#2}%
- \wlog{\EightSpaces (whole document)}%
- \edef\@SpecialFileBaseName{\jobname}%
- \i@write\@TmpFileStream{%
- \string\@BuildSpecialFile
- {#1}%
- {\@SpecialFileBaseName.#1}%
- }%
- {%
- \def\\##1{%
- \i@write\@TmpFileStream
- {\string\InputC{##1.\AuxFileNameExtension}}}%
- \@AllPartsOfDocumentList
- }%
- \else
- \wlog{\EightSpaces (some parts only)}%
- \edef\@SpecialFileBaseName{\CurrentPartName}%
- \i@write\@TmpFileStream{%
- \noexpand\@BuildSpecialFile
- {#1}%
- {\@SpecialFileBaseName.#1}%
- }
- \ConvertArgsToListAndAppend{\@SomethingFileList}{#2}%
- {%
- \def\\##1{%
- \i@write\@TmpFileStream
- {\string\InputC{##1.\AuxFileNameExtension}}%
- \if\MemberOfListConditional
- {\@AllPartsOfDocumentList}{##1}%
- \else
- \wlog{\string\@TableOrListOfSomething:
- WARNING: part "##1" does NOT
- belong to this document!}%
- \fi
- }%
- \@SomethingFileList
- }%
- \fi
- \i@write\@TmpFileStream{\string\@EndBuildSpecialFile}%
- \InputCWithAt{\@SpecialFileBaseName.#1}%
-}
-\def\@BuildNewSpecialFiles{%
- \wlog{\string\@BuildNewSpecialFiles: started.}%
- \InputAt{\jobname.\TmpFileNameExtension}%
- \wlog{\string\@BuildNewSpecialFiles: done.}%
-}
-\def\@BuildSpecialFile #1#2{%
- \begingroup
- \@MakeRobustMacros
- \wlog{\string\@BuildSpecialFile: working on "#2".}%
- \@IgnoreAuxStuff
- \let\@ForSpecialFile = \@ForSpecialFileSave
- \def\@ForSpecialFileExtension{#1}%
- \OpenGenericOStream{#2}%
-}
-\def\@ForSpecialFileSave #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\@ForSpecialFileExtension}%
- \i@write\GenericOStream{%
- \string\EntryInto#1%
- {#2}{#3}%
- }%
- \i@write\GenericOStream{%
- \EightSpaces{#4}%
- }%
- \i@write\GenericOStream{%
- \EightSpaces{#5}%
- }%
- \fi
-}%
-\def\@EndBuildSpecialFile{%
- \CloseGenericOStream
- \wlog{\string\@EndBuildSpecialFile: closed file}%
- \endgroup
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-auxco.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-auxco.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b01f9455d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/pm-auxco.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.7.7, p. III-562.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1483.
-\wlog{L: "pm-auxco.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1483, p. III-562]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{pm-bas.tip}
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\WriteAuxFileComment #1{%
- \@p@write{\PercentSignPure\space #1.}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-bas.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-bas.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e979179547..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/pm-bas.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.7.2, p. III-548.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 743.
-\wlog{L: "pm-bas.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 743, p. III-548]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{inputc.tip}
-\InputD{gobble.tip}
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\InputD{conval.tip}
-\InputD{list-mac.tip}
-\InputD{input-at.tip}
-\InputD{genostr.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\PartSourceFileNameExtension{tex}
-\def\AuxFileNameExtension{aux}
-\def\TocFileNameExtension{toc}
-\def\LofFileNameExtension{lof}
-\def\LotFileNameExtension{lot}
-\def\TmpFileNameExtension{tmp}
-\newwrite\@PartAuxStream
-\newwrite\@TmpFileStream
-\def\i@write{\immediate\write}
-\def\i@openout{\immediate\openout}
-\def\i@closeout{\immediate\closeout}
-
-\def\@ip@write{\i@write\@PartAuxStream}
-\def\@p@write{\write\@PartAuxStream}
-\def\@IgnoreAuxStuff{%
- \let\@NewLabel = \GobbleThree
- \let\@SetCounter = \GobbleTwo
- \let\@ForSpecialFile = \GobbleFive
-}
-\def\@ReadInAuxFiles{%
- {%
- \def\\##1{\InputCWithAt{##1.aux}}%
- \@AllPartsOfDocumentList
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-main.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-main.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ec2287495..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/pm-main.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.7.3, p. III-549.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 825.
-\wlog{L: "pm-main.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 825, p. III-549]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{conval.tip}
-\InputD{ts-wind.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\ifPartVerbose
-\PartVerbosefalse
-\def\InitialParts{%
- \def\@AllPartsOfDocumentList{}%
- \def\@ToProcessList{}%
-}
-\def\DocPart #1{%
- \ConvertArgsToListAndAppend{\@AllPartsOfDocumentList}{#1}%
- \ifPartVerbose
- {%
- \wlog{\string\DocPart: List now current list of parts
- of this document:}%
- \def\\##1{\wlog{Document part "##1"}}%
- \@AllPartsOfDocumentList
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\def\ProcessPart #1{%
- \ConvertArgsToListAndAppend{\@ToProcessList}{#1}%
- \ifPartVerbose
- {%
- \wlog{\string\ProcessPart: List of parts which will
- be processed.}%
- \def\\##1{%
- \wlog{Part which will be processed: "##1"}%
- }%
- \@ToProcessList
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\def\ProcessNow{%
- \wlog{\string\ProcessNow: Start reading
- all auxiliary files.}%
- \@IgnoreAuxStuff
- \let\@NewLabel = \Saved@NewLabel
- \@ReadInAuxFiles
- \wlog{\string\ProcessNow: Done reading all auxiliary files.}%
- \i@openout\@TmpFileStream = \jobname.\TmpFileNameExtension
- \let\@AllPartsOfDocumentListCopy = \@AllPartsOfDocumentList
- {%
- \def\\{\noexpand\@DoPart}%
- \xdef\@AllPartsOfDocumentListCopy{%
- \@AllPartsOfDocumentListCopy
- }%
- }%
- \@AllPartsOfDocumentListCopy
-}
-\newif\if@ProcessThisPart
-\def\@DoPart #1{%
- \gdef\CurrentPartName{#1}%
- \@ProcessThisPartfalse
- \if\EmptyListConditional{\@ToProcessList}%
- \@ProcessThisParttrue
- \fi
- \if\MemberOfListConditional{\@ToProcessList}{\CurrentPartName}%
- \@ProcessThisParttrue
- \fi
- \if@ProcessThisPart
- \@DoPartProcess
- \else
- \@DoPartNotProcess
- \fi
-}
-\def\@DoPartProcess{%
- \wlog{\string\@DoPartProcess: process part "\CurrentPartName".}
- \i@openout\@PartAuxStream =
- \CurrentPartName.\AuxFileNameExtension
- \OpenIndexFiles{\CurrentPartName}%
- \input \CurrentPartName.\PartSourceFileNameExtension
- \EvalEveryParsCE
- \vfill\supereject
- \WriteCountersToAuxFile
- \wlog{\string\@DoPart: "\CurrentPartName" was processed.}%
- \i@closeout\@PartAuxStream
- \NameUse{CloseIndexFiles}%
-}
-\def\@DoPartNotProcess{%
- \wlog{\string\@DoPartNotProcess:
- "\CurrentPartName.\PartSourceFileNameExtension" not
- processed.}%
- \@IgnoreAuxStuff
- \let\@SetCounter = \SetCounter
- \InputCWithAt{\CurrentPartName.\AuxFileNameExtension}
- \@PageNumbersToCounterRegs
-}
-\def\EndProcessing{%
- \i@closeout\@TmpFileStream
- \@BuildNewSpecialFiles
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-pagen.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-pagen.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ee88fc978..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/pm-pagen.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.7.8, p. III-562.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1499.
-\wlog{L: "pm-pagen.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1499, p. III-562]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{counters.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\NewCounter{PageNo}{\arabic}{\TheCounter{PageNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{PageNo}}
-\NewCounter{SWPageNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{SWPageNo}}{\TheCounter{SWPageNo}}
-\def\@PageNumbersToCounterRegs{%
- \CounterToRegister{\global\pageno}{PageNo}%
-}
-\SetCounter{PageNo}{1}
-\@PageNumbersToCounterRegs
-\def\advancepageno{%
- \StepCounter{PageNo}%
- \StepCounter{SWPageNo}%
- \@PageNumbersToCounterRegs
-}
-\def\folio{%
- \PrintCounter{PageNo}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pm-wrc.tip b/info/examples/tip/pm-wrc.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a6cc96c4d7..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/pm-wrc.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.7.4, p. III-554.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1076.
-\wlog{L: "pm-wrc.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1076, p. III-554]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{counters.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\WriteCountersToAuxFile{%
- \@WriteCounter{ChapterNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{SectionNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{PageNo}%
-}
-\def\@WriteCounter #1{%
- \@ip@write{%
- \noexpand\@SetCounter
- {#1}%
- {\expandafter\the\csname @C-#1\endcsname}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pmtime.tip b/info/examples/tip/pmtime.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 98042556e5..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/pmtime.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.3.8.2, p. I-51.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1154.
-\wlog{L: "pmtime.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1154, p. I-51]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{leadingz.tip}
-\newcount\Hour
-\newcount\Minute
-\def\PrintMilTime{%
- \Hour = \time
- \divide\Hour by 60
- \Minute = \Hour
- \multiply\Minute by 60
- \advance\Minute by -\time
- \Minute = -\Minute
- \LeadingZ{\the\Hour}:\LeadingZ{\the\Minute}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/poorbold.tip b/info/examples/tip/poorbold.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c336e0c1f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/poorbold.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 6.5.3, p. I-183.
-% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 1471.
-\wlog{L: "poorbold.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 1471, p. I-183]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\BoldfaceFake #1#2{%
- \hbox{%
- \hbox to #2{#1\hss}%
- \hbox to #2{#1\hss}%
- \hbox {#1}% % Last time print text with reg. width.
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/pralph.tip b/info/examples/tip/pralph.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index f7f92f7615..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/pralph.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.3.5, p. I-48.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1017.
-\wlog{L: "pralph.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1017, p. I-48]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\PrintAlph #1{%
- {%
- \count0 = #1%
- \advance\count0 by -1
- \advance\count0 by `\a
- \char\count0
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prevday.tip b/info/examples/tip/prevday.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e4c8829be..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/prevday.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.12, p. III-374.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 773.
-\wlog{L: "prevday.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 773, p. III-374]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{legdate.tip}
-\InputD{ndaysmo.tip}
-\InputD{copydate.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@TempPrevDay
-\def\PrevDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \CopyDate{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}%
- \advance #6 by -1
- \ifnum #6 = 0
- \advance #5 by -1
- \ifnum #5 = 0
- #5 = 12
- \advance #4 by -1
- \fi
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#4}{#5}{#6}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prevmon.tip b/info/examples/tip/prevmon.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9513222954..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/prevmon.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.15, p. III-379.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1035.
-\wlog{L: "prevmon.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1035, p. III-379]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{legdate.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\PrevMonth #1#2#3#4{%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}%
- #3 = #1\relax
- #4 = #2\relax
- \advance #4 by -1
- \ifnum #4 = 0
- #4 = 12
- \advance #3 by -1
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prhyph.tip b/info/examples/tip/prhyph.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d7737a5c3..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/prhyph.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 12.7.13, p. II-146.
-% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 1929.
-\wlog{L: "prhyph.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 1929, p. II-146]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{shboxes.tip}
-\def\PrintHyphens #1{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \vbox{%
- \pretolerance = -1
- \hyphenpenalty = -10000
- \hsize = 0pt
- \leftskip = 0pt
- \rightskip = 0pt
- \parfillskip = 0pt
- \parindent = 0pt
- \hfuzz = \maxdimen
- \interlinepenalty = 0
- \clubpenalty = 0
- \widowpenalty = 0
- \brokenpenalty = 0
- \hskip 0pt
- #1
- }%
- \setbox2 = \hbox{}%
- \setbox 9 = \vbox{%
- \unvbox 0
- \loop
- \unskip
- \setbox 1 = \lastbox
- \ifhbox 1
- \global\setbox 2 = \hbox{%
- \unhbox 1
- \discretionary{}{}{}%
- \unhbox 2
- }%
- \repeat
- }%
- \unhbox 2
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/primmark.tip b/info/examples/tip/primmark.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e0e5dff76..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/primmark.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 7.2.3, p. I-216.
-% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 418.
-\wlog{L: "primmark.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 418, p. I-216]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\PrimitiveMarker{%
- \leavevmode
- {%
- \footnotesize\tt
- \llap{*}%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/printast.tip b/info/examples/tip/printast.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ad5263963..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/printast.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.1.1, p. III-397.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 37.
-\wlog{L: "printast.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 37, p. III-397]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newcount\AstCount
-\def\PrintAsterisk #1{%
- \AstCount = #1
- \ifnum\AstCount < 0
- \errmessage{\string\PrintAsterisk: negative counter.}%
- \AstCount = 0
- \fi
- \PrintAsteriskRec
-}
-\def\PrintAsteriskRec{%
- *%
- \advance\AstCount by -1
- \ifnum\AstCount = 0
- \let\next = \relax
- \else
- \let\next = \PrintAsteriskRec
- \fi
- \next
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/printco.tip b/info/examples/tip/printco.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c41b3dc3c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/printco.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.4.1, p. I-68.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 2088.
-\wlog{L: "printco.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 2088, p. I-68]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\arabic #1{\number#1}
-\def\roman #1{%
- \romannumeral #1%
-}
-\def\Roman #1{%
- \ifcase #1\or
- I\or II\or III\or IV\or V\or
- VI\or VII\or VIII\or IX\or X\or
- XI\or XII\or XIII\or XIV\or XV\or
- XVI\or XVII\or XVIII\or XIX\or XX\or
- XXI\or XXII\or XXIII\or XXIV\or XV%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\Roman: argument \number#1 out
- of range, larger than 25.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\alph #1{%
- \ifcase #1%
- \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i%
- \else
- \@Morealph{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\@Morealph #1{%
- \ifcase #1%
- \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or
- \or j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r%
- \or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@Morealph: argument too large.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\Alph #1{%
- \ifcase #1%
- \or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I%
- \else
- \@MoreAlph{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\@MoreAlph #1{%
- \ifcase #1%
- \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or
- \or J\or K\or L\or M\or N\or O\or P\or Q\or R%
- \or S\or T\or U \or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@MoreAlph: argument too large.}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/printreg.tip b/info/examples/tip/printreg.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e7e3335b5b..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/printreg.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.4.6.1, p. III-164.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 740.
-\wlog{L: "printreg.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 740, p. III-164]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\PrintRegister #1{%
- The current value of {\tt\string #1} is \the#1.%
-}
-\def\LogRegister #1{%
- \message{The current value of \string#1 is \the#1.}
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prmode.tip b/info/examples/tip/prmode.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5576e88c83..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/prmode.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.23.1, p. III-348.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1756.
-\wlog{L: "prmode.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1756, p. III-348]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\PrintMode{%
- \ifinner
- \ifvmode \message{Current mode: inner vertical}\fi
- \ifhmode \message{Current mode: restricted horizontal}\fi
- \ifmmode \message{Current mode: (inline) math}\fi
- \else
- \ifvmode \message{Current mode: (regular) vertical}\fi
- \ifhmode \message{Current mode: (regular) horizontal}\fi
- \ifmmode \message{Current mode: display math}\fi
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prmonth.tip b/info/examples/tip/prmonth.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index dd9ea460f8..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/prmonth.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.4, p. III-362.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 250.
-\wlog{L: "prmonth.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 250, p. III-362]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{legmonth.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ProvideMonth #1#2#3{%
- \CheckLegalMonth{#1}%
- \ifcase #1\relax
- \or
- \def#3{January}\or
- \def#3{February}\or
- \def#3{March}\or
- \def#3{April}\or
- \def#3{May}\or
- \def#3{June}\or
- \def#3{July}\or
- \def#3{August}\or
- \def#3{September}\or
- \def#3{October}\or
- \def#3{November}\or
- \def#3{December}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #2 = 1
- \def\@TempProvideMonth ##1##2##3##4\@Del{%
- \xdef#3{##1##2##3}%
- }%
- \expandafter\@TempProvideMonth#3\@Del
- \fi
-}
-\def\PrintMonth #1#2{%
- {%
- \ProvideMonth{#1}{#2}{\@PrintMonth}%
- \@PrintMonth
- }%
-}
-\def\PrintCurrentMonth{%
- \PrintMonth{\month}{0}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/prot.tip b/info/examples/tip/prot.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 771a25fd2f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/prot.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 29.6.1, p. III-525.
-% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1774.
-\wlog{L: "prot.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1774, p. III-525]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\InputD{mspaces.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\ifProtWrite
-\ProtWritetrue
-\newcount\@ProtCount
-\newcount\@ProtCountX
-\newwrite\@ProtWrite
-\def\InitProtWrite{%
- \ifProtWrite
- \immediate\openout\@ProtWrite = \jobname.prt
- \fi
-}
-\def\CloseProtWrite{%
- \immediate\closeout\@ProtWrite
-}
-\def\WriteProtocol #1#2{%
- \ifProtWrite
- {%
- \@ProtCount = #1\relax
- \def\@WriteSpace{}%
- \DoLoop{\count1}{1}{1}{\@ProtCount}%
- {\edef\@WriteSpace{\@WriteSpace\FourSpaces}}%
- \immediate\write\@ProtWrite{\@WriteSpace #2}%
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\def\BoxToProtocol #1#2#3{%
- \ifProtWrite
- {%
- \WriteProtocol {#1}{\string\BoxToProtocol: #3}%
- \@ProtCountX = #1\relax
- \advance\@ProtCountX by 1
- \ifvoid #2%
- \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2
- is void.}%
- \else
- \ifhbox #2%
- \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2
- is an hbox.}%
- \else
- \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2
- is a vbox.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifvoid #2%
- \else
- \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}%
- {Dimensions: (\the\ht#2+\the\dp#2)*\the\wd#2.}%
- \fi
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/rangetst.tip b/info/examples/tip/rangetst.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b4966fd908..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/rangetst.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.9, p. III-328.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 668.
-\wlog{L: "rangetst.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 668, p. III-328]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@InRange
-\def\InRangeConditional #1#2#3{%
- TT\fi
- \@InRangetrue
- \ifnum #1<#2\relax
- \@InRangefalse
- \fi
- \ifnum #1>#3\relax
- \@InRangefalse
- \fi
- \if@InRange
-}
-
-\def\CheckRange #1#2#3#4{%
- \ifnum #1 < #2\relax
- \errmessage{Value \number#1 \space out of range #2..#3: #4}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #1>#3\relax
- \errmessage{Value \number#1 \space out of range #2..#3: #4}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\CheckZeroOneRange #1#2{%
- \CheckRange{#1}{0}{1}{#2}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/rboxt.tip b/info/examples/tip/rboxt.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index d3e45a3599..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/rboxt.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.5.7, p. I-99.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1054.
-\wlog{L: "rboxt.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1054, p. I-99]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\ReportBoxType #1{%
- \message{\string\ReportBoxType: }%
- \ifvoid #1\message{Box register #1 is void.}\fi
- \ifhbox #1\message{Box register #1 contains a horizontal box.}\fi
- \ifvbox #1\message{Box register #1 contains a vertical box.}\fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/readme b/info/examples/tip/readme
deleted file mode 100644
index eaaeda142b..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/readme
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-This is release 1.0 of the bug report with all macros (some of which
-have been fixed). Run {\tt tip-bugs.tex} through {\tt tex}
-(plain format is what you want to use!), print the file and
-you are in business.
-
-And if you do a "initex texipexp.tex" you get fmt file
-"texipexp.fmt". Rename this file to "texip.fmt." You now have
-a .fmt file with all the relevant macros preloaded.
-
-And before I forget it: texip.idx contains an ASCII version of the
-index which you can bring up in your favorite editor if you search
-for a term in the index. Please tell me whether you found a machine
-readable index a useful feature.
-
-Thank you.
-
-For you PC people
------------------
-On your diskette you find three files:
- readme
- lha.exe
- texip.lzh
-
-1. If you execute "lha l texip" you can see the contents
- of "texip.lzh"
-2. If you execute "lha x texip" you can extract the contents
- of "texip.lzh"
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/readnu.tip b/info/examples/tip/readnu.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index bf55ecd290..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/readnu.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.2.7, p. III-455.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 470.
-\wlog{L: "readnu.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 470, p. III-455]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newread\@ReadNumberStream
-\newcount\ReadANumberResult
-\def\InitReadNumbers #1{%
- \openin\@ReadNumberStream = #1
-}
-\def\@ReadANumberPar{\par}
-\def\ReadANumber{%
- \ifeof\@ReadNumberStream
- \ReadANumberResult = -1
- \else
- \read\@ReadNumberStream to \@ReadANumberTemp
- \ifx\@ReadANumberTemp\@ReadANumberPar
- \ReadANumberResult = -1
- \else
- \ReadANumberResult = \@ReadANumberTemp
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/redtost.tip b/info/examples/tip/redtost.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index acbbfcf59e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/redtost.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 7.4.4, p. I-241.
-% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 1737.
-\wlog{L: "redtost.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 1737, p. I-241]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@ReduceToStrutBox
-\def\ReduceToStrut #1{%
- \setbox\@ReduceToStrutBox = \hbox{#1}%
- \vrule height \ht\@ReduceToStrutBox
- depth \dp\@ReduceToStrutBox
- width 0pt
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/remtlsp.tip b/info/examples/tip/remtlsp.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 87bac0dd08..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/remtlsp.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.20.1, p. III-309.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1412.
-\wlog{L: "remtlsp.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1412, p. III-309]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@TestTrail #1 #2\@Del{%
- \def\@RemTspTemp{#1}%
-}
-\def\RemTsp #1#2{%
- \edef\@RemTspTempOne{#2#2 }%
- \expandafter\@TestTrail\@RemTspTempOne\@Del
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2#2}{\@RemTspTemp}%
- \def#1{#2}%
- \else
- \edef\@RemTspTempA{\noexpand\edef\noexpand#1{\@RemTspTemp}}%
- \@RemTspTempA
- \fi
-}
-\def\@TestLead #1 #2\@Del{\def\@RemLspOne{#1}}
-\def\RemLsp #1#2{%
- \edef\@TempRemLsp{#2#2\space}%
- \expandafter\@TestLead\@TempRemLsp\@Del
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\@RemLspOne}%
- \expandafter\@RemLspThree #2\@Del{#1}%
- \else
- \def#1{#2}%
- \fi
-}
-\edef\@RemLspTwo{%
- \def\noexpand\@RemLspThree\space ##1\noexpand\@Del##2{%
- \def##2{##1}%
- }%
-}
-\@RemLspTwo
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/restring.tip b/info/examples/tip/restring.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index f83e586b72..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/restring.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.16, p. III-298.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 866.
-\wlog{L: "restring.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 866, p. III-298]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{testsubs.tip}
-\InputD{endrec.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ReplaceSubStrings #1#2#3#4{%
- \def\@ReplaceResult{#1}%
- \edef\@ReplaceMain{#2}%
- \edef\@ReplaceSub{#3}%
- \edef\@ReplaceSubRep{#4}%
- \@ReplaceSubStrings
-}
-\def\@ReplaceSubStrings{%
- \RecursionMacroEnd
- {\if\SubStringConditional{\@ReplaceMain}{\@ReplaceSub}}%
- {\@ReplaceSubStringsDo}{\@ReplaceSubStringsDone}%
-}
-\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX{%
- \def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA ##1%
-}%
-\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDo{%
- \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX \@ReplaceSub
- ##2\@EndReplaceSubStrings{%
- \edef\@ReplaceMain{##1\@ReplaceSubRep ##2}%
- }%
- \ShowX{\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA}%
- \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}%
- \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA\@ReplaceMain
- \@EndReplaceSubStrings
- \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}%
- \@ReplaceSubStrings
-}
-\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDone{%
- \expandafter\edef\@ReplaceResult{\@ReplaceMain}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/reverses.tip b/info/examples/tip/reverses.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 08921b4d9b..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/reverses.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.17.1, p. III-301.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1003.
-\wlog{L: "reverses.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1003, p. III-301]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{showx.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ReverseString #1#2{%
- \def\@ReverseStringName{#1}%
- \def\@ReversedString{}%
- \edef\@ReverseTemp{#2}%
- \ShowX\@ReverseTemp
- \expandafter\@ReverseString\@ReverseTemp\@Del
-}
-\def\@ReverseString #1{%
- \ifx #1\@Del
- \expandafter\edef\@ReverseStringName{\@ReversedString}%
- \let\@ReverseStringNext = \relax
- \else
- \edef\@ReversedString{#1\@ReversedString}%
- \let\@ReverseStringNext = \@ReverseString
- \def\@ReverseStringNext{\@ReverseString}%
- \fi
- \@ReverseStringNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/rh-dict.tip b/info/examples/tip/rh-dict.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a2c4315613..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/rh-dict.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 34.7.4.3, p. IV-84.
-% Original source in file "o1.TEX", starting line 1068.
-\wlog{L: "rh-dict.tip" ["o1.TEX," l. 1068, p. IV-84]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\raggedright
-\hsize = 11pc
-\vsize = 19pc
-\parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-\headline = {%
- \ifodd\pageno
- \RightlineR{\it\botmark}%
- \else
- \LeftlineR{\it\firstmark}%
- \fi
-}
-\EliminateRuledBoxes
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/robust.tip b/info/examples/tip/robust.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 925a2a2606..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/robust.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.5.7, p. III-481.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1716.
-\wlog{L: "robust.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1716, p. III-481]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{fotok.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\MakeRobust{}
-\def\TreatAsRobust #1{%
- \def #1{%
- \noexpand #1%
- }%
-}
-\newtoks\@RobustTokenList
-\@RobustTokenList = {}
-\def\AddToRobustList #1{%
- \@RobustTokenList = \expandafter{\the\@RobustTokenList #1}%
-}
-\def\Robusting{%
- \ForEachToken{\@RobustTokenList}{\TreatAsRobust}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/samplepa.tip b/info/examples/tip/samplepa.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 814f269405..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/samplepa.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.1.3.3, p. III-402.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 309.
-\wlog{L: "samplepa.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 309, p. III-402]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@SampleParCounter
-\newcount\@SampleParSentenceCounter
-\@SampleParCounter = 1
-\def\SamplePar #1#2{%
- \@SampleParSentenceCounter = 0
- Identification of this paragraph: {\it #1}.
- {\it Sample paragraph~\the\@SampleParCounter,
- with~#2 sentences}. So here we go,
- and when you check the number of sentences, then note
- that these first two sentences do {\it not\/} count.
- \loop
- \advance\@SampleParSentenceCounter by 1
- This is one of the many sentences this macro
- generates, to be more specific it is sentence
- number~\the\@SampleParSentenceCounter\space of~#2.
- \ifnum\@SampleParSentenceCounter < #2
- \repeat
- \par
- \global\advance\@SampleParCounter by 1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/setstrut.tip b/info/examples/tip/setstrut.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 441ec442b7..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/setstrut.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 7.4.3.1, p. I-239.
-% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 1639.
-\wlog{L: "setstrut.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 1639, p. I-239]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@StrutBaseDimension
-\newdimen\@StrutSkipTemp
-\def\ComputeStrut{%
- \@StrutBaseDimension = \baselineskip
- \ifdim\baselineskip < 0pt
- \errhelp = {You probably called \string\offinterlineskip
- before \string\ComputeStrut}
- \errmessage{\string\ComputeStrut: negative
- \string\baselineskip (\the\baselineskip)}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\MyStrut{%
- \vrule height 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension
- depth 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension
- width 0pt
-}
-\def\HigherStrut #1{%
- \@StrutSkipTemp = 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension
- \advance\@StrutSkipTemp by #1%
- \vrule height \@StrutSkipTemp
- depth 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension
- width 0pt
-}
-\def\DeeperStrut #1{%
- \@StrutSkipTemp = 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension
- \advance\@StrutSkipTemp by #1%
- \vrule height 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension
- depth \@StrutSkipTemp
- width 0pt
-}
-\ComputeStrut
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/shboxes.tip b/info/examples/tip/shboxes.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 6137e5ab7e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/shboxes.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.5.15, p. I-111.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1524.
-\wlog{L: "shboxes.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1524, p. I-111]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\ShowBoxAll #1{%
- {%
- \nonstopmode
- \showboxdepth = 10000
- \showboxbreadth = 10000
- \showbox #1%
- }%
-}
-\def\ShowBoxDepthOne #1{%
- {%
- \nonstopmode
- \showboxdepth = 1
- \showboxbreadth = 10000
- \showbox #1%
- }%
-}
-\def\ShowBoxDepthTwo #1{%
- {%
- \nonstopmode
- \showboxdepth = 2
- \showboxbreadth = 10000
- \showbox #1%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/shiftudb.tip b/info/examples/tip/shiftudb.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index b2554b525a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/shiftudb.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 7.5.7, p. I-254.
-% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 2416.
-\wlog{L: "shiftudb.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 2416, p. I-254]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{chboxd.tip}
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\def\ShiftRefPointUpOrDown #1#2{%
- \AdvanceBoxDimension{\ht#1}{#2}%
- \ifdim\ht#1 < 0pt
- \ht#1 = 0pt
- \fi
- \AdvanceBoxDimension{\dp#1}{-#2}%
- \ifdim\dp#1 < 0pt
- \dp#1 = 0pt
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/showpll.tip b/info/examples/tip/showpll.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 896edbf166..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/showpll.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 35.8, p. IV-120.
-% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1726.
-\wlog{L: "showpll.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1726, p. IV-120]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{shboxes.tip}
-\InputD{op-pagec.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\ifShowPlainLists
-\ShowPlainListsfalse
-\def\@ShowPlainLists{%
- \ifShowPlainLists
- \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: main vertical list ***}%
- \wlog{*** Page number (\string\count0): \the\count0
- \space***}%
- \ShowBoxDepthOne{255}%
- \ifvoid\footins
- \wlog{\string\@ShowPlainLists: no footnotes.}%
- \else
- \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: footnote box ***}%
- \ShowBoxDepthOne{\footins}%
- \fi
- \ifvoid\topins
- \wlog{\string\@ShowPlainLists: no topinserts.}%
- \else
- \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: top inserts ***}%
- \ShowBoxDepthTwo{\topins}%
- \fi
- \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: end dump of
- page: \the\count0 \space ***}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/showx.tip b/info/examples/tip/showx.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7a02c3ef1f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/showx.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.5.11, p. III-178.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1413.
-\wlog{L: "showx.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1413, p. III-178]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newif\ifShowX
-\ShowXfalse
-\def\ShowX #1{%
- \ifShowX
- {%
- \nonstopmode
- \show #1%
- }%
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/sigline.tip b/info/examples/tip/sigline.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fe31c966c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/sigline.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 6.10.2, p. I-201.
-% Original source in file "boxes.TEX", starting line 2409.
-\wlog{L: "sigline.tip" ["boxes.TEX," l. 2409, p. I-201]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\SignatureLine #1#2{%
- \hbox{%
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \vrule width #1 height 0.6pt depth 0pt
- \hss % Equivalent to \hskip -#1.
- }%
- \lower 10pt \hbox to #1{\hfil #2\hfil}%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/spacefac.tip b/info/examples/tip/spacefac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e9488cc27..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/spacefac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.2.9, p. II-282.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 958.
-\wlog{L: "spacefac.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 958, p. II-282]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\SaveSpaceFactor{%
- \xdef\@SavedSpaceFactor{%
- \spacefactor = \the\spacefactor
- }%
-}
-\def\RestoreSpaceFactor{%
- \@SavedSpaceFactor
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/splitpar.tip b/info/examples/tip/splitpar.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index d40236d2df..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/splitpar.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 8.2.12, p. I-296.
-% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 1096.
-\wlog{L: "splitpar.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 1096, p. I-296]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@PPLineNumber
-\newbox\@PrintParWithLinesBox
-\newbox\@PrintParWithLinesTemp
-\def\PrintParWithLineNumbers #1{%
- \par
- \@PPLineNumber = 1
- \splittopskip = 0.6666\baselineskip
- \setbox\@PrintParWithLinesBox = \vbox{#1}
- \@PrintParWithLineNumbers
-}
-\def\@PrintParWithLineNumbers{
- \ifvoid\@PrintParWithLinesBox
- \let\@PPNext = \relax
- \else
- \setbox\@PrintParWithLinesTemp =
- \vsplit\@PrintParWithLinesBox to 0.666\baselineskip
- \hbox{%
- \llap{%
- \the\@PPLineNumber:%
- \hskip 10pt
- }%
- \box \@PrintParWithLinesTemp
- }%
- \advance\@PPLineNumber by 1
- \wlog{Line \the\@PPLineNumber}%
- \let\@PPNext = \@PrintParWithLineNumbers
- \fi
- \@PPNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ssmath.tip b/info/examples/tip/ssmath.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 395661358e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ssmath.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 14.5.7, p. II-206.
-% Original source in file "math2.TEX", starting line 951.
-\wlog{L: "ssmath.tip" ["math2.TEX," l. 951, p. II-206]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\SameSizeMath{
- \textfont0 = \tenrm
- \scriptfont0 = \tenrm
- \scriptscriptfont0 = \tenrm
- \textfont1 = \tenit
- \scriptfont1 = \tenit
- \scriptscriptfont1 = \tenit
- \textfont2 = \tensy
- \scriptfont2 = \tensy
- \scriptscriptfont2 = \tensy
- \textfont3 = \tenex
- \scriptfont3 = \tenex
- \scriptscriptfont3 = \tenex
- \textfont\itfam = \tenit
- \textfont\slfam = \tensl
- \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
- \scriptfont\bffam = \tenbf
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam = \tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam = \tentt
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/strleng.tip b/info/examples/tip/strleng.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 053de2ca60..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/strleng.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 15.2.6, p. II-237.
-% Original source in file "fonts1.TEX", starting line 538.
-\wlog{L: "strleng.tip" ["fonts1.TEX," l. 538, p. II-237]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newcount\StringLengthResult
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@StringLengthBoxA
-\newbox\@StringLengthBoxB
-\def\StringLength #1{%
- \setbox\@StringLengthBoxA = \hbox{\tt #1}%
- \setbox\@StringLengthBoxB = \hbox{\tt A}%
- \StringLengthResult = \wd\@StringLengthBoxA
- \divide\StringLengthResult by \wd\@StringLengthBoxB
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/stswitch.tip b/info/examples/tip/stswitch.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 76d8c936d3..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/stswitch.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.19.1, p. III-341.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1398.
-\wlog{L: "stswitch.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1398, p. III-341]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@StringSwitchMatchCount
-\def\StringSwitch #1#2{%
- \edef\@StringSwitchMasterString{#1}%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}%
- \errmessage{\string\StringSwitch: master string
- must not be the empty string.}%
- \fi
- \def\@StringSwitchMatchCommonCode{#2}%
- \@StringSwitchMatchCount = 0
- \@StringSwitch
-}
-\def\@StringSwitchOne #1#2{%
- \def\@StringSwitchString{#1}%
- \def\@StringSwitchAction{#2}%
-}
-\def\@StringSwitch #1{%
- \@StringSwitchOne #1%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\@StringSwitchString}%
- \ifcase\@StringSwitchMatchCount
- \@StringSwitchAction
- \or
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\StringSwitch: double match.}%
- \fi
- \def\@StringSwitchNext{}%
- \else
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@StringSwitchMasterString}%
- {\@StringSwitchString}%
- \advance\@StringSwitchMatchCount by 1
- \@StringSwitchMatchCommonCode
- \@StringSwitchAction
- \fi
- \def\@StringSwitchNext{\@StringSwitch}%
- \fi
- \@StringSwitchNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/substf.tip b/info/examples/tip/substf.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index d091324c5f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/substf.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.3, p. II-265.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 159.
-\wlog{L: "substf.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 159, p. II-265]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\SubstituteFontX #1#2#3#4{%
- \def#1{%
- \message{%
- \string\SubstituteFontX: No \string#2 font of
- #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.%
- }%
- \global\let #1 = #4%
- #1%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/sumhd.tip b/info/examples/tip/sumhd.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index fd81044f0a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/sumhd.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.5.10, p. I-102.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1246.
-\wlog{L: "sumhd.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1246, p. I-102]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\OverallSize #1#2{%
- #1 = \ht#2\relax
- \advance#1 by \dp#2\relax
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/swapbox.tip b/info/examples/tip/swapbox.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a5bdcd9b15..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/swapbox.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.5.5, p. I-98.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 987.
-\wlog{L: "swapbox.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 987, p. I-98]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@SwapBox
-\def\SwapBoxRegs #1#2{%
- \setbox\@SwapBox = \box#1%
- \setbox#1 = \box#2%
- \setbox#2 = \box\@SwapBox
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/tabcent.tip b/info/examples/tip/tabcent.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c84cae05af..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/tabcent.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 40.6.8, p. IV-333.
-% Original source in file "table3.TEX", starting line 1654.
-\wlog{L: "tabcent.tip" ["table3.TEX," l. 1654, p. IV-333]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\TableBeginCentered{%
- $$
- \vbox\bgroup
- \offinterlineskip
- \tabskip = 0pt
- \halign\bgroup
-}
-\def\TableEndCentered{%
- \crcr
- \egroup
- \egroup
- $$
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/tabswb.tip b/info/examples/tip/tabswb.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 87d9698106..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/tabswb.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.1
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 38.3.7, p. IV-212.
-% Original source in file "table1.TEX", starting line 684.
-\wlog{L: "tabswb.tip" ["table1.TEX," l. 684, p. IV-212]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{maxmindi.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@WidthSavingBox
-\def\WidthSavingBox #1#2{%
- \setbox\@WidthSavingBox = \hbox{#1}%
- \MaxDimen{#2}{#2}{\wd\@WidthSavingBox}{\global}%
- \box\@WidthSavingBox
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/testdef.tip b/info/examples/tip/testdef.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index d9bff77499..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/testdef.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.5.6, p. III-173.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1179.
-\wlog{L: "testdef.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1179, p. III-173]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@Defined
-\def\DefinedConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ifx\@UndefinedToken #1%
- \@Definedfalse
- \else
- \@Definedtrue
- \fi
- \if@Defined
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/testsubs.tip b/info/examples/tip/testsubs.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index dc5bcf2691..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/testsubs.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.15.1, p. III-293.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 661.
-\wlog{L: "testsubs.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 661, p. III-293]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{showx.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@TestSubString
-\def\SubStringConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \edef\@MainString{#1}%
- \edef\@SubStringConditionalTemp{{#1}{#2}}%
- \expandafter\@SubStringConditional\@SubStringConditionalTemp
-}
-\def\@SubStringConditional #1#2{%
- \def\@TestSubS ##1#2##2\@Del{%
- \def\@TestTemp{##1}%
- }%
- \ShowX{\@TestSubS}%
- \@TestSubS #1#2\@Del
- \ShowX{\@TestTemp}%
- \ifx\@MainString\@TestTemp
- \@TestSubStringfalse
- \else
- \@TestSubStringtrue
- \fi
- \if@TestSubString
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/texip.idx b/info/examples/tip/texip.idx
deleted file mode 100644
index 3283cc0306..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/texip.idx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3918 +0,0 @@
-% This is an ASCII version of the index of all four volumes
-% of "TeX in Practice", Copyright (C) 1993 Springer-Verlag New York.
-% The index is provided to you in machine readable form for your own
-% convinience so you can bring up the index in a text editor to
-% search for a term.
-
-
- \,, II-185
- \;, II-185
- \>, II-185
- \BackslashTt\LeftQuoteTt, I-20
- \VisibleSpaceTt, I-23, I-24
- \BackslashTt\BackslashTt, II-37, II-43
- \DollarSignTt\DollarSignTt, II-156
- \PercentSignTt, I-17, III-10
- \BackslashTt\DoubleQuoteTt, I-21
- \AmpersandTt, I-17, I-24, I-199, IV-201
- spaces, IV-229
- \RightQuoteTt, I-20, III-24
- \AcuteAccentTt, I-20
- \RightQuoteTt\RightQuoteTt\space(''), I-20
- \LeftQuoteTt\space (reverse apostrophe or left quote), I-20
- \BackslashTt\VisibleSpaceTt, I-22, I-23, II-11, II-185, III-4, III-17
- \LeftQuoteTt\LeftQuoteTt\space (``), I-20
- \DoubleQuoteTt, I-20, I-40
- \LeftParenthesisTt\RightParenthesisTt, I-19
- \LeftBracketTt\RightBracketTt, I-19
- \PoundSignTt, I-18
- \BackslashTt\LeftBraceTt, I-19
- \LeftBraceTt\RightBraceTt, I-4, I-18
- \BackslashTt\RightBraceTt, I-19
- \PlusSignTt, I-19
- \BackslashTt\PlusSignTt, I-19, I-198
- \HyphenTt, I-21, I-23
- \MinusSignTt, I-19, I-23
- \-, II-139
- \EnDashTt\space (en-dash), I-21, I-23
- \EmDashTt\space (em-dash), I-21, I-23
- {$\pm$}, II-167
- $\mp$, II-167
- \BackslashTt/ (italic correction), II-256
- $|$, I-154
- \BackslashTt, I-4, I-16, III-10, III-65
- \LessThanSign, I-20
- \GreaterThanSign=, II-168
- =/, III-24
- \GreaterThanSign, I-20
- \BackslashTt,, II-207
- \PeriodTt, I-21
- $\cdots$ {\it see\/} \cdots, I-22
- $\cdots$ {\it see\/} \ldots, I-22
- \QuestionMarkTt, I-19
- \OpenQuestionTt, I-19
- \ExclamationPointTt, I-19
- \OpenExclamationTt, I-19
- \UnderscoreTt, I-18, II-160
- \DollarSignTt, I-17, II-155
- \BackslashTt\UnderscoreTt, I-18, III-24
- \CaretTt, I-4
- \BackslashTt\CaretTt, I-18
- \TildeTt, I-22, I-25, I-159, III-15
- \BackslashTt\TildeTt, I-22
- \ddag, I-23
- \AtSignTt, I-16, III-13
- category code, III-13
- \BackslashTt\ExclamationPointTt, II-185
-
-
- 255
- box register, I-37, IV-2, IV-45, IV-51, IV-58
-
-
- 256, I-44
-
-
- \AA, I-22
- \aa, I-22
- abbreviations, I-22
- *\above, II-172, II-173
- *\abovedisplayshortskip, I-93,
- II-217, IV-14
- *\abovedisplayskip, I-93, II-217,
- IV-9, IV-14
- *\abovewidthdelims, II-172
- absolute value
- dimension, I-81, I-91
- number, I-57
- \AbsoluteValue, I-57
- Acc, II-192
- *\accent, II-12, II-294
- accents, II-294
- acute, I-20
- bar-under, IV-354
- cedilla, IV-354
- circumflex, I-18
- dot-under, IV-354
- grave, I-20
- math, II-177, II-197, II-294
- text, II-294
- wide, II-177
- \AccessArrayElement, III-136, III-137
- \active, III-15
- active characters, I-24, I-25, III-15, III-16
- end-of-line, I-25
- delimiters, III-191
- math mode, III-23
- plain format, III-24
- space, I-25
- tilde, III-15
- \acute, II-177
- acute accent, I-20
- \AcuteAccentText, III-28
- \AcuteAccentTt, III-28
- \AddBoxToQueue, III-423, III-426
- \AddCounterToResetList, I-75
- \AddInfo, III-118, III-119, III-210
- \AddToRobustList, III-482
- *\adjdemerits, I-54, II-143,
- II-149
- administrative files, I-10, III-541
- *\advance, I-39
- \AdvanceBoxDimension, I-102
- \AdvanceByTabStops, IV-299
- \advancepageno, III-563, IV-50, IV-93
- .afm, II-324
- *\afterassignment, I-235, I-336,
- I-338, II-108, III-112, III-235, III-236,
- III-315
- grouping, III-239
- multiple, III-238
- \AfterEveryPar, III-349
- *\aftergroup, I-338, III-111, III-112,
- III-315, IV-99
- \aleph, II-167
- algorithm
- page breaking, IV-1--IV-38
- alignment
- columns, IV-200
- vboxes, I-256
- vertical, IV-355
- allocation
- box registers, I-95
- \allowbreak, I-159, IV-17
- \Alph, I-68
- \alph, I-68, I-69, II-62
- \alpha, II-166
- alphabet
- calligraphic, II-167
- \AlwaysBaseLineSkip, I-232
- \amalg, II-168
- American Mathematical Society, I-14
- ampersand, I-17, I-24, I-199, IV-201
- spaces, IV-229
- \AmpersandText, III-28
- \AmpersandTt, III-28
- AMS, I-14
- AMSFonts, II-247
- \AmSTeX, I-9
- \AmSTeX, III-166
- amstex, II-315
- \angle, II-167
- \angt, I-20, II-223
- Apollo system, I-2
- apostrophe, I-20, III-24
- \ApostropheText, III-28
- \ApostropheTt, III-28
- \Appendix, III-601
- \AppendixRef, III-610
- \AppendVerbatimL, III-44, III-54
- \AppendVerbWrite, III-512
- \approx, II-169, II-170
- \arabic, I-68
- Arabic numerals, I-16, I-47
- \ArbitraryDayOfWeek, III-381
- \arccos, II-165
- \arcsin, II-165
- \arctan, II-165
- \arg, II-165
- arguments, III-181, III-218
- default, III-265
- delimited, III-99
- empty, III-182
- delimited parameters, III-195
- formal, I-35
- normalizing of, III-347
- optional, III-253, III-260
- spaces in, III-185
- arithmetic
- absolute value, I-57
- counter registers, I-50
- modular, I-51, I-58
- registers, I-37--I-39
- array macros, III-77--III-83, III-135--III-149
- associative memory, III-77
- \ArrayIndexCheck, III-136
- ASCII code, I-40, I-43, III-3, III-4
- \AssignCounterToReg, I-70, I-76
- associative memory, III-77
- \ast, II-168
- \asymp, II-169
- at, II-242
- atoms, II-191
- field, II-191
- nucleus, II-192
- types, II-191, II-192
- *\atop, II-172, II-173
- *\atopwithdelims, II-173
- \AtPage, III-608
- \AtSignText, III-28
- \AtSignTt, III-28
- automatic
- footnote numbering, IV-102, IV-156
- list numbering, II-62
- .aux, II-324
- auxiliary part files, III-541, III-542
-
-
- \B, III-434, III-435
- \b, IV-354
- \Backslash, III-28
- \backslash, I-17, II-167
- \BackslashTt, III-28
- *\badness, I-56, I-129
- badness, I-127--I-135
- 1,000,000, I-128
- 10,000, I-128
- computation, I-128
- zero badness, I-128
- \bar, II-177
- base name, I-5, III-447
- baseline, I-218
- *\baselineskip, I-28, I-93,
- I-217--I-235, II-11, II-91, II-110,
- II-112, II-269, II-270, II-274, IV-3, IV-13,
- IV-171, IV-255, 70
- \topskip, I-257
- typical settings, I-220
- *\batchmode, I-106, III-442, III-521
- .bbl, II-324
- beautiful, I-2
- *\beforedisplayskip, IV-36
- \BeginAList, II-55, II-67
- \BeginAListX, II-55, II-56
- \Beginalt, III-57
- \BeginCenter, II-101
- \BeginDisplayMath, II-159
- \BeginDoubleColumns, IV-176
- \BeginEndNote, III-518
- \BeginEnumerate, II-73, II-76
- \BeginEnv, III-104, III-105
- \BeginFigure, IV-129, IV-130
- \BeginFontTable, II-298, II-299
- *\begingroup, III-53, III-99, III-106
- \BeginItemize, II-77
- \BeginMath, II-158
- \BeginTable, IV-129, IV-131
- \BeginTestInsert, IV-31
- \BeginVerbatim, III-36, III-40, III-43, III-45, III-53, III-54,
- III-56, III-198
- \BeginVerbWr, III-507
- \BeginVerbWrite, III-511
- *\belowdisplayshortskip, I-93,
- II-217, IV-14
- *\belowdisplayskip, I-93, II-217,
- IV-9, IV-14
- \beta, II-166
- \bf, I-4, II-256
- \bgroup, I-167, II-162, II-172, III-99, III-104, III-106, IV-31,
- IV-324
- \egroup and insertions, III-103
- \egroup and tables, III-103
- horizontal boxes, I-167
- .bib, II-324
- bibliography
- generation with TeX, II-321
- typesetting of, II-21
- bibtex, II-321
- big point, I-82
- \bigbreak, IV-15, IV-16
- \bigcap, II-178
- \bigcirc, II-168
- \bigcup, II-178
- \bigl, II-180
- \BigLetPar, II-85
- \Bigm, II-181
- \bigm, II-181
- \bigodot, II-178
- \bigoplus, II-178
- \bigotimes, II-178
- \Bigr, II-180
- \bigr, II-180
- \bigskip, I-142, II-152, IV-3, IV-14, IV-15
- \bigsqcup, II-178
- \bigtriangledown, II-168
- \bigtriangleup, II-168
- \biguplus, II-178
- \bigvee, II-178
- \bigwedge, II-178
- Bin, II-192
- *\binoppenalty, I-54, II-144,
- II-187
- boldface
- font, II-256
- poor man's, I-183
- \BoldfaceFake, I-183
- boolean, III-320
- borderlines, I-313
- \bordermatrix, II-222
- \bot, II-167
- *\botmark, IV-82
- bottom flush page layout, IV-9
- \bowtie, II-169
- *\box, I-96, I-211,
- I-261, I-319, I-336
- boxes, I-161--I-207
- base line
- marking of, I-322--I-343
- borderlines, I-313
- boundary, II-191
- characters, I-164, I-168, II-231
- comparing horizontal and vertical boxes, I-210
- contents
- registers, I-96
- depth
- natural, I-264
- zero, I-185
- dimension registers, I-87
- dimensions, I-162
- discardable items, I-180
- enlarging, I-298
- font changes, I-168
- height
- natural, I-264
- zero, I-185
- horizontal, I-161
- \bgroup, I-167
- dimensions, I-176, I-242
- \egroup, I-167
- horizontal glue, I-163
- horizontal leaders, I-163
- hyphenation, I-189
- input format, I-165
- math material, I-164
- rules, I-174
- vertical rules, I-164
- implicit grouping, I-164, III-106
- leaders, I-145, I-147
- loose, I-131
- lowering, I-169
- main vertical list, IV-1
- math mode, I-164, I-175
- nested, I-164, I-168, I-172, I-214
- overfull, I-131, I-132
- raising, I-169
- reference point, I-162, I-243
- marking of, I-322--I-343
- registers, I-36, I-95, I-99, I-168
- 255, I-37, IV-2, IV-45, IV-51, IV-58
- allocation, I-95
- analyzing TeX's computation, I-226
- clearing, I-98
- conditionals, III-322
- dimensions, I-100
- empty, I-103
- exchanging, I-97
- grouping, III-110
- loading of, I-97
- queues, III-423
- retrieving contents, I-96
- setting dimensions zero, I-104
- states, I-96
- void, I-103, III-322
- writing to log file, I-105
- ruled, I-318--I-343
- tight, I-131
- types, I-161
- underfull, I-131
- unwrapping, I-261
- vertical, I-161, I-209--I-312
- comparing, I-209
- curly braces, I-210
- depth, I-243
- first item, I-227
- glue, I-211, I-213
- height, I-243
- insertions, I-211
- limitation of depth, I-246
- marks, I-211
- moving horizontally, I-217
- paragraphs, I-212, II-8
- penalties, I-211
- shifting reference point, I-254, I-264
- table entries, IV-304--IV-311
- vertical list, I-210
- visible, I-209
- visible, I-163
- output routines, IV-44
- width, I-176, I-242
- natural, I-125, I-176
- zero, I-180
- \BoxingA, I-319
- \BoxingB, I-319, I-321
- \BoxingC, I-319, I-323
- \BoxingD, I-319, I-324
- \BoxingE, I-319, I-332
- \BoxLarger, I-298
- *\boxmaxdepth, I-89, I-246,
- I-293, IV-28
- \BoxR, I-319, I-334, I-336
- \BoxRuleThickness, I-321
- \BoxToProtocol, III-526
- bp, I-82
- braces, I-4, I-18, III-170
- math mode, II-207
- brackets, I-19
- \break, I-158, I-159, II-36, II-43, IV-17--IV-19
- break point
- glue, I-270
- \Bref, III-167
- \breve, II-177
- British Currency Pound Sign, I-17
- *\brokenpenalty, I-54,
- III-597, III-598, IV-20, IV-22,
- IV-25
- \btex, III-56
- \ @BuildNewSpecialFiles, III-559
- \bullet, II-168
- \BVerbB, III-54
- \bye, I-4, III-156, III-169, III-180, III-442, IV-53, IV-108
-
-
- C, 6
- \c, IV-354
- C++, III-340, 6
- calendar
- Gregorian, III-357
- macros, III-357--III-396
- monthly, III-385--III-389
- yearly, III-390--III-391
- calligraphic alphabet, II-167
- \CancelSuppressNextParIndent, II-36
- \cap, II-168
- \Caption, IV-129
- \CarCarOfList, III-123
- \Card, IV-70
- \CardOutputRoutine, IV-71
- caret, I-18, II-160
- \CaretTabfalse, III-44
- \CaretTabtrue, III-44
- \CaretText, III-28
- \CaretTt, III-28
- \CarOfList, III-122, III-126
- \CArrayAccess, III-77, III-80
- \CArrayAccessInterval, III-77, III-81
- case sensitive, I-16
- \cases, II-207, II-208
- *\catcode, III-5
- category codes, III-3, III-5
- \AtSignTt, III-13
- arguments, III-221
- curly braces, III-101
- initial, III-10
- math, III-7
- replacement text, III-8
- string comparison, III-337
- strings, III-12
- table, III-5
- tilde, III-15
- \CCheckIndex, III-77, III-80
- \CCreateArray, III-77, III-78
- \cdot, II-168
- \cdots, I-22
- \CdrOfList, III-123
- cedilla accent, IV-354
- centered
- columns, IV-200, IV-204
- centering, II-100
- paragraphs, II-9
- tables, IV-295--IV-303, IV-333
- \centerline, IV-297
- display math mode, IV-295
- \tabskip, IV-296
- text, I-135, II-100
- \CenterLeaderLine, I-186
- \centerline, I-7, I-186, II-100, III-13, III-439, IV-2, IV-91,
- IV-297
- \CenterLineR, I-343
- \CenterOrParagraph, III-333
- \CenterRightLines, I-203
- centimeter, I-82
- .ch, II-324
- change files, II-317
- changed labels, III-96
- changing
- fonts
- groups, II-239
- templates, IV-331
- \Chapter, III-600
- chapter title page, I-299
- \ChapterHeadingTeXIP, I-299, III-601
- \ChapterRef, III-610
- \ChapterSample, III-582
- *\char, I-15, I-41,
- I-44, I-48, II-12, II-195,
- II-296, II-302
- hyphenation, I-41
- characters, I-15--I-23, III-66
- boxes, I-164, I-168, II-231
- case sensitive, I-16
- character based constants, I-43
- code, III-3
- printing, I-44
- codes, I-48, II-230, II-295, III-4
- comment, III-18
- comparison, III-333
- computing character code, II-296
- depth, I-165, II-231
- dotless, II-170, II-295
- double dagger, I-23
- fonts, II-231
- Greek letters, II-166
- height, I-165, II-231
- ignoring of, III-8
- lower case, I-16
- number of in fonts, II-296
- number of per pica, II-282
- overprinting, I-181
- return, I-24, III-10, III-14
- size, II-232
- space, III-36
- tab character, I-17, I-18, I-24, I-25, I-28
- tokens, III-3
- uppercase, I-16
- width, I-165, II-231
- \CharactersPerPica, II-282
- *\chardef, I-41, II-195,
- III-151, III-314
- \check, II-177
- \CheckDate, III-367
- \CheckLabels, III-96, III-538, III-546, III-577
- \CheckLegalMonth, III-365
- \CheckLegalYear, III-364
- \CheckRange, III-327
- checksums, II-323
- \CheckZeroOneRange, III-327
- *\choose, II-172, II-173
- Cicero, I-82
- \circ, II-168
- circumflex accent, I-18
- *\cleaders, I-145, I-148
- \ClearBoxReg, I-98
- \ClearEveryPars, II-34
- \ClearEveryParsAll, II-34
- \CLoadArrayElement, III-77, III-81
- \CLoadArrayElementEdef, III-82
- Close, II-192
- \CloseGenericOStream, III-474
- *\closein, III-450
- \CloseIndexFiles, III-491, III-494
- \closeout, III-473, III-478
- \CloseProtWrite, III-525
- \CloseVerbWrFile, III-507
- \CloseVerbWriteFile, III-512
- club line, IV-20
- *\clubpenalty, I-54, III-597, III-598,
- IV-20--IV-22, IV-24, IV-25
- \clubsuit, II-167
- cmmex, II-200
- cmmi, II-199
- cmsy, II-200
- code, I-40
- characters, III-3
- collecting information with \edef, III-209
- \CollectTokens, III-118
- \columns, I-199
- columns
- alignment, IV-200
- changing justification, IV-226
- eliminating, IV-211
- implicit grouping, IV-210
- left and right-justified columns, IV-268
- left-justified, IV-200, IV-204
- narrow, II-150
- omitting, IV-222
- predetermined width, IV-251
- spacing, IV-230
- spacing of, IV-240
- spanning multiple, IV-263
- static, IV-227
- \CombineTwoLists, III-128
- \CommaPage, III-608
- \CommaPageComma, III-609
- comments, I-17
- characters, III-18
- compact
- glue specification, III-232
- rule specification, III-232
- \CompareFilesConditional, III-528, III-529
- comparing
- characters, III-333
- strings, III-334
- token lists, III-343
- vertical boxes, I-209
- complexity, I-2
- compound words, I-21
- hyphenation, II-145
- \ComputeFreePageOnSpace, IV-7
- \ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage, II-116, IV-6, IV-8, IV-27
- \ComputeMondayOfWeek, III-384
- \ComputeParSkip, II-30
- Computer Modern
- fonts, I-13, I-21
- Math Extension, II-200
- Math Italic, II-199
- Math Symbol, II-200
- text fonts, II-248
- Computers and Typesetting, I-13
- \ComputeStrut, I-239, IV-272, IV-274
- conditional
- input, III-466
- verbatim listing of file, III-42, 81
- conditionals, III-317
- box register related, III-322
- conforming, III-350, III-351
- \expandafter, III-311
- false text, III-317
- grouping, III-323
- list of, III-320
- mode testing, III-321, III-348
- numerical, I-56, III-320
- prefix resting, III-302
- skipping text, III-323
- suffix testing, III-307
- switch statement, III-340
- TeX in Practice, III-351
- token related, III-321
- true text, III-317
- user defined, III-324
- conforming conditionals, III-350, III-351
- \cong, II-169
- constants
- character code based, I-43
- hexadecimal, I-40
- numerical, I-39, I-44
- octal, I-39
- control
- sequences, I-16, III-3
- printing, III-166
- testing, III-339
- writing to a file, III-479
- space, I-22, I-23, II-11, II-185, III-4, III-17
- symbols, I-27, III-4, III-66
- spaces after, III-4
- words, I-27, III-3, III-65
- spaces after, III-3
- \ControlSequenceConditional, III-339
- \ConvertArgsToListAndAppend, III-131
- \ConvertStringIntoArray, III-77, III-79
- \coprod, II-178
- *\copy, I-96, I-211,
- I-261, I-319, I-336
- \CopyDate, III-360
- \CopyFirstBoxFromQueue, III-423, III-427
- \CopyR, I-319, I-334, I-336
- \copyright, IV-353
- \cos, II-165
- \cosh, II-165
- \cot, II-165
- \coth, II-165
- *\count, I-49
- *\countdef, I-49, III-152,
- III-314, IV-49, IV-51, IV-63
- counters
- parameters, I-53
- part processing, III-581
- registers, I-35, I-49
- 0 to 9, I-49
- macros, I-68--I-79
- \CounterToRegister, I-75
- counting lines
- in a file, III-21, 78
- \CountingItem, II-62
- *\cr, I-199, IV-201, IV-373
- cramped styles, II-195
- *\crcr, IV-201, IV-332, IV-373
- crop marks, IV-60, IV-63, IV-64
- cross-references, III-89
- cross-referencing, I-10, III-85, III-607
- extended, III-98
- nearby pages, III-569
- part processing, III-563
- TeX in Practice, III-607
- to page numbers, III-89
- two paths approach, III-98
- \csc, II-165
- \CShowArray, III-77, III-82
- *\csname, III-3, III-69, III-77,
- III-282
- applications, III-69
- \CSToString, III-66
- \CSToStringCat, III-67
- \cup, II-168
- curly braces, I-4, I-18, III-170
- expansion, III-290
- open
- gobbling, III-240
- overview, III-99
- parameters
- delimited, III-182, III-194
- vertical boxes, I-210
- current date parameters, I-35
- \CurrentFontSize, II-270
- \CurrentPartName, III-541, III-552
- Cyrrilic fonts, II-248
-
-
- \d, IV-354
- \dag, I-23
- \dagger, II-168
- dagger, I-23
- \dashv, II-169
- date
- copying, III-359
- current date, I-35
- day of week, III-361
- format, III-359
- macros, III-357--III-396
- printing of, III-383
- related parameters, I-35
- validity, III-367
- years
- number of days, III-371
- *\day, I-35, I-53,
- IV-62
- day
- days in year, III-371
- of week computation, III-361
- previous, III-374
- \DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate, III-357
- \DblArg, III-257, III-259
- \ddag, I-23
- \ddagger, II-168
- \ddot, II-177
- \ddots, II-223
- *\deadcycles, I-56, III-532, IV-58
- debugging TeX, III-439
- decimal
- constant, I-39
- representation of number, I-59--I-63
- \DeeperStrut, I-239, I-241, IV-284, IV-288
- *\def, III-172, III-205,
- III-314, III-315
- \edef, III-208
- default
- argument, III-265
- hyphenation character, II-142
- output routine, IV-2, IV-57
- rules
- depth, I-154, I-155
- height, I-154, I-155
- width, I-154, I-155
- \DefaultArg, III-266
- *\defaulthyphenchar, I-55, II-143
- *\defaultskewchar, I-55, II-207
- \DefinedConditional, III-173
- \DefineFontSizeGroup, II-269
- definitions
- macros, I-5, I-7, I-28, III-151, III-159
- basics, III-168
- nested, III-222
- defying
- grouping, III-113
- \deg, II-165
- delayed writes, III-473, III-476, IV-3
- \DeleteArrayElement, III-136, III-140
- \DeleteArrayElementRange, III-136, III-141
- *\delimiterfactor, I-56, II-184
- delimiters, II-180--II-184
- active characters
- end-of-line, III-191
- macro argument, III-99
- null, II-182
- *\delimitershortfall, I-89,
- II-184
- \Delta, II-166
- demand loading
- of fonts, II-264
- of macros, III-230
- demerits, II-143, II-149
- depth, I-28, I-156
- depth
- boxes
- natural, I-264
- characters, I-165, II-231
- horizontal box
- zero, I-185
- keyword depth, I-28, I-156
- maximum in \vsplit, I-293
- rules, I-154
- default, I-154, I-155
- vertical box
- limitation, I-246
- vertical boxes, I-243
- \det, II-165
- detex, I-12
- device drivers, I-11, I-14, II-322, IV-48
- diagrams in TeX, I-3, II-320
- \diamond, II-168
- \diamondsuit, II-167
- \DicEntry, IV-83, IV-84
- dictionaries
- running head, IV-83
- typesetting of, II-22
- didot point, I-82
- dieresis, I-21
- diesis, I-23
- digits, I-16
- \dim, II-165
- *\dimen, I-87
- \dimen0, III-48
- *\dimendef, I-87, III-152,
- III-314
- dimensions, I-28
- box registers, I-87
- boxes, I-162
- horizontal, I-176, I-242
- registers, I-100
- largest, I-88
- maximum, III-332
- pages, IV-46
- parameters, I-88
- registers, I-36, I-87
- rules, I-154
- TeX in Practice, III-597
- units, I-81
- big points, I-82
- centimeter, I-82
- didot points, I-82
- em, I-83
- inch, I-82
- infinite, I-85, I-124
- millimeter, I-82
- mu, II-185
- notation, I-84
- pica, I-82
- scaled points, I-38, I-81, I-82
- true dimension units, I-86, II-229
- \vsplit, I-288
- discardable items, IV-4
- glue, I-139
- horizontal boxes, I-180
- *\discretionary, II-139
- discretionary
- hyphens, II-139
- display math mode, I-17, II-156, II-216, III-438
- horizontal positioning, II-218
- tables, IV-209
- vertical spacing, II-216
- display verbatim mode, I-25, III-26, III-36
- advanced, III-43
- line numbers, III-44, III-54
- displayed equations
- related penalties, IV-21
- *\displayindent, I-89, II-220
- *\displaystyle, I-164, I-175,
- II-195, II-196, II-198, IV-209
- \DisplayVerbatimSkip, III-45, III-46
- \DisplayVerbatimVskip, III-44
- *\displaywidowpenalty, I-54,
- IV-21
- *\displaywidth, I-89, II-220
- \div, II-168
- *\divide, I-39
- \DocPart, III-536, III-537, III-544, III-550
- document processing, I-5
- \DoFutureLet, III-256, III-272
- \DoFutureLetNoSpace, III-271
- dollar sign
- printing dollar amounts, III-331
- \DollarSignText, III-29
- \DollarSignTt, III-29
- \DoLongFutureLet, III-256, III-272
- \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace, III-271
- \DoLoop, III-412, IV-299
- \dosupereject, IV-91, IV-96, IV-108
- \dot, II-177
- dot-under accent, IV-354
- \doteq, II-169
- \dotfill, I-150, I-152, IV-207
- dotless characters, II-170, II-295
- \dots, I-22
- double
- column output, IV-45
- output routines, IV-159--IV-198
- dagger, I-23
- dollar signs, I-17
- quotation mark, I-20, I-40
- tables, IV-357--IV-371
- double column output
- output routines, IV-166
- double crs, IV-224
- double-sided printing, IV-43, IV-62
- *\doublehyphendemerits, I-54,
- II-143, II-149
- \DoubleQuoteTt, III-29
- \DoubleTableVtop, IV-366
- \Downarrow, II-170
- \downarrow, II-170
- \downbracefill, I-150, I-153
- *\dp, I-87, I-100
- \DrawDataBox, I-314, I-315
- \DrawHLine, I-314, I-316
- \DrawVLine, I-314, I-316
- \DropFirstBoxOfQueue, III-423, III-428
- \DropFirstElementOfList, III-123
- \DropLastElement, III-127
- \DropPoints, III-12
- \DropPrefix, III-305
- \DSCFooter, IV-182
- \DSCHeader, IV-182
- \dump, II-314
- \DumpAllPars, I-116
- .dvi, II-324
- dvi files, I-5, II-323
- dimensions, II-323
- merging, IV-42
- previewing, I-7
- processing, IV-136
- structure, II-323
- writing to, III-531
- dvipr, I-7, I-11, I-12
- dviselect, I-11, IV-49, IV-58
- dvitype, II-321, II-323
- dynamic loading
- fonts, II-264
- macros, III-230
-
-
- \E, III-434, III-435
- \EachCharacter, III-410
- easy, I-2
- *\edef, III-17, III-63,
- III-73, III-205, III-207, III-283,
- III-313--III-315
- applications, III-209
- \def, III-208
- \expandafter, III-283
- \lowercase, III-212
- macro definitions, III-205
- registers, III-213
- suppression of expansion, III-207, III-251
- templates, IV-328
- \the, III-208
- undefined tokens, III-207
- \uppercase, III-212
- editing, I-5
- editor, I-11
- \egroup, I-167, II-162, II-172, III-32, III-33, III-99, III-104,
- III-106, IV-31, IV-324
- horizontal boxes, I-167
- \EightSpaces, III-165
- \eject, I-159, II-115, IV-18, IV-27, IV-72, IV-167, IV-173
- electronic mailing lists, I-15
- \EliminateRuledBoxes, I-342, IV-44, IV-65
- \ell, II-167, II-170
- ellipsis, I-22, II-170
- *\PrintElse, III-317, III-318, III-497
- em, I-83
- em-dash, I-21, I-23
- Emacs, I-11
- \EmDashText, III-29
- \EmDashTt, III-29
- *\emergencystretch, I-93, II-152
- empty
- box registers, I-103
- groups, I-27, I-45, I-123, I-169, III-4, III-102
- glue, I-124
- lines
- in math mode, II-157
- in text, II-1
- strings, III-335
- \EmptyBox, I-103
- \EmptyBoxRegisterQueueConditional, III-428
- \EmptyListConditional, III-121
- \emptyset, II-166, II-167
- \EmptyStringConditional, III-335
- \EmptyStringConditionalISpaces, III-335
- en-dash, I-21, I-23
- *\end, III-153, III-169,
- III-442, IV-53
- end-of-line
- active, I-25
- delimiters, III-191
- character, III-7, III-18, III-36
- \EndAList, II-68
- \EndAListX, II-55--II-57
- \Endalt, III-57
- \EnDashText, III-29
- \EnDashTt, III-29
- \EndCenter, II-101, II-102
- *\endcsname, III-282
- \EndDisplayMath, II-159
- \EndDoubleColumns, IV-169, IV-176
- \EndEndNote, III-518
- \EndEndNoteWriting, III-518
- \EndEnumerate, II-74, II-78
- \EndEnv, III-105
- \EndEveryBox, I-206
- \EndEveryMath, II-223
- \EndFigure, IV-129, IV-130
- \EndFontTable, II-299
- \EndGeneralNotes, III-603
- \endgraf, II-13, III-245, III-349
- *\endgroup, III-39, III-53, III-99,
- III-106
- ending a document, IV-53
- *\endinput, III-10, III-458,
- III-462, III-463
- \endinsert, IV-91, IV-103, IV-104, IV-106, IV-110, IV-111,
- IV-113, IV-114, IV-117
- \EndInsertTopInsFix, IV-111, IV-112, IV-115
- \EndItemize, II-78
- \EndLabels, III-87, III-88
- *\endlinechar, I-55, III-15
- \EndMath, II-158
- endnotes, III-505, III-516
- \EndProcessing, III-538, III-544, III-545
- \EndTable, IV-131
- \EndTestInsert, IV-31
- \EndVerbatim, III-36, III-37, III-40, III-43, III-53, III-54, III-198
- \EndVerbWrite, III-511
- \EndWhile, III-408
- \enskip, I-83, I-142
- \enspace, I-83, I-142
- \EntryIntolof, II-129, II-130
- \EntryIntolot, II-129
- \EntryIntotoc, II-128, II-129
- \Enum, III-421
- \EnumerateLevelOneExtended, II-76
- enumeration
- macros, III-420
- environment variables, II-318
- environments, III-104, III-432
- macros, III-434
- nested, III-433
- \epsilon, II-166
- \eqalign, II-184, II-220
- \eqalignno, II-221
- \eqno, II-218
- equation numbers, II-218
- \equiv, II-169
- *\errhelp, III-118, III-440
- \ErrMessage, III-440
- *\errmessage, III-440
- errors
- messages, I-5
- *\errorstopmode, III-442
- escape character, I-16, I-41
- *\escapechar, I-55, III-66
- \etex, III-56
- Euler family, II-248
- \EvalEveryPars, II-34
- \EvalEveryParsCE, II-34
- \EVerbB, III-54
- *\everycr, III-118, IV-201,
- IV-238, IV-239, IV-373
- *\everydisplay, II-157, II-219,
- II-223, II-224, III-118, III-199
- delimited parameters, III-200
- *\everyhbox, I-206, III-118,
- III-238
- \EveryHeading, II-92
- *\everyjob, III-118
- *\everymath, II-157, II-223,
- III-118
- *\everypar, II-12, II-13, II-27,
- II-30, II-112, III-38, III-52,
- III-118, III-315, III-349, III-439
- multiple, II-33
- \EveryParA, II-34, II-35
- \EveryParB, II-34, II-35
- \EveryParC, II-34, II-35, III-576
- \EveryParD, II-35
- \EveryParE, II-34, II-35
- \EveryParZ, II-34, II-35, III-38, III-39, III-52
- *\everyvbox, I-206, III-118,
- III-238
- \ExclamationPointText, III-29
- \ExclamationPointTt, III-29
- execution
- after a group, III-111
- *\exhyphenpenalty, I-54, I-159,
- II-144
- \exists, II-167
- \exp, II-165
- *\expandafter, III-69, III-281--III-312, III-315
- conditionals, III-311
- \edef, III-283
- input, III-286
- macro calls, III-282
- primitives, III-288
- expansion, III-159
- curly braces, III-290
- multiple reversal of, III-289
- none, III-314
- order, III-281
- repeated, III-214
- suppression in \edef, III-207, III-251
- suppression of, III-312
- tables, IV-376
- explicit
- horizontal glue, I-121, I-123
- penalties, IV-17, IV-19
- vertical glue, I-123
- extended space, I-21
- Extra math symbol fonts, II-248
- \ExtractSubArray, III-136, III-143
-
-
- false text, III-317
- *\fam, I-55, II-204
- families, II-192, II-199
- fonts, II-201
- index, II-199
- number, II-192
- \FBOnePass, IV-146
- \FBTwoPass, IV-143
- *\PrintFi, III-317, III-497
- \FigRef, III-610
- \FigureBox, I-320
- \FigureInPar, II-115, II-116
- \FigureIns, IV-140, IV-146
- \FigureRef, III-610
- figures
- captions
- output routine, IV-137
- fil, I-85, I-135
- \filbreak, I-159, IV-18, IV-21
- \FileExistsConditional, III-465
- \FileNotExistsConditional, III-465
- files
- fmt files, II-314
- administrative, I-10, III-541
- auxiliary
- writing comments to, III-562
- auxiliary part, III-541, III-542
- base name, I-5, III-447
- change files, II-317
- closing of, III-450
- comparing of, III-528
- counting lines, III-21, 78
- end of file determination, III-322
- extension, I-5, III-447
- numerical, II-288
- file names, III-447
- fonts, I-9
- formats, I-9, II-314
- gf files, II-288
- input, III-448--III-472
- label file, III-87
- list of figure file, III-541
- list of table file, III-541
- log file, I-5
- macros, I-9
- pixels, II-286
- pk files, II-288, II-289
- protocol file, III-525
- pxl files, II-288, II-290
- reading, III-448, III-449, III-458
- reading numbers, III-455
- source files, I-5, I-9
- style files, I-9, III-437
- table of contents, III-499, III-541
- tfm files, I-9
- tip, I-xxxv, II-xxxv, III-lxi, IV-xxxi, xxv
- verbatim listing, III-41, III-42, 80, 81
- writing to, III-472
- fill, I-85, I-135
- filll, I-85, I-135
- *\finalhyphendemerits, I-54,
- II-144, II-149
- \FindWidestChar, II-75, III-415
- \FirstLineSpecial, II-134
- *\firstmark, IV-82
- \flat, II-167
- floating, IV-199--IV-379
- bodies, IV-29
- tables, IV-199
- *\floatingpenalty, I-54, IV-35
- .fmt, II-324
- \folio, III-327, III-563, IV-50, IV-91
- folio, IV-50
- *\font, II-199, II-201, II-238,
- III-152, III-315
- \fontdimen, II-243
- *\fontname, II-245
- fonts
- fmt files, II-314
- AMS fonts, II-247
- at, II-242
- boldface, II-256
- poor man's, I-183
- changes, II-239, IV-92
- grouping, II-239
- in boxes, I-168
- in tables, IV-208
- characters, II-231
- checksums, II-323
- Computer Modern, I-13, I-21
- Math Extensions, II-200
- Math Italic, II-199
- Math Symbol, II-200
- text fonts, II-248
- Cyrrilic, II-248
- dimension parameters, II-243
- dynamic loading, II-264
- Euler family, II-248
- family, II-201
- files, I-9, II-288
- fixed-spaced fonts, I-20
- gf files, II-288
- groups of, II-269
- italic, II-256
- italic correction, II-256
- ligatures, II-291
- line breaking, II-269
- loading of, II-230, II-238, II-240
- on demand, II-264
- magnification, II-227
- true dimensions, I-86
- math, II-199
- monospaced, II-246
- names
- logical, II-271
- naming of, II-238
- none, II-230
- number of characters, II-296
- per pica, II-282
- numerical file extension, II-288
- overview, II-247
- pixel files, II-286
- pk files, II-288, II-289
- plain format, II-258
- {\sc PostScript}, II-247, II-309
- proportionally spaced, I-20, II-245, II-256
- pxl files, II-288, II-290
- relative dimension units, I-83
- scaled, II-240
- scaling, II-242, II-275
- sizes, II-257, II-263
- typical, II-248
- substitution, II-265
- table macros, II-297--II-309
- tfm, II-238
- third party, II-247
- typefaces, II-263
- typewriter font, I-4, II-256
- virtual, 68
- \FontTableComplete, II-249
- \footins, IV-97--IV-100
- \FootLine, IV-63, IV-71
- \footline, IV-90, IV-91
- \FootNote, IV-90, IV-102
- \footnote, II-282, IV-90, IV-97--IV-99, IV-102
- footnotes, IV-29, IV-156
- math, II-206
- plain format, IV-98--IV-102
- tables, IV-313
- \footstrut, IV-102
- \forall, II-167
- forced page breaks, IV-19
- \ForEachToken, III-119
- \ForEveryListElement, III-124
- \FormatIsLaTeXConditional, III-37
- formats, I-8, II-313, IV-2
- files, I-9, II-314
- plain format, I-7, I-8, II-314
- TeX IP, III-612
- \FormLine, I-202
- \@ForSpecialFile, III-542
- four way choice, II-191
- \FourSpaces, III-165
- \frac, II-175
- fractions, III-99
- generalized fractions, II-191
- fragile, III-481
- Free Software Foundation, I-11
- \FreePageSpace, II-116, IV-6, IV-105
- \FreeSpaceConditional, IV-7
- French ligature \oe and \OE, I-22
- French spacing, II-246
- \frenchspacing, II-278, II-281
- \frown, II-169
- \FunnyOmit, IV-221
- *\futurelet, III-50, III-252,
- III-314, III-315
- overview, III-253
- \FutureLetNoSpace, III-270, III-275
-
-
- \Gamma, II-166
- \gcd, II-165
- *\gdef, III-73, III-172,
- III-314, III-315, IV-218
- \GenAeol, III-192
- generalized fractions, II-191
- \GeneralNotes, III-602
- \GenericHeading, II-90, II-93, II-96, III-605
- \GenTocEntry, II-121, II-122
- \geq, II-169
- German es-zet, \ss, I-23
- Germany, I-11, I-155
- \GetNumberOfLines, II-130
- .gf, II-325
- gf files, II-288
- gfread, II-322
- gftodvi, II-322
- gftopk, II-322
- gftopxl, II-322
- gftype, II-322
- \gg, II-169
- *\global, III-172, III-326,
- IV-57, IV-72, IV-210
- global, III-108
- definitions, III-107
- \gdef, III-107
- magnification, II-227
- nested groups, III-109
- *\globaldefs, I-56, III-108
- glue, I-121--I-145
- basics, I-121
- between templates, IV-230
- break point, I-270
- compact specification, III-232
- empty group, I-124
- horizontal, I-121
- examples, I-124--I-127
- explicit, I-121, I-123
- implicit, I-122, I-123
- implicit, I-123, I-142
- interline, I-217--I-235
- suppression of, I-228
- interword, I-24, I-27
- kerning and, I-141
- keywords, I-122
- leaders, I-124, I-145
- main vertical, IV-10
- math, II-185
- minus, I-122
- moving down, I-122
- moving left, I-122
- moving right, I-122
- moving up, I-122
- multiple, I-133
- natural length of, I-122, I-123
- none versus zero, I-139
- notation, I-122
- spaces, I-125
- overshrinking, I-126
- overstretching, I-126
- parameters, I-92, I-122
- plus, I-122
- reduction rule, I-137
- registers, I-36, I-91
- \relax, I-123
- removal of, I-191
- shrinkability, I-122
- default, I-123
- exceeding, I-124
- hierarchy, I-137
- infinite, I-135
- none, I-124
- shrinking, I-125
- simplification rule, I-137
- stretchability, I-122
- default, I-123
- exceeding, I-124
- infinite, I-135
- none, I-124
- stretching, I-125
- multiple, I-133
- templates, IV-226, IV-230
- thin space, II-207
- top of page, IV-13
- vertical, I-121, I-142--I-145, IV-3
- explicit, I-123
- implicit, I-122, I-123, I-142
- vertical boxes, I-211, I-213
- visible, I-147
- GNU Emacs, I-11
- \GobbleDoMore, III-196
- gobbling, III-186, III-196
- curly braces, III-240
- \goodbreak, I-159, IV-18, IV-107
- grandparents, I-xxix
- graph drawing macros, I-313--I-316
- \grave, II-177
- grave accent, I-20
- greater than sign, I-20
- \GreaterThanSign, III-29
- \GreaterThanSignTt, III-29
- Greek alphabet, II-166
- Gregor XIII, III-357
- Gregorian calendar, III-357
- grouping, I-5, III-20, III-99, III-100
- \afterassignment, III-239
- box registers, III-110
- conditionals, III-323
- defying, III-113
- empty, I-27, I-45, I-123, I-169, III-4, III-102
- execution after a group, III-111
- font changes, II-239
- implicit, I-210, II-156, III-106
- boxes, I-164, III-106
- \let, III-247
- nested, III-101
- replacement text
- macros, III-171
- \GSection, III-603
- gullet, III-1
-
-
- hacker, II-318
- *\halign, I-191, I-192, I-267,
- III-153, III-315, IV-2, IV-199--IV-379
- basics, IV-201, IV-204
- \bgroup, IV-324
- \bgroup and \egroup, IV-201
- computation of, IV-203
- \egroup, IV-324
- \hfil, IV-206
- \hfill, IV-206
- initialized, IV-238
- pound sign, IV-201
- tab character, IV-201
- spread, IV-201, IV-249
- to, IV-201, IV-249
- *\hangafter, I-56, II-8,
- II-28, II-80, II-87, II-112,
- II-133, IV-84
- *\hangindent, I-89, II-8,
- II-28, II-80, II-81, II-87, II-112,
- II-131, II-133, IV-84
- hanging indentation, II-80, II-133
- ragged right, II-133
- happiness, I-xxix, I-xxxiii, II-xxxiii, III-xxxix, IV-xxix, xxiii
- hard space, I-27
- \hat, I-18, II-160, II-177
- *\hbadness, I-55, I-130, I-131
- \hbar, II-167
- *\hbox, I-162, I-163, I-210,
- I-319, II-4, II-23
- spread, I-130, I-133, I-173, I-177, I-182
- to, I-126, I-135, I-173, I-177, I-180--I-183, I-186, I-204
- \HboxR, I-319, I-334, I-335
- headers
- over left and right justified columns, IV-268
- page breaking, IV-25, IV-27
- heading, II-90
- macros
- generic, II-90
- tables, IV-214
- \HeadLine, IV-62, IV-71
- \headline, IV-90, IV-91
- \heartsuit, II-167
- height, I-28, I-156
- height
- boxes
- natural, I-264
- characters, I-165, II-231
- horizontal boxes
- zero, I-185
- keyword height, I-28, I-156
- rules, I-154, I-243
- default, I-154, I-155
- vertical
- boxes, I-243
- \Hex, I-48, III-404
- hexadecimal
- constants, I-40
- numbers, III-404
- printing, I-48
- \HexDigit, III-405
- *\hfil, I-136, II-43
- \halign, IV-206
- templates, IV-226
- *\hfill, I-136, I-199
- \halign, IV-206
- templates, IV-226
- *\hfilneg, I-136
- *\hfuzz, I-88, I-132
- \hidewidth, I-204, IV-263, IV-264
- \HigherStrut, I-239, I-240, IV-288
- *\hoffset, I-12, I-28,
- I-89, IV-46, IV-54
- *\holdinginserts, I-56, IV-35
- \hom, II-165
- \hookleftarrow, II-170
- \hookrightarrow, II-170
- horizontal
- boxes, I-161
- horizontal glue, I-163, I-173
- horizontal leaders, I-163
- math material, I-164
- vertical rules, I-164
- glue, I-121
- hboxes, I-173
- horizontal boxes, I-163
- math mode, II-185
- lines, I-154
- mode, III-438
- \leavevmode, I-216
- penalties, I-158
- restricted, I-210, III-438
- rules, I-154
- rules, I-154
- inserting with \noalign, IV-256
- interline glue, I-233
- over selective columns in a table, IV-289
- tables, IV-258
- vboxes, I-211
- shifting
- pages, I-12
- *\hrule, I-146, I-154,
- I-233, III-438, IV-2
- \hrulefill, I-150, IV-207
- *\hsize, I-28, I-155,
- I-210, II-3, II-7, II-8,
- II-10, II-220, III-597, IV-46,
- IV-161, IV-170, IV-304
- \HsizeTeXIP, III-597
- *\hskip, I-38, I-87, I-94,
- I-121, II-11
- *\hss, I-136, II-53
- *\ht, I-87, I-100
- *\hyph, II-145
- hyphen, I-21, I-23
- *\hyphenation, II-141, II-145
- hyphenation, I-21, II-137
- \char, I-41
- character, II-142
- compound words, II-145
- determination of, II-139
- discretionary, II-139
- exception, II-141
- hboxes, I-189
- hyphenation character
- default, II-142
- printing, II-145
- showing of, II-138
- suppression of, II-144
- *\hyphenchar, II-142, II-145
- *\hyphenpenalty, I-54, II-144
- \HyphenText, III-29
- \HyphenTt, III-29
-
-
- \i, II-295
- \ialign, IV-238
- .idx, III-493
- .idx2, III-493
- \IdxStream, III-494
- \IdxStreamSource, III-494
- *\PrintIf, III-321, III-329, III-497
- *\PrintIfCase, I-57, III-321, III-329,
- III-497, IV-72
- \IfCat, III-497
- *\PrintIfCat, III-6, III-321, III-329,
- III-497
- \IfDim, III-497
- *\PrintIfDim, III-321, III-497
- \IfEmptyBoxRegisterQueue, III-423
- \IfEof, III-497
- *\PrintIfEof, III-322, III-450, III-452,
- III-497
- \IfFalse, III-497
- *\PrintIfFalse, III-322, III-497
- \IfHbox, III-497
- *\PrintIfHbox, I-99, III-322, III-497
- \IfHmode, III-497
- *\PrintIfHmode, III-321, III-348,
- III-497
- *\PrintIfInner, III-321, III-348,
- III-497
- \IfMmode, III-497
- \IfNum, III-497
- *\PrintIfNum, I-56, III-320, III-497
- *\PrintIfOdd, I-57, III-318, III-320,
- III-497, IV-62
- \IfTrue, III-497
- *\PrintIfTrue, III-322, III-497
- \IfVbox, III-497
- *\PrintIfVbox, I-99, III-322, III-497
- \IfVmode, III-497
- *\PrintIfMmode, III-348
- *\PrintIfVmode, III-321, III-348,
- III-497
- \IfVoid, III-497
- *\PrintIfVoid, I-99, III-322, IV-30
- *\PrintIfX, III-322, III-497
- \IfXConditional, III-343, III-344
- *\ignorespaces, II-44, II-58,
- III-184, III-203, III-610
- ignoring characters, III-8
- \Im, II-167
- \imath, II-167, II-170
- \immediate, III-476, III-478
- immediate writes, III-473, III-475, III-476
- \IModN, I-58
- implicit
- glue, I-122
- grouping, I-210, III-106
- boxes, I-164, III-106
- groups, II-156
- boxes, I-164, III-106
- output routines, IV-54, IV-57
- tables, IV-210
- horizontal glue, I-122, I-123
- kerning, I-141
- penalties, I-158
- vertical, IV-19
- vertical glue, I-122, I-123, I-142
- \in, II-166, II-169
- inch, I-82
- *\indent, II-11, II-19,
- II-87
- indentation
- negative, II-20
- paragraphs, II-18
- indented paragraphs, II-15
- \Index, III-491, III-492, III-494, III-495
- \index, IV-134
- index
- composition of, III-489
- generation of in TeX, II-321
- macros, III-492
- output routine, IV-133
- registers, I-33, I-34
- \IndexBye, III-497
- \IndexCS, III-492, III-495
- \IndexCSX, III-496
- \IndexElse, III-497
- \IndexFi, III-497
- \IndexIf, III-497
- \IndexIfCase, III-497
- \IndexIfOdd, III-497
- \IndexIfX, III-497
- \indexins, IV-134
- \IndexLastElement, III-135, III-136
- \IndexP, III-491, III-495
- \IndexPar, III-497
- \IndexPbf, III-499
- \IndexPit, III-499
- \IndexPrim, III-496
- \IndexPSet, III-491, \IndexPit{III-498}
- \IndexRepeat, III-497
- \inf, II-165
- infinite
- dimension units, I-85
- shrinkability, I-135
- stretchability, I-135
- units, I-124
- \infty, II-167
- initex, II-141, II-313, II-314, III-10
- \InitialCollectInfo, III-210
- \InitialParts, III-537, III-544, III-550
- \InitProtWrite, III-525
- \InitReadNumbers, III-456
- inline
- math
- in tables, IV-208
- math mode, I-17, II-156, III-438
- verbatim
- mode, III-26, III-31
- verbatim mode
- advanced, III-35
- Inner, II-192
- *\input, III-21, III-269,
- III-442, III-448, III-458
- input
- files, III-448--III-472
- nested, III-459
- stream
- number, III-448
- \InputAt, III-462, III-466
- \InputC, III-466
- \InputCWithAt, III-466
- \InputD, III-69, III-229, III-467, 57--59
- \InputDPrevent, 57, 58, 60, 64
- *\inputlineno, I-56, III-460
- *\inputnoex, 78
- inputting
- fractions, II-175
- horizontal boxes, I-165
- math equations, II-209, II-210
- tables, IV-291
- *\insert, III-107, IV-31, IV-32
- \InsertArrayElement, III-136, III-139
- insertions, IV-2, IV-28--IV-36, IV-133--IV-158
- \bgroup and \egroup, III-103
- class index, IV-29
- classes, IV-29
- limitations, IV-157
- oversized, IV-109, IV-112
- \pagegoal, IV-7, IV-32
- plain format, IV-97
- registers, IV-30
- topinsertions
- plain format, IV-103
- vertical boxes, I-211
- *\insertpenalties, IV-34, IV-108
- \int, II-178
- interface macros, III-13
- \interfootnotelinepenalty, IV-98
- \interfootnotepenalty, IV-100
- interline glue, I-217--I-235
- computation of, I-221
- disabling, I-230
- empty, I-230
- horizontal rules, I-233
- suppression of, I-228
- \unvbox, I-263
- \vskip, I-226
- *\interlinepenalty, I-54, II-94,
- III-597, III-598, IV-21, IV-22, IV-24, IV-25
- internal macros, III-13
- interword
- glue, I-24, I-27
- spaces, II-275
- spacing, II-246, II-275
- related characters, I-23--I-28
- inverted pyramids, III-416
- \InvertedPyramid, III-416
- \InvertedPyramidA, III-419
- \it, I-4
- italic
- correction, II-256
- font, II-256
- math, II-167
- \Item, II-73
- \item, II-87
- item labels, II-49
- macros, II-68
- \itemitem, II-87
- \itemitemitem, II-88
- itemized lists, II-77
- \ItemLL, II-56, II-57, II-60, II-61, II-69
- \ItemLLOne, II-60
- \ItemLLTwo, II-61
- \ItemLR, II-56--II-58, II-62, II-70
- \ItemRef, III-610
- \ItemRL, II-56--II-58, II-70
- \ItemRR, II-56--II-58
-
-
- \j, II-295
- \jmath, II-167, II-170
- *\jobname, III-432, III-448, III-541,
- IV-62, IV-71
-
-
- \ker, II-165
- *\kern, I-140, III-438
- kerning, I-140, I-178, II-185, II-291, IV-3
- explicit, I-140
- glue and, I-141
- implicit, I-141
- math, I-141, II-185
- suppression, II-292
- vertical, IV-4
- keywords
- depth, I-28, I-156
- glue, I-122
- height, I-28, I-156
- minus, I-28
- parameters, III-232
- plus, I-28
- spaces after, I-28
- width, I-28, I-156
- kludge, II-271, III-605
- Knuth, Donald E., I-xxv, I-13, II-xxv, III-xxxi, IV-xxi
-
-
- \L, I-23
- \l, I-23
- \Label, II-73, III-86, III-87, III-90, III-582, III-601
- label, III-88
- file, III-87
- \LabelLR, II-88
- labels
- duplicate, III-96
- \Lambda, II-166
- Lamport, Leslie, I-xxv, II-xxv, III-xxxi, IV-xxi
- landscape mode, I-12, IV-48
- *\language, I-56, II-140, II-141
- \Large, II-271
- large operators, II-161, II-178--II-180
- largest dimension, I-88
- \LargestDecimalPlace, I-61
- laser printers, I-1, II-285, II-323
- last line
- paragraphs, II-45
- *\lastbox, I-301, I-302, I-303,
- II-147
- \LastElementOfList, III-126
- *\lastkern, I-301, I-306
- *\lastpenalty, I-301, I-306
- *\lastskip, I-301, I-306, II-30,
- IV-17
- \LaTeX, I-xxv, I-xxxviii, I-3, I-9, II-xxv, II-xxxviii, III-xxxi, III-lxiv, III-540,
- IV-xxi, IV-xxxiv, xxviii
- fonts, II-248
- \halign, III-439
- insertions, IV-157
- picture environment, I-314, II-320
- plain format, III-438
- \LaTeX, III-166
- latex, II-315
- layout
- of pages, IV-8, IV-54
- \lbrace, I-19, II-207
- *\lccode, III-62
- \ldots, I-22, II-223
- *\leaders, I-145, I-147, I-148,
- II-124
- leaders, I-145--I-154, II-123
- based on boxes, I-145, I-147
- based on rules, I-146
- glue, I-124, I-145
- horizontal boxes, I-163
- macros, I-150
- matrices, II-223
- replication box, I-145, I-147
- rule based, I-145
- tables, IV-207
- vertical, I-145, I-211
- visible glue, I-147
- \vsplit, I-280
- leading, II-258
- leading zeros, I-50
- \LeadingZ, I-50
- leap year, III-369
- \LeapYearConditional, III-369
- learning TeX, I-30
- \leavevmode, I-214, II-11, II-12, II-24, II-110, II-123, III-19,
- III-38
- horizontal mode, I-216
- *\left, II-181, II-182, II-184
- left
- bracket, I-19
- double quotation mark, I-20
- flush item labels, II-50
- justified columns, IV-200, IV-204
- justified item labels, II-24
- quotation mark, I-43
- quote, I-20
- \LeftAppendElement, III-122
- \Leftarrow, II-170
- \leftarrow, II-170
- \leftarrowfill, I-150, I-153
- \LeftBraceText, III-28
- \LeftBraceTt, III-29
- \LeftBracketText, III-29
- \LeftBracketTt, III-29
- \LeftDisplay, II-218, II-219
- \LeftFooter, IV-140
- \leftharpoondown, II-170
- \leftharpoonup, II-170
- \LeftHeader, IV-140
- *\lefthyphenmin, I-55, II-141,
- II-145
- \LeftLeaderLine, I-186
- \leftline, I-186, III-439
- \LeftLineR, I-343
- \LeftParenthesisText, III-29
- \LeftParenthesisTt, III-29
- \LeftQuoteText, III-30
- \LeftQuoteTt, III-30
- \Leftrightarrow, II-170
- \leftrightarrow, II-170
- *\leftskip, I-93, II-7,
- II-13, II-14, II-42, II-52,
- II-55, II-56, II-67, II-81,
- II-94, II-99, II-106, II-107,
- II-110, II-112, II-121, II-122,
- II-133, II-134, II-152, II-218,
- II-220
- with stretchability, II-99
- \LeftSkipVerbatim, III-43, III-45, III-46, III-51
- \leq, II-169
- \leqalignno, II-221
- \leqno, II-218
- \LessThanSign, III-30
- \LessThanSignTt, III-30
- *\let, III-152, III-244, III-245,
- III-314, III-315, III-322
- equal sign, III-248
- grouping, III-247
- macros, III-244
- spaces, III-248
- undefined tokens, III-245
- \LetterConditional, III-354
- \Letterhead, III-160
- letters, I-16, III-11
- letterhead, I-190
- macros, III-160
- \lg, II-165
- liability, I-xxxviii, II-xxxviii, III-lxiv, IV-xxxiv, xxviii
- library card output routine, IV-66
- ligatures, II-291
- suppression, II-292
- \lim, II-165
- \liminf, II-165
- limitations of insertions, IV-157
- \limits, II-179
- \line, III-439, IV-2
- line
- groups, II-107
- spacing, I-217--I-235
- line breaking
- comparing with page breaks, IV-36
- computations, II-3, II-137, IV-36
- demerits, II-143, II-149
- horizontal glue, II-42
- manual, II-36
- penalties, II-144
- spaces, I-25
- user controlled, II-36
- line numbers, III-460
- line spacing
- font sizes, II-269
- \LineBreakHeading, II-92, II-94
- \LineBreakToc, II-92, II-94
- *\linepenalty, I-54, II-144
- \LineR, I-343
- lines, I-154
- counting in a file, III-21, 78
- overlapping, I-217
- tight, II-143
- vertical, I-154
- *\lineskip, I-93, I-221, I-230,
- I-235, IV-13
- *\lineskiplimit, I-89,
- I-220, I-221, I-230, I-235
- \LineSpaceMultFactor, II-269--II-271, II-274, 70
- list of figures
- file, III-541
- TeX in Practice, II-129
- typesetting of, II-128
- list of tables
- file, III-541
- TeX in Practice, II-129
- typesetting of, II-128
- \ListInputD, III-469, III-470, 61
- \ListOfFigures, III-540
- \ListOfTables, III-540
- lists, II-22, II-49, III-120
- appending elements, III-122
- converting words to, III-133
- dropping elements, III-123
- empty list testing, III-121
- general macros, II-72
- itemized, II-77
- items
- oversized, II-60
- label
- duplicate, III-96
- macros, II-55
- numbered, II-72
- processing, III-119
- TeX lists, III-120
- \ListVerb, III-36, III-37, III-41, III-43, III-58, III-505, 80,
- 82
- \ListVerbAndSource, III-42, III-60, 81
- \ListVerbIfFileExists, III-42, 81
- \ListVerbTeXIP, III-58, 82
- literate programming, II-317
- \ll, II-169
- \llap, I-182, II-88
- \LlapX, I-185
- \LoadCountZeroToNine, III-219
- \LoadFontOnDemand, II-264
- loading
- fonts, II-230, II-238, II-240
- macros, I-8, III-229, 57
- .lof, II-324
- log file, I-5
- writing
- parameters, I-116
- logical page, IV-45, IV-66
- \LogPageTG, IV-5
- \LogRegister, III-164
- *\long, III-227, III-322
- \LongCard, IV-73
- \Longleftarrow, II-170
- \longleftarrow, II-170
- \Longleftrightarrow, II-170
- \longleftrightarrow, II-170
- \longmapsto, II-170
- \Longrightarrow, II-170
- \longrightarrow, II-170
- \loop, III-399, III-400
- loops
- do loop, III-413
- macros, III-226, III-399, III-412
- while
- logical, III-408
- numerical, III-406
- loose
- boxes, I-131
- lines, II-143
- *\looseness, I-54, II-149
- .lot, II-324
- *\lower, I-164, I-169,
- I-211
- *\lowercase, III-62, III-212,
- III-315
- \edef, III-212
- lowercase, I-16
- lowering boxes, I-169
- \lq, I-20
-
-
- \mac, III-166
- macros, I-1
- arguments, III-181, III-218
- category codes, III-221
- default, III-265
- delimited, III-99
- empty, III-182
- formal, I-35
- optional, III-253
- spaces in, III-185
- array, III-77--III-83, III-135--III-149
- calendar related, III-357--III-396
- calls, III-159
- \expandafter, III-282
- comparison with primitives, III-154
- counter register, I-68--I-79
- date related, III-357--III-396
- definitions, I-5, I-7, I-28, III-151, III-157, III-159
- active characters, I-24, I-25, III-15, III-16, III-23
- basics, III-168
- \edef, III-205
- enumeration, III-420
- global, III-107
- nested, III-222, III-223
- enumeration, III-420
- environments, III-434
- expansion, III-159
- repeated, III-214
- tracing of, III-216
- expansion of, I-3, III-215
- for templates, IV-327
- gobbling, III-186, III-196
- interface, III-13
- internal, III-13
- leaders, I-150
- \let, III-244
- letterhead, III-160
- loading
- dynamic, III-230
- loading of, I-8, III-229, 57
- loops, III-226, III-399, III-412
- macro files, I-9
- macro packages, I-7, I-8
- names, I-7
- organization, III-228
- parameters, I-18
- delimited, III-181, III-186, III-187
- maximum number of, III-163
- part processing, III-535
- preamble, IV-324
- recursion, III-249, III-397, III-399
- picking up characters, III-410
- redefining, III-171
- \edef, III-215
- redefinition, III-175
- replacement text, I-7, III-99, III-154, III-158, III-159, III-170
- grouping, III-171
- robust, III-481, III-561
- self-redefining, III-224
- source files, III-168
- table
- format, IV-351
- templates, IV-200, IV-324
- undefined, III-177
- vertical spacing, I-309
- *\mag, I-55, II-228
- \magnification, I-28, II-229, III-235
- magnification, I-86, II-227, II-275, III-235
- fonts, II-227
- global, II-227
- table, II-243
- \magstep, II-228
- \magstephalf, II-228
- main document file, III-536
- main temporary file, III-541
- main token list, III-158
- main vertical list
- current page part, IV-7
- vertical glues, IV-10
- \MakeActive, III-27
- \MakeEolActive, III-27
- \makefootline, IV-90, IV-93, IV-95
- \makeheadline, IV-90, IV-93, IV-94
- makeindex, III-490
- \MakeOther, III-27
- \MakeRobust, III-481, III-483, III-484
- \MakeTabActive, III-27
- \mapsto, II-170
- *\mark, II-35, IV-81, IV-82
- marking of overfull boxes, I-132
- marks, IV-3, IV-81--IV-87
- vboxes, I-211
- \m@th, I-150, II-186
- \math, III-14
- math, II-156
- \DollarSignTt\DollarSignTt, II-156
- \DollarSignTt, I-17, II-155
- accents, II-177, II-197, II-294
- atoms, II-191
- field, II-191
- nucleus, II-192
- types, II-191, II-192
- basics, II-155
- boxes, I-164, I-175, I-211
- braces, II-207
- category code of, III-7
- code, II-194
- cramped styles, II-195
- display, I-17, II-156, II-216, III-438
- display mode
- horizontal positioning of equation, II-218
- double dollar sign, I-17
- empty lines, II-157
- equation numbers, II-218
- families, II-192, II-199
- index, II-199
- numer, II-192
- plain format, II-204
- fonts, II-199
- Computer Modern, I-13, I-21
- Computer Modern Math Extensions, II-200
- Computer Modern Math Italic, II-199
- Computer Modern Math Symbol, II-200
- footnotes, II-206
- fractions, III-99
- generalized fractions, II-191
- inputting, II-175
- glue, II-185
- registers, I-36
- Greek letters, II-166
- horizontal boxes, I-164
- horizontal glue, II-185
- inline, IV-208
- inputting equations, II-209, II-210
- italic, II-167
- kerning, I-141, II-185
- lists, II-189, II-191
- mathcode, II-193, II-194
- mode
- inline, I-17, II-156, III-438, IV-208
- overlining, II-170
- overlining of, II-170
- roots, II-169
- script size, II-196
- scriptscript size, II-196
- shift character, II-156, III-5
- spaces, I-27, II-156
- style
- change, II-191
- selection, II-196, II-197
- subformula, III-99
- subscripts, I-4, II-160--II-162
- superscripts, I-4, I-18, II-160--II-162, IV-98
- uncramped style, II-195
- underlining, II-170
- \mathaccent, II-177
- *\mathbin, II-191, II-193
- *\mathchar, II-194, II-195
- *\mathchardef, II-195, III-314
- *\mathchoice, II-198
- *\mathclose, II-193
- *\mathcode, II-194
- *\mathinner, II-195
- *\mathop, II-190, II-193
- *\mathopen, II-193
- *\mathord, II-190, II-193
- \mathpalette, II-198
- *\mathpunct, II-193
- *\mathrel, II-193
- \mathstrut, II-208, II-209
- *\mathsurround, I-89, I-150,
- I-248
- matrices
- leaders, II-223
- \matrix, II-221
- \max, II-165
- *\maxdeadcycles, I-56, III-532
- *\maxdepth, I-89, I-247, IV-28
- \MaxDimen, III-332, IV-212
- \maxdimen, I-88, I-230, I-247, IV-5, IV-6
- maximum
- depth in \vsplit, I-293
- dimensions, III-332
- \MaxVskip, I-309, II-90, II-93, II-94
- *\meaning, III-61, III-156,
- III-315
- \medbreak, IV-15, IV-16
- \medmuskip, II-185
- \medskip, I-142, IV-14, IV-15
- \MemberOfListConditional, III-125
- Mercedes, I-11
- merging dvi files, IV-42
- *\message, I-37, II-27,
- III-440, III-521, III-522
- \the, I-37
- \MF, I-13, II-246, II-315, II-316
- \MF, III-166
- .mf, II-325
- \mid, II-169
- \midinsert, IV-90, IV-97, IV-104--IV-106, IV-113, IV-116
- \MidInsertFix, IV-117, IV-118
- \MidInsertFixPage, IV-117, IV-118
- \MidInsertFixTop, IV-118
- millimeter, I-82
- \min, II-165
- \MinDimen, III-332
- minus, I-28
- minus plus, II-167
- \MinusSignText, III-30
- \MinusSignTt, III-30
- \mit, II-167, II-199
- *\mkern, I-141
- \MkOthers, III-26, III-27
- \MkOthersNoCB, III-27
- \models, II-169
- modes, III-437
- conditionals, III-321, III-348
- horizontal, III-438
- restricted, I-210, III-438
- vertical, III-437
- \ModifyArrayElement, III-136, III-138
- modulo arithmetic, I-51, I-58
- \ModuloOneAdvanceConditional, IV-73
- \ModuloOneAdvanceNumCond, I-51, I-52
- monospaced fonts, II-246
- *\month, I-35, I-53,
- IV-62
- month
- previous, III-379
- monthly calendar, III-385--III-389
- \MonthlyCalendar, III-386
- \MoreFontTable, II-300
- most recent contributions, IV-2
- mouth, III-1, III-2, III-153
- *\moveleft, I-211, I-217
- *\moveright, I-211, I-217,
- IV-64
- \mp, II-168
- *\mskip, I-94
- mu dimension unit, II-185
- multiline displays, II-220
- multilingual, II-140
- plain format, II-142
- multiple
- \afterassignment, III-238
- \everypar, II-33
- glues, I-133
- plain format, IV-278
- reversal of expansion, III-289
- rule dimension specifications, I-155
- spaces, I-24
- printing, III-165
- *\multiply, I-39
- \MultiRowDel, IV-342
- \multispan, IV-221, IV-263, IV-264
- *\muskipdef, I-93, III-152,
- III-314
- \MyStrut, I-240, IV-272
-
-
- \nabla, II-167
- \NameDef, III-73, III-74
- \NameDefinedConditional, III-71, III-74, III-75
- \NameEdef, III-73
- \NameGdef, III-73
- \NameNewDef, III-74
- \NameReDef, III-74
- names
- files, III-447
- registers, I-33
- \NameUse, III-74
- \NameUseFlagUndefined, III-74
- \NameXdef, III-73
- \narrower, II-14, II-17, II-152, III-433, IV-100
- \natural, II-167
- natural
- boxes
- depth, I-264
- height, I-264
- width, I-125, I-176
- glue
- length, I-122, I-123
- \NaturalDepth, I-264
- \NaturalHeight, I-264
- nearby pages, III-569
- \nearrow, II-170
- \neg, II-167
- \negthinspace, I-83, I-142
- nested
- boxes, I-164, I-168, I-172, I-214
- environments, III-433
- groups, III-101
- global, III-109
- input, III-459
- macro definition
- with parameters, III-223
- macro definitions, III-222
- tables, IV-309--IV-311
- \new..., I-113
- \newbox, I-95, I-112
- \newcount, I-34, I-49, I-112, IV-30
- \NewCounter, I-70--I-72
- \NewDef, III-13, III-171, III-172, III-175, III-439
- \newdimen, I-87, I-112, IV-30
- \NewEnvironment, III-435
- \newfam, I-112, II-204, II-207
- \NewFont, II-263
- \newif, I-112
- \newinsert, I-112, IV-29
- \BackslashTt @NewLabel, III-542
- \newlanguage, I-112, II-141
- *\newlinechar, I-55, III-522
- \NewLineMessage, III-522
- \newmskip, I-93, I-112
- \NewPage, IV-19
- \NewPageLeftHand, IV-48
- \NewPageRightHand, IV-46, IV-48
- \NewPageRightHandSpecial, IV-123
- \newread, I-112, III-449
- \newskip, I-92, I-112
- \newtoks, I-112, III-117
- \newwrite, I-112, III-473
- \NextCharTest, III-262
- \NextDay, III-372
- \NextMonth, III-378
- \NextWeekSameDay, III-376
- \ni, II-169
- *\noalign, II-221, III-107,
- IV-256, IV-257, IV-283, IV-355, IV-373
- \nobreak, I-158, I-159, II-115, II-124, IV-17, IV-19, IV-25
- \NoBreakSpace, III-15
- *\noexpand, III-207, III-283, III-284,
- III-312, III-314, III-315
- *\noindent, II-11, II-19,
- II-28, II-35, II-38, II-52
- \nointerlineskip, I-222, I-228, I-231
- \nolimits, II-179
- non equal sign, III-24
- none
- expansion, III-314
- font, II-230
- glue versus zero glue, I-139
- \nonfrenchspacing, II-278, II-281
- \nonscript, II-191
- *\nonstopmode, I-106, I-112, II-189,
- III-155, III-442
- \nopagenumbers, IV-50, IV-90, IV-92
- \normalbaselines, I-230, I-231, IV-304
- \normalbottom, IV-10
- \NormalFontTable, II-300
- \NormalParIndent, II-35
- \normalsize, II-271
- \NoSpecialPageRef, III-571
- nucleus, II-192
- nul.tex, III-22, 79
- \null, I-165
- null delimiter, II-182
- null.tex, III-22, III-461, 79
- *\nulldelimiterspace, I-89,
- II-182
- *\nullfont, II-230
- *\number, I-43, I-47
- number of macro arguments, III-219
- \NumberConditional, III-353
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth, III-365
- \NumberOfDaysInYear, III-371
- \NumberOfLinesInFile, III-21, 78
- \NumberOfLinesInFiles, III-21, 78
- \NumberOfListElements, III-127, III-136
- numbers
- decimal, I-59--I-63
- hexadecimal, III-404
- octal, I-48, III-404
- printing in textual form, I-63
- printing numerical values, I-47
- Roman, I-47
- termination of, I-45
- \NumberToText, I-63
- numerical
- alignment, IV-242
- computations in tables, IV-337
- conditionals, I-56, III-320
- constants, I-39, I-44
- spaces after, I-27
- \nwarrow, II-170
-
-
- \O, I-22
- \o, I-22
- \oalign, IV-351
- obelisk, I-23
- \ObeyLines, III-19, III-20
- \obeylines, I-25, II-36, II-38, III-16, III-18--III-20, III-36
- \ObeySpaces, III-17, III-20, III-32, III-35
- \obeyspaces, I-25, III-16, III-20
- \Oct, I-48, III-404, III-405
- octal
- constants, I-39
- numbers, I-48, III-404
- \odot, II-168
- \OE, I-22
- \oe, I-22
- \offinterlineskip, I-230, I-231, IV-80, IV-272, IV-273, IV-304
- tables, IV-273
- \oint, II-178
- \Omega, II-166
- \ominus, II-168
- *\omit, IV-201, IV-220
- \cr, IV-224
- omitting of, IV-200--IV-203, IV-210
- \OnPage, III-608
- \ooalign, IV-353
- Op, II-192
- Open, II-192
- open exclamation, I-19
- open question, I-19
- \OpenExclamationText, III-29
- \OpenExclamationTt, III-29
- \OpenGenericOStream, III-474
- \openin, III-449
- \OpenIndexFiles, III-491, III-493, III-494
- \openout, III-473, III-478
- \OpenQuestionText, III-30
- \openup, IV-256
- \OpenVerbWrFile, III-507
- operators
- large, II-161, II-178--II-180
- \oplus, II-168
- \OptArgX, III-260, III-261
- optional arguments, III-260
- Ord, II-192
- organizing part processing, III-539
- orientation
- page of, IV-48
- \oslash, II-168
- \otimes, II-168
- \OutCaptionGameOnePass, IV-146
- \OutCaptionGameTwoPass, IV-144
- *\outer, I-113, III-179, III-322
- plain format, III-179
- *\output, III-107, III-118,
- IV-2, IV-44
- output routines, IV-39--IV-198
- basics, IV-2
- boxes
- visible, IV-44
- default, IV-2, IV-57
- double column and single column, IV-166
- double rules, IV-59
- figure caption placement, IV-137
- implicit groups, IV-54, IV-57
- index printing, IV-133
- left hand pages, IV-46
- library card printing, IV-66
- logical page, IV-45
- overview, IV-39
- page breaking, IV-2, IV-41
- penalties, IV-52
- physical pages, IV-45, IV-66
- plain format, IV-89, IV-96, IV-132
- simplified, IV-93
- restoring an output routine, IV-172
- right hand pages, IV-46
- running heads, IV-60
- setting up, IV-44
- shifting output, I-12, IV-53
- simple, IV-57, IV-59
- specific positioning, IV-76
- TeX in Practice, IV-121
- vertical material, IV-53
- output streams, III-472
- number, III-472
- *\outputpenalty, I-54, IV-19,
- IV-28, IV-41, IV-52, IV-72,
- IV-96
- \OutputWithoutRules, IV-65
- \OutputWithRules, IV-65
- Over, II-192
- *\over, II-171--II-173, III-153
- \OverallSize, I-102
- overfull boxes, I-131, I-132
- *\overfullrule, I-89, I-132
- overlapping lines, I-217
- \overline, II-170, II-197
- overlining
- math mode, II-170
- overprinting, I-199
- characters, I-181
- overshrinking glue, I-126
- oversized insertions, IV-109, IV-112
- oversized item labels, II-60
- overstretching glue, I-126
- *\overwithdelims, II-173
-
-
- \P, I-23
- .p, II-325
- page
- current, IV-1, IV-2
- dimensions, IV-46
- glue on top, IV-13
- horizontal shifting, I-12
- layout, IV-8, IV-54
- numbering of, IV-48
- partial processing, III-562
- page breaking
- after hyphenated line, IV-20
- algorithm, IV-1--IV-38
- around headings, IV-25, IV-27
- \bigbreak, IV-15
- comparing with line breaks, IV-36
- computations, IV-4, IV-36
- explicit, IV-19
- forced, IV-19
- hyphenated lines, IV-20
- implicit vertical glue, IV-13
- logical pages, IV-45, IV-66
- \medbreak, IV-15
- output routine, IV-41
- output routines, IV-2
- parameters, IV-28
- penalties, IV-15
- preventing of, I-210
- \smallbreak, IV-15
- tables with horizontal rules, IV-351
- page layout
- bottom flush, IV-9
- plain format, IV-10
- ragged bottom, IV-9, IV-66
- page numbering
- double, IV-51, IV-60
- folio, IV-50
- incrementing, IV-57
- odd versus even, IV-62
- printing, III-327
- Roman, IV-49
- suppression, IV-92
- \pagebody, IV-90, IV-93
- \pagecontents, IV-90, IV-95, IV-96, IV-113, IV-117, IV-118
- *\pagefilllstretch, IV-28
- *\pagefillstretch, IV-28
- *\pagefilstretch, IV-28
- *\pagegoal, IV-4--IV-6, IV-8,
- IV-31, IV-32, IV-37, IV-106, IV-166
- updating of, IV-5
- \pageinsert, IV-90, IV-97, IV-104, IV-105, IV-109, IV-118, IV-130
- \PageLine, IV-140
- \pageno, I-50, III-327, IV-49--IV-51, IV-57
- \PageRef, III-86, III-87, III-89, III-565, III-566, III-568
- pages
- left hand, IV-46
- nearby, III-569
- orientation, IV-48
- landscape mode, I-12, IV-48
- portrait mode, I-12, IV-48
- physical, IV-45, IV-66
- right hand, IV-46
- selective printing, IV-58
- shifting, I-12, IV-53
- size, II-196
- vertical shifting, I-12
- \PageShortForm, III-609
- *\pageshrink, IV-28
- \PagesRef, III-611
- \PagesShortForm, III-609
- *\pagestretch, IV-28
- *\pagetotal, IV-4--IV-6, IV-8,
- IV-37, IV-106
- updating of, IV-5
- \PrintParPrimitive, III-19, III-153, III-201, III-349, III-438, III-439, III-450, IV-7
- par, IV-18
- paragraph sign, \P, I-23
- paragraphs, II-1--II-153
- arbitrary shapes, II-105
- as table entries, IV-304, IV-306
- between table rows, IV-316
- big letter start, II-85
- centering of, I-135, II-9, II-100
- club line, IV-20
- empty lines, II-1
- ending of, II-1, II-12
- first line special, II-134
- hanging, II-80, II-133
- hanging indentation
- ragged right, II-133
- indentation, II-18
- negative, II-20
- suppression of, II-19, II-35
- indented, II-15
- last line, II-45
- line numbers in, I-296
- lines
- loose, II-143
- lists, II-22, II-49, III-120
- number of lines in, II-130
- parameters
- timing, II-110
- predetermined first line, II-10
- processing of, II-3
- pyramids, III-416
- ragged right, II-99, II-246
- related parameters, II-7
- related penalties, IV-22
- vertical, IV-20
- samples, III-402
- spaces, II-1
- starting, II-1, II-11
- tables, IV-311--IV-320
- vboxes, I-212
- vertical
- boxes, II-8
- vertical spacing between, II-25
- widow line, IV-20
- \parallel, II-169
- parameter
- definition of term, I-35
- \angt{parameter text}, III-181
- parameters, I-35, III-180
- counters, I-53
- delimited, III-181, III-186, III-187
- delimiters, III-189
- empty, III-195
- \everydisplay, III-200
- gobbling, III-196
- gobbling macros, III-196
- space, III-190
- tabs, III-190
- dimensions, I-88
- glue, I-92, I-122
- keywords, III-232
- macros, I-18
- maximum number of, III-163
- mixed types, III-201
- page breaking, IV-28
- tokens, III-4
- undelimited, III-181
- spaces, III-183
- writing to log file, I-116
- parentheses, I-19
- tables, IV-339
- *\parfillskip, II-8, II-42,
- II-45, II-100, II-112, II-123,
- II-134
- \ParFl, III-201
- *\parindent, I-28, I-89,
- II-7, II-11--II-13, II-17, II-18,
- II-81, II-112, II-123, II-152,
- III-18
- *\parshape, II-8, II-105, II-106,
- II-131, II-220
- extended command, II-107
- *\parskip, I-28, I-93,
- I-211, II-7, II-11--II-13,
- II-25, II-29, II-30, II-69,
- II-94, II-110, II-112, II-217,
- III-18, IV-3, IV-9, IV-14,
- IV-36
- dynamic computation, II-29
- part processing
- auxiliary files, III-536, III-541, III-542
- counters, III-581
- cross-referencing, III-563
- nearby pages, III-569
- example, III-581
- macros, III-535
- numbering of pages, III-562
- part list, III-536, III-537
- parts, III-535
- table of contents, III-587
- generation, III-543
- \partial, II-166, II-167
- partial derivatives, II-166
- patch, II-271, III-605
- patgen, II-322
- *\pausing, I-54, III-443
- PCs, I-1
- penalties, I-157--I-159, III-438, IV-3
- displayed equations related, IV-21
- explicit, IV-17, IV-19
- horizontal, I-157
- horizontal mode, I-158
- implicit, I-158
- line breaking, II-144
- negative, I-158
- output routine, IV-52
- page breaking, IV-15
- positive, I-158
- vertical, I-157
- vertical boxes, I-211
- vertical mode, I-158
- \vsplit, I-285
- zero value, I-158
- zero versus none, IV-23
- *\penalty, I-157
- percent sign, I-17, III-10
- \PercentSignPure, III-30
- \PercentSignText, III-30
- \PercentSignTt, III-30
- periods, I-21
- spaces, II-282
- \PeriodText, III-30, IV-244
- \PeriodTt, III-30
- \perp, II-169
- \phantom, II-208, II-209
- phantoms, II-208
- \Phi, II-166
- \phi, II-166
- photo typesetters, I-1, II-285
- photographic reduction, II-242, II-275
- physical pages, IV-45, IV-66
- \Pi, II-166
- pica, I-82
- \PickFirstOfTwo, III-285
- \PickSecondOfTwo, III-285
- pixels, II-285
- pktopxl, II-322
- pktype, II-322
- plain format, I-7, I-8, II-314
- fonts, II-258
- footnotes, IV-98--IV-102
- insertions, IV-97
- \LaTeX, III-438
- math family definitions, II-204
- multilingual, II-142
- \outer macros, III-179
- output routine, IV-89, IV-96, IV-132
- simplified, IV-91
- plain.tex, II-142, II-314
- running foot, IV-91
- running head, IV-91
- table macros, IV-351
- topinsertions, IV-103
- version number, II-325
- plain.tex, II-142, II-314
- \plainoutput, IV-90
- pltotf, II-316, II-322
- plus, I-28
- plus minus, II-167
- plus sign, I-19
- \PlusSignText, III-30
- \PlusSignTt, III-30
- \pm, II-168
- \pmatrix, II-222
- point, I-82
- Polish suppressed-L, \l and \L, I-23
- pooltype, II-322
- poor typesetting, II-134
- \PopVerbatimL, III-55
- Porsche, I-xxxiii, II-xxxiii, III-xxxix, IV-xxix, xxiii
- portrait mode, I-12, IV-48
- *\postdisplaypenalty, I-54,
- II-216, IV-21
- {\sc PostScript}, III-9
- fonts, II-247, II-309
- pound sign
- tables, IV-201
- \pounds, III-29
- \PoundSignText, III-30
- \PoundSignTt, III-30
- \Pr, II-165
- preamble, IV-200--IV-203
- macros, IV-324
- \prec, II-169
- \preceq, II-169
- *\predisplaypenalty, I-54, II-216,
- IV-21
- *\predisplaysize, I-89, II-219
- prefix
- strings, III-302
- \PrefixConditional, III-302
- \PrepareFigureBox, IV-141
- *\pretolerance, I-53, II-137,
- II-149
- \PrevDay, III-374
- *\prevdepth, I-89, I-222,
- I-227
- *\prevgraf, II-12, II-130, II-131,
- II-220
- previewing, I-7
- previous
- day, III-374
- month, III-379
- \PrevMonth, III-379
- \PrevWeekSameDay, III-376, III-377
- \prime, II-162, II-167, III-24
- primitives, I-5, I-7, II-313, III-151, III-152
- comparison with macros, III-154
- duplicating, III-245
- \expandafter, III-288
- redefining, III-154
- \show, III-155
- \PrintAlph, I-48, 1, 2
- \PrintAsterisk, III-397, III-398
- \PrintAtPosition, IV-76, IV-80
- \PrintCatCode, II-303
- \PrintCounter, I-70, I-74
- \PrintDayOfWeek, III-361
- \PrintElse, III-497
- \PrintEven, III-319
- \PrintFi, III-497
- \PrintHyphens, II-145
- \PrintIf, III-497
- \PrintIfCase, III-497
- \PrintIfCat, III-497
- \PrintIfDim, III-497
- \PrintIfEof, III-497
- \PrintIfFalse, III-497
- \PrintIfHbox, III-497
- \PrintIfHmode, III-497
- \PrintIfMmode, III-497
- \PrintIfNum, III-497
- \PrintIfOdd, III-497
- \PrintIfTrue, III-497
- \PrintIfVbox, III-497
- \PrintIfVmode, III-497
- \PrintIfVoid, III-497
- \PrintIfX, III-497
- \PrintInDollar, III-331, IV-337
- printing
- characters
- character code, I-44
- dollar amounts, III-331
- number in textual form, I-63
- \PrintMilTime, I-51
- \PrintMode, III-348
- \PrintMonth, III-363
- \PrintMonthQ, III-329
- \PrintOdd, III-319
- \PrintOddEven, III-318
- \PrintParWithLineNumbers, I-296
- \PrintRegister, III-164
- \PrintRepeat, III-497
- processing
- dvi files, IV-136
- large documents, III-535
- \ProcessNow, III-544, III-551
- \ProcessPart, III-550
- \prod, II-178
- \ProduceNumber, III-355
- profile, II-322
- programmable, I-3
- formatting systems, I-1
- proportionally spaced fonts, I-20, II-245, II-256
- \propto, II-169
- protocol file, III-525
- \ProvideDayOfWeek, III-361
- \ProvideMonth, III-362, III-363
- \PS, III-166
- \Psi, II-166
- public domain, I-1, I-14
- Punct, II-192
- pure TeX, I-7
- \PushVerbatimL, III-55
- .pxl, II-325
- pxl files, II-288, II-290
- pxltopk, II-322
- pxltype, II-322
- pyramids
- inverted, III-416
-
-
- \qquad, I-83, I-142
- \quad, I-83, I-142
- quad, I-83
- \QuestionMarkText, III-30
- \QuestionMarkTt, III-30
- queues
- box registers, III-423
- quotation mark
- left, I-43
-
-
- Rad, II-192
- ragged bottom
- page layout, IV-9, IV-66
- ragged right, II-99, II-133, II-246
- \raggedbottom, IV-10
- \raggedright, II-99
- *\raise, I-164, I-169,
- I-211
- range checking, III-327
- raster output devices, II-284, II-285
- \rbrace, I-19, II-207
- \Re, II-167
- *\read, III-152, III-286,
- III-315, III-449
- \ReadANumber, III-456
- \ReadANumberResult, III-456
- \ReadInEndNotes, III-518
- reading
- file, III-448, III-449
- complete, III-458
- numbers from a file, III-455
- \ReassignCounter, I-70, I-72, II-73
- recent contributions, IV-1
- recursion, III-249, III-397, III-399
- picking up characters, III-410
- \RecursionMacroEnd, III-399
- \ReDef, III-172, III-175
- redefining
- \edef based macros, III-215
- macros, III-171, III-175
- \PrintParPrimitive in tables, IV-225
- primitives, III-154
- \ReduceToStrut, I-241
- \Ref, III-86, III-87, III-89, III-565
- \RefCounter, I-70, I-74
- reference point
- boxes, I-162, I-243
- registers, I-33--I-119
- 0 to 9, I-49
- allocation, I-33
- arithmetic, I-37--I-39
- assignment, I-37
- box registers, I-36, I-95, I-168
- boxes
- allocation, I-95
- clearing, I-98
- dimensions, I-100
- loading of, I-97
- void, I-103, III-322
- writing to log file, I-105
- counters
- macros, I-68--I-79
- dimensions, I-36, I-87
- \edef, III-213
- exchanging
- box registers, I-97
- extracting values, III-313
- glue, I-36, I-91
- index, I-33, I-34
- insertions, IV-30
- math glue, I-36
- names, I-33
- printing, I-35
- temporary, I-34
- token, I-36, III-117
- types, I-33
- Rel, II-192
- *\relax, I-44, I-45, III-431,
- IV-233
- glue, I-123
- *\relpenalty, I-54, II-144,
- II-186
- \RemLsp, III-309
- \removelastskip, IV-16, IV-17
- \RemTsp, III-308, III-309
- \PrintRepeat, III-400, III-497
- repeated use
- table entries, IV-216
- replacement text, I-7, III-99, III-154, III-158, III-159, III-170
- category codes, III-8
- grouping, III-171
- \ReplaceSubStrings, III-297
- replacing substrings, III-297
- \ReportBoxType, I-99
- \ReportCharSize, II-232
- \ReportDefined, III-173
- \ReportOnDefined, III-346
- reset list, I-72, I-73, I-75
- \RestoreSpaceFactor, II-282
- \ResultNumberOfLines, II-130
- return character, I-24, III-10, III-14
- \ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile, III-21, 78
- reverse apostrophe, I-20
- \ReverseList, III-126
- \ReverseString, III-300
- reversing a string, III-300
- \rho, II-166
- *\right, II-181, II-182, II-184
- right
- bracket, I-19
- double quotation mark, I-20
- quote, I-20, I-39, III-24
- right-justified
- columns, IV-200, IV-204
- item labels, II-23
- lines, II-41
- \RightAppendElement, III-122
- \Rightarrow, II-170
- \rightarrow, II-170
- \rightarrowfill, I-150, I-152, IV-207
- \RightBraceText, III-28
- \RightBraceTt, III-30
- \RightBracketText, III-30
- \RightBracketTt, III-30
- \RightFooter, IV-140
- \rightharpoondown, II-170
- \rightharpoonup, II-170
- \RightHeader, IV-140
- *\righthyphenmin, I-55, II-141,
- II-145
- \RightLeaderLine, I-186
- \rightleftharpoons, II-170
- \rightline, I-186, III-439
- \RightLineR, I-343
- \RightParenthesisText, III-31
- \RightParenthesisTt, III-31
- \RightQuoteText, III-31
- \RightQuoteTt, III-31
- *\rightskip, I-93, II-8,
- II-13, II-14, II-42, II-45,
- II-52, II-55, II-56, II-67,
- II-81, II-99, II-106, II-110,
- II-112, II-123, II-133, II-134,
- II-152, II-218, II-220, IV-37
- stretchability, II-99
- \Rlap, I-185
- \rlap, I-182, I-184, I-201
- \RlapX, I-185
- \rm, II-256
- robust macros, III-481, III-561
- \Robusting, III-482
- \Roman, I-68
- Roman
- numerals, I-47
- page numbers, IV-49
- \roman, I-68
- *\romannumeral, I-48, IV-49
- *\root, II-169, II-180
- roots, II-169
- rows
- skipping, IV-222
- \rq, I-20
- rules, I-154--I-157, IV-2
- boxes, I-318--I-343
- compact specification, III-232
- depth, I-154
- default, I-154, I-155
- dimensions, I-154
- height, I-154
- default, I-154, I-155
- horizontal, I-154, I-174
- horizontal mode, I-154
- leaders, I-146
- multiple dimension specifications, I-155
- multiple vertical in tables, IV-278
- negative dimensions, I-156
- output routines, IV-59
- struts, IV-277
- tables, IV-279
- vertical, I-154
- horizontal boxes, I-164
- in tables, IV-275
- \multispan, IV-287
- struts, IV-277
- vertical mode, I-154
- width, I-154
- default, I-154, I-155
- \RulesInSide, I-329, I-332
- \RulesOnSide, I-330, I-332
- \RulesOutSide, I-327, I-332
- running foot, IV-60
- plain format, IV-91
- running head, IV-81
- dictionaries, IV-83
- plain format, IV-91
- TeX in Practice, IV-87
-
-
- \S, I-23
- \SameSizeMath, II-206
- \SampleColumnText, II-251
- \SamplePar, III-402
- \SaveSpaceFactor, II-282
- *\sb, II-160
- scaled, II-240
- scaled points, I-38, I-81, I-82
- scaling
- fonts, II-242, II-275
- Scandinavian A-with-circle, \aa and \AA, I-22
- Scandinavian O-with-slash, \o and \O, I-22
- script size, II-196
- *\scriptfont, II-201, II-204
- scriptscript size, II-196
- *\scriptscriptfont, II-201, II-204
- *\scriptscriptstyle, II-195, II-196
- *\scriptspace, I-89, II-162
- *\scriptstyle, II-195, II-196
- *\scrollmode, III-442
- \searrow, II-170
- \sec, II-165
- \Section, II-90, IV-87
- section number sign, \S, I-23
- \SectionRef, III-610
- \SectionSample, III-582
- \SectionX, II-96
- \See, III-609, III-610
- \see, III-609, III-610
- selective printing of pages, IV-58
- self-redefining macros, III-224
- *\setbox, I-97, I-335,
- III-238
- \BackslashTt@SetCounter, III-542
- \SetCounter, I-70, I-76
- \SetFooter, IV-140
- \SetGraphDataBox, I-314, I-315
- \SetHeader, IV-140
- \SetIndexStream, III-491, III-494
- \SetLineThickness, I-314, I-315
- \setminus, II-168
- \SetPageLayout, III-600, IV-121, IV-123
- \SetParIndent, II-35
- \SetScale, I-314
- \settabs, I-198
- begin tabbed line, I-19, I-198
- \SetUpAfterEveryPar, III-349
- \SetUpBoxRegisterQueue, III-423, III-425
- \SetUpDC, IV-160
- \SetUpDSC, IV-170, IV-171
- \SetUpLabels, III-86, III-87
- \SetUpPrintAtPosition, \IndexPit{IV-80}
- \SetUpTeXIPValues, III-597
- *\sfcode, II-279
- SGML, III-224
- Shakespeare, II-4, II-37--II-41
- \sharp, II-167
- shifting output, I-12, IV-53
- \ShiftRefPointUpOrDown, I-254, I-265
- *\shipout, III-476, III-531, IV-3,
- IV-41, IV-49, IV-53, IV-57,
- IV-72, IV-93, IV-127
- \ShortCard, IV-73
- \ShouldBeRightHandPage, IV-47
- *\show, III-33, III-155,
- III-177, III-315, III-442, III-521,
- IV-82
- primitives, III-155
- \ShowArray, III-136
- *\showbox, I-105, I-106, I-111,
- II-292, III-521
- \ShowBoxAll, I-111
- *\showboxbreadth, I-56, I-105,
- I-111
- *\showboxdepth, I-56, I-105,
- I-111
- \ShowBoxDepthOne, I-111, I-224, IV-10
- \ShowBoxDepthTwo, I-111
- *\showhyphens, II-145
- *\showlists, II-189, IV-4
- *\showthe, I-36, I-37, I-88,
- I-92, III-313, III-442, III-521
- shrinkability, I-122
- default, I-123
- exceeding, I-124
- hierarchy, I-137
- infinite, I-135
- none, I-124
- shrinking glue, I-125
- \SideNoteText, III-492
- \Sigma, II-166
- \SignatureLine, I-201
- \sim, II-169
- \simeq, II-169
- \SimpleOutputRoutine, IV-65
- \sin, II-165
- \sinh, II-165
- size
- characters, II-232
- *\skewchar, II-207
- *\skip, I-91, IV-30
- *\skipdef, I-92, III-152,
- III-314
- skipping
- rows, IV-222
- text, III-323
- \slash, I-159, II-145
- \small, II-271
- \smallbreak, IV-15, IV-16
- \smallskip, I-142, IV-14, IV-15
- \smallskipamount, IV-16
- \smash, II-209
- \smile, II-169
- solid, II-258
- source code, I-4
- entering, I-15
- source file, I-5
- *\sp, II-160
- sp, I-38, I-81, I-82
- \space, I-45, I-169, III-4, III-16
- space, I-23, III-10, III-24
- factor, II-276, II-279
- tokens, I-24, III-2
- \spacefactor, II-280
- spaces
- active, I-25
- after control symbols, III-4
- after control words, III-3
- after keywords, I-28
- after numerical constants, I-27
- ampersand, IV-229
- character, III-36
- control space, I-22, I-23, II-11, II-185, III-4, III-17
- extended, I-21
- hard space, I-27
- in macro arguments, III-185
- in math, I-27, II-156
- interword spacing, II-275
- leading spaces
- removal, III-308
- \let, III-248
- line breaking, I-25
- multiple, I-24
- printing, III-165
- paragraphs, II-1
- periods, II-282
- regular, I-21
- spurious, III-231
- tabs, III-7
- templates, IV-233
- thin, II-207
- token, I-24, III-2
- trailing spaces
- removal, III-308
- undelimited parameters, III-183
- vertical mode, I-27
- visible, I-23, I-24
- *\spaceskip, II-8, II-99,
- II-150, II-277
- \SpaceText, III-31
- spacing
- French, II-246
- interwords, II-246, II-275
- table columns, IV-230
- \spadesuit, II-167
- *\span, III-315, IV-201, IV-264, IV-265,
- IV-327, IV-330
- templates, IV-330
- sparse tables, IV-298
- *\special, III-533, IV-3, IV-22,
- IV-43, IV-81
- \vsplit, I-278
- spelling checker, I-12, II-321
- *\splitbotmark, IV-83
- *\splitfirstmark, IV-83
- *\splitmaxdepth, I-89, I-247,
- I-293
- splitting vboxes, I-267
- *\splittopskip, I-93, I-282,
- IV-102
- spooler, I-12, II-322
- \sqcap, II-168
- \sqcup, II-168
- \sqrt, II-169, II-197
- \sqsubseteq, II-169
- \sqsupseteq, II-169
- \ss, I-23
- \star, II-168
- \StartEndNoteWriting, III-517, III-519
- \StartVerbatimL, III-45, III-55
- static columns, IV-227
- \StepCounter, I-70, I-76
- stomach, III-1
- streams
- output, III-472
- number, III-472
- stretch ratio, I-128
- stretchability, I-122
- default, I-123
- exceeding, I-124
- hierarchy, I-137
- infinite, I-135
- none, I-124
- *\string, I-17, III-12,
- III-65, III-66, III-68, III-164, III-315
- \StringLength, II-237
- strings
- category codes, III-12
- comparison, III-334
- category codes, III-337
- converting from tokens, III-65
- converting to tokens, III-65
- empty string testing, III-335
- extraction, III-292
- prefix, III-302
- replacing substrings, III-297
- suffix, III-307
- \StringsEqualConditional, III-334, III-336, III-343, III-344
- \StringsEqualConditionalCat, III-338
- \StringSwitch, III-340
- \strut, I-236, I-238, II-198
- struts, I-235--I-241
- automatic computation, I-239
- generation of, I-236
- boxes, I-236
- vrules, I-236
- tables, IV-271
- \tabskip, IV-280
- vertical rules, IV-277
- visible, I-238
- style
- file, I-9, III-437
- selection, II-197
- uncramped style, II-195
- subformula, III-99
- subscripts, I-4, II-160--II-162
- \SubSection, II-90, III-605
- \SubSectionX, II-96
- \subset, II-169
- \subseteq, II-169
- \SubstituteFont, II-267
- \SubstituteFontX, II-265
- substring extraction, III-292
- \SubStringConditional, III-293
- \SubSubSection, III-605
- \SubSubSectionX, II-96
- \succ, II-169
- \succeq, II-169
- suffix testing, III-307
- \SuffixConditional, III-307
- \sum, II-178, II-190, II-194, II-195
- \sup, II-165
- \supereject, I-159, III-478, III-538, IV-19, IV-51, IV-52,
- IV-72, IV-73, IV-91, IV-108, IV-160, IV-161
- superscripts, I-4, I-18, II-160--II-162, IV-98
- suppression
- expansion, III-312
- hyphenation, II-144
- interline glue, I-228
- kerning, II-292
- ligatures, II-292
- page numbering, IV-92
- paragraph indentation, II-19, II-35
- \SuppressNextParIndent, II-36
- \supset, II-169
- \supseteq, II-169
- \surd, II-167
- \SwapBoxRegs, I-97
- \swarrow, II-170
- switch statement, III-340
-
-
- tab character, I-17, I-18, I-24, I-25, I-28
- \halign, IV-201
- writing of, III-505
- table of contents
- file, III-499, III-541
- generation of, III-543
- processing of, III-587
- typesetting, II-118--II-130
- \TableFootNote, IV-314
- \TableOfContents, III-540, III-543
- TableOrListOfSomething
- \BackslashTt @TableOrListOfSomething, III-557
- \TableRef, III-610
- tables, IV-199--IV-379
- basics, IV-200
- \bgroup and \egroup, III-103
- body, IV-200
- centering of, IV-295--IV-303, IV-333
- \centerline, IV-297
- display math mode, IV-295
- \tabskip, IV-296
- columns
- alignment, IV-200
- centered, IV-200, IV-204
- changing justification, IV-226
- eliminating, IV-211
- implicit grouping, IV-210
- left-justified, IV-200, IV-204
- narrow, II-150
- omitting of, IV-222
- repeated entries, IV-217
- spacing, IV-230
- spacing of, IV-240
- spanning multiple, IV-263
- static, IV-227
- display math mode, IV-209
- double, IV-357--IV-371
- entries
- repeated use, IV-216
- examples
- simple, IV-206
- expansion, IV-376
- font changes, IV-208
- footnotes, IV-313
- glue
- templates, IV-226
- heading, IV-214
- horizontal rules, IV-258
- page breaking, IV-351
- selective columns, IV-289
- implicit groups, IV-210
- inputting, IV-291
- leaders, IV-207
- macros
- plain format, IV-351
- material not subject to alignment, IV-256
- math
- inline, IV-208
- multi page, IV-320
- named columns, IV-301
- nested, IV-309--IV-311
- numerical alignment, IV-242
- numerical computations in, IV-337
- \offinterlineskip, IV-273
- \par
- redefining, IV-225
- paragraphs, IV-311--IV-320
- paragraphs between table rows, IV-316
- paragraphs in, IV-304, IV-306
- parentheses, IV-339
- placement, IV-371
- preamble, IV-200--IV-203
- macros, IV-324
- predetermined width, IV-251
- rows
- empty, IV-224
- paragraphs between, IV-316
- skipping, IV-222
- rules
- horizontal, IV-279
- horizontal, double, IV-260
- vertical, IV-279
- vertical, double, IV-282
- sparse, IV-298
- struts, IV-271
- tab character
- spaces, IV-229
- templates, IV-200--IV-203, IV-210
- changing, IV-331
- \edef, IV-328
- macros, IV-200, IV-324, IV-327
- no glue, IV-219
- omitting of, IV-220
- repeated use of, IV-227
- spaces, IV-233
- \span, IV-330
- using hboxes, I-191
- vertical alignment, IV-355
- vertical boxes as entries, IV-304--IV-311
- vertical rules, IV-275
- vertical spacing, IV-255, IV-271
- vertical splitting of, IV-344
- width, IV-212, IV-248
- setting of, IV-248
- tabs
- delimited parameters, III-190
- spaces, III-7
- *\tabskip, III-315, IV-201,
- IV-230, IV-239, IV-355, IV-357
- default, IV-237
- identical for all columns, IV-230
- incomplete specification, IV-234
- struts, IV-280
- $tab_{0}$, IV-234, IV-237
- $tab_{n}$, IV-234
- \tan, II-165
- tangle, II-317, II-322
- \tanh, II-165
- \td, III-167
- templates, IV-200--IV-203, IV-210
- changing, IV-331
- \edef, IV-328
- glue between, IV-230
- \hfil, IV-226
- macros, IV-200, IV-324, IV-327
- no glue, IV-219
- repeated use of, IV-227
- spaces, IV-233
- \span, IV-330
- standard, IV-204
- temporary registers, I-34
- \tenrm, IV-92
- terminal
- reading, III-453
- terminal mode, III-442, III-521
- \TestDef, III-463
- testing
- \PrintParPrimitive, III-273
- TeX, I-1, I-3, I-8
- 2.9, I-41, I-42
- 3.0, I-xxxii, I-42, I-129, II-xxxii, II-141, II-296, II-325, III-xxxviii, III-460, IV-xxviii,
- xxii
- capabilities of, I-3
- debugging, III-439
- diagrams of, I-3, II-320
- electronic mailing lists, I-15
- gullet, III-1
- learning of, I-30
- logo, I-189
- mouth, III-1, III-2
- printing output, II-284, II-321
- public domain, I-1, I-14
- pure, I-7
- source code, I-4
- entering, I-15
- source files, I-5, I-9
- stomach, III-1
- structure of program, III-1
- TeX, I-4, I-141, I-189
- .tex, II-325, III-447
- tex, II-315
- TeX book, I-xxxii, II-xxxii, III-xxxviii, IV-xxviii, xxii
- TeX in Practice, I-xxxi, II-xxxi, III-xxxvii, IV-xxvii, xxi
- audience, I-xxxii, II-xxxii, III-xxxviii, IV-xxviii, xxii
- conditionals, III-351
- contents, I-xxxiii, II-xxxiii, III-xxxix, IV-xxix, xxiii
- cross-referencing, III-607
- dimensions, III-597
- list of figures, II-129
- list of tables, II-129
- page numbering, I-xxxii, II-xxxii, III-xxxviii, IV-xxviii, xxii
- subdivisions, I-xxxii, II-xxxii, III-xxxviii, IV-xxviii, xxii
- TeX Users Group, I-xxxvi, I-xxxix, I-14, II-xxxvi, II-xxxix, III-lxii, III-lxv, IV-xxxii,
- IV-xxxv, IV-337, xxvi, xxix
- texclean, I-12
- TEXFONTS, II-319
- TEXFORMATS, II-319
- TEXINPUTS, II-319
- TeXIP, III-167
- TeX IP format, III-612
- TEXPOOL, II-319
- text
- single spaced, II-258
- underlining, I-200, II-161, II-297
- text editor, I-11
- *TeXtfont, II-201, II-204
- TeXtindent, II-88
- *TeXtstyle, II-195, II-196
- TeXX, I-189
- .tfm, II-325
- tfm files, I-9
- information, II-238
- \TfmSizeTable, II-234
- tftopl, II-292, II-316, II-322
- *\the, I-35--I-37, I-47,
- I-87, I-88, I-92, I-101,
- III-12, III-282, III-313, IV-91, 6
- \edef, III-208
- \message, I-37
- tokens generated, III-313
- \TheArabicCounter, I-70, I-74
- \TheCounter, I-70, I-73
- \Theta, II-166
- \theta, II-166
- \thickmuskip, II-185
- thin space, II-207
- \thinmuskip, II-185
- \thinspace, I-83, I-142
- \ThreeMonthlyCalendars, III-388
- tie, I-24, I-25
- tight
- boxes, I-131
- lines, II-143
- \tilde, II-177
- tilde, I-22, I-25, I-159, III-15
- category code, III-15
- \TildeText, III-31
- \TildeTt, III-31
- *\time, I-51, I-53
- time
- printing current, I-51
- \times, II-168
- timing
- paragraphs parameters, II-110
- .tip, I-xxxv, II-xxxv, II-325, III-lxi, III-447, IV-xxxi, xxv
- \Title, IV-185
- .toc, II-325, III-447
- \TocEntry, II-118, II-121, II-124, III-501
- \Today, III-163
- \TodayX, III-383
- \TodayY, III-383
- \TodayZ, III-383
- tokens, III-1--III-149
- basics, III-1
- characters, III-3
- conditionals related to, III-321
- control sequences, III-3
- testing, III-339
- control words, I-27, III-3, III-65
- converting from strings, III-65
- converting to strings, III-65
- definition
- testing, III-172
- lists, III-3, III-99
- comparing, III-343
- main token list, III-158
- mouth, III-153
- parameters, III-4, III-118
- registers, I-36, III-117
- undefined
- \PrintIfX, III-345
- \TokensToTeXList, III-136
- \toks0, III-315
- *\toksdef, III-117, III-152,
- III-314
- *\tolerance, I-53, II-138,
- II-149
- \top, II-167
- \topins, IV-97, IV-103, IV-105, IV-117
- *\topinsert, II-115, II-116, IV-32,
- IV-90, IV-97, IV-103--IV-106, IV-113, IV-129, IV-130
- *\topmark, IV-82
- *\topskip, I-93, I-257,
- IV-10, IV-12--IV-14, IV-70,
- IV-80
- \baselineskip, I-257
- tracing
- computations in TeX, III-114
- macro expansion, III-216
- \tracingall, I-55, III-440, III-441
- *\tracingcommands, I-55, III-217
- *\tracinglostchars, I-55, II-297,
- III-440
- *\tracingmacros, I-55, III-216,
- III-440
- *\tracingonline, I-55, I-106,
- III-217, III-440
- *\tracingoutput, I-55
- *\tracingpages, I-55, IV-4
- *\tracingparagraphs, I-55, II-137
- *\tracingrestores, I-55, III-114
- *\tracingstats, I-55, III-217,
- III-440
- \TreatAsRobust, III-481
- \triangle, II-167
- \triangleleft, II-168
- \triangleright, II-168
- true dimension units, I-86, II-229
- true text, III-317
- \tt, I-4, I-20, II-256, III-26, III-43, III-44
- TUG, I-xxxvi, I-xxxix, I-14, II-xxxvi, II-xxxix, III-lxii, III-lxv, IV-xxxii, IV-xxxv, IV-337,
- xxvi, xxix
- {\sc TUGBoat}, I-14
- typefaces, II-263
- typewriter font, I-4, II-256
-
-
- *\uccode, III-62
- *\uchyph, I-55, II-143
- undelimited parameters, III-181
- spaces, III-183
- Under, II-192
- \underbar, I-200, II-297
- underfull boxes, I-131
- *\underline, I-200, II-170, II-197
- underlining
- math mode, II-170
- text, I-200, II-161, II-297
- underscore, I-18, II-160
- \UnderscoreText, III-31
- \UnderscoreTt, III-31
- undump, II-314
- *\unhbox, I-96, I-211,
- I-261, II-10
- *\unhcopy, I-97, I-211,
- I-236, I-261
- units
- dimensions, I-81, I-84
- \unkern, I-301
- \unpenalty, I-301
- *\unskip, I-191, I-301, I-308,
- II-124
- *\unvbox, I-96, I-211,
- I-261, I-263, IV-9, IV-95
- *\unvcopy, I-97, I-211,
- I-261, I-263
- \Uparrow, II-170
- \uparrow, II-170
- \upbracefill, I-150, I-153
- \Updownarrow, II-170
- \updownarrow, II-170
- \uplus, II-168
- *\uppercase, I-16, III-62, III-63, III-68,
- III-212, III-315
- \edef, III-212
- \Upsilon, II-166
- utilities, I-11, II-321
- dvi file processors, IV-136
- spelling checker, I-12, II-321
-
-
- *\vadjust, II-29, II-112,
- II-115, II-116, III-107, IV-19
- *\valign, I-256, III-315, IV-355
- \ValueOfDecimalPosition, I-59
- \VarArgs, III-264
- \varepsilon, II-166
- \varphi, II-166
- \varrho, II-166
- \vartheta, II-166
- *\vbadness, I-55, I-131
- *\vbox, I-99, I-206,
- I-209, I-210, I-319, II-8,
- IV-2
- spread, I-144, I-251
- to, I-144, I-237, I-251, I-252, II-181, IV-9, IV-31, IV-59,
- IV-94, IV-95, IV-104, IV-162
- \VboxR, I-144, I-209, I-319, I-334, I-336
- Vcent, II-192
- *\vcenter, I-97, I-99,
- I-206, I-209, I-210, I-242,
- I-248, II-192
- spread, I-251
- to, I-251, I-252
- \VcenterR, I-209, I-335
- \VcenterX, I-248, I-336
- \VcenterXR, I-335, I-336
- \vdash, II-169
- \vdots, II-223
- \vec, II-177
- \vee, II-168
- \Verb, III-31, III-32
- \VerbAsSource, III-513
- \VerbAsVerb, III-513
- verbatim
- character
- caret, I-4
- listing of file, III-41, III-42, 80, 81
- macros
- auxiliary, III-27
- mode, I-16, I-17, III-26
- display, I-25, III-26, III-36
- inline, III-26, III-31
- inline, advanced, III-35
- writing, III-485, III-504
- \VerbatimFont, III-45
- \VerbatimTab, III-44, III-45
- \VerbatimTokBegin, III-44, III-46
- \VerbatimTokEnd, III-44, III-46
- \VerbatimTokLine, III-44, III-46
- \VerbControlSpace, III-31
- \VerbLineNumtrue, III-45
- \VerifyInitDate, III-358
- vertical
- alignment, IV-355
- boxes, I-161
- horizontal rules, I-211
- glue, I-121, I-142--I-145, I-227, IV-3
- vertical boxes, I-211, I-213
- kerning, IV-4
- leaders, I-145, I-211
- lines, I-154
- list, I-210
- main, IV-1
- material
- generated by output routine, IV-53
- mode, III-437
- inner, I-210, III-437
- penalties, I-158
- rules, I-154
- spaces, I-27
- rules, I-154
- rules and \multispan, IV-287
- rules and struts, IV-277
- rules in tables, IV-279
- shifting of pages, I-12
- space
- computation, IV-6
- spacing
- display math mode, II-216
- in tables, IV-255, IV-271
- macros, I-309
- spacing between paragraphs, II-25
- splitting of tables, IV-344
- *\vfil, I-143, IV-18
- *\vfill, I-143, II-115,
- IV-18, IV-27
- *\vfilneg, I-143, IV-18
- \vfootnote, IV-99
- *\vfuzz, I-88, I-132
- virtex, II-141, II-313, II-314
- undump, II-314
- virtual fonts, 68
- visible
- boxes, I-163
- output routines, IV-44
- glue, I-147
- space, I-23, I-24
- struts, I-238
- vboxes, I-209
- \VisibleSpaceTt, I-24, III-31
- visually incompatible lines, II-143
- *\voffset, I-12, I-28,
- I-89, IV-46, IV-54
- void box registers, I-103, III-322
- \vphantom, II-209
- *\vrule, I-154, I-164, I-236,
- I-240, II-11, III-438
- *\vsize, I-28, III-597,
- IV-5, IV-8, IV-28, IV-46,
- IV-166
- \VsizeTeXIP, III-597
- *\vskip, I-87, I-94,
- I-121, I-142, IV-14, IV-27
- *\vsplit, I-97, I-267--I-298,
- IV-1, IV-81, IV-83, IV-345
- double column text, I-267
- glue, I-270
- leaders, I-280
- penalty, I-285
- \special, I-278
- syntax, I-267
- *\vss, I-143
- \Vtbox, I-264, I-265
- *\vtop, I-99, I-206,
- I-209, I-210, I-264, I-319,
- IV-2, IV-366
- spread, I-251
- to, I-237, I-251, I-252
- \VtopR, I-209, I-319, I-334
-
-
- *\wd, I-87, I-100
- weave, II-317
- WEB, I-13, II-317
- \WEB, III-167
- .web, II-325
- \wedge, II-168
- week days, III-360
- \WeekOfYear, III-392
- whatsits, IV-3
- \While, III-408
- while loops
- do loops, III-413
- logical, III-408
- numerical, III-406
- \WhileNum, III-406
- wide accents, II-177
- \widehat, II-177
- \widetilde, II-177
- widow line, IV-20
- *\widowpenalty, I-54,
- III-597, III-598, IV-20--IV-22, IV-24, IV-25
- width, I-28, I-156
- width
- boxes, I-176, I-242
- natural, I-125, I-176
- characters, I-165, II-231
- columns
- predetermined, IV-251
- determination in tables, IV-212
- horizontal boxes, I-176
- zero, I-180
- keyword width, I-28, I-156
- rules, I-154
- default, I-154, I-155
- setting table width, IV-248
- table, IV-212, IV-248
- tables, IV-212
- \WidthSavingBox, IV-212
- *\wlog, I-37, III-219, III-523
- words
- converting to a list, III-133
- \WordsToTeXList, III-133
- workstations, I-1
- \wp, II-167
- \wr, II-168
- *\write, II-35, III-313,
- III-315, III-472, III-473, IV-3
- \WriteAuxFileComment, III-562
- \WriteCountersToAuxFile, III-554, III-606
- \WriteProtocol, III-526
- \WriteToAuxSpecial, II-95, III-543, III-555
- \WriteToc, III-501
- \WriteVerbatimArgument, III-485
- writing
- boxes to log file, I-105
- comments to auxiliary files, III-562
- control sequences, III-479
- delayed, III-473, III-476, IV-3
- dvi file, III-531
- file, III-472
- immediate, III-473, III-475, III-476
- log file
- parameters, I-116
- verbatim, III-485, III-504
- WYSIWYG, I-xxxiii, I-3, II-xxxiii, III-xxxix, IV-xxix, xxiii
-
-
- *\xdef, III-73, III-108, III-215,
- III-314, III-315, IV-218
- \XDefinedConditional, III-345
- \Xi, II-166
- *\xleaders, I-145, I-147, I-148
- \XParShape, II-107, II-108
- *\xspaceskip, II-8, II-99,
- II-150, II-277
-
-
- *\year, I-35, I-53,
- IV-62
- year
- leap, III-369
- \YearlyCalendar, III-390
-
-
- zero
- depth of hboxes, I-185
- height of hboxes, I-185
- penalty value, I-158
- width of hboxes, I-180
- \ZeroBox, I-104
- \ZeroBoxOut, I-104, IV-80
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/texipexp.tex b/info/examples/tip/texipexp.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 710fc3013e..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/texipexp.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6888 +0,0 @@
-% This is the inputd format source code file in a flat version
-% This file is generated based on running initex with all files
-% belonging to this format. Do NOT change this file, because
-% it is automatically generated directly from all the .tip
-% files. The same copyright which applies to the individual .tip
-% files applies to this file too, obviously
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% \"TeX in Practice\" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-\input plain.tex
-\def\InputD #1{} \def\InputDList{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NameDef #1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameEdef #1{%
- \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameGdef #1{%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameXdef #1{%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameNewDef #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}%
- \errmessage{\string\NameNewDef: "#1" already defined.}%
- \fi
- \NameDef{#1}%
-}
-\def\NameReDef #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\NameReDef: "#1" never defined before.}%
- \fi
- \NameDef{#1}%
-}
-\def\NameUse #1{\csname #1\endcsname}
-\def\NameUseFlagUndefined #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}%
- \NameUse{#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\NameUseFlagUndefined: token "#1"
- is undefined.}%
- \fi
-}
-\newif\if@NameDefined
-\def\NameDefinedConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname \relax
- \@NameDefinedfalse
- \else
- \@NameDefinedtrue
- \fi
- \if@NameDefined
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-namedef.tip}{}
-\def\AbsoluteDimension #1#2{%
- \ifdim #1 < 0pt
- #2 = -#1\relax
- \else
- #2 = #1\relax
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-absdimen.tip}{}
-\def\AbsoluteValue #1#2{%
- \ifnum #1<0
- #2 = -#1\relax
- \else
- #2 = #1\relax
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-absval.tip}{}
-\def\DefineAcronym #1#2#3{%
- \def #1{%
- #2 (#3)%
- \gdef#1{#2}%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-acronym.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@DoLoopNesting
-\@DoLoopNesting = 0
-\newcount\@DoLoopLimit
-\newcount\@DoLoopLimitTwo
-\newcount\@DoLoopLimitThree
-\def\DoLoop #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \global\advance\@DoLoopNesting by 1
- \ifnum\@DoLoopNesting > 3
- \errmessage{\string\DoLoop: nesting beyond three levels
- is not supported.}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #3 = 0
- \errmessage{\string\DoLoop: step value (parameter 3) is 0!}%
- \else
- \ifcase\@DoLoopNesting
- \or
- \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
- {\@DoLoopLimit}{\DoLoopBody}%
- \or
- \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
- {\@DoLoopLimitTwo}{\DoLoopBodyTwo}%
- \or
- \@DoLoop{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
- {\@DoLoopLimitThree}{\DoLoopBodyThree}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \global\advance\@DoLoopNesting by -1
-}
-\def\@DoLoop #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
- \ifnum #3 > 0
- #6 = #4%
- \advance#6 by 1
- #1 = #2%
- \@DoLoopBodyPositive{#1}{#3}{#5}%
- {#6}{#7}%
- \else
- #6 = #4%
- \advance#6 by -1
- #1 = #2%
- \@DoLoopBodyNegative{#1}{#3}{#5}%
- {#6}{#7}%
- \fi
- \@DoLoopIterate{#7}%
-}
-\def\@DoLoopBodyPositive #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \def #5{%
- \ifnum #1 < #4\relax
- #3%
- \advance #1 by #2%
- }%
-}
-\def\@DoLoopBodyNegative #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \def #5{%
- \ifnum #1 > #4\relax
- #3%
- \advance #1 by #2%
- }%
-}
-\def\@DoLoopIterate #1{%
- #1\relax
- \def\@DoLoopNext{\@DoLoopIterate{#1}}%
- \else
- \def\@DoLoopNext{\relax}%
- \fi
- \@DoLoopNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-doloop.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\AdvanceByTabStopsCount
-\def\AdvanceByTabStops #1{%
- \def\@MakeTabChars{}%
- \DoLoop{\AdvanceByTabStopsCount}{2}{1}{#1}%
- {\edef\@MakeTabChars{\@MakeTabChars&}}%
- \@MakeTabChars
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-advtabst.tip}{}
-\newtoks\AfterEveryPar
-\AfterEveryPar = {}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\SetUpAfterEveryPar{%
- \def\par{%
- \ifhmode
- \ifinner
- \else
- \endgraf
- \the\AfterEveryPar
- \fi
- \fi
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-aevpar.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@InRange
-\def\InRangeConditional #1#2#3{%
- TT\fi
- \@InRangetrue
- \ifnum #1<#2\relax
- \@InRangefalse
- \fi
- \ifnum #1>#3\relax
- \@InRangefalse
- \fi
- \if@InRange
-}
-
-\def\CheckRange #1#2#3#4{%
- \ifnum #1 < #2\relax
- \errmessage{Value \number#1 \space out of range #2..#3: #4}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #1>#3\relax
- \errmessage{Value \number#1 \space out of range #2..#3: #4}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\CheckZeroOneRange #1#2{%
- \CheckRange{#1}{0}{1}{#2}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-rangetst.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\Sunday{0}
-\def\Monday{1}
-\def\Tuesday{2}
-\def\Wednesday{3}
-\def\Thursday{4}
-\def\Friday{5}
-\def\Saturday{6}
-\def\ProvideDayOfWeek #1#2#3{%
- \CheckRange{#1}{0}{6}%
- {\string\ProvideDayOfWeek: day of week outside
- of 0 .. 6 range.}%
- \ifcase #1\relax
- \def#3{Sunday}\or
- \def#3{Monday}\or
- \def#3{Tuesday}\or
- \def#3{Wednesday}\or
- \def#3{Thursday}\or
- \def#3{Friday}\or
- \def#3{Saturday}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #2 = 0
- \else
- \def\@ProvideDayOfWeek ##1##2##3##4;{%
- \def#3{##1##2##3}%
- }%
- \expandafter\@ProvideDayOfWeek#3;%
- \fi
-}
-\def\PrintDayOfWeek #1#2{%
- \ProvideDayOfWeek{#1}{#2}{\@PrintDayOfWeek}%
- \@PrintDayOfWeek
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-dateofw.tip}{}
-\def\CheckLegalMonth #1{%
- \CheckRange{#1}{1}{12}%
- {\string\CheckLegalMonth: month #1 out of range.}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-legmonth.tip}{}
-\def\CheckLegalYear #1{%
- \ifnum #1 < \EarliestYearDate
- \errmessage{\string\CheckLegalYear: year #1
- < \the\EarliestYearDate\space
- encountered, illegal.}%
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-legyear.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@IModNCount
-\newcount\@IModNCountCopy
-\def\IModN #1#2#3{%
- \@IModNCount = #1\relax
- \@IModNCountCopy = #1\relax
- \ifnum \@IModNCount < 0
- \errmessage{\string\IModN: \string#1
- (value \the\@IModNCount) is negative.}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #2< 1
- \errmessage{\string\IModN: \string#2
- (value #2) is negative or zero.}%
- \fi
- \divide\@IModNCount by #2\relax
- \multiply\@IModNCount by #2\relax
- #3 = \@IModNCountCopy
- \advance #3by -\@IModNCount
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-imodn.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@LeapYear
-\def\LeapYearConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- {%
- \count0 = #1\relax
- \IModN{\count0}{4}{\count1}%
- \ifnum\count1 = 0
- \global\@LeapYeartrue
- \IModN{\count0}{100}{\count2}%
- \IModN{\count0}{400}{\count3}%
- \ifnum\count2 = 0
- \global\@LeapYearfalse
- \fi
- \ifnum\count3 = 0
- \global\@LeapYeartrue
- \fi
- \else
- \global\@LeapYearfalse
- \fi
- }%
- \if@LeapYear
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-isleapyr.tip}{}
-\def\NumberOfDaysInMonth #1#2#3{%
- \CheckLegalYear{#1}%
- \CheckLegalMonth{#2}%
- \ifcase #2\relax
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 28
- \if\LeapYearConditional{#1}%
- #3 = 29
- \fi
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 30
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 30
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 30
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \or
- #3 = 30
- \or
- #3 = 31
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ndaysmo.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@TempCheckDate
-\def\CheckDate #1#2#3{%
- \CheckLegalYear{#1}%
- \CheckLegalMonth{#2}%
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@TempCheckDate}%
- \CheckRange{#3}{1}{\@TempCheckDate}%
- {\string\CheckDate: provided date #1-#2-#3 is illegal.}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-legdate.tip}{}
-\def\CopyDate #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- #4 = #1\relax
- #5 = #2\relax
- #6 = #3\relax
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-copydate.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@TempNextDay
-\def\NextDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \CopyDate{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}%
- \advance #6 by 1
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@TempNextDay}%
- \ifnum #6 > \@TempNextDay
- #6 = 1
- \advance #5 by 1
- \ifnum #5 = 13
- #5 = 1
- \advance #4 by 1
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-nextday.tip}{}
-\def\NumberOfDaysInYear #1#2{%
- \if\LeapYearConditional{#1}%
- #2 = 366
- \else
- #2 = 365
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-numdyr.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ProvideMonth #1#2#3{%
- \CheckLegalMonth{#1}%
- \ifcase #1\relax
- \or
- \def#3{January}\or
- \def#3{February}\or
- \def#3{March}\or
- \def#3{April}\or
- \def#3{May}\or
- \def#3{June}\or
- \def#3{July}\or
- \def#3{August}\or
- \def#3{September}\or
- \def#3{October}\or
- \def#3{November}\or
- \def#3{December}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #2 = 1
- \def\@TempProvideMonth ##1##2##3##4\@Del{%
- \xdef#3{##1##2##3}%
- }%
- \expandafter\@TempProvideMonth#3\@Del
- \fi
-}
-\def\PrintMonth #1#2{%
- {%
- \ProvideMonth{#1}{#2}{\@PrintMonth}%
- \@PrintMonth
- }%
-}
-\def\PrintCurrentMonth{%
- \PrintMonth{\month}{0}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-prmonth.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@YearTemp
-\newcount\@YearTop
-\newcount\@MonthTemp
-\newcount\@MonthTop
-\newcount\@TempAD
-\def\ArbitraryDayOfWeek #1#2#3#4{%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- #4 = \DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate
- \@YearTop = #1\relax
- \advance\@YearTop by -1
- \DoLoop{\@YearTemp}{\EarliestYearDate}{1}{\@YearTop}{%
- \NumberOfDaysInYear{\@YearTemp}{\@TempAD}%
- \advance #4 by \@TempAD
- }%
- \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}%
- \@MonthTop = #2\relax
- \advance\@MonthTop by -1
- \DoLoop{\@MonthTemp}{1}{1}{\@MonthTop}{%
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{\@MonthTemp}{\@TempAD}%
- \advance #4 by \@TempAD
- }%
- \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}%
- \advance #4 by #3\relax
- \advance #4 by -1
- \IModN{#4}{7}{#4}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-arbday.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@TempEarliest
-\newcount\EarliestYearDate
-\EarliestYearDate = 1583
-\newcount\DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate
-\DayOfWeekOfEarliestDate = \Saturday
-\def\VerifyInitDate{%
- {%
- \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{2000}{1}{1}{\@TempEarliest}%
- \ifnum\@TempEarliest = \Saturday
- \message{\string\VerifyInitDate: initialization
- correct (initialization year:
- \the\EarliestYearDate).}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\VerifyInitDate: January 1 of 2000
- is a Saturday! Computation reports it is
- day \the\@TempEarliest\space. Initialization error.}%
- \fi
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-earliest.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@TempPrevDay
-\def\PrevDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \CopyDate{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}%
- \advance #6 by -1
- \ifnum #6 = 0
- \advance #5 by -1
- \ifnum #5 = 0
- #5 = 12
- \advance #4 by -1
- \fi
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#4}{#5}{#6}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-prevday.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NextMonth #1#2#3#4{%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}%
- #3 = #1\relax
- #4 = #2\relax
- \advance #4 by 1
- \ifnum #4 = 13
- #4 = 1
- \advance #3 by 1
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-nextmon.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\PrevMonth #1#2#3#4{%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}%
- #3 = #1\relax
- #4 = #2\relax
- \advance #4 by -1
- \ifnum #4 = 0
- #4 = 12
- \advance #3 by -1
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-prevmon.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@LeadingZCount
-\def\LeadingZ #1{%
- \@LeadingZCount = #1\relax
- \ifnum \@LeadingZCount < 10
- 0%
- \fi
- \the\@LeadingZCount
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-leadingz.tip}{}
-\newcount\Hour
-\newcount\Minute
-\def\PrintMilTime{%
- \Hour = \time
- \divide\Hour by 60
- \Minute = \Hour
- \multiply\Minute by 60
- \advance\Minute by -\time
- \Minute = -\Minute
- \LeadingZ{\the\Hour}:\LeadingZ{\the\Minute}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-pmtime.tip}{}
-\def\TodayX{%
- \PrintCurrentMonth~\the\day, \the\year
-}
-\newcount\TodayYCount
-\def\TodayY{%
- {%
- \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{\year}{\month}{\day}{\TodayYCount}%
- \PrintDayOfWeek{\TodayYCount}{0},
- }%
- \TodayX
-}
-\def\TodayZ{%
- \TodayY, \PrintMilTime
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-todayx.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@InitialDayOfMonth
-\newcount\@MCDays
-\newcount\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp
-\def\MonthlyCalendarBody #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \CheckDate{#1}{#2}{1}%
- \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{#1}%
- {#2}{1}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}%
- \gdef #3{}%
- \DoLoop{\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}%
- {1}{1}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}%
- {\xdef#3{#3&}}
- \NumberOfDaysInMonth{#1}{#2}{\@MCDays}%
- \DoLoop{\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}{1}{1}{\@MCDays}{%
- \xdef#3{#3\the\@MonthlyCalendarBodyTemp}%
- \ifnum\@InitialDayOfMonth = \Saturday
- \xdef#3{#3\cr}%
- \else
- \xdef#3{#3&}%
- \fi
- \advance\@InitialDayOfMonth by 1
- \IModN{\@InitialDayOfMonth}{7}{\@InitialDayOfMonth}%
- }%
- }%
- \xdef#3{#3\crcr}%
-}
-\newcount\@MonthlyCalendarCount
-\def\MonthlyCalendar #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \MonthlyCalendarBody{#1}{#2}{\TableBody}%
- \vtop{
- \hsize = #3\relax
- \ProvideMonth{#2}{0}{\MonthNameTemp}%
- \@MonthlyCalendarCount = #1\relax
- \centerline{\MyStrut\MonthNameTemp\space
- \the\@MonthlyCalendarCount}%
- \smallskip
- \hrule
- \smallskip
- \tabskip = 0pt
- \halign to \hsize{
- % So
- \hfil##\relax \tabskip = 0pt plus 1fil&
- \hfil##& % Mo
- \hfil##& % Tu
- \hfil##& % We
- \hfil##& % Th
- \hfil##& % Fr
- \hfil##\relax \tabskip = 0pt
- \cr
- \omit\hfil So\hfil&
- \omit\hfil Mo\hfil&
- \omit\hfil Tu\hfil&
- \omit\hfil We\hfil&
- \omit\hfil Th\hfil&
- \omit\hfil Fr\hfil&
- \omit\hfil Sa\hfil\cr
- \TableBody
- }%
- \smallskip
- \hrule
- }%
- }%
-}%
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-mocal.tip}{}
-\def\ThreeMonthlyCalendars #1#2#3{%
- \hbox{%
- \count0 = #1
- \count1 = #2
- \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}%
- \hskip 10pt
- \NextMonth{\count0}{\count1}{\count0}{\count1}%
- \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}%
- \NextMonth{\count0}{\count1}{\count0}{\count1}%
- \hskip 10pt
- \MonthlyCalendar{\count0}{\count1}{#3}%
- }
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-mocal3.tip}{}
-\def\YearlyCalendar #1#2#3{%
- \vbox{%
- \dimen0 = #2\relax
- \ifdim\dimen0 = 0.0pt
- \dimen0 = \hsize
- \fi
- \dimen1 = #3\relax
- \ifdim\dimen1 = 0.0pt
- \dimen1 = \dimen0
- \divide\dimen1 by 3
- \advance\dimen1 by -5pt
- \fi
- \hsize = \dimen0
- \centerline{\Large\bf Year #1}
- \bigskip
- \line{%
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{1}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{2}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{3}{\dimen1}%
- }%
- \bigskip
- \line{%
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{4}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{5}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{6}{\dimen1}%
- }%
- \bigskip
- \line{%
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{7}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{8}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{9}{\dimen1}%
- }%
- \bigskip
- \line{%
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{10}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{11}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{12}{\dimen1}%
- }%
- }
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-yearcal.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay
-\newcount\@ComputeMondayOfDateDayTwo
-\def\ComputeMondayOfDate #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- #4 = #1\relax
- #5 = #2\relax
- #6 = #3\relax
- \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{#4}{#5}{#6}{\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay}%
- \ifnum\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay = \Sunday
- \@ComputeMondayOfDateDay = 6
- \else
- \advance\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay by -1
- \fi
- \DoLoop{\@ComputeMondayOfDateDayTwo}
- {\@ComputeMondayOfDateDay}{-1}{1}%
- {\PrevDay{#4}{#5}{#6}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-mondofda.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDayCount
-\def\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
- #4 = #1\relax
- #5 = #2\relax
- #6 = #3\relax
- \DoLoop{\@NextOrPrevWeekSameDayCount}{1}{1}{7}%
- {#7{#4}{#5}{#6}{#4}{#5}{#6}}%
-}
-\def\NextWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay
- {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{\NextDay}%
-}
-\def\PrevWeekSameDay #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \@NextOrPrevWeekSameDay
- {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{\PrevDay}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-norpweek.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@WeekOfYearCounter
-\newcount\@WeekOfYearYear
-\newcount\@WeekOfYearMonth
-\newcount\@WeekOfYearDay
-\newcount\@WeekOfYearCopy
-\def\WeekOfYear #1#2#3#4{%
- \@WeekOfYearCopy = #1\relax
- \ComputeMondayOfDate{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- {\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}{\@WeekOfYearDay}%
- \def\@WeekOfYearCounter{#4}%
- \@WeekOfYearCounter = 1
- \@WeekOfYear
-}
-\newif\if@YearStop
-\def\@WeekOfYear{%
- \@YearStopfalse
- \ifnum\@WeekOfYearCopy > \@WeekOfYearYear
- \@YearStoptrue
- \else
- \ifnum\@WeekOfYearMonth = 1
- \ifnum\@WeekOfYearDay = 1
- \@YearStoptrue
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \if@YearStop
- \def\@WeekOfYearNext{\relax}%
- \else
- \def\@WeekOfYearNext{\@WeekOfYear}%
- \expandafter\advance\@WeekOfYearCounter by 1
- \PrevWeekSameDay{\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}%
- {\@WeekOfYearDay}%
- {\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}%
- {\@WeekOfYearDay}%
- \fi
- \@WeekOfYearNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-weekofyr.tip}{}
-\NameDef{@InputD-alldate.tip}{}
-\def\AlwaysBaselineskip{%
- \lineskiplimit = -\maxdimen
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-alwbase.tip}{}
-\def\angt #1{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox{$\langle$}%
- {\rm #1}%
- \hbox{$\rangle$}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-angt.tip}{}
-\newif\ifShowX
-\ShowXfalse
-\def\ShowX #1{%
- \ifShowX
- {%
- \nonstopmode
- \show #1%
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-showx.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@TestSubString
-\def\SubStringConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \edef\@MainString{#1}%
- \edef\@SubStringConditionalTemp{{#1}{#2}}%
- \expandafter\@SubStringConditional\@SubStringConditionalTemp
-}
-\def\@SubStringConditional #1#2{%
- \def\@TestSubS ##1#2##2\@Del{%
- \def\@TestTemp{##1}%
- }%
- \ShowX{\@TestSubS}%
- \@TestSubS #1#2\@Del
- \ShowX{\@TestTemp}%
- \ifx\@MainString\@TestTemp
- \@TestSubStringfalse
- \else
- \@TestSubStringtrue
- \fi
- \if@TestSubString
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-testsubs.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\RecursionMacroEnd #1#2#3{%
- #1\relax
- \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#2}%
- \else
- \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#3}%
- \fi
- \@RecursionMacroEndNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-endrec.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ReplaceSubStrings #1#2#3#4{%
- \def\@ReplaceResult{#1}%
- \edef\@ReplaceMain{#2}%
- \edef\@ReplaceSub{#3}%
- \edef\@ReplaceSubRep{#4}%
- \@ReplaceSubStrings
-}
-\def\@ReplaceSubStrings{%
- \RecursionMacroEnd
- {\if\SubStringConditional{\@ReplaceMain}{\@ReplaceSub}}%
- {\@ReplaceSubStringsDo}{\@ReplaceSubStringsDone}%
-}
-\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX{%
- \def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA ##1%
-}%
-\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDo{%
- \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX \@ReplaceSub
- ##2\@EndReplaceSubStrings{%
- \edef\@ReplaceMain{##1\@ReplaceSubRep ##2}%
- }%
- \ShowX{\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA}%
- \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}%
- \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA\@ReplaceMain
- \@EndReplaceSubStrings
- \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}%
- \@ReplaceSubStrings
-}
-\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDone{%
- \expandafter\edef\@ReplaceResult{\@ReplaceMain}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-restring.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\StringsEqualConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \edef\@StringsEqualOneConditional{#1}%
- \edef\@StringsEqualTwoConditional{#2}%
- \ifx\@StringsEqualOneConditional\@StringsEqualTwoConditional
-}
-\def\EmptyStringConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{}%
-}
-\def\EmptyStringConditionalISpaces #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ReplaceSubStrings{\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}{#1}%
- { }{}%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional
- {\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-compst.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@EmptyRefList{}
-\def\EmptyListConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ifx#1\@EmptyRefList
-}
-\newtoks\@AppendTokOne
-\newtoks\@AppendTokTwo
-\def\LeftAppendElement #1#2{%
- \edef\@AppendTemp{\noexpand\\{#2}}%
- \@AppendTokOne = \expandafter{\@AppendTemp}%
- \@AppendTokTwo = \expandafter{#1}%
- \edef#1{\the\@AppendTokOne \the\@AppendTokTwo}%
-}
-\def\RightAppendElement #1#2{%
- \edef\@AppendTemp{\noexpand\\{#2}}%
- \@AppendTokOne = \expandafter{\@AppendTemp}%
- \@AppendTokTwo = \expandafter{#1}%
- \edef#1{\the\@AppendTokTwo \the\@AppendTokOne}%
-}
-\def\CarOfList #1#2{%
- \def\@CarTemp \\##1##2\@EndCarList{\def#2{##1}}%
- \expandafter\@CarTemp#1\@EndCarList
-}
-\def\CdrOfList #1#2{%
- \def\@CdrTemp \\##1##2\@EndCdrList{\def#2{##2}}%
- \expandafter\@CdrTemp#1\@EndCdrList
-}
-\def\DropFirstElementOfList #1{%
- \if\EmptyListConditional{#1}%
- \errhelp = {\string\DropFirstElementOfList: list is
- empty. No first element to drop.}%
- \errmessage{\string\DropFirstElementOfList: List
- \noexpand#1 is empty.}%
- \else
- \def\@DropFirstElementTemp \\##1##2\@EndCdrList{\def#1{##2}}%
- \expandafter\@DropFirstElementTemp#1\@EndCdrList
- \fi
-}
-\def\CarCarOfList #1#2{%
- \let\@CarCarOfListList = #1%
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\@CarCarOfListList}%
- \CarOfList{\@CarCarOfListList}{#2}
-}
-\def\ForEveryListElement #1#2{%
- \let\@ForEveryList = #1%
- \let\@ForEveryListElementMacro = #2%
- \@ForEveryListElement
-}
-\def\@ForEveryListElement{%
- \if\EmptyListConditional{\@ForEveryList}%
- \let\@ForEveryListElementNext = \relax
- \else
- \CarOfList{\@ForEveryList}{\@ForEveryListElementElement}%
- \@ForEveryListElementMacro{\@ForEveryListElementElement}%
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\@ForEveryList}%
- \let\@ForEveryListElementNext = \@ForEveryListElement
- \fi
- \@ForEveryListElementNext
-}
-\newif\if@MemberList
-\def\MemberOfListConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \@MemberListfalse
- {%
- \def\\##1{%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2}{##1}%
- \global\@MemberListtrue
- \fi
- }%
- #1%
- }%
- \if@MemberList
-}
-\def\ReverseList #1#2{%
- \def\@ReverseListOut{}%
- \ForEveryListElement{#1}{\@ReverseList}%
- \let#2 = \@ReverseListOut
-}
-\def\@ReverseList #1{%
- \LeftAppendElement{\@ReverseListOut}{#1}%
-}
-\def\LastElementOfList #1#2{%
- \ReverseList{#1}{#1}%
- \CarOfList{#1}{#2}%
- \ReverseList{#1}{#1}%
-}
-\def\DropLastElementOfList #1{%
- \ReverseList{#1}{#1}%
- \DropFirstElementOfList{#1}%
- \ReverseList{#1}{#1}%
-}
-\def\NumberOfListElements #1#2{%
- \let\@NumberOfListElementsList = #1%
- \def\@NumberOfListElementsCount{#2}%
- \@NumberOfListElementsCount = 0
- \@NumberOfListElements
-}
-\def\@NumberOfListElements{%
- \if\EmptyListConditional{\@NumberOfListElementsList}%
- \let\@NumberOfListElementsNext = \relax
- \else
- \advance\@NumberOfListElementsCount by 1
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\@NumberOfListElementsList}%
- \let\@NumberOfListElementsNext = \@NumberOfListElements
- \fi
- \@NumberOfListElementsNext
-}
-\newcount\@NumberOfListElCCount
-\def\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional #1{%
- 0=0\fi
- \NumberOfListElements{#1}{\@NumberOfListElCCount}%
- \ifnum\@NumberOfListElCCount
-}
-\def\CombineTwoLists #1#2#3{%
- \def\@CombineTwoLists{\def\@CombineTwoListsResult}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\@CombineTwoLists
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter{\expandafter#1#2}%
- \let #3 = \@CombineTwoListsResult
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-list-mac.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\IndexLastElement #1#2{%
- \NumberOfListElements{#1}{#2}%
- \advance #2 by -1
-}
-\newcount\@ArrayIndexCheckCount
-\def\ArrayIndexCheck #1#2{%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ArrayIndexCheckCount}%
- \ifnum\@ArrayIndexCheckCount = -1
- \errmessage{\string\ArrayIndexCheck: array \string#2
- is empty.}%
- \else
- \CheckRange{#2}{0}{\@ArrayIndexCheckCount}%
- {\string\ArrayIndexCheck: index \number#2 out
- of range in list \string#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\newcount\@AccessArrayElementLimit
-\newcount\@AccessArrayElementCount
-\def\AccessArrayElement #1#2#3{%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}%
- \let\@AccessArrayElementList = #1%
- \@AccessArrayElementLimit = #2\relax
- \DoLoop{\@AccessArrayElementCount}%
- {1}{1}{\@AccessArrayElementLimit}%
- {\DropFirstElementOfList{\@AccessArrayElementList}}%
- \CarOfList{\@AccessArrayElementList}{#3}%
-}
-\newcount\@ModifyArrayElementCount
-\newcount\@ModifyArrayElementLimit
-\def\ModifyArrayElement #1#2#3{%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{2}%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ModifyArrayElementLimit}%
- \let\@ModifyArrayList = #1%
- \def\@ModifyArrayRet{}%
- \DoLoop{\@ModifyArrayElementCount}%
- {0}{1}{\@ModifyArrayElementLimit}%
- {%
- \CarOfList{\@ModifyArrayList}%
- {\@ModifyArrayElement}%
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\@ModifyArrayList}%
- \ifnum\@ModifyArrayElementCount = #2\relax
- \RightAppendElement{\@ModifyArrayRet}{#3}%
- \else
- \RightAppendElement
- {\@ModifyArrayRet}%
- {\@ModifyArrayElement}%
- \fi
- }%
- \let #1 = \@ModifyArrayRet
-}
-\newcount\@InsertArrayElementCount
-\newcount\@InsertArrayElementCountTwo
-\def\InsertArrayElement #1#2#3{%
- \ifnum\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional{#1}=0
- \errmessage{\string\InsertArrayElement: empty array}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\NumberOfListElementsNumConditional{#1}=#2
- \else
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}%
- \fi
- \def\@InsertArrayElementListPre{}%
- \ifnum #2>0
- \@InsertArrayElementCount = #2\relax
- \advance\@InsertArrayElementCount by -1
- \ExtractSubArray{#1}{0}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}%
- {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}%
- \fi
- \def\@InsertArrayElementListPost{}%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}%
- \ifnum #2 > \@InsertArrayElementCount
- \else
- \ExtractSubArray{#1}{#2}{\@InsertArrayElementCount}%
- {\@InsertArrayElementListPost}%
- \fi
- \RightAppendElement{\@InsertArrayElementListPre}{#3}%
- \CombineTwoLists
- {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}%
- {\@InsertArrayElementListPost}%
- {\@InsertArrayElementListPre}%
- \let #1 = \@InsertArrayElementListPre
-}
-\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementCount
-\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementLimit
-\def\DeleteArrayElement #1#2{%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}%
- \let\@DeleteArrayElementList = #1%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@DeleteArrayElementLimit}%
- \ifnum\@DeleteArrayElementLimit = -1
- \errmessage{\string\DeleteArrayElement: empty array.}%
- \fi
- \def\@DeleteArrayElementResultList{}%
- \DoLoop{\@DeleteArrayElementCount}%
- {0}{1}{\@DeleteArrayElementLimit}%
- {%
- \CarOfList{\@DeleteArrayElementList}%
- {\@DeleteArrayElement}%
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\@DeleteArrayElementList}%
- \ifnum\@DeleteArrayElementCount = #2\relax
- \else
- \RightAppendElement
- {\@DeleteArrayElementResultList}%
- {\@DeleteArrayElement}%
- \fi
- }%
- \let #1=\@DeleteArrayElementResultList
-}
-\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementRangeCount
-\newcount\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit
-\def\DeleteArrayElementRange #1#2#3{%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#3}%
- \ifnum #2>#3
- \errmessage{\string\DeleteArrayElementRange:
- first index larger than second. Makes no
- sense}%
- \fi
- \@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit = #3\relax
- \advance\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit by -#2%
- \advance\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit by 1
- \DoLoop{\@DeleteArrayElementRangeCount}{1}{1}%
- {\@DeleteArrayElementRangeLimit}%
- {\DropArrayElement{#1}{#2}}%
-}
-\newcount\@ShowArrayCount
-\newcount\@ShowArrayLimit
-\def\ShowArray #1{%
- \wlog{\string\ShowArray: begin}%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ShowArrayLimit}%
- \ifnum\@ShowArrayLimit = -1
- \wlog{** empty array **}%
- \else
- \DoLoop{\@ShowArrayCount}{0}{1}{\@ShowArrayLimit}{%
- \AccessArrayElement{#1}{\@ShowArrayCount}%
- {\@ShowArrayElement}%
- \wlog{Index \the\@ShowArrayCount:
- "\@ShowArrayElement"}%
- }%
- \fi
- \wlog{\string\ShowArray: end}%
- \wlog{}%
-}
-\def\@TokenToListDoneMacro{\@TokensToListDone}%
-\def\TokensToTeXList #1#2{%
- \def#1{}%
- \def\@TokensToListName{#1}%
- \@TokensToList #2\@TokensToListDone
-}
-\def\@TokensToList #1{%
- \def\@TokensToListMacArgOne{#1}%
- \ifx\@TokensToListMacArgOne\@TokenToListDoneMacro
- \let\@TokensToListNext = \relax
- \else
- \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@TokensToListName{#1}%
- \let\@TokensToListNext = \@TokensToList
- \fi
- \@TokensToListNext
-}
-\newcount\@ExtractArrayCount
-\newcount\@ExtractArrayLimit
-\newif\if@ExtractCopy
-\def\ExtractSubArray #1#2#3#4{%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#2}%
- \ArrayIndexCheck{#1}{#3}%
- \ifnum #3<#2
- \errmessage{\string\ExtractSubArray: first index >
- second index, error}%
- \fi
- \def\@ExtractSubArrayResult{}%
- \IndexLastElement{#1}{\@ExtractArrayLimit}%
- \DoLoop{\@ExtractArrayCount}{0}{1}{\@ExtractArrayLimit}%
- {%
- \@ExtractCopytrue
- \ifnum\@ExtractArrayCount < #2\relax
- \@ExtractCopyfalse
- \fi
- \ifnum\@ExtractArrayCount > #3\relax
- \@ExtractCopyfalse
- \fi
- \if@ExtractCopy
- \AccessArrayElement
- {#1}%
- {\@ExtractArrayCount}%
- {\@SubArrayElement}%
- \RightAppendElement
- {\@ExtractSubArrayResult}%
- {\@SubArrayElement}%
- \fi
- }%
- \let #4 = \@ExtractSubArrayResult
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-arraymac.tip}{}
-\def\ZeroBox #1{%
- \wd#1 = 0pt
- \ht#1 = 0pt
- \dp#1 = 0pt
-}
-\def\ZeroBoxOut #1{%
- \ZeroBox{#1}%
- \box#1%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-box-zero.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@PrintAtPositionBox
-\def\PrintAtPosition #1#2#3#4{%
- \setbox\@PrintAtPositionBox = \hbox{%
- \hskip #1\relax
- \lower #2\hbox{%
- #3%
- }%
- }%
- #4 = \dp\@PrintAtPositionBox
- \ZeroBoxOut{\@PrintAtPositionBox}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\def\SetUpPrintAtPosition{%
- \nopagenumbers
- \topskip = 0pt
- \offinterlineskip
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-atpos.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NewEnvironment #1{%
- \wlog{\string\NewEnvironment: new environment #1.}%
- \NameNewDef{@@B-#1}{%
- \bgroup
- \def\@CurEnvName{#1}%
- \NameUse{@Begin#1}%
- }%
- \NameNewDef{@@E-#1}{%
- \NameUse{@End#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\@CurEnvName}%
- \else
- \errmessage{Ending environment: mismatch in
- environment names: specified: #1,
- expected: \@CurEnvName}%
- \fi
- \egroup
- }%
-}
-\def\B #1{%
- \NameUse{@@B-#1}%
-}
-\def\E #1{%
- \NameUse{@@E-#1}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-be-env.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@BulletBox
-\setbox\@BulletBox =
- \hbox{%
- \hskip -2.3pt
- \lower 2.5pt \hbox{$\bullet$}%
- }
-\ZeroBox{\@BulletBox}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-box-bul.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@BoxingBox
-\newbox\@BaseLineLeaders
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-box-bb.tip}{}
-\newdimen\BoxRuleThickness
-\BoxRuleThickness = 0.4pt
-\NameDef{@InputD-box-thck.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\ifBulletAndBaseLine
-\BulletAndBaseLinetrue
-\def\RulesOutSide #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \fi
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip #3%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \dimen0 = #3%
- \advance \dimen0 by 2\BoxRuleThickness
- \hskip -\dimen0
- \dimen2 = #1%
- \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth -#1%
- \hskip -\dimen0
- \dimen2 = #2%
- \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \dimen0 height -#2 depth \dimen2
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\def\RulesInSide #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \fi
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip #3%
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip -#3%
- \dimen2 = #1%
- \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width #3 height #1 depth -\dimen2
- \hskip -#3%
- \dimen2 = #2%
- \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width #3 height -\dimen2 depth #2%
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\def\RulesOnSide #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \fi
- \hskip -0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip #3%
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip -#3%
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen0 = #3%
- \advance\dimen0 by \BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen2 = #1%
- \advance\dimen2 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen4 = #1%
- \advance\dimen4 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen4 = -\dimen4
- \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4
- \hskip -\dimen0
- \dimen2 = #2%
- \advance\dimen2 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen2 = -\dimen2
- \dimen4 = #2%
- \advance\dimen4 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-boxing5.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\BoxingE #1{%
- \hbox{%
- \setbox\@BoxingBox = #1%
- \setbox\@BaseLineLeaders = \hbox to \wd\@BoxingBox{%
- \xleaders\hbox to 4pt{%
- \hskip 1pt
- \vrule depth 0.4pt height 0.4pt width 2pt
- \hfil
- }%
- \hfil
- }%
- \ZeroBox{\@BaseLineLeaders}%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \box\@BaseLineLeaders
- \fi
- \RulesOnSide
- {\ht\@BoxingBox}%
- {\dp\@BoxingBox}%
- {\wd\@BoxingBox}%
- \box\@BoxingBox
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-boxing6.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@VcenterXBox
-\newdimen\@VcenterDimen
-\def\VcenterX{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \mathsurround = 0pt
- \futurelet\@VCenterXToken\@VCenterXA
-}
-\def\@VCenterXA{%
- \ifx\@VCenterXToken\bgroup
- \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXOrdinary
- \else
- \ifx\@VCenterXToken t%
- \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXTo
- \else
- \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXSpread
- \fi
- \fi
- \@VcenterXNext
-}
-\def\@VcenterXOrdinary{%
- \def\@VcenterCommand{\vcenter}%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXB
- \let\@VcenterDrop =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXTo to{%
- \def\@VcenterCommand{to}%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread
- \@VcenterDimen =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXSpread spread{%
- \def\@VcenterCommand{spread}%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread
- \@VcenterDimen =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXToSpread{%
- \edef\@VcenterCommand{%
- \vcenter\@VcenterCommand \the\@VcenterDimen
- }%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXB
- \let\@VcenterDrop =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXB{%
- \setbox\@VcenterXBox = \hbox\bgroup
- $%
- \@VcenterCommand\bgroup
- \aftergroup\@VcenterXC
-}
-\def\@VcenterXC{%
- $%
- \egroup
- \box\@VcenterXBox
- \egroup
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-vcentx.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@BoxRDimen
-\newbox\@BoxRBox
-\newcount\@BoxRNumber
-\def\HboxR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\VboxR{%
- \vbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\vbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\VtopR{%
- \vtop\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\vtop}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\VcenterXR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\VcenterX}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\BoxR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRB
- \@BoxRNumber =
-}
-\def\@BoxRB{%
- \HboxR{\box\@BoxRNumber}%
- \egroup
-}
-\def\CopyR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \afterassignment\@CopyRbb
- \@BoxRNumber =
-}
-\def\@CopyRbb{%
- \HboxR{\copy\@BoxRNumber}%
- \egroup
-}
-\def\@BoxRaa{%
- \futurelet\@BoxRSymbol\@BoxRA
-}
-\def\@BoxRA{%
- \ifx\@BoxRSymbol\bgroup
- \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRb
- \else
- \if\@BoxRSymbol t%
- \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbTo
- \else
- \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbSpread
- \fi
- \fi
- \@BoxitNext
-}
-\def\@BoxRb{%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo
- \let\@BoxDrop =
-}
-\def\@BoxRbTwo{%
- \setbox\@BoxRBox = \expandafter\@WhichBox\@WhichBoxDimen\bgroup
- \aftergroup\@BoxRbThree
-}
-\def\@BoxRbThree{%
- \BoxingE{\box\@BoxRBox}%
- \egroup
-}
-\def\@BoxRbTo to{%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{to}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo
- \@BoxRDimen =
-}
-\def\@BoxRbSpread spread{%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{spread}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo
- \@BoxRDimen =
-}
-\def\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo{%
- \edef\@WhichBoxDimen{\@WhichBoxDimen \the\@BoxRDimen}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo
- \let\@BoxDrop =
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-boxing7.tip}{}
-\def\BoxLarger #1#2{%
- \vbox{%
- \vskip #2
- \hbox{%
- \hskip #2%
- \hbox{#1}%
- \hskip #2%
- }%
- \vskip #2
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-box-larg.tip}{}
-\def\EmptyBox #1#2#3{%
- \hbox{%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{}%
- \ht0 = #1%
- \dp0 = #2%
- \wd0 = #3%
- \box 0%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-emptybox.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@EmptyRuledBox
-\def\EmptyRuledBox #1#2#3{%
- \setbox\@EmptyRuledBox = \hbox{}%
- \ht\@EmptyRuledBox = #1\relax
- \dp\@EmptyRuledBox = #2\relax
- \wd\@EmptyRuledBox = #3\relax
- \HboxR{\box\@EmptyRuledBox}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-emprubox.tip}{}
-\def\EliminateRuledBoxes{%
- \let\HboxR = \hbox
- \let\VboxR = \vbox
- \let\VtopR = \vtop
- \let\VcenterXR = \VcenterX
- \let\BoxR = \box
- \let\CopyR = \copy
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-boxrelim.tip}{}
-\def\LineR{\HboxR to \hsize}
-\def\LeftlineR #1{\LineR{#1\hss}}
-\def\RightlineR #1{\LineR{\hss#1}}
-\def\CenterlineR #1{\LineR{\hss#1\hss}}
-\NameDef{@InputD-linesr.tip}{}
-\NameDef{@InputD-box-mac.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@BigLetDown
-\newdimen\@BigLetDimen
-\newcount\@BigLetCount
-\newbox\@BigLetBox
-\newdimen\BigLetSep
-\BigLetSep = 2pt
-\newdimen\BigLetH
-\BigLetH = 2pt
-\def\BigLetPar #1{%
- \par
- \setbox\@BigLetBox = \hbox{#1\hskip\BigLetSep}%
- \setbox\@BigLetBox = \vtop{%
- \dimen0 = \baselineskip
- \offinterlineskip
- \hbox{}
- \vskip -0.7\dimen0
- \box\@BigLetBox
- \vbox to \BigLetH{}
- }%
- \@BigLetDimen = \dp\@BigLetBox
- \advance\@BigLetDimen by 0.7\baselineskip
- \advance\@BigLetDimen by 1.0\baselineskip
- \divide\@BigLetDimen by \baselineskip
- \@BigLetCount = \@BigLetDimen
- \dp\@BigLetBox = 0pt
- \hangafter = -\@BigLetCount
- \hangindent = \wd\@BigLetBox
- \noindent
- \hskip -\hangindent
- \box \@BigLetBox
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-bletpar.tip}{}
-\def\BoxingA #1{%
- \vbox{%
- \hrule
- \hbox{%
- \vrule
- #1%
- \vrule
- }%
- \hrule
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-boxing1.tip}{}
-
-\def\BoxingB #1{%
- \vbox{%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- \hbox{%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- #1%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-boxing2.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\BoxingC #1{%
- \vbox{%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- \hbox{%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- \copy\@BulletBox
- #1%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-boxing3.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\BoxingD #1{%
- \vbox{%
- \setbox\@BoxingBox = #1%
- \setbox\@BaseLineLeaders = \hbox to \wd\@BoxingBox{%
- \xleaders\hbox to 4pt{%
- \hskip 1pt
- \vrule depth 0.4pt height 0.4pt width 2pt
- \hfil
- }%
- \hfil
- }%
- \ZeroBox{\@BaseLineLeaders}%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- \hbox{%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \box\@BaseLineLeaders
- \box\@BoxingBox
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
- \hrule height \BoxRuleThickness
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-boxing4.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\newcountOF{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt}
-\def\newdimenOF{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt}
-\def\newskipOF{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt}
-\def\newmuskipOF{\alloc@3\muskip\muskipdef\@cclvi}
-\def\newboxOF{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-\def\newhelpOF#1#2{\newtoksOF#1#1\expandafter{\csname#2\endcsname}}
-\def\newtoksOF{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\@cclvi}
-\def\newreadOF{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newwriteOF{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newfamOF{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newifOF#1{\count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \edef\@if#1{true}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \edef\@if#1{false}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}%
- \@if#1{false}\escapechar\count@} % the condition starts out false
-\def\newlanguageOF{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-newoutfr.tip}{}
-\edef\FourSpaces{\space\space\space\space}
-\edef\EightSpaces{\FourSpaces\FourSpaces}
-\NameDef{@InputD-mspaces.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@BoxRQStart
-\newcount\@BoxRQEnd
-\newcount\@BoxRQLength
-\newcount\@BoxRQCount
-\newcount\@BoxRQLast
-\newcount\@BoxRQFirst
-\def\@LoadBRQCounters #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}%
- \@BoxRQStart = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}%
- \@BoxRQEnd = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-End-#1}%
- \@BoxRQLength= \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Length-#1}%
- \@BoxRQCount = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Count-#1}%
- \@BoxRQLast = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-Last-#1}%
- \@BoxRQFirst = \NameUse{@BoxRQ-First-#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@LoadBRQCounters: no queue "#1".}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\@RestoreBRQCounters #1{%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Start-#1}{\the\@BoxRQStart}%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-End-#1}{\the\@BoxRQEnd}%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Length-#1}{\the\@BoxRQLength}%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Count-#1}{\the\@BoxRQCount}%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-Last-#1}{\the\@BoxRQLast}%
- \NameXdef{@BoxRQ-First-#1}{\the\@BoxRQFirst}%
-}
-\newcount\@BoxRQTempA \newcount\@BoxRQTempB
-\def\SetUpBoxRegisterQueue #1#2{%
- \@BoxRQStart = \count14
- \advance\@BoxRQStart by 1
- \@BoxRQTempA = \@BoxRQStart
- \DoLoop{\@BoxRQTempB}{1}{1}{#2}%
- {\newboxOF\@WhoCaresBoxRegisterIndexA
- \advance\@BoxRQTempA by 1 }
- \advance\@BoxRQTempA by -1
- \@BoxRQEnd = \@BoxRQTempA
- \wlog{\string\SetUpBoxRegisterQueue: queue "#1."}%
- \wlog{\EightSpaces Box registers
- \the\@BoxRQStart\space through
- \the\@BoxRQEnd\space allocated.}%
- \wlog{\EightSpaces (#2 registers).}%
- \@BoxRQCount = 0
- \@BoxRQLength = #2
- \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}%
-}
-\def\AddBoxToQueue #1#2{%
- \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}%
- \wlog{\string\AddBoxToQueue: length: \the\@BoxRQLength,
- count: \the\@BoxRQCount}%
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = \@BoxRQLength
- \errmessage{\string\AddBoxToQueue: Queue "#1" is full.}%
- \else
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0
- \@BoxRQLast = \@BoxRQStart
- \@BoxRQFirst = \@BoxRQStart
- \fi
- \global\setbox\@BoxRQLast = #2%
- \advance\@BoxRQLast by 1
- \ifnum\@BoxRQLast > \@BoxRQEnd
- \@BoxRQLast = \@BoxRQStart
- \fi
- \advance\@BoxRQCount by 1
- \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\CopyFirstElementFromQueue #1#2{%
- \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}%
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0
- \errmessage{\string\CopyFirstElementFromQueue: empty "#1"}%
- \else
- \setbox #2 = \copy\@BoxRQFirst
- \fi
-}
-\def\DropFirstBoxOfQueue #1{%
- \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}%
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0
- \errmessage{\string\DropFirstBoxOfQueue: "#1" is empty.}%
- \else
- \advance\@BoxRQCount by -1
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0
- \else
- \advance\@BoxRQFirst by 1
- \ifnum\@BoxRQFirst > \@BoxRQEnd
- \@BoxRQFirst = \@BoxRQStart
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \@RestoreBRQCounters{#1}%
-}
-\def\EmptyBoxRegisterQueueConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \@LoadBRQCounters{#1}%
- \ifnum\@BoxRQCount = 0
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-boxrqu.tip}{}
-\def\CenterlineP #1{%
- \centerline{#1\unskip .}
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-centerlp.tip}{}
-\def\BeginCenter{%
- \par
- \begingroup
- \rightskip = 1in plus 4em
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \spaceskip = .3333em
- \xspaceskip = .5em
- \parfillskip = 0pt
- \noindent
-}
-\def\EndCenter{%
- \par
- \endgroup
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-centerng.tip}{}
-\def\CenterOrParagraph #1{%
- {%
- \par
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > \hsize
- \noindent #1\par
- \else
- \centerline{\box0}%
- \fi
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-centpar.tip}{}
-\def\hboxE #1{%
- {%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
- \setbox1 = \hbox{}%
- \wd1 = \wd0
- \ht1 = \ht0
- \dp1 = \dp0
- \HboxR{\box 1}%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-charbo.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@AdvanceBoxD
-\def\AdvanceBoxDimension #1#2{%
- \@AdvanceBoxD = #1\relax
- \advance\@AdvanceBoxD by #2\relax
- #1 = \@AdvanceBoxD
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-chboxd.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ClearBoxReg #1{%
- \setbox #1 = \box\voidb@x
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-clearb.tip}{}
-\def\InitialCollectInfo{%
- \gdef\Collect{}%
-}
-\InitialCollectInfo
-\long\def\AddInfo #1{%
- \xdef\Collect{\Collect #1}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-collect.tip}{}
-\newtoks\CollectTokens
-\CollectTokens = {}
-\def\AddInfo #1{%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \CollectTokens\expandafter{%
- \the\CollectTokens #1}
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-coltok.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\MakeOther #1{\catcode `#1 = 12 }
-\def\MakeActive #1{\catcode `#1 = \active\relax}
-\def\MakeEolActive{\MakeActive{\^^M}}
-\def\MakeTabActive{\MakeActive{\^^I}}
-\def\MkOthersNoCB{%
- \MakeOther{\ }%
- \MakeOther{\\}%
- \MakeOther{\$}%
- \MakeOther{\&}%
- \MakeOther{\#}%
- \MakeOther{\^}\MakeOther{\^^K}%
- \MakeOther{\_}\MakeOther{\^^A}%
- \MakeOther{\%}%
- \MakeOther{\~}%
-}
-\def\MkOthers{%
- \MakeOther{\{}%
- \MakeOther{\}}%
- \MkOthersNoCB
-}
-{\catcode`\^^I = 11
-\gdef\@TabAsLiteral{^^I}%
-}
-\catcode`\[ = 1
-\catcode`\] = 2
-[
- \catcode`\{ = 12
- \catcode`\} = 12
- \gdef\LeftBraceText[{]
- \gdef\RightBraceText[}]
-]
-\catcode`\[ = 12
-\catcode`\] = 12
-\def\AcuteAccentText{\'{}}
-\def\AcuteAccentTt{{\tt\AcuteAccentText}}
-\def\AmpersandText{\char`\&}
-\def\AmpersandTt{{\tt\AmpersandText}}
-\def\ApostropheText{'{}}
-\def\ApostropheTt{{\tt\ApostropheText}}
-\def\AtSignText{@}
-\def\AtSignTt{{\tt\AtSignText}}
-{%
- \catcode`| = 0
- |catcode`\\ = 12
- |gdef|Backslash{\}
-}
-\def\BackslashTt{{\tt\char`\\}}
-\def\CaretText{\char`\^{}}
-\def\CaretTt{{\tt\CaretText}}
-\def\DollarSignText{\$}
-\def\DollarSignTt{{\tt\DollarSignText}}
-{
- \catcode`\# = 12
- \gdef\PoundSign{#}
-}
-\def\pounds{{\it\char'44 }}
-\def\DoubleQuoteTt{{\tt"}}
-\def\EmDashText{{}---{}}
-\def\EmDashTt{{\tt\EmDashText}}
-\def\EnDashText{{}--{}}
-\def\EnDashTt{{\tt\EnDashText}}
-\def\ExclamationPointText{!}
-\def\ExclamationPointTt{{\tt\ExclamationPointText}}
-\def\GreaterThanSign{>}
-\def\GreaterThanSignTt{{\tt\GreaterThanSign}}
-\def\HyphenText{-}
-\def\HyphenTt{{\tt\HyphenText}}
-\def\OpenExclamationText{>}
-\def\OpenExclamationTt{{\tt\OpenExclamationText}}
-\def\LeftBraceTt{{\tt\LeftBraceText}}
-\def\LeftBracketText{[}
-\def\LeftBracketTt{{\tt\LeftBracketText}}
-\def\LeftParenthesisText{(}
-\def\LeftParenthesisTt{{\tt\LeftParenthesisText}}
-\def\LeftQuoteText{`{}}
-\def\LeftQuoteTt{{\tt\LeftQuoteText}}
-\def\LessThanSign{<}
-\def\LessThanSignTt{{\tt\LessThanSign}}
-\def\MinusSignText{-}
-\def\MinusSignTt{{\tt\MinusSignText}}
-\def\OpenQuestionText{<}
-\def\OpenQuestionTt{{\tt\OpenQuestionText}}
-\def\PlusSignText{+}
-\def\PlusSignTt{{\tt\PlusSignText}}
-\def\PercentSignText{\%}
-\def\PercentSignTt{{\tt\PercentSignText}}
-{
- \catcode`\% = 12
- \gdef\PercentSignPure{%}
-}
-\def\PeriodText{.}
-\def\PeriodTt{{\tt\PeriodText}}
-\def\PoundSignText{\#}
-\def\PoundSignTt{{\tt\PoundSignText}}
-\def\QuestionMarkText{?}
-\def\QuestionMarkTt{{\tt\QuestionMarkText}}
-\def\RightBraceTt{{\tt\RightBraceText}}
-\def\RightBracketText{]}
-\def\RightBracketTt{{\tt\RightBracketText}}
-\def\RightQuoteText{'{}}
-\def\RightQuoteTt{{\tt\RightQuoteText}}
-\def\RightParenthesisText{)}
-\def\RightParenthesisTt{{\tt\RightParenthesisText}}
-\def\SpaceText{ }
-\def\VisibleSpaceTt{{\tt\char"20}}
-\def\TildeText{\char`\~{}}
-\def\TildeTt{{\tt\TildeText}}
-\def\UnderscoreText{\char`\_}
-\def\UnderscoreTt{{\tt\UnderscoreText}}
-\def\VerbControlSpace{\ }
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-verb-bas.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newread\@FileExistsS
-\newif\if@FileExistsAnswer
-\def\FileExistsConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \openin\@FileExistsS = #1
- \ifeof\@FileExistsS
- \@FileExistsAnswerfalse
- \else
- \closein\@FileExistsS
- \@FileExistsAnswertrue
- \fi
- \if@FileExistsAnswer
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-fexist.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@CompareFilesResult
-\newread\@ReadCompareOne
-\newread\@ReadCompareTwo
-\def\CompareFilesConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\CompareFilesConditional: first file "#1"
- does not exist.}%
- \fi
- \if\FileExistsConditional{#2}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\CompareFilesConditional: second file "#2"
- does not exist.}%
- \fi
- \global\@CompareFilesResult = 0
- \begingroup
- \MkOthers
- \openin\@ReadCompareOne = #1
- \openin\@ReadCompareTwo = #2
- \@CompareFiles
-}
-
-\def\@CompareFiles{%
- \read\@ReadCompareOne to \@CompareOneString
- \read\@ReadCompareTwo to \@CompareTwoString
- \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne
- \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne
- \global\@CompareFilesResult = 1
- \else
- \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2
- \fi
- \else
- \ifeof\@ReadCompareOne
- \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2
- \else
- \ifx\@CompareOneString\@CompareTwoString
- \else
- \global\@CompareFilesResult = 2
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \RecursionMacroEnd
- {\ifnum \@CompareFilesResult = 0\relax}%
- {\@CompareFiles}{\@EndCompareFiles}%
-}
-\def\@EndCompareFiles{%
- \endgroup
- \closein\@ReadCompareOne
- \closein\@ReadCompareTwo
- \ifnum\@CompareFilesResult = 1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-comfiles.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\GenericOStream
-\newif\if@GenericOStreamOpen
-\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse
-\def\OpenGenericOStream #1{%
- \if@GenericOStreamOpen
- \errmessage{\string\OpenGenericOStream: generic
- output stream currently open.}%
- \else
- \global\@GenericOStreamOpentrue
- \immediate\openout\GenericOStream = #1%
- \fi
-}
-\def\CloseGenericOStream{%
- \if@GenericOStreamOpen
- \global\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse
- \immediate\closeout\GenericOStream
- \else
- \errhelp{Stream not in use.}%
- \errmessage{\string\CloseGenericOStream:
- stream is NOT open for output.}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-genostr.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newread\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput
-\def\StringsEqualConditionalCat #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \edef\@StringsEqualOneConditionalCat{#1}%
- \edef\@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCat{#2}%
- \OpenGenericOStream{compst.tmp}%
- \immediate\write\GenericOStream{%
- \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCat{#1}%
- }%
- \immediate\write\GenericOStream{%
- \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCat{#1}%
- }%
- \CloseGenericOStream
- \openin\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput = compst.tmp
- \read\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput to
- \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCatR
- \read\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput to
- \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCatR
- \closein\@StringsEqualConditionalCatInput
- \ifx
- \@StringsEqualOneConditionalCatR
- \@StringsEqualTwoConditionalCatR
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-compstca.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@LetterConditional
-\newcount\@LetterConditionalCounter
-\def\@LetterConditional #1#2;{%
- \@LetterConditionalCounter = `#1\relax
-}
-\def\LetterConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \@LetterConditionalfalse
- \edef\@LetterConditionalString{#1}%
- \expandafter\@LetterConditional\@LetterConditionalString ;
- \if\InRangeConditional{\@LetterConditionalCounter}{`\a}{`\z}%
- \@LetterConditionaltrue
- \fi
- \if\InRangeConditional{\@LetterConditionalCounter}{`\A}{`\Z}%
- \@LetterConditionaltrue
- \fi
- \if@LetterConditional
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-condltr.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@TestTrail #1 #2\@Del{%
- \def\@RemTspTemp{#1}%
-}
-\def\RemTsp #1#2{%
- \edef\@RemTspTempOne{#2#2 }%
- \expandafter\@TestTrail\@RemTspTempOne\@Del
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2#2}{\@RemTspTemp}%
- \def#1{#2}%
- \else
- \edef\@RemTspTempA{\noexpand\edef\noexpand#1{\@RemTspTemp}}%
- \@RemTspTempA
- \fi
-}
-\def\@TestLead #1 #2\@Del{\def\@RemLspOne{#1}}
-\def\RemLsp #1#2{%
- \edef\@TempRemLsp{#2#2\space}%
- \expandafter\@TestLead\@TempRemLsp\@Del
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\@RemLspOne}%
- \expandafter\@RemLspThree #2\@Del{#1}%
- \else
- \def#1{#2}%
- \fi
-}
-\edef\@RemLspTwo{%
- \def\noexpand\@RemLspThree\space ##1\noexpand\@Del##2{%
- \def##2{##1}%
- }%
-}
-\@RemLspTwo
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-remtlsp.tip}{}
-\newcount\StringLengthResult
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@StringLengthBoxA
-\newbox\@StringLengthBoxB
-\def\StringLength #1{%
- \setbox\@StringLengthBoxA = \hbox{\tt #1}%
- \setbox\@StringLengthBoxB = \hbox{\tt A}%
- \StringLengthResult = \wd\@StringLengthBoxA
- \divide\StringLengthResult by \wd\@StringLengthBoxB
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-strleng.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ConvertArgsToListAndAppend #1#2{%
- \def\@Co{#1}%
- \@ItemRec #2,\@Delimiter
-}
-\def\@ItemRec #1,{%
- \RemLsp{\@ItemTemp}{#1}%
- \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@Co{\@ItemTemp}%
- \futurelet\@ItemRecTok\@ItemRecOne
-}
-\def\@ItemRecOne{%
- \RecursionMacroEnd{\ifx\@ItemRecTok\@Delimiter}%
- {\@ItemRecEnd}{\@ItemRec}%
-}
-\def\@ItemRecEnd\@Delimiter{}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-conval.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\arabic #1{\number#1}
-\def\roman #1{%
- \romannumeral #1%
-}
-\def\Roman #1{%
- \ifcase #1\or
- I\or II\or III\or IV\or V\or
- VI\or VII\or VIII\or IX\or X\or
- XI\or XII\or XIII\or XIV\or XV\or
- XVI\or XVII\or XVIII\or XIX\or XX\or
- XXI\or XXII\or XXIII\or XXIV\or XV%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\Roman: argument \number#1 out
- of range, larger than 25.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\alph #1{%
- \ifcase #1%
- \or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i%
- \else
- \@Morealph{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\@Morealph #1{%
- \ifcase #1%
- \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or
- \or j\or k\or l\or m\or n\or o\or p\or q\or r%
- \or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@Morealph: argument too large.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\Alph #1{%
- \ifcase #1%
- \or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I%
- \else
- \@MoreAlph{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\@MoreAlph #1{%
- \ifcase #1%
- \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or \or
- \or J\or K\or L\or M\or N\or O\or P\or Q\or R%
- \or S\or T\or U \or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@MoreAlph: argument too large.}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-printco.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NewCounter #1#2#3#4{%
- \wlog{\string\NewCounter: allocating new counter "#1."}%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@C-#1}%
- \errmessage{\string\NewCounter: counter "#1" was
- allocated previously.}%
- \fi
- \expandafter\newcountOF\csname @C-#1\endcsname
- \ReassignCounter{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
- \NameDef{@ResetC-#1}{}%
-}
-\def\ReassignCounter #1#2#3#4{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@C-#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\ReassignCounter: counter "#1"
- not defined before.}%
- \fi
- \NameDef{@TheC-#1}{%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter#2%
- \expandafter{\csname @C-#1\endcsname}%
- }%
- \NameDef{@TheArabicC-#1}{%
- \expandafter\the\csname @C-#1\endcsname
- }%
- \NameDef{@PriC-#1}{#3}%
- \NameDef{@RefC-#1}{#4}%
-}
-\def\TheCounter #1{%
- \NameUse{@TheC-#1}%
-}
-\def\TheArabicCounter #1{%
- \NameUse{@TheArabicC-#1}%
-}
-\def\PrintCounter #1{%
- \NameUse{@PriC-#1}%
-}
-\def\RefCounter #1{%
- \NameUse{@RefC-#1}%
-}
-\let\RefCounterTwo = \RefCounter
-\def\CounterToRegister #1#2{%
- #1 = \csname @C-#2\endcsname\relax
-}
-\def\AddCounterToResetList #1#2{%
- {%
- \def\@ResetCounter{\noexpand\@ResetCounter}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname @ResetC-#2\endcsname{%
- \csname @ResetC-#2\endcsname\@ResetCounter{#1}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\StepCounter #1{%
- \global\expandafter\advance\csname @C-#1\endcsname by 1
- \NameUse{@ResetC-#1}%
-}
-\def\SetCounter #1#2{%
- \global\expandafter\csname @C-#1\endcsname = #2\relax
-}
-\def\AssignCounterToReg #1#2{%
- #2 = \expandafter\csname @C-#1\endcsname
- \relax
-}
-\def\@ResetCounter #1{%
- \global\csname @C-#1\endcsname = 0
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-counters.tip}{}
-\newcount\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@CharCodeNumberOfLines
-{
- \catcode`\^^M = \active %
- \gdef\@SetUpLineCounting{%
- \gdef
- {\global\advance\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile by 1 }%
- }%
-}
-\def\NumberOfLinesInFile #1{%
- \begingroup
- \global\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 0
- \DoLoop{\@CharCodeNumberOfLines}{0}{1}{127}%
- {\catcode\@CharCodeNumberOfLines = 9 }
- \@SetUpLineCounting
- \catcode`\^^M = \active
- \input #1
- \endgroup
- \ifnum\ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 1
- \if\CompareFilesConditional{#1}{nul}%
- \ReturnNumberOfLinesInFile = 0
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-countl.tip}{}
-\def\CenterRightLines #1#2{
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}
- \dimen0 = \hsize
- \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \divide\dimen0 by 2
- \rightline{#1\hskip\dimen0}
- \rightline{#2\hskip\dimen0}
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-crline.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@CreateArrayCount
-\def\CCreateArray #1#2#3{%
- \NameEdef{#1-low}{\number#2}%
- \NameEdef{#1-high}{#3}%
- \ifnum #3<#2
- \errmessage{\string\CCreateArray: low array boundary
- \number#2 is larger than upper array boundary
- \number#3}%
- \fi
- \DoLoop{\@CreateArrayCount}{#2}{1}{#3}{%
- \NameDef{#1-\the\@CreateArrayCount}{}%
- }
-}
-\newcount\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength
-\newcount\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount
-\def\ConvertStringIntoArray #1#2{%
- \def\@ConvertArrayName{#1}%
- \edef\@ConvertArrayString{#2}%
- \StringLength{\@ConvertArrayString}%
- \@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength = \StringLengthResult
- \advance\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength by -1
- \CCreateArray{\@ConvertArrayName}%
- {0}{\the\@ConvertStringIntoArrayLength}%
- \@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount = 0
- \expandafter\@ConvertStringIntoArray
- \@ConvertArrayString\@ConvertEnd
-}
-\def\@ConvertStringIntoArray #1#2\@ConvertEnd{%
- \CLoadArrayElementEdef{\@ConvertArrayName}%
- {\the\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount}{#1}%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#2}%
- \def\@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext{}%
- \else
- \advance\@ConvertStringIntoArrayCount by 1\relax
- \def\@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext{%
- \@ConvertStringIntoArray #2\@ConvertEnd%
- }%
- \fi
- \@ConvertStringIntoArrayNext
-}
-\def\CCheckIndex #1#2{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname #1-low\endcsname\relax
- \errmessage{\string\CCheckIndex: no array #1.}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #2<\NameUse{#1-low}%
- \errmessage{Index #2 for array #1 too small.}%
- \fi
- \ifnum #2>\NameUse{#1-high}%
- \errmessage{Index #2 for array #1 too large.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\CArrayAccess #1#2#3{%
- \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}%
- \edef#3{\NameUse{#1-#2}}%
-}
-\newcount\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount
-\def\CArrayAccessInterval #1#2#3#4{%
- \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}%
- \CCheckIndex{#1}{#3}%
- \ifnum #2>#3\relax
- \errmessage{\string\CArrayAccessInterval: low index
- (\PoundSignText 2) > high index
- (PoundSignText 3).}%
- \fi
- \def#4{}%
- \DoLoop
- {\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount}{#2}{1}{#3}{%
- \CArrayAccess{#1}{\the\@CArrayAccessIntervalCount}%
- {\@CArrayAccessInterval}%
- \edef#4{#4\@CArrayAccessInterval}%
- }%
-}
-\def\CLoadArrayElement #1#2#3{%
- \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}%
- \NameDef{#1-#2}{#3}%
-}
-\def\CLoadArrayElementEdef #1#2#3{%
- \CCheckIndex{#1}{#2}%
- \NameEdef{#1-#2}{#3}%
-}
-\newcount\@CShowArrayCount
-\def\CShowArray #1{%
- \DoLoop
- {\@CShowArrayCount}%
- {\NameUse{#1-low}}%
- {1}%
- {\NameUse{#1-high}}%
- {\wlog{Index \the\@CShowArrayCount:
- \NameUse{#1-\the\@CShowArrayCount}}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-csar.tip}{}
-\newcount\BackslashCharCode
-\BackslashCharCode = `\\
-\edef\mac #1{%
- {%
- \noexpand\tt
- \char\the\BackslashCharCode\space
- #1%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-cssprint.tip}{}
-\def\CSToString #1#2{%
- {%
- \escapechar = -1
- \xdef#1{\string #2}%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-cstostr.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newread\@CatIn
-\def\CSToStringCat #1#2{%
- {%
- \escapechar = -1
- \OpenGenericOStream{cstostrc.tmp}%
- \immediate\write\GenericOStream{\string#2\%}%
- \CloseGenericOStream
- \openin\@CatIn = cstostrc.tmp
- \global\read\@CatIn to #1%
- \closein\@CatIn
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-cstostrc.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@ControlSequenceConditional
-\def\ControlSequenceConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- {%
- \escapechar = -1
- \xdef\@ControlSequenceConditionalOne{\string#1}%
- \escapechar = `:\relax
- \xdef\@ControlSequenceConditionalTwo{\string#1}%
- }%
- \ifx\@ControlSequenceConditionalOne
- \@ControlSequenceConditionalTwo
- \@ControlSequenceConditionalfalse
- \else
- \@ControlSequenceConditionaltrue
- \fi
- \if@ControlSequenceConditional
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ctestcs.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\long\def\DoLongFutureLet #1#2#3#4{%
- \def\@FutureLetDecide{%
- #1#2\@FutureLetToken
- \def\@FutureLetNext{#3}%
- \else
- \def\@FutureLetNext{#4}%
- \fi
- \@FutureLetNext
- }%
- \futurelet\@FutureLetToken\@FutureLetDecide
-}
-\def\DoFutureLet #1#2#3#4{\DoLongFutureLet{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-futlet.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\DblArg #1{%
- \def\@DblArgTemp{#1}%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@DblArgTemp}{\@DblArgB}%
-}
-\def\@DblArgB #1{\@DblArgTemp[#1]{#1}}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-dblarg.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\GobbleDoMore #1#2{%
- \def\@GobbleDoMore ##1#1{}%
- \expandafter#2\@GobbleDoMore
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-gobblemo.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\DefaultArg #1#2#3{%
- \def\@DefaultArgMacro{#1}%
- \edef\@EmptyOtherArg{#2}%
- \edef\@DefaultArgDefault{#3}%
- \@DefaultArg #2\@DefaultArgEnd
-}
-\def\@DefaultArg{%
- \futurelet\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgOne
-}
-\def\@DefaultArgOne{%
- \ifx\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgEnd
- \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@DefaultArgDefault}%
- \else
- \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@EmptyOtherArg}%
- \fi
- \GobbleDoMore{\@DefaultArgEnd}{\relax}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-defauarg.tip}{}
-\def\DicEntry #1{%
- \par
- \hangafter = 1
- \hangindent = 5pt
- \noindent
- {\bf #1}%
- \mark{#1}%
- \hskip 1em plus .2em minus .2em
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-dicentry.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@PrefixResult
-\newcount\@LengthPrefixString
-\newcount\@LengthMainString
-\def\PrefixConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \StringLength{#1}%
- \@LengthMainString = \StringLengthResult
- \StringLength{#2}%
- \@LengthPrefixString = \StringLengthResult
- \ifnum\@LengthMainString < \@LengthPrefixString
- \@PrefixResultfalse
- \else
- \@PrefixConditionalTwo{#1}{#2}%
- \fi
- \if@PrefixResult
-}
-\def\@PrefixConditionalTwo #1#2{%
- \edef\@PrefixBoth{#1#2}%
- \edef\@PrefixTemp{%
- \def\noexpand\@TestPrefix ####1#2####2\noexpand\@Del{%
- \noexpand\if\noexpand\EmptyStringConditional{####1}%
- }%
- }%
- \ShowX\@PrefixTemp
- \@PrefixTemp
- \ShowX{\@TestPrefix}%
- \expandafter\@TestPrefix\@PrefixBoth\@Del
- \@PrefixResulttrue
- \else
- \@PrefixResultfalse
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-isprefix.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\DropPrefix #1#2#3{%
- \if\PrefixConditional{#1}{#2}%
- \edef\@PrefixConditionalTemp{%
- \def\noexpand\@PrefixConditionalTempTwo #2####1%
- \noexpand\@Del{%
- \def\noexpand #3{####1}}%
- }%
- \@PrefixConditionalTemp
- \ShowX{\@PrefixConditionalTemp}%
- \expandafter\@PrefixConditionalTempTwo #1\@Del
- \else
- \wlog{\string\DropPrefix: "#2" is NOT a prefix of "#1"}%
- \edef#3{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-droppre.tip}{}
-{
- \catcode`\p = 12
- \catcode`\t = 12
- \NameGdef{DropPoints}#1pt{\NameGdef{DropPointsResult}{#1}}
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-droppt.tip}{}
-\def\DumpOneReg #1{%
- \wlog{Parameter "\string#1", value = \the#1}%
-}
-\def\DumpAllRegs{%
- \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Counter parameters first.}%
- \DumpOneReg{\time}%
- \DumpOneReg{\day}%
- \DumpOneReg{\month}%
- \DumpOneReg{\year}%
- \DumpOneReg{\pretolerance}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tolerance}%
- \DumpOneReg{\doublehyphendemerits}%
- \DumpOneReg{\finalhyphendemerits}%
- \DumpOneReg{\adjdemerits}%
- \DumpOneReg{\linepenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\looseness}%
- \DumpOneReg{\linepenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hyphenpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\exhyphenpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\binoppenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\relpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\clubpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\widowpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\displaywidowpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\brokenpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\predisplaypenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\postdisplaypenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\interlinepenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\floatingpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\outputpenalty}%
- \DumpOneReg{\pausing}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingonline}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracinglostchars}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingmacros}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingstats}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingparagraphs}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingpages}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingoutput}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingcommands}%
- \DumpOneReg{\tracingrestores}%
- \DumpOneReg{\mag}%
- \DumpOneReg{\uchyph}%
- \DumpOneReg{\lefthyphenmin}%
- \DumpOneReg{\righthyphenmin}%
- \DumpOneReg{\defaultskewchar}%
- \DumpOneReg{\escapechar}%
- \DumpOneReg{\endlinechar}%
- \DumpOneReg{\newlinechar}%
- \DumpOneReg{\fam}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hbadness}%
- \DumpOneReg{\vbadness}%
- \DumpOneReg{\badness}%
- \DumpOneReg{\showboxdepth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\showboxbreadth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\deadcycles}%
- \DumpOneReg{\maxdeadcycles}%
- \DumpOneReg{\holdinginserts}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hangafter}%
- \DumpOneReg{\globaldefs}%
- \DumpOneReg{\delimiterfactor}%
- \DumpOneReg{\inputlineno}%
- \DumpOneReg{\language}%
- \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Dimension parameters next.}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hfuzz}%
- \DumpOneReg{\vfuzz}%
- \DumpOneReg{\overfullrule}%
- \DumpOneReg{\lineskiplimit}%
- \DumpOneReg{\maxdepth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\splitmaxdepth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\boxmaxdepth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\delimitershortfall}%
- \DumpOneReg{\nulldelimiterspace}%
- \DumpOneReg{\scriptspace}%
- \DumpOneReg{\mathsurround}%
- \DumpOneReg{\predisplaysize}%
- \DumpOneReg{\displaywidth}%
- \DumpOneReg{\displayindent}%
- \DumpOneReg{\parindent}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hangindent}%
- \DumpOneReg{\hoffset}%
- \DumpOneReg{\voffset}%
- \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: Glue parameters last.}%
- \DumpOneReg{\baselineskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\lineskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\topskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\splittopskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\parskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\leftskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\rightskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\emergencystretch}%
- \DumpOneReg{\abovedisplayskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\abovedisplayshortskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\belowdisplayskip}%
- \DumpOneReg{\belowdisplayshortskip}%
- \wlog{\string\DumpAllRegs: done.}%
-}%
-\NameDef{@InputD-dumppars.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\GenAeol #1{%
- \edef #1{%
- \bgroup
- \noexpand\MakeEolActive
- \noexpand\@GenAeolOne{%
- \csname\string #1-2\endcsname}%
- }%
- \NameDef{\string #1-2}##1%
-}
-{
- \MakeEolActive
- \gdef\@GenAeolOne #1#2
- {%
- \egroup%
- #1{#2}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-genaeol.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@VerbFirstLineSuppress
-\def\OpenVerbWrFile #1#2#3{%
- \immediate\openout #3 = #1.#2
- \wlog{\string\OpenVerbWrFile: opened "#1.#2" for
- literal writing.}%
-}
-\def\CloseVerbWrFile #1{%
- \immediate\closeout #1
- \wlog{\string\CloseVerbWrFile: closed file for literal writing.}%
-}
-\def\BeginVerbWr #1#2{%
- \begingroup
- \def\@VerbWrStream{#1}%
- \CSToStringCat{\@EndVerbWrSt}{#2}%
- \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWr: begin}%
- \MkOthers
- \MakeEolActive
- \@VerbWrTabHandling
- \@VerbFirstLineSuppresstrue
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \@BeginVerbWrY\expandafter{\@EndVerbWrSt}%
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0
- \catcode`\\ =12
- |gdef|@BeginVerbWrY #1{%
- |def|@BeginVerbWrX ##1\#1{%
- |@BeginVerbWr ##1%
- |@VerbWrDoneToken
- |@VerbWrDone
- }
- |@BeginVerbWrX
- }
-}
-\def\@VerbWrTabHandling{%
- \MakeTabActive
- \@VerbWrTabHandlingOne
-}
-{\MakeTabActive
-\gdef\@VerbWrTabHandlingOne{\def^^I{\@TabAsLiteral}}%
-}
-\def\@BeginVerbWr{%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}%
- {\@VerbWrDoneToken}%
- {\GobbleDoMore
- {\@VerbWrDoneToken}{\relax}}%
- {\@BeginVerbWrTwo}%
-}
-\GenAeol{\@BeginVerbWrTwo}{%
- \if@VerbFirstLineSuppress
- \@VerbFirstLineSuppressfalse
- \else
- \immediate\write\@VerbWrStream{#1}%
- \fi
- \@BeginVerbWr
-}
-\def\@VerbWrDone{%
- \endgroup
- \wlog{\string\@VerbWrDone: done}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-verbwr.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@DefEndNoteFileExt{eno}
-\newwrite\@EndNoteStream
-\newcount\@EndNoteCounter
-\def\StartEndNoteWriting #1#2#3#4{%
- \@EndNoteCounter = 0
- \DefaultArg{\@EndNoteBaseName}{#1}{\jobname}%
- \DefaultArg{\@EndNoteFileExt}{#2}{\@DefEndNoteFileExt}%
- \edef\@EndNoteFileName{\@EndNoteBaseName.\@EndNoteFileExt}%
- \wlog{\string\StartEndNoteWriting: output will be written to file
- "\@EndNoteFileName".}
- \edef\@EndNoteBefore{\string#3}%
- \edef\@EndNoteAfter{\string#4}%
- \OpenVerbWrFile{\@EndNoteBaseName}{\@EndNoteFileExt}%
- {\@EndNoteStream}%
-}
-\def\BeginEndNote{%
- \advance\@EndNoteCounter by 1
- \ifnum\@EndNoteCounter > 1
- \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteAfter}%
- \fi
- \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteBefore}%
- \BeginVerbWr{\@EndNoteStream}{\EndEndNote}
-}
-\def\EndEndNoteWriting{%
- \immediate\write\@EndNoteStream{\@EndNoteAfter}%
- \CloseVerbWrFile{\@EndNoteStream}%
-}
-\def\ReadInEndNotes{%
- \input \@EndNoteFileName
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-endn-mac.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen \Delta@XY
-\newskip\@ParListBeforeAfter
-\newskip\@ParListBetweenLabels
-\newskip\@ParListAfterLabel
-\newcount\@LabeledParNesting \@LabeledParNesting = 0
-\newcount\@LabelCounter
-\def\BeginAList #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
- \par
- \bgroup
- \advance\leftskip by #1
- \advance\rightskip by #2
- \advance \@LabeledParNesting by 1
- \@LabelCounter = 0
- \Delta@XY = #3
- \ifdim\Delta@XY < 0pt
- \errmessage{\string\BeginAList: negative Delta{xy},
- made positive.}%
- \fi
- \@ParListBeforeAfter = #4
- \@ParListBetweenLabels = #5
- \@ParListAfterLabel = #6
- \SetParIndent{#7}
-}
-\def\EndAList{%
- \par
- \vskip\@ParListBeforeAfter
- \egroup
-}
-\def\@GenLabel #1{%
- \par
- \advance\@LabelCounter by 1
- \ifnum\@LabelCounter = 1
- \parskip = \@ParListBeforeAfter
- \else
- \parskip = \@ParListBetweenLabels
- \fi
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{#1}%
- \parskip = \@ParListAfterLabel
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\ItemLL #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hskip -\Delta@XY
- #1%
- \hfil
- }%
-}
-\def\ItemLR #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hss
- #1%
- \hskip\Delta@XY
- }%
-}
-\def\ItemRL #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hskip\Delta@XY
- #1%
- \hss
- }%
-}
-\def\ItemRR #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hfil
- #1%
- \hskip -\Delta@XY
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-parv-1.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@EnumerateListDepth
-\@EnumerateListDepth = 0
-\NewCounter{Enumerate1}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{Enumerate1}.}{\TheCounter{Enumerate1}}
-\NewCounter{Enumerate2}{\alph}%
- {(\TheCounter{Enumerate2})}%
- {\TheCounter{Enumerate1}.\TheCounter{Enumerate2}}
-\NewCounter{Enumerate3}{\roman}%
- {\TheCounter{Enumerate3}.}%
- {\RefCounter{Enumerate2}.\TheCounter{Enumerate3}}
-\NewCounter{Enumerate4}{\Alph}%
- {\TheCounter{Enumerate4}.}%
- {\RefCounter{Enumerate3}.\TheCounter{Enumerate4}}
-\def\BeginEnumerate{%
- \begingroup
- \global\advance\@EnumerateListDepth by 1
- \ifcase\@EnumerateListDepth
- \errmessage{\string\BeginEnumerate: no level
- zero.}%
- \or
- \SetCounter{Enumerate1}{0}%
- \@BeginEnumerateLevelOne
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate1}}{1}}%
- \def\Item{%
- \StepCounter{Enumerate1}%
- \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate1}}%
- }%
- \or
- \SetCounter{Enumerate2}{0}%
- \@BeginEnumerateLevelTwo
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate2}}{1}}%
- \def\Item{%
- \StepCounter{Enumerate2}%
- \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate2}}%
- }%
- \or
- \SetCounter{Enumerate3}{0}%
- \@BeginEnumerateLevelThree
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate3}}{1}}%
- \def\Item{%
- \StepCounter{Enumerate3}%
- \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate3}}%
- }%
- \or
- \SetCounter{Enumerate4}{0}%
- \@BeginEnumerateLevelFour
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{Enumerate4}}{1}}%
- \def\Item{%
- \StepCounter{Enumerate4}%
- \ItemLR{\PrintCounter{Enumerate4}}%
- }%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\BeginEnumerate: maximum
- nesting level of 4 exceeded.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\EndEnumerate{%
- \EndAList
- \endgroup
- \global\advance\@EnumerateListDepth by -1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-enumlist.tip}{}
-\def\ErrMessage #1{%
- \errmessage{#1}%
- \end
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-errmess.tip}{}
-\def\PrintEven #1{%
- \ifodd #1\relax
- \else
- Number #1 is even.
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-evenprin.tip}{}
-\everypar = {%
- \EvalEveryPars
- \ClearEveryPars
-}
-\def\EvalEveryParsCE{%
- \EveryParC
- \EveryParD
- \EveryParE
-}
-\def\EvalEveryPars{%
- \EveryParA
- \EveryParB
- \EvalEveryParsCE
- \EveryParZ
-}
-\def\ClearEveryPars{%
- \gdef\EveryParA{}%
- \gdef\EveryParB{}%
- \gdef\EveryParC{}%
- \gdef\EveryParD{}%
- \gdef\EveryParE{}%
-}
-\def\ClearEveryParsAll{%
- \ClearEveryPars
- \gdef\EveryParZ{}%
-}
-\ClearEveryParsAll
-\NameDef{@InputD-everypar.tip}{}
-\def\FigureBox #1#2{%
- \BoxingA{%
- \EmptyBox{#1}{0pt}{#2}%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-figbox.tip}{}
-\def\OverallSize #1#2{%
- #1 = \ht#2\relax
- \advance#1 by \dp#2\relax
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-sumhd.tip}{}
-\def\LogPageTG #1{%
- \wlog{\string\LogPageTG [#1]:}%
- \wlog{\string\pagetotal: \the\pagetotal,
- \string\pagegoal: \the\pagegoal}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-lpagetg.tip}{}
-\newdimen\FreePageSpace
-\def\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage{%
- \par
- \LogPageTG{\string\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage}%
- \ifdim\pagetotal = 0pt
- \FreePageSpace = \vsize
- \else
- \FreePageSpace = \pagegoal
- \advance\FreePageSpace by -\pagetotal
- \fi
-}
-\def\FreeSpaceConditional{%
- 0pt = 0pt \fi
- \ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage
- \ifdim\FreePageSpace
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-freespac.tip}{}
-\def\FigureInPar #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \par
- \message{\string\FigureInPar: start}%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \vbox{#1}
- \OverallSize{\dimen0}{0}%
- \advance\dimen0 by #2
- \advance\dimen0 by #3
- \advance\dimen0 by #4
- \advance\dimen0 by #4
- \advance\dimen0 by \parskip
- \message{\string\FigureInPar:
- available space: \the\FreePageSpace}%
- \setbox 0 = \HboxR{\EmptyBox{#2}{0pt}{\hsize}}%
- \ifdim\FreeSpaceConditional < \dimen0
- \message{\string\FigureInPar:
- insufficient space: make it a \string\topinsert.}%
- #1\unskip
- \space
- #5%
- \par
- \topinsert
- \box0
- \endinsert
- \else
- \message{\string\FigureInPar:
- Sufficient space: put it here.}%
- #1\unskip
- \space
- \vadjust{%
- \vskip #4
- \box0
- \vskip #4
- }%
- #5\par
- \fi
- }
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-figinpar.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\FirstLineSpecial #1{%
- \par
- \begingroup
- #1
- \def\@FLDTemp{}%
- \dimen0 = \parindent
- \setbox0 = \hbox{ }%
- \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \@FLDOne
-}
-\def\@FLDOne #1 {%
- \wlog{\string\@FLDOne: called with "#1".}%
- \xdef\@FLDTempa{#1\ }%
- \@FLDTwo
-}
-\def\@FLDTwo{%
- \wlog{\string\@FLDTwo: called}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\@FLDTempa}%
- \advance\dimen0 by \wd0
- \ifdim\dimen0 < \hsize
- \edef\@FLDTemp{\@FLDTemp\@FLDTempa}%
- \let\@FLDNext = \@FLDOne
- \else
- \leavevmode
- \@FLDTemp
- \unskip
- \break
- \aftergroup\@FLDTempa
- \let\@FLDNext = \endgroup
- \fi
- \@FLDNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-firstldi.tip}{}
-\def\ReportCharSize #1#2{%
- {%
- \count0 = #2\relax
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1\char\count0}%
- \wlog{\string\ReportCharSize: Font \string#1,
- character code \the\count0}%
- \wlog{ht / dp / wd: \the\ht0 \space / \the\dp0
- \space / \the\wd0}%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-fo-char.tip}{}
-\def\CharactersPerPica #1{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- #1\relax
- This paragraph has 423 characters. We know that
- because we counted it. It is very simple to count, because
- the Emacs editor we are using has a function ``advance
- by one character.'' And with the prefix command (that's
- Emacs terminology) you can execute ``advance by
- one character'' 423~times. Now, let's hope that this text
- is representative of ordinary text so that our average
- number of characters per pica is correct.
- }%
- {%
- \count1 = \wd0
- \divide\count1 by 100
- \count0 = 423
- \multiply\count0 by 65536
- \multiply\count0 by 12
- \divide\count0 by \count1
- \count2 = \count0
- \divide\count2 by 100
- \IModN{\count0}{100}{\count3}%
- \the\count2.\LeadingZ{\count3}%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-font-cpp.tip}{}
-\def\FormLine #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#2}%
- \dimen0 = #1%
- \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \hbox{%
- \box0
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \vrule width \dimen0 height 0.4pt depth 0pt
- \hss
- }%
- \raise 3pt \hbox to \dimen0 {\hfil #3\hfil}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-formline.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@OctPrintFontTable#1{%
- \hbox{%
- \rm\'{}%
- \kern-.2em
- \it #1\/%
- \kern.05em
- }%
-}
-\def\@HexPrintFontTable#1{%
- \hbox{\rm\H{}\tt#1}%
-}
-\def\@OddLineFontTable#1{%
- \cr
- \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
- \multispan{19}\hrulefill&
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- \lower 2.3pt\hbox{%
- \@HexPrintFontTable{#1x}%
- }%
- }%
- \smash{\box0}%
- \cr
- \noalign{\nointerlineskip}
-}
-\def\@EvenLineFontTable{\cr\noalign{\hrule}}
-\def\@FontTableStrut{\lower4.5pt\vbox to 14pt{}}
-\def\BeginFontTable #1{%
- $$
- \postdisplaypenalty = 0
- \global\count@=0
- #1
- \halign to\hsize\bgroup
- \@FontTableStrut##\relax \tabskip = 0pt plus 10pt&
- &\hfil##\hfil&\vrule##%
- \cr
- \lower6.5pt\null
- &&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable0&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable1&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable2&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable3&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable4&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable5&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable6&&
- \@OctPrintFontTable7&
- \@EvenLineFontTable
-}
-\def\EndFontTable{%
- \raise 11.5pt\null
- &&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable 8&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable 9&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable A&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable B&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable C&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable D&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable E&&
- \@HexPrintFontTable F&
- \cr
- \egroup
- $$%
-}
-\def\:{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- \char\count@
- }%
- \ifdim\ht0 > 7.5pt
- \@RepositionFontTable
- \else
- \ifdim\dp0 > 2.5pt
- \@RepositionFontTable
- \fi
- \fi
- \box0
- \global\advance\count@ by 1
-}
-\def\@RepositionFontTable{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- $
- \vcenter{%
- \kern 2pt
- \box0
- \kern 2pt
- }
- $%
- }%
-}
-\def\NormalFontTable{%
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{00x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable0
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{01x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{02x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable1
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{03x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{04x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable2
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{05x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{06x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable3
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{07x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{10x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable4
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{11x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{12x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable5
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{13x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{14x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable6
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{15x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{16x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable7
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{17x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
-}
-\def\MoreFontTable{%
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{20x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable8
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{21x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{22x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable9
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{23x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{24x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable A
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{25x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{26x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable B
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{27x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{30x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable C
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{31x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{32x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable D
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{33x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{34x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable E
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{35x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{36x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&&\@OddLineFontTable F
- &\@OctPrintFontTable{37x}&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&\:&&
- \:&&\:&\@EvenLineFontTable
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-fotable.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ForEachToken #1#2{%
- \def\@ForEachTokenMacro{#2}%
- \expandafter\@ForEachToken\the#1\@ForEachTokenDel
-}
-\def\@ForEachToken #1{%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\string\@ForEachTokenDel}{\string#1}%
- \let\@ForEachTokenNext = \relax % Done.
- \else
- \@ForEachTokenMacro{#1}% % Call macro and continue.
- \let\@ForEachTokenNext = \@ForEachToken
- \fi
- \@ForEachTokenNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-fotok.tip}{}
-\def\frac #1#2{%
- {#1 \over #2}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-frac.tip}{}
-\newdimen\CurrentFontSize
-\def\DefineFontSizeGroup #1#2{%
- \wlog{\string\DefineFontSizeGroup: defining group "#1" (#2 pt)}%
- \NameDef{FontSize#1}{%
- \def\rm{\fam = 0 \NameUse{#1rm}}%
- \def\bf{\fam = \bffam \NameUse{#1bf}}%
- \def\it{\fam = \itfam \NameUse{#1it}}%
- \def\tt{\fam = \ttfam \NameUse{#1tt}}%
- \def\sc{\NameUse{#1sc}}%
- \def\sl{\fam = \slfam \NameUse{#1sl}}%
- \CurrentFontSize = #2pt
- \baselineskip = \LineSpaceMultFactor\CurrentFontSize
- \rm
- }
-}
-\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2}
-\NameDef{@InputD-fsized.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\FutureLetNoSpace #1#2{%
- \def\@FutureLetTokenA{#1}%
- \def\@FutureLetTokenB{#2}%
- \@FutureLetOne
-}
-\def\@FutureLetOne{%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{ }%
- {\@FutureLetThree}{\@FutureLetOk}%
-}
-\edef\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp{%
- \def\noexpand\@FutureLetThree\space{\noexpand\@FutureLetOne}%
-}
-\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp
-\def\@FutureLetOk{%
- \expandafter\futurelet\@FutureLetTokenA\@FutureLetTokenB
-}
-\long\def\DoLongFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{%
- \def\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace{%
- #1#2\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace
- \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#3}%
- \else
- \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#4}%
- \fi
- \@FutureLetNextNoSpace
- }%
- \FutureLetNoSpace{\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace}%
- {\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace}%
-}
-\def\DoFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{%
- \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-funospac.tip}{}
-\def\ParLookAhead #1#2{%
- \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{\ifx}{\par}%
- {#1}{#2}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-futpar.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newskip\@MaxVskipGlue
-\def\MaxVskip #1{%
- \par
- \@MaxVskipGlue = #1\relax
- \ifdim\lastskip < \@MaxVskipGlue
- \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt
- \else
- \vskip -\lastskip
- \fi
- \vskip\@MaxVskipGlue
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-vsmax.tip}{}
-\newdimen\NormalParIndent
-\def\SetParIndent #1{%
- \NormalParIndent = #1%
- \parindent = #1%
-}
-\def\SuppressNextParIndent{%
- \global\parindent = 0pt
- \gdef\EveryParA{%
- \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent
- % \hskip-\parindent
- }%
-}
-\def\CancelSuppressNextParIndent{%
- \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent
- \gdef\EveryParA{}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-parin.tip}{}
-\newtoks\EveryHeading
-\EveryHeading = {}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@GenericHeadingCount
-\newcount\@GenericHeadingIndent
-\def\LineBreakHeading{%
- \errmessage{%
- \string\LineBreakHeading/\string\LineBreakToc:
- can only be used inside a heading.}%
-}
-\let\LineBreakToc = \LineBreakHeading
-\def\IgnoreInRunnningHead #1{%
- #1%
-}
-\def\GenericHeading #1#2#3#4#5{%
- \par
- \the\EveryHeading
- \@GenericHeadingCount = #1
- \@GenericHeadingIndent = #5
- \MaxVskip{#2}%
- \ifdim\leftskip = 0pt
- \else
- \message{\string\GenericHeading: \noexpand\leftskip
- is non-zero, forgotten to terminate a list?}%
- \fi
- \begingroup
- \interlinepenalty = 10000
- \parindent = 0pt
- \parskip = 0pt
- \ifnum #4 = 1
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \fi
- \ifnum #3 = 1
- \rightskip = 0pt plus 50pt
- \fi
- \@GenericHeading
-}
-\def\@GenericHeading #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
- #3%
- \def\LineBreakHeading{\hfil\break}%
- \def\LineBreakToc{ }%
- \ifdim #4 > 0pt
- \ifnum\@GenericHeadingIndent = 0
- \hangindent = #4
- \hangafter = 1
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to #4{#5\hfil}%
- \else
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to #4{#5\hfil}%
- \fi
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#5\hskip -#4}
- \ifnum\@GenericHeadingIndent = 0
- \hangindent = \wd0
- \hangafter = 1
- \leavevmode
- \box0
- \else
- \leavevmode
- \box0
- \fi
- \fi
- #6%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{WriteToAuxSpecial}%
- \def\LineBreakToc{\hfil\break}%
- \def\LineBreakHeading{ }%
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{\the\@GenericHeadingCount}%
- {#5}{#7}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \fi
- \par
- \endgroup
- \nobreak
- \vskip #1
- \ifnum #2 = 0
- \SuppressNextParIndent
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-genhead.tip}{}
-\newcount\ResultNumberOfLines
-\def\GetNumberOfLines #1#2{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \vbox{%
- \hsize = #2
- #1
- \par
- \global\ResultNumberOfLines = \prevgraf
- }%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-getnuml.tip}{}
-\def\GobbleOne #1{}
-\def\GobbleTwo #1#2{}
-\def\GobbleThree#1#2#3{}
-\def\GobbleFour #1#2#3#4{}
-\def\GobbleFive #1#2#3#4#5{}
-\def\GobbleSix #1#2#3#4#5#6{}
-\def\GobbleSeven#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{}
-\def\GobbleEight#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{}
-\def\GobbleNine #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{}
-\NameDef{@InputD-gobble.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@ScaleLength
-\def\SetScale #1{%
- \@ScaleLength = #1
-}
-\SetScale{1mm}
-\newdimen\@LineThickness
-\def\SetLineThickness #1{%
- \@LineThickness = #1
-}
-\SetLineThickness{0.3mm}
-\newbox\@GraphDataBox
-\def\SetGraphDataBox #1{%
- \dimen0 = #1%
- \setbox\@GraphDataBox =
- \hbox{%
- \hskip -0.5\dimen0
- \vrule height 0.5\dimen0
- depth 0.5\dimen0
- width 1.0\dimen0
- }%
- \ZeroBox{\@GraphDataBox}%
-}
-\SetGraphDataBox{2mm}
-\def\DrawDataBox (#1,#2){%
- {%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- \hskip #1\@ScaleLength
- \raise #2\@ScaleLength\copy\@GraphDataBox
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\def\DrawHLine (#1,#2)#3{%
- {%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- \hskip #1\@ScaleLength
- \raise #2\@ScaleLength
- \hbox{%
- \vrule height 0.5\@LineThickness
- depth 0.5\@LineThickness
- width #3\@ScaleLength
- }%
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\def\DrawVLine (#1,#2)#3{%
- {%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{%
- \hskip #1\@ScaleLength
- \hskip -0.5\@LineThickness
- \raise #2\@ScaleLength
- \hbox{%
- \vrule height #3\@ScaleLength
- depth 0pt
- width \@LineThickness
- }%
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-graphmac.tip}{}
-\def\Hex #1{%
- {%
- \count0 = #1%
- \count1 = #1%
- \divide\count0 by 16
- \count2 = \count0
- \multiply \count2 by -16
- \advance \count1 by \count2
- \ifnum \count0 > 0
- \Hex{\count0}%
- \fi
- \HexDigit{\count1}%
- }%
-}
-\def\HexDigit #1{%
- {%
- \count0 = #1\relax
- \ifnum \count0 < 10
- \number\count0 % or \the\count0
- \else
- \advance\count0 by -10
- \advance\count0 by `A
- \char\count0
- \fi
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-hex.tip}{}
-\newif\ifEvenConditionalResult
-\def\EvenConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ifodd #1\relax
- \EvenConditionalResultfalse
- \else
- \EvenConditionalResulttrue
- \fi
- \ifEvenConditionalResult
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ifeven.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@Def
-\def\XDefinedConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ifx #1\@AlwaysUndefinedToken
- \@Deffalse
- \else
- \@Deftrue
- \fi
- \if@Def
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ifx-def.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\IfXConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \def\@IfXConditionalOne{#1}%
- \def\@IfXConditionalTwo{#2}%
- \ifx\@IfXConditionalOne\@IfXConditionalTwo
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ifx-mac.tip}{}
-\def\InputAt #1{%
- \catcode`\@ = 11
- \input #1
- \catcode`\@ = 12
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-input-at.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\InputC #1{%
- \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}%
- \input #1
- \else
- \message{\string\InputC: there is no file "#1".}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\InputCWithAt #1{%
- \catcode`@ = 11
- \InputC{#1}%
- \catcode`@ = 12
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-inputc.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ReverseString #1#2{%
- \def\@ReverseStringName{#1}%
- \def\@ReversedString{}%
- \edef\@ReverseTemp{#2}%
- \ShowX\@ReverseTemp
- \expandafter\@ReverseString\@ReverseTemp\@Del
-}
-\def\@ReverseString #1{%
- \ifx #1\@Del
- \expandafter\edef\@ReverseStringName{\@ReversedString}%
- \let\@ReverseStringNext = \relax
- \else
- \edef\@ReversedString{#1\@ReversedString}%
- \let\@ReverseStringNext = \@ReverseString
- \def\@ReverseStringNext{\@ReverseString}%
- \fi
- \@ReverseStringNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-reverses.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\SuffixConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \ReverseString{\@MainSuffixString}{#1}%
- \ReverseString{\@SuffixSuffixString}{#2}%
- \if\PrefixConditional{\@MainSuffixString}{\@SuffixSuffixString}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-issuffix.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@ItemListDepth
-\@ItemListDepth = 0
-\def\BeginItemize{%
- \begingroup
- \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by 1
- \ifcase\@ItemListDepth\or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelOne
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{$\bullet$}}%
- \or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelTwo
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{--}}%
- \or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelThree
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{*}}%
- \or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelFour
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{+}}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\BeginItemize: maximum nesting of
- 4 exceeded.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\EndItemize{%
- \EndAList
- \endgroup
- \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by -1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-itemizel.tip}{}
-\def\hang{%
- \hangindent = \parindent
-}
-\def\item{%
- \par
- \hang
- \textindent
-}
-\def\itemitem{%
- \par
- \indent
- \hangindent = 2\parindent
- \textindent
-}
-\def\textindent #1{%
- \indent
- \llap{#1\enspace}%
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\itemitemitem{%
- \par
- \indent
- \indent
- \hangindent = 3\parindent
- \textindent
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-itemplan.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\WordsToTeXList #1#2\EndWordsToTeXList{%
- \def\@WordsToTeXListName{#1}%
- \expandafter\def\@WordsToTeXListName{}%
- \@WordsToTeXListNextName #2 \EndWordsToTeXList
-}
-\def\@WordsToTeXListNextName #1 {%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}%
- \else
- \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@WordsToTeXListName{#1}%
- \fi
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{\EndWordsToTeXList}%
- {\@WordsToTeXListEnd}{\@WordsToTeXListNextName}%
-}
-\def\@WordsToTeXListEnd\EndWordsToTeXList{}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-wtolist.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth
-\newdimen\@LineWidthLastLine
-\newdimen\@LineWidthMinDiff
-\newbox\@IPCurrentLineBox
-\newbox\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry
-\def\InvertedPyramid #1#2#3{%
- \WordsToTeXList{\IVList}#3\EndWordsToTeXList
- \def\LineLengthList{#1}%
- \@LineWidthLastLine = 0pt
- \@LineWidthMinDiff = #2
- \CarOfList{\IVList}{\@IVListTemp}
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\IVList}
- \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \hbox{\@IVListTemp}%
- \CarOfList{\LineLengthList}{\@IVListTemp}%
- \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@IVListTemp
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\LineLengthList}%
- \ForEveryListElement{\IVList}{\@IVListTypeset}%
- \ifvoid\@IPCurrentLineBox
- \errmessage{\string\InvertedPyramid:
- empty \string\@IPCurrentLineBox}%
- \else
- \centerline{\box\@IPCurrentLineBox}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\@IVListTypeset #1{%
- \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry =
- \hbox{\copy\@IPCurrentLineBox \space#1}%
- \ifdim\wd\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry < \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth
- \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \box\@IPCurrentLineBoxTry
- \else
- \@LineWidthLastLine = \wd\@IPCurrentLineBox
- \centerline{\box\@IPCurrentLineBox}%
- \setbox\@IPCurrentLineBox = \hbox{#1}%
- \CarOfList{\LineLengthList}{\@IVListTemp}%
- \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@IVListTemp
- \DropFirstElementOfList{\LineLengthList}%
- \dimen0 = \@LineWidthLastLine
- \advance\dimen0 by -\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth
- \ifdim\dimen0 < \@LineWidthMinDiff
- \@MaximumCurrentLineWidth = \@LineWidthLastLine
- \advance\@MaximumCurrentLineWidth by -\@LineWidthMinDiff
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ivpyr.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@ValueOfDecimalPosition
-\newcount\@ValueOfDecimalPositionLoopCount
-\def\ValueOfDecimalPosition #1#2#3{%
- \CheckRange{#2}{0}{9}{\string\ValueOfDecimalPosition:
- \#2 must be in the range 0 .. 9}%
- \AbsoluteValue{#1}{\@ValueOfDecimalPosition}%
- \DoLoop{\@ValueOfDecimalPositionLoopCount}{1}{1}{#2}%
- {\global\divide\@ValueOfDecimalPosition by 10}%
- \IModN{\@ValueOfDecimalPosition}{10}{#3}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-valdecpo.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount
-\def\LargestDecimalPlace #1#2{%
- \AbsoluteValue{#1}{\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount}%
- \wlog{We make progress}%
- #2 = 0
- \@LargestDecimalPlaceMore{#2}%
-}
-\def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMore #1{%
- \wlog{One round: \the#1}%
- \ifnum\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount < 10
- \def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext{}%
- \else
- \advance #1 by 1
- \divide\@LargestDecimalPlaceCount by 10
- \def\@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext{%
- \@LargestDecimalPlaceMore{#1}%
- }%
- \fi
- \@LargestDecimalPlaceMoreNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-largdp.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\\{%
- \hfil\break
- \hbox{}%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@HfilBreakHskip}{\ignorespaces}%
-}
-\def\@HfilBreakHskip [#1]{%
- \hskip #1%
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-lbpar.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\LoadCountZeroToNine #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
- \count0 = #1\relax
- \count1 = #2\relax
- \count2 = #3\relax
- \count3 = #4\relax
- \count4 = #5\relax
- \count5 = #6\relax
- \count6 = #7\relax
- \count7 = #8\relax
- \count8 = #9\relax
- \@LoadCountNine
-}
-\def\@LoadCountNine #1{%
- \count9 = #1\relax
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-lc0to9.tip}{}
-\def\RightLeaderLine #1{%
- \line{\leaders\hrule\hss #1}%
-}
-
-\def\LeftLeaderLine #1{%
- \line{#1\leaders\hrule\hss}%
-}
-
-\def\CenterLeaderLine #1{%
- \line{\leaders\hrule\hss #1\leaders\hrule\hss}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-leadline.tip}{}
-\def\LeftDisplay #1$${%
- \leftline{%
- \hskip 20pt
- $
- \displaystyle {#1}
- $%
- }%
- $$
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-leftdm.tip}{}
-\def\LoadFontOnDemand #1#2{%
- \def #1{%
- \global\font#1 = #2\relax
- #1%
- \message{\string\LoadFontOnDemand: font \string#1
- (#2) loaded on demand.}%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-lfondem.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@Defined
-\def\DefinedConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ifx\@UndefinedToken #1%
- \@Definedfalse
- \else
- \@Definedtrue
- \fi
- \if@Defined
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-testdef.tip}{}
-\def\FormatIsLaTeXConditional{%
- TT\fi
- \if\DefinedConditional{\documentstyle}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-loadedla.tip}{}
-\def\BeginMath{%
- \ifmath
- \ifinner
- \errmessage{\string\BeginMath: already in math
- mode, \string\BeginMath ignored.}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\BeginMath: in display math
- mode, terminated and math mode started.}%
- $$
- $
- \fi
- \else
- $\relax
- \fi
-}
-\def\EndMath{%
- \ifmath
- \ifinner
- $%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\EndMath: you are in display math
- mode! Should have used \string\EndDisplayMath!}%
- $$
- \fi
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\EndMath: already in math
- mode, \string\EndMath ignored.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\BeginDisplayMath{%
- \ifmath
- \ifinner
- \errmessage{\string\BeginDisplayMath: in inline
- math mode, terminate it, start display math.}%
- $
- $$
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\BeginDisplayMath: already in math
- mode, \string\BeginDisplayMath ignored.}%
- \fi
- \else
- $$
- \fi
-}
-\def\EndDisplayMath{%
- \ifmath
- \ifinner
- \errmessage{\string\EndDisplayMath: inline
- math mode in effect, did you intend to
- write \string\EndMath?}%
- $%
- \else
- $$
- \fi
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\EndDisplayMath: not in math
- mode, \string\EndDisplayMath ignored.}%
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-mathenv.tip}{}
-\def\MaxDimen #1#2#3#4{%
- \ifdim #2<#3\relax
- #4#1 = #3\relax
- \else
- #4#1 = #2\relax
- \fi
-}
-\def\MinDimen #1#2#3#4{%
- \ifdim #2<#3\relax
- #4#1 = #2\relax
- \else
- #4#1 = #3\relax
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-maxmindi.tip}{}
-\def\ModuloOneAdvanceNumCond #1#2{%
- 0=0\fi
- \global\advance #1 by 1
- \ifnum #1 = #2\relax
- \global #1 = 0
- \fi
- \ifnum #1%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-modonead.tip}{}
-\def\MultiRowDel #1#2{%
- {%
- \mathsurround = 0pt
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- $%
- \vcenter{%
- \hbox{%
- $
- \left#1%
- \vrule height #2 depth #2 width 0pt
- \right.
- $%
- }%
- }%
- $%
- }%
- \ht0 = 0pt
- \dp0 = 0pt
- \box 0
- }%
-}
-\def\MultiRowDel #1#2{%
- {%
- \mathsurround = 0pt
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- $
- \left#1%
- \vrule height #2 depth #2 width 0pt
- \right.
- $%
- }%
- \ht0 = 0pt
- \dp0 = 0pt
- \box 0
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-mrdel.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@NBox
-\def\NaturalHeight #1#2{%
- \setbox\@NBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #2}
- #1 = \ht\@NBox
-}
-\def\NaturalDepth #1#2{%
- \setbox\@NBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #2}
- #1 = \dp\@NBox
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-nathd.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NextCharTest #1#2#3{%
- \def\@NextCharTestYes #1{#2}%
- \def\@NextCharTestNo {#3}%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{#1}{\@NextCharTestYes}{\@NextCharTestNo}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-nctest.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\pagecontents{%
- \wlog{\noexpand\pagecontents from op-pagec.tip called.}%
- \NameUse{@ShowPlainLists}%
- \ifvoid\topins
- \wlog{\string\pagecontents: no topinserts.}%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{@TopInsertSize}%
- \ifdim\@TopInsertSize < 20pt
- \global\@TopInsertSize = 0pt
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \NameUse{ChangeBarPush}%
- \NameUse{@UpdateTopInsertSize}%
- \unvbox\topins
- \NameUse{ChangeBarPop}%
- \fi
- \dimen@ = \dp 255
- \unvbox 255
- \ifvoid\footins
- \else
- \@PrintFootnotePlain
- \fi
- \ifr@ggedbottom
- \kern -\dimen@
- \vfil
- \fi
-}
-\def\@PrintFootnotePlain{%
- \vskip\skip\footins
- \footnoterule
- \unvbox\footins
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-op-pagec.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\endinsert{%
- \egroup
- \if@mid
- \dimen@ = \ht0
- \advance\dimen@ by \dp0
- \advance\dimen@ by 12pt
- \advance\dimen@ by \pagetotal
- \ifdim\dimen@ > \pagegoal
- \@midfalse
- \p@gefalse
- \fi
- \fi
- \NameUse{MidInsertFix}%
- \if@mid
- \bigskip
- \box 0
- \bigbreak
- \else
- \insert\topins{%
- \penalty 100
- \splittopskip = 0pt
- \splitmaxdepth = \maxdimen
- \floatingpenalty = 0
- \ifp@ge
- \dimen@ = \dp0
- \vbox to \vsize{
- \unvbox 0
- \kern -\dimen@
- }%
- \NameUse{MidInsertFixPage}%
- \else
- \NameUse{EndInsertTopInsFix}%
- \NameUse{MidInsertFixTop}%
- \box 0
- \nobreak
- \bigskip
- \fi
- }
- \fi
- \endgroup
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-op-endin.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@TopInsertSize
-\@TopInsertSize = 0pt
-\def\ReportTopInsertSize #1{%
- \wlog{\string\@TopInsertSize: "#1"}%
- \wlog{\EightSpaces The value of \noexpand\@TopInsertSize is
- \the\@TopInsertSize}%
-}
-\def\MidInsertFix{%
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFix}%
- \ifdim\@TopInsertSize > 0pt
- \@midfalse
- \p@gefalse
- \fi
-}
-\def\MidInsertFixPage{%
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixPage[1]}%
- \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \vsize
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixPage[2]}%
-}
-\def\MidInsertFixTop{%
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixTop[1]}%
- \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \ht0
- \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by \dp0
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\MidInsertFixTop[2]}%
-}
-\def\@UpdateTopInsertSize{%
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\@UpdateTopInsertSize[1]}%
- \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by -\ht\topins
- \global\advance\@TopInsertSize by -\dp\topins
- \ReportTopInsertSize{\string\@UpdateTopInsertSize[2]}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-new-midi.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NewDef #1{%
- \ifx #1\@UndefinedToken
- \else
- \errhelp = {\string\NewDef:
- The name of the macro to be defined which you
- provided is already in use. Use \show to find out
- what the name is used for. The macro definition
- will nevertheless be executed.}%
- \errmessage{\string\NewDef: "\string#1" already defined.}%
- \fi
- \def #1%
-}
-\def\ReDef #1{%
- \ifx #1\@UndefinedToken
- \errhelp = {\string\ReDef:
- The name of the macro to be redefined which you
- provided has never been used before. The macro definition
- will nevertheless be executed. }%
- \errmessage{\string\ReDef: "\string#1" never defined
- before.}%
- \fi
- \def #1%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-newdef.tip}{}
-\def\NewFont #1{%
- \if\DefinedConditional{#1}%
- \errmessage{\string\NewFont: intended font name
- "\string#1" already used.}
- \fi
- \font #1%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-newfont.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\let\@input = \input
-\def\input{%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{\bgroup}{\@InputA}{\@input}%
-}
-\def\@InputA #1{\@input #1}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-newinput.tip}{}
-\def\NewPage{%
- \vfill
- \eject
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-newpage.tip}{}
-\def\NewLineMessage #1{%
- {%
- \newlinechar = `\|%
- \message{|#1}%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-nlm.tip}{}
-\def\NewPageRightHand{%
- \vfill\supereject
- \ifodd\count0
- \else
- \hbox{}
- \vfill\eject
- \fi
-}
-\def\ShouldBeRightHandPage{%
- \ifodd\count0
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\ShouldBeRightHandPage:
- current page number is \the\count0.
- Should be odd and NOT EVEN.}%
- \NewPageRightHand
- \fi
-}
-\def\NewPageLeftHand{%
- \vfill\supereject
- \ifodd\count0
- \hbox{}
- \vfill\eject
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-npright.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@OneDigitNumberText #1#2{%
- \ifcase #2\relax
- \ifnum #1=0
- \else
- zero%
- \fi
- \or
- one\or
- two\or
- three\or
- four\or
- five\or
- six\or
- seven\or
- eight\or
- nine%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@OneDigitNumberText: number
- \number#2 out of range.}%
- \fi
-}
-\newcount\@NumberToConvert
-\newcount\@NumberToConvertTwo
-\newcount\@NumberToConvertAndFlag
-\def\NumberToText #1{%
- \@NumberToConvert = #1\relax
- \ifnum\@NumberToConvert < 0
- minus
- \@NumberToConvert = -\@NumberToConvert
- \fi
- \CheckRange{\@NumberToConvert}{0}{999999}%
- {\string\NumberToText: numbers >= 1.000.000
- not handled.}%
- \@NumberToConvertAndFlag = 0
- \ifnum\@NumberToConvert > 999
- \@NumberToConvertTwo = \@NumberToConvert
- \divide\@NumberToConvert by 1000
- \@NumberToText
- \space thousand and
- \IModN{\@NumberToConvertTwo}{1000}{\@NumberToConvert}%
- \fi
- \CheckRange{\@NumberToConvert}{0}{999}%
- {\string\NumberToText: internal error 1}%
- \@NumberToText
-}
-\newcount\@NumberToTextTmp
-\def\@NumberToText{%
- \ifnum\@NumberToConvert > 99
- \ValueOfDecimalPosition{\@NumberToConvert}{2}%
- {\@NumberToTextTmp}%
- \@OneDigitNumberText{1}{\@NumberToTextTmp}%
- \space hundred and
- \IModN{\@NumberToConvert}{100}{\@NumberToConvert}%
- \fi
- \ValueOfDecimalPosition{\@NumberToConvert}{1}%
- {\@NumberToTextTmp}%
- \ifnum\@NumberToTextTmp > 1
- \ifcase\@NumberToTextTmp
- \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText:
- internal error 1.}%
- \or
- \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText:
- internal error 2.}%
- \or
- twenty\or
- thirty\or
- forty\or
- fifty\or
- sixty\or
- seventy\or
- eighty\or
- ninety%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@NumberToText:
- internal error 4.}%
- \fi
- \IModN{\@NumberToConvert}{10}{\@NumberToTextTmp}%
- \@OneDigitNumberText{0}{\@NumberToTextTmp}%
- \else
- \ifnum\@NumberToTextTmp = 1
- \advance\@NumberToConvert by -10
- \ifcase\@NumberToConvert
- ten\or
- eleven\or
- twelve\or
- thirteen\or
- fourteen\or
- fifteen\or
- sixteen\or
- seventeen\or
- eighteen\or
- nineteen%
- \fi
- \else
- \@OneDigitNumberText{1}{\@NumberToConvert}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ntotext.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@NumberConditionalCounter
-\def\@NumberConditional #1#2;{%
- \@NumberConditionalCounter = `#1\relax
-}
-\def\NumberConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \edef\@NumberConditionalString{#1}%
- \expandafter\@NumberConditional\@NumberConditionalString ;
- \if\InRangeConditional{\@NumberConditionalCounter}{`\0}{`\9}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-numcond.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@WhileNesting
-\@WhileNesting = 0
-\def\WhileNum #1#2{%
- \global\advance\@WhileNesting by 1
- \edef\@WhileArgOne{{\the\@WhileNesting}}%
- \expandafter\@WhileNum\@WhileArgOne{#1}{#2}%
- \global\advance\@WhileNesting by -1
-}
-\def\@WhileNum #1#2#3{%
- \ifnum #2\relax
- #3\relax
- \NameDef{@WhileNum-#1}{\@WhileNum{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
- \else
- \NameDef{@WhileNum-#1}{}%
- \fi
- \NameUse{@WhileNum-#1}{}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-numwhile.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ObeyLines{%
- \catcode`\^^M = \active
- \@EnableActiveEndOfLine
-}
-{
- \catcode`\^^M=\active % Lines must end with '%'.
- \gdef\@EnableActiveEndOfLine{%
- \def
- {\leavevmode\par}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-oblines.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ObeySpaces{%
- \catcode`\ = \active
- \@InitActiveSpace
-}
-{\catcode`\ = \active
-\gdef\@InitActiveSpace{\edef {\VerbControlSpace}}}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-obspaces.tip}{}
-\def\Oct #1{%
- {%
- \count4 = #1%
- \count0 = \count4
- \divide\count0 by 8
- \ifnum \count0 > 0
- \Oct{\count0}%
- \fi
- \count2 = \count0
- \multiply \count2 by -8
- \advance \count4 by \count2
- \the\count4
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-oct.tip}{}
-\def\PrintOdd #1{%
- \ifodd #1\relax
- Number #1 is odd.
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-oddprin.tip}{}
-\def\PrintOddEven #1{%
- \ifodd #1\relax
- The number #1 is odd.
- \else
- The number #1 is even.
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-oeprin.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\OptArgX #1#2{%
- \let\@OptArgXTemp = #1%
- \def\@OptArgXDefault{[#2]}%
- \DoLongFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@OptArgXTemp}{\@OptArgXB}%
-}
-\def\@OptArgXB{\expandafter\@OptArgXTemp\@OptArgXDefault}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-optargx.tip}{}
-\def\ParFl #1#2\par{%
- \par
- $$
- \vbox{
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}
- \hsize = \wd0
- \noindent
- \unhbox 0
- \space
- #2
- }
- $$
- \par
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-par-fl.tip}{}
-\def\PickFirstOfTwo #1#2{#1}
-\def\PickSecondOfTwo #1#2{#2}
-\NameDef{@InputD-pickfs.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@LabelsOk
-\def\@LabelRefPrefix{@REF-}
-\def\@LabelIsDefined #1{%
- TT\fi
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@LabelRefPrefix#1}%
-}
-\def\@NewLabel #1#2#3{%
- \if\@LabelIsDefined{#1}%
- \wlog{\string\@NewLabel: warning: label "#1"
- already defined.}%
- \fi
- \NameGdef{\@LabelRefPrefix #1}{{#2}{#3}}%
-}
-\let\Saved@NewLabel = \@NewLabel
-\def\Ref #1{%
- \@ref{0}{#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}%
- {??}%
- \else
- \@TheExpandedLabel
- \fi
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\PageRef #1{%
- \@ref{1}{#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}%
- {??}%
- \else
- \@TheExpandedLabel
- \fi
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\@MostRecentLabel{}
-\def\@ref #1#2{%
- \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{}%
- \DefaultArg{\@ThisLabel}{#2}{\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{.}%
- \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{.}%
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{,}%
- \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{,}%
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{)}%
- \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{)}%
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@ThisLabel}{;}%
- \xdef\@ThisLabel{\@MostRecentLabel}%
- \xdef\@PrintAfterLabel{;}%
- \fi
- \xdef\@MostRecentLabel{\@ThisLabel}%
- \if\@LabelIsDefined{\@ThisLabel}%
- \edef\@CrefTemp{\NameUse{\@LabelRefPrefix\@ThisLabel}}%
- \ifcase #1\relax
- \edef\@TheExpandedLabel{%
- \expandafter\PickFirstOfTwo\@CrefTemp}%
- \or
- \edef\@TheExpandedLabel{%
- \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo\@CrefTemp}%
- \fi
- \else
- \def\@TheExpandedLabel{??}
- \wlog{\string\@ref: Label \@ThisLabel\space undefined.}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-part-cr.tip}{}
-\def\PrintInDollar #1{%
- {%
- \ifnum #1 < 0
- $-$%
- \count0 = -#1\relax
- \else
- \count0 = #1\relax
- \fi
- \count2 = \count0
- \divide\count0 by 100
- \the\count0.%
- \multiply\count0 by 100
- \advance\count2 by -\count0
- \ifnum\count2 < 10
- 0%
- \fi
- \the\count2
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-pdollars.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\PartSourceFileNameExtension{tex}
-\def\AuxFileNameExtension{aux}
-\def\TocFileNameExtension{toc}
-\def\LofFileNameExtension{lof}
-\def\LotFileNameExtension{lot}
-\def\TmpFileNameExtension{tmp}
-\newwrite\@PartAuxStream
-\newwrite\@TmpFileStream
-\def\i@write{\immediate\write}
-\def\i@openout{\immediate\openout}
-\def\i@closeout{\immediate\closeout}
-
-\def\@ip@write{\i@write\@PartAuxStream}
-\def\@p@write{\write\@PartAuxStream}
-\def\@IgnoreAuxStuff{%
- \let\@NewLabel = \GobbleThree
- \let\@SetCounter = \GobbleTwo
- \let\@ForSpecialFile = \GobbleFive
-}
-\def\@ReadInAuxFiles{%
- {%
- \def\\##1{\InputCWithAt{##1.aux}}%
- \@AllPartsOfDocumentList
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-pm-bas.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\WriteAuxFileComment #1{%
- \@p@write{\PercentSignPure\space #1.}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-pm-auxco.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\NewCounter{PageNo}{\arabic}{\TheCounter{PageNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{PageNo}}
-\NewCounter{SWPageNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{SWPageNo}}{\TheCounter{SWPageNo}}
-\def\@PageNumbersToCounterRegs{%
- \CounterToRegister{\global\pageno}{PageNo}%
-}
-\SetCounter{PageNo}{1}
-\@PageNumbersToCounterRegs
-\def\advancepageno{%
- \StepCounter{PageNo}%
- \StepCounter{SWPageNo}%
- \@PageNumbersToCounterRegs
-}
-\def\folio{%
- \PrintCounter{PageNo}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-pm-pagen.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\WriteCountersToAuxFile{%
- \@WriteCounter{ChapterNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{SectionNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{PageNo}%
-}
-\def\@WriteCounter #1{%
- \@ip@write{%
- \noexpand\@SetCounter
- {#1}%
- {\expandafter\the\csname @C-#1\endcsname}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-pm-wrc.tip}{}
-\def\BoldfaceFake #1#2{%
- \hbox{%
- \hbox to #2{#1\hss}%
- \hbox to #2{#1\hss}%
- \hbox {#1}% % Last time print text with reg. width.
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-poorbold.tip}{}
-\def\PrintAlph #1{%
- {%
- \count0 = #1%
- \advance\count0 by -1
- \advance\count0 by `\a
- \char\count0
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-pralph.tip}{}
-\def\ShowBoxAll #1{%
- {%
- \nonstopmode
- \showboxdepth = 10000
- \showboxbreadth = 10000
- \showbox #1%
- }%
-}
-\def\ShowBoxDepthOne #1{%
- {%
- \nonstopmode
- \showboxdepth = 1
- \showboxbreadth = 10000
- \showbox #1%
- }%
-}
-\def\ShowBoxDepthTwo #1{%
- {%
- \nonstopmode
- \showboxdepth = 2
- \showboxbreadth = 10000
- \showbox #1%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-shboxes.tip}{}
-\def\PrintHyphens #1{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \vbox{%
- \pretolerance = -1
- \hyphenpenalty = -10000
- \hsize = 0pt
- \leftskip = 0pt
- \rightskip = 0pt
- \parfillskip = 0pt
- \parindent = 0pt
- \hfuzz = \maxdimen
- \interlinepenalty = 0
- \clubpenalty = 0
- \widowpenalty = 0
- \brokenpenalty = 0
- \hskip 0pt
- #1
- }%
- \setbox2 = \hbox{}%
- \setbox 9 = \vbox{%
- \unvbox 0
- \loop
- \unskip
- \setbox 1 = \lastbox
- \ifhbox 1
- \global\setbox 2 = \hbox{%
- \unhbox 1
- \discretionary{}{}{}%
- \unhbox 2
- }%
- \repeat
- }%
- \unhbox 2
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-prhyph.tip}{}
-\def\PrimitiveMarker{%
- \leavevmode
- {%
- \footnotesize\tt
- \llap{*}%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-primmark.tip}{}
-\newcount\AstCount
-\def\PrintAsterisk #1{%
- \AstCount = #1
- \ifnum\AstCount < 0
- \errmessage{\string\PrintAsterisk: negative counter.}%
- \AstCount = 0
- \fi
- \PrintAsteriskRec
-}
-\def\PrintAsteriskRec{%
- *%
- \advance\AstCount by -1
- \ifnum\AstCount = 0
- \let\next = \relax
- \else
- \let\next = \PrintAsteriskRec
- \fi
- \next
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-printast.tip}{}
-\def\PrintRegister #1{%
- The current value of {\tt\string #1} is \the#1.%
-}
-\def\LogRegister #1{%
- \message{The current value of \string#1 is \the#1.}
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-printreg.tip}{}
-\def\PrintMode{%
- \ifinner
- \ifvmode \message{Current mode: inner vertical}\fi
- \ifhmode \message{Current mode: restricted horizontal}\fi
- \ifmmode \message{Current mode: (inline) math}\fi
- \else
- \ifvmode \message{Current mode: (regular) vertical}\fi
- \ifhmode \message{Current mode: (regular) horizontal}\fi
- \ifmmode \message{Current mode: display math}\fi
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-prmode.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\ifProtWrite
-\ProtWritetrue
-\newcount\@ProtCount
-\newcount\@ProtCountX
-\newwrite\@ProtWrite
-\def\InitProtWrite{%
- \ifProtWrite
- \immediate\openout\@ProtWrite = \jobname.prt
- \fi
-}
-\def\CloseProtWrite{%
- \immediate\closeout\@ProtWrite
-}
-\def\WriteProtocol #1#2{%
- \ifProtWrite
- {%
- \@ProtCount = #1\relax
- \def\@WriteSpace{}%
- \DoLoop{\count1}{1}{1}{\@ProtCount}%
- {\edef\@WriteSpace{\@WriteSpace\FourSpaces}}%
- \immediate\write\@ProtWrite{\@WriteSpace #2}%
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\def\BoxToProtocol #1#2#3{%
- \ifProtWrite
- {%
- \WriteProtocol {#1}{\string\BoxToProtocol: #3}%
- \@ProtCountX = #1\relax
- \advance\@ProtCountX by 1
- \ifvoid #2%
- \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2
- is void.}%
- \else
- \ifhbox #2%
- \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2
- is an hbox.}%
- \else
- \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}{Box register #2
- is a vbox.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifvoid #2%
- \else
- \WriteProtocol{\@ProtCountX}%
- {Dimensions: (\the\ht#2+\the\dp#2)*\the\wd#2.}%
- \fi
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-prot.tip}{}
-\def\ReportBoxType #1{%
- \message{\string\ReportBoxType: }%
- \ifvoid #1\message{Box register #1 is void.}\fi
- \ifhbox #1\message{Box register #1 contains a horizontal box.}\fi
- \ifvbox #1\message{Box register #1 contains a vertical box.}\fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-rboxt.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newread\@ReadNumberStream
-\newcount\ReadANumberResult
-\def\InitReadNumbers #1{%
- \openin\@ReadNumberStream = #1
-}
-\def\@ReadANumberPar{\par}
-\def\ReadANumber{%
- \ifeof\@ReadNumberStream
- \ReadANumberResult = -1
- \else
- \read\@ReadNumberStream to \@ReadANumberTemp
- \ifx\@ReadANumberTemp\@ReadANumberPar
- \ReadANumberResult = -1
- \else
- \ReadANumberResult = \@ReadANumberTemp
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-readnu.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@ReduceToStrutBox
-\def\ReduceToStrut #1{%
- \setbox\@ReduceToStrutBox = \hbox{#1}%
- \vrule height \ht\@ReduceToStrutBox
- depth \dp\@ReduceToStrutBox
- width 0pt
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-redtost.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\MakeRobust{}
-\def\TreatAsRobust #1{%
- \def #1{%
- \noexpand #1%
- }%
-}
-\newtoks\@RobustTokenList
-\@RobustTokenList = {}
-\def\AddToRobustList #1{%
- \@RobustTokenList = \expandafter{\the\@RobustTokenList #1}%
-}
-\def\Robusting{%
- \ForEachToken{\@RobustTokenList}{\TreatAsRobust}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-robust.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@SampleParCounter
-\newcount\@SampleParSentenceCounter
-\@SampleParCounter = 1
-\def\SamplePar #1#2{%
- \@SampleParSentenceCounter = 0
- Identification of this paragraph: {\it #1}.
- {\it Sample paragraph~\the\@SampleParCounter,
- with~#2 sentences}. So here we go,
- and when you check the number of sentences, then note
- that these first two sentences do {\it not\/} count.
- \loop
- \advance\@SampleParSentenceCounter by 1
- This is one of the many sentences this macro
- generates, to be more specific it is sentence
- number~\the\@SampleParSentenceCounter\space of~#2.
- \ifnum\@SampleParSentenceCounter < #2
- \repeat
- \par
- \global\advance\@SampleParCounter by 1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-samplepa.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@StrutBaseDimension
-\newdimen\@StrutSkipTemp
-\def\ComputeStrut{%
- \@StrutBaseDimension = \baselineskip
- \ifdim\baselineskip < 0pt
- \errhelp = {You probably called \string\offinterlineskip
- before \string\ComputeStrut}
- \errmessage{\string\ComputeStrut: negative
- \string\baselineskip (\the\baselineskip)}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\MyStrut{%
- \vrule height 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension
- depth 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension
- width 0pt
-}
-\def\HigherStrut #1{%
- \@StrutSkipTemp = 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension
- \advance\@StrutSkipTemp by #1%
- \vrule height \@StrutSkipTemp
- depth 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension
- width 0pt
-}
-\def\DeeperStrut #1{%
- \@StrutSkipTemp = 0.3\@StrutBaseDimension
- \advance\@StrutSkipTemp by #1%
- \vrule height 0.7\@StrutBaseDimension
- depth \@StrutSkipTemp
- width 0pt
-}
-\ComputeStrut
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-setstrut.tip}{}
-\def\ShiftRefPointUpOrDown #1#2{%
- \AdvanceBoxDimension{\ht#1}{#2}%
- \ifdim\ht#1 < 0pt
- \ht#1 = 0pt
- \fi
- \AdvanceBoxDimension{\dp#1}{-#2}%
- \ifdim\dp#1 < 0pt
- \dp#1 = 0pt
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-shiftudb.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\ifShowPlainLists
-\ShowPlainListsfalse
-\def\@ShowPlainLists{%
- \ifShowPlainLists
- \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: main vertical list ***}%
- \wlog{*** Page number (\string\count0): \the\count0
- \space***}%
- \ShowBoxDepthOne{255}%
- \ifvoid\footins
- \wlog{\string\@ShowPlainLists: no footnotes.}%
- \else
- \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: footnote box ***}%
- \ShowBoxDepthOne{\footins}%
- \fi
- \ifvoid\topins
- \wlog{\string\@ShowPlainLists: no topinserts.}%
- \else
- \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: top inserts ***}%
- \ShowBoxDepthTwo{\topins}%
- \fi
- \wlog{*** \string\@ShowPlainLists: end dump of
- page: \the\count0 \space ***}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-showpll.tip}{}
-\def\SignatureLine #1#2{%
- \hbox{%
- \hbox to 0pt{%
- \vrule width #1 height 0.6pt depth 0pt
- \hss % Equivalent to \hskip -#1.
- }%
- \lower 10pt \hbox to #1{\hfil #2\hfil}%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-sigline.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\SaveSpaceFactor{%
- \xdef\@SavedSpaceFactor{%
- \spacefactor = \the\spacefactor
- }%
-}
-\def\RestoreSpaceFactor{%
- \@SavedSpaceFactor
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-spacefac.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@PPLineNumber
-\newbox\@PrintParWithLinesBox
-\newbox\@PrintParWithLinesTemp
-\def\PrintParWithLineNumbers #1{%
- \par
- \@PPLineNumber = 1
- \splittopskip = 0.6666\baselineskip
- \setbox\@PrintParWithLinesBox = \vbox{#1}
- \@PrintParWithLineNumbers
-}
-\def\@PrintParWithLineNumbers{
- \ifvoid\@PrintParWithLinesBox
- \let\@PPNext = \relax
- \else
- \setbox\@PrintParWithLinesTemp =
- \vsplit\@PrintParWithLinesBox to 0.666\baselineskip
- \hbox{%
- \llap{%
- \the\@PPLineNumber:%
- \hskip 10pt
- }%
- \box \@PrintParWithLinesTemp
- }%
- \advance\@PPLineNumber by 1
- \wlog{Line \the\@PPLineNumber}%
- \let\@PPNext = \@PrintParWithLineNumbers
- \fi
- \@PPNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-splitpar.tip}{}
-\def\SameSizeMath{
- \textfont0 = \tenrm
- \scriptfont0 = \tenrm
- \scriptscriptfont0 = \tenrm
- \textfont1 = \tenit
- \scriptfont1 = \tenit
- \scriptscriptfont1 = \tenit
- \textfont2 = \tensy
- \scriptfont2 = \tensy
- \scriptscriptfont2 = \tensy
- \textfont3 = \tenex
- \scriptfont3 = \tenex
- \scriptscriptfont3 = \tenex
- \textfont\itfam = \tenit
- \textfont\slfam = \tensl
- \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
- \scriptfont\bffam = \tenbf
- \scriptscriptfont\bffam = \tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam = \tentt
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ssmath.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@StringSwitchMatchCount
-\def\StringSwitch #1#2{%
- \edef\@StringSwitchMasterString{#1}%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}%
- \errmessage{\string\StringSwitch: master string
- must not be the empty string.}%
- \fi
- \def\@StringSwitchMatchCommonCode{#2}%
- \@StringSwitchMatchCount = 0
- \@StringSwitch
-}
-\def\@StringSwitchOne #1#2{%
- \def\@StringSwitchString{#1}%
- \def\@StringSwitchAction{#2}%
-}
-\def\@StringSwitch #1{%
- \@StringSwitchOne #1%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\@StringSwitchString}%
- \ifcase\@StringSwitchMatchCount
- \@StringSwitchAction
- \or
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\StringSwitch: double match.}%
- \fi
- \def\@StringSwitchNext{}%
- \else
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@StringSwitchMasterString}%
- {\@StringSwitchString}%
- \advance\@StringSwitchMatchCount by 1
- \@StringSwitchMatchCommonCode
- \@StringSwitchAction
- \fi
- \def\@StringSwitchNext{\@StringSwitch}%
- \fi
- \@StringSwitchNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-stswitch.tip}{}
-\def\SubstituteFontX #1#2#3#4{%
- \def#1{%
- \message{%
- \string\SubstituteFontX: No \string#2 font of
- #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.%
- }%
- \global\let #1 = #4%
- #1%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-substf.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@SwapBox
-\def\SwapBoxRegs #1#2{%
- \setbox\@SwapBox = \box#1%
- \setbox#1 = \box#2%
- \setbox#2 = \box\@SwapBox
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-swapbox.tip}{}
-\def\TableBeginCentered{%
- $$
- \vbox\bgroup
- \offinterlineskip
- \tabskip = 0pt
- \halign\bgroup
-}
-\def\TableEndCentered{%
- \crcr
- \egroup
- \egroup
- $$
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-tabcent.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@WidthSavingBox
-\def\WidthSavingBox #1#2{%
- \setbox\@WidthSavingBox = \hbox{#1}%
- \MaxDimen{#2}{#2}{\wd\@WidthSavingBox}{\global}%
- \box\@WidthSavingBox
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-tabswb.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@GenTocEntryLevel
-\def\GenTocEntry #1#2#3#4{%
- \par
- \bgroup
- \global\@GenTocEntryLevel = #1
- \leftskip = #4
- \parindent = #2
- \advance\parindent by -#4
- \dimen0 = #3
- \advance\dimen0 by -#2
- \@GenTocEntry
-}
-\def\@GenTocEntry #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
- \rightskip = #1 plus 1in
- \parfillskip = #2
- \advance\parfillskip by -#1
- #7
- \ifdim #3 > 0pt
- \setbox0 = \hbox to #3{\hfil.\hfil}
- \else
- \setbox0 = \box\voidb@x
- \fi
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to \dimen0 {#5\hfil}%
- {%
- #6%
- \unskip
- }%
- \ifvoid 0
- \hfill
- \else
- \nobreak\leaders\copy0\hskip #4plus 1fil
- \fi
- #8%
- \par
- \egroup
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-toc-mac.tip}{}
-\def\Today{%
- \the\month/\the\day/\the\year
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-today.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\EndInsertTopInsFix{%
- \ifdim\dp0 > 10pt
- \wlog{\string\endinsert: \string\topinsert
- material deeper than 10pt}%
- \dp0 = 10pt
- \fi
- \MaxDimen{\dimen0}{\dp0}{0pt}{}
- \dimen1 = \vsize
- \advance\dimen1 by -\dimen0
- \advance\dimen1 by -12pt
- \ifdim\ht0 > \dimen1
- \wlog{\string\endinsert: \noexpand\topinsert
- material too long (\the\ht0),}%
- \wlog{\EightSpaces shortened to \the\dimen1.}%
- \ht0 = \dimen1
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-topinfix.tip}{}
-\def\Bref #1#2#3{%
- #1 (19#2#3)%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-brefm.tip}{}
-\def\td{%
- \hskip 0.5em plus 0.1em minus 0.1em
- $\bullet$%
- \hskip 0.5em plus 0.1em minus 0.1em
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-bul.tip}{}
-\def\ChapterHeadingTeXIP #1#2{%
- \setbox 1 =
- \vbox to 13pc{
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \parindent = 0pt
- \huge
- \bf
- \baselineskip = 21pt
- \AlwaysBaselineskip
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}%
- \copy0
- \parskip = 3pc
- \advance\parskip by -\dp0
- \advance\parskip by -\ht0
- \advance\parskip by -\baselineskip
- \wlog{\string\ChapterHeadingTeXIP: computed value
- of \noexpand\parskip is \the\parskip.}%
- \spaceskip = 0.3333em
- \xspaceskip = \spaceskip
- \rightskip = 0pt plus 4em
- #2
- \par
- \vfil
- }
- \box 1
- \SuppressNextParIndent
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-chhe.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\NewCounter{ChapterNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}}{\TheCounter{ChapterNo}}
-\def\Chapter{\DblArg{\@Chapter}}%
-\def\@Chapter [#1]#2{%
- \ShouldBeRightHandPage
- \StepCounter{ChapterNo}%
- \gdef\@LeftRunningHead{#2}%
- \SetPageLayout{4}
- \ChapterHeadingTeXIP{\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}}{#2}
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{1}%
- {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}}{#1}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{lof}{0}{}{}{}%
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{lot}{0}{}{}{}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{ChapterNo}}{1}}%
-}
-\NewCounter{AppendixNo}{\Alph}%
- {\TheCounter{AppendixNo}}{\TheCounter{AppendixNo}}
-\AddCounterToResetList{SectionNo}{AppendixNo}
-\AddCounterToResetList{AppendixNo}{VolumeNo}
-\def\Appendix{\DblArg{\@Appendix}}%
-\def\@Appendix [#1]#2{%
- \NewPageRightHand
- \StepCounter{AppendixNo}%
- \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}%
- {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- \SetPageLayout{4}
- \ChapterHeadingTeXIP{Appendix \PrintCounter{AppendixNo}}{#2}
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{1}%
- {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}}{#1}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{AppendixNo}}{1}}%
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\DoneWithAppendices{%
- \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\alph}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{ChapterNo}}{1}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-chap.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@PageRef #1{%
- \def\@PageRefResult{}%
- \@ref{1}{#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{??}%
- \else
- \if\PrefixConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}%
- \DropPrefix{\@TheExpandedLabel}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}%
- {\@TheShortenedLabel}%
- \edef\@PageRefResult{\@TheShortenedLabel}%
- \else
- \edef\@PageRefResult{\@TheExpandedLabel}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-pager.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@PageRefLimitLow
-\newcount\@PageRefLimitHigh
-\newif\if@CloseByReference
-\newcount\@PageCloseRefCount
-\newcount\@PageNumberActual
-\def\NoSpecialPageRef{%
- \global\@NoSpecialPageReftrue
-}
-\newif\if@NoSpecialPageRef
-\@NoSpecialPageReffalse
-\def\@PageRef #1{%
- \def\@PageRefResult{}%
- \global\@CloseByReferencefalse
- \StepCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}%
- \CounterToRegister{\global\@PageCloseRefCount}%
- {CloseByReferenceCount}%
- \@ref{1}{#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{??}%
- \else
- \if\PrefixConditional
- {\@TheExpandedLabel}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}%
- \DropPrefix{\@TheExpandedLabel}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}%
- {\@TheShortenedLabel}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{\@TheShortenedLabel}%
- \Label{@READ@-%
- \@ThisLabel-\the\@PageCloseRefCount}%
- \@PageRefLimitLow = \@TheShortenedLabel
- \advance\@PageRefLimitLow by -1
- \@PageRefLimitHigh = \@TheShortenedLabel
- \advance\@PageRefLimitHigh by 1
- \edef\@Ref@Temp@Name{%
- \@LabelRefPrefix @READ@-%
- \@ThisLabel-\the\@PageCloseRefCount
- }%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@Ref@Temp@Name}%
- \edef\@Ref@Temp@NameTwo{%
- \NameUse{\@Ref@Temp@Name}%
- }%
- \wlog{@READ@: 1 \@Ref@Temp@Name /
- \@Ref@Temp@NameTwo}%
- \edef\@Ref@Temp@NameThree{%
- \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo
- \@Ref@Temp@NameTwo
- }%
- \wlog{@READ@ 1a: \@Ref@Temp@NameThree}%
- \DropPrefix
- {\@Ref@Temp@NameThree}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}%
- {\@ResultLocalRef}%
- \@PageNumberActual = \@ResultLocalRef
- \else
- \wlog{@READ@ 2}%
- \@PageNumberActual = \count0
- \@PageRefLimitLow = -10
- \@PageRefLimitHigh = -10
- \fi
- \if\InRangeConditional
- {\@PageNumberActual}%
- {\@PageRefLimitLow}%
- {\@PageRefLimitHigh}%
- \wlog{@READ@ 3}%
- \@CloseByReferencetrue
- \if@NoSpecialPageRef
- \@CloseByReferencefalse
- \fi
- \else
- \wlog{@READ@ 4}%
- \@CloseByReferencefalse
- \fi
- \global\@NoSpecialPageReffalse
- \if@CloseByReference
- \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@PageRefLimitLow
- \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel,"
- on page \the\@PageNumberActual
- \space refers to the next page.}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{the next}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@TheShortenedLabel
- \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel"
- on page \the\@PageNumberActual
- \space refers to the current page.}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{this}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@PageRefLimitHigh
- \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel"
- on page \the\@PageNumberActual
- \space refers to the preceding page.}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{the previous}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \def\@PageRefResult{\@TheExpandedLabel}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \edef\@PageRefResult{\@PageRefResult}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-page2.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\PageRef #1{%
- \@PageRef{#1}%
- \@PageRefResult
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\Page #1{%
- \PageShortForm~\@PageRef{#1}%
- \@PageRefResult
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\OnPage #1{%
- \@PageRef{#1}%
- \if@CloseByReference
- on \@PageRefResult\space page%
- \else
- on \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult
- \fi
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\AtPage #1{%
- \@PageRef{#1}%
- \if@CloseByReference
- at \@PageRefResult\space page%
- \else
- at \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult
- \fi
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\CommaPage #1{%
- \@PageRef{#1}%
- \if@CloseByReference
- \space on \@PageRefResult\space page%
- \@PrintAfterLabel
- \else
- ,\space
- \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult
- \@PrintAfterLabel
- \fi
-}
-\def\CommaPageComma{%
- \@PageRef{,}%
- \if@CloseByReference
- \space on \@PageRefResult\space page\space
- \else
- ,\space
- \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult
- \@PrintAfterLabel
- \space
- \fi
-}
-\def\PageShortForm{p.}
-\def\PagesShortForm{pp.}
-\def\see #1#2{%
- see \@SeeSee{#1}{#2}%
-}
-\def\See #1#2{%
- See \@SeeSee{#1}{#2}%
-}
-\def\@SeeSee #1#2{%
- \SectionRef{#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2}{,}%
- \CommaPageComma
- \let\@SeeSeeEnd = \ignorespaces
- \else
- \CommaPage
- #2%
- \let\@SeeSeeEnd = \relax
- \fi
- \@SeeSeeEnd
-}
-\def\ChapterRef #1{%
- Chapter~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\SectionRef #1{%
- \Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\ItemRef #1{%
- item~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\FigRef #1{%
- Fig.~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\FigureRef #1{%
- Figure~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\TableRef #1{%
- Table~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\AppendixRef #1{%
- Appendix~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\PagesRef #1#2{%
- \PagesShortForm~\PageRef{#1}--\PageRef{#2}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-crm.tip}{}
-\newdimen\HsizeTeXIP
-\newdimen\VsizeTeXIP
-\newcount\ClubPenalty
-\newcount\WidowPenalty
-\newcount\InterlinePenalty
-\newcount\BrokenPenalty
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-dime1.tip}{}
-\newif\ifWritePageLog
-\WritePageLogfalse
-\newwrite\PageLogStream
-\def\WritePageLogFile{%
- \immediate\openout\PageLogStream = \jobname.plog
- \WritePageLogtrue
-}
-\newcount\BadnessSave
-\ShowPlainListsfalse
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@PageLayoutCode
-\def\SetPageLayout #1{%
- \global\@PageLayoutCode = #1
- \CheckRange{\@PageLayoutCode}{0}{5}%
- {\string\SetPageLayout: }
-}
-\SetPageLayout{0}%
-\def\@LeftRunningHead{}
-\def\@RightRunningHead{}
-\newcount\@SavedPageLayoutCode
-\def\NewPageRightHandSpecial{%
- \vfill
- \supereject
- \ifodd\count0
- \wlog{\string\NewPageRightHandSpecial: no empty
- page to generate (\string\count0 = \the\count0)}%
- \else
- \hbox{}
- \@SavedPageLayoutCode = \@PageLayoutCode
- \SetPageLayout{1}%
- \wlog{\string\NewPageRightHandSpecial: empty page
- generated,
- (\string\count0 = \the\count0).}%
- \vfill
- \eject
- \SetPageLayout{\@SavedPageLayoutCode}%
- \fi
-}
-\newdimen\OddPagesHorizontalShift
-\newdimen\EvenPagesHorizontalShift
-\newdimen\CurrentPageShift
-\def\plainoutput{%
- \@ShowPlainLists
- \edef\@LeftRunningHead{\@LeftRunningHead}%
- \edef\@RightRunningHead{\@RightRunningHead}%
- \ifnum\@PageLayoutCode = 0
- \else
- \headline = {}
- \footline = {}
- \fi
- \ifcase\@PageLayoutCode
- \or
- \or
- \global\@PageLayoutCode = 3
- \or
- \@PageLayoutCodeThree
- \or
- \global\@PageLayoutCode = 5
- \or
- \ifodd\count0
- \headline = {%
- \small\rm
- \hfil
- \botmark
- \hskip 18pt
- \PrintCounter{PageNo}%
- }%
- \else
- \headline = {%
- \small\rm
- \PrintCounter{PageNo}%
- \hskip 18pt
- \@LeftRunningHead
- \hfil
- }%
- \fi
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\plainoutput: \string\@PageLayoutCode
- out of range.}%
- \fi
- \setbox 4 = \vbox{%
- \pagebody
- }%
- \ifWritePageLog
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- Part name: \CurrentPartName, Page \the\count0
- }%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- Page \the\count0:
- stretch: \the\pagestretch,
- shrink: \the\pageshrink,
- outputpenalty: \the\outputpenalty
- }%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- pagefilstretch: \the\pagefilstretch,
- pagefillstretch: \the\pagefillstretch
- }%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- ht 255: \the\ht255,
- dp 255: \the\dp255
- }%
- \NaturalHeight{\dimen0}{255}%
- \NaturalDepth{\dimen1}{255}%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- Natural height: \the\dimen0,
- Natural depth: \the\dimen1
- }%
- \dimen2 = \vsize
- \advance\dimen2 by -\dimen0
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- Ideal height: \the\vsize,
- Difference: \the\dimen2
- }%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- badness: \the\BadnessSave,
- height: \the\ht4,
- depth: \the\dp4
- }%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{}%
- \fi
- \setbox 5 = \vbox{%
- \makeheadline
- \box 4
- \makefootline
- }%
- \@MakeRobustMacros
- \ifodd\count0
- \CurrentPageShift = \OddPagesHorizontalShift
- \else
- \CurrentPageShift = \EvenPagesHorizontalShift
- \fi
- \wlog{Redefined \string\plainoutput (ts-outpu.tip):
- Shifting: shift amount is \the\CurrentPageShift\space\space
- (page is \the\pageno).}%
- \setbox 6 = \vbox{%
- \moveright\CurrentPageShift \box5
- }%
- \shipout\box6
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty > -10000
- \else
- \dosupereject
- \fi
-}
-\def\@PageLayoutCodeThree{%
- \ifodd\count0
- \headline = {%
- \small\rm
- \hfil
- \@RightRunningHead
- \hskip 18pt
- \PrintCounter{PageNo}%
- }%
- \else
- \headline = {%
- \small\rm
- \PrintCounter{PageNo}%
- \hskip 18pt
- \@LeftRunningHead
- \hfil
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-outpu.tip}{}
-\def\SetUpTeXIPValues #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
- \HsizeTeXIP = #1\relax
- \hsize = \HsizeTeXIP
- \VsizeTeXIP = #2\relax
- \vsize = \VsizeTeXIP
- \SetParIndent{20pt}
- \ClubPenalty = #4\relax
- \clubpenalty = \ClubPenalty
- \WidowPenalty = #5\relax
- \widowpenalty = \WidowPenalty
- \InterlinePenalty = #6\relax
- \interlinepenalty = \InterlinePenalty
- \BrokenPenalty = #7\relax
- \brokenpenalty = \BrokenPenalty
- \OddPagesHorizontalShift = 0pt
- \EvenPagesHorizontalShift = 0pt
- \overfullrule = #8\relax
- \parskip = #9\relax
-}
-\SetUpTeXIPValues{6.5in}{8.9in}{20pt}{100}{100}{100}{100}%
- {5pt}{0pt plus 1pt}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-dime2.tip}{}
-\def\SubstituteFont #1#2#3#4{%
- \expandafter\newifOF \csname if-\string#1\endcsname
- \csname if-\string#1true\endcsname
- \def#1{%
- \csname if-\string#1\endcsname
- \message{%
- \string\SubstituteFont: No \string#2 font at
- size #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.%
- }%
- \global\csname if-\string#1false\endcsname
- \fi
- #4%
- }%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-subst.tip}{}
-\font\RmLargerThanLife = cmr17 scaled \magstep5
-\NewFont\Vrm = cmr5
-\NewFont\Vit = cmti7 at 5pt
-\NewFont\Vbf = cmbx5
-\NewFont\Vsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt
-\SubstituteFont{\Vtt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\SubstituteFont{\Vsc}{\sc}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\SubstituteFont{\Vsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\NewFont\VIIrm = cmr7
-\NewFont\VIIit = cmti7
-\NewFont\VIIbf = cmbx7
-\NewFont\VIIsc = cmcsc10 at 7pt
-\SubstituteFont{\VIItt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\SubstituteFont{\VIIsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\NewFont\VIIIrm = cmr8
-\NewFont\VIIIit = cmti8
-\NewFont\VIIIbf = cmbx8
-\NewFont\VIIItt = cmtt8
-\NewFont\VIIIsc = cmcsc10 at 8pt
-\SubstituteFont{\VIIIsl}{\sl}{8}{\VIIIrm}
-\NewFont\IXrm = cmr9
-\NewFont\IXit = cmti9
-\NewFont\IXbf = cmbx9
-\NewFont\IXtt = cmtt9
-\NewFont\IXsc = cmcsc10 at 9pt
-\SubstituteFont{\IXsl}{\sl}{9}{\IXrm}
-\NewFont\Xrm = cmr10
-\NewFont\Xit = cmti10
-\NewFont\Xbf = cmbx10
-\NewFont\Xtt = cmtt10
-\NewFont\Xsc = cmcsc10
-\NewFont\Xsl = cmcsc10
-\NewFont\XIIrm = cmr12
-\NewFont\XIIit = cmti12
-\NewFont\XIIbf = cmbx12
-\NewFont\XIItt = cmtt12
-\NewFont\XIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1
-\NewFont\XIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1
-\NewFont\XIIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XVIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XVIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XXIrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 1
-\NewFont\XXIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XXIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XXIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 4
-\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXItt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 3}
-\SubstituteFont{\XXIsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXIrm}
-\NewFont\XXVrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XXVit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 4
-\NewFont\XXVbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 4
-\NewFont\XXVsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt
-\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXVtt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 4}
-\SubstituteFont{\XXVsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXVrm}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{V}{5}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{VII}{7}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{VIII}{8}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{IX}{9}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{X}{10}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XII}{12}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XIII}{13.14}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XVII}{17.28}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXI}{20.74}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXV}{24.88}
-\let\tiny = \FontSizeV
-\let\scriptsize = \FontSizeVII
-\let\footnotesize = \FontSizeVIII
-\let\small = \FontSizeIX
-\let\normalsize = \FontSizeX
-\let\large = \FontSizeXII
-\let\Large = \FontSizeXIII
-\let\LARGE = \FontSizeXVII
-\let\huge = \FontSizeXXI
-\let\Huge = \FontSizeXXV
-\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2}
-\normalsize
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-fonts.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@WidestLoopCounter
-\newbox\@WidestLoopBox
-\def\FindWidestChar #1#2#3#4{%
- #1 = 0pt
- \DoLoop{\@WidestLoopCounter}{#3}{1}{#4}{%
- \setbox\@WidestLoopBox = \hbox{%
- #2%
- \char\@WidestLoopCounter
- }%
- \MaxDimen{#1}{#1}{\wd\@WidestLoopBox}{}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-widestc.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@WidthLevelOneLabels
-\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{\normalsize\rm}%
- {`\0}{`\9}
-\setbox 0 = \hbox{.\hskip 1em}
-\advance\@WidthLevelOneLabels by \wd0
-\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelOne{%
- \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{0pt}{1em}%
- {12pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\newdimen\@WidthLevelTwoLabels
-\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelTwoLabels}{\normalsize\rm}%
- {`\a}{`\j}
-\setbox 0 = \hbox{()\hskip 1em}
-\advance\@WidthLevelTwoLabels by \wd0
-\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelTwo{%
- \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelTwoLabels}{0pt}{10pt}%
- {6pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\newdimen\@WidthLevelThreeLabels
-\setbox 0 = \hbox{viii.\hskip 1em}
-\@WidthLevelThreeLabels = \wd0
-\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelThree{%
- \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelThreeLabels}{0pt}{10pt}%
- {6pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\newdimen\@WidthLevelFourLabels
-\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelFourLabels}{\normalsize\rm}%
- {`\A}{`\J}
-\setbox0 = \hbox{()\hskip 1em}
-\advance\@WidthLevelFourLabels by \wd0
-\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelFour{%
- \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelFourLabels}{0pt}{10pt}%
- {6pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\EnumerateLevelOneExtended{%
- \par
- \FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{\normalsize\rm}%
- {`\0}{`\9}
- \multiply\@WidthLevelOneLabels by 2
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{.\hskip 1em}%
- \advance\@WidthLevelOneLabels by \wd0
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-enum.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\NewCounter{FigureNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{FigureNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{FigureNo}}%
-\NewCounter{TableNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{TableNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{TableNo}}%
-\AddCounterToResetList{FigureNo}{ChapterNo}
-\AddCounterToResetList{TableNo}{ChapterNo}
-\def\Caption{\DblArg{\@Caption}}
-\def\@Caption [#1]#2{%
- \errmessage{\string\@Caption: caption out of place, caption
- text = #1.}%
-}
-\def\BeginFigure{%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@BeginFigure}{\@BeginFigure[t]}%
-}
-\newif\if@FigureInsertOk
-\def\@BeginFigure[#1]{%
- \begingroup
- \def\@UseThisInsert{}%
- \@FigureInsertOkfalse
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{t}%
- \def\@UseThisInsert{\topinsert}%
- \@FigureInsertOktrue
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{p}%
- \def\@UseThisInsert{\pageinsert}%
- \@FigureInsertOktrue
- \fi
- \if@FigureInsertOk
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@BeginFigure: illegal argument
- "#1." Use [t] instead.}%
- \def\@UseThisInsert{\topinsert}%
- \fi
- \gdef\FigureCaptionText{}%
- \gdef\FigureCaptionTextLof{}%
- \StepCounter{FigureNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{FigureNo}}{0}}%
- \def\@Caption [##1]##2{%
- \gdef\FigureCaptionTextLof{##1}%
- \gdef\FigureCaptionText{##2}%
- \wlog{\noexpand\@Caption (figures), caption text saved:
- ##2.}%
- }%
- \setbox 0 = \vbox\bgroup
-}
-\def\EndFigure{%
- \egroup
- \@UseThisInsert
- \box0
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\FigureCaptionText}%
- \else
- \bigskip
- \CenterOrParagraph{%
- \small
- Figure~\PrintCounter{FigureNo}.
- \FigureCaptionText
- }%
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{lof}{1}{\PrintCounter{FigureNo}}%
- {\FigureCaptionTextLof}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \fi
- \endinsert
- \endgroup
-}
-\def\BeginTable{%
- \begingroup
- \gdef\TableCaptionText{}%
- \gdef\TableCaptionTextLot{}%
- \StepCounter{TableNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{TableNo}}{0}}%
- \def\@Caption [##1]##2{%
- \gdef\TableCaptionText{##2}%
- \gdef\TableCaptionTextLot{##1}%
- \wlog{\noexpand\@Caption for tables: ##2}%
- }%
- \setbox 0 = \vbox\bgroup
-}
-\def\EndTable{%
- \egroup
- \topinsert
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\TableCaptionText}%
- \else
- \smallskip
- \CenterOrParagraph{%
- \small
- Table~\PrintCounter{TableNo}.
- \TableCaptionText}%
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{lot}{1}{\PrintCounter{TableNo}}%
- {\TableCaptionTextLot}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \smallskip
- \fi
- \box0
- \endinsert
- \endgroup
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-float.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\NewCounter{FootNote}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{FootNote}}%
- {\PrintCounter{FootNote}}
-\AddCounterToResetList{FootNote}{ChapterNo}
-\def\FootNote #1{%
- \StepCounter{FootNote}%
- \footnote{$^{\PrintCounter{FootNote}}$}%
- {%
- \small
- \baselineskip = 9pt
- #1%
- }%
-}
-\skip\footins = 18.4pt
-\def\@PrintFootnotePlain{%
- \vskip 12pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \hrule width 5pc height 0.4pt depth 0pt
- \vskip 6pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
- \unvbox\footins
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-foot.tip}{}
-\NewCounter{VolumeNo}{\Roman}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}}
-\ReassignCounter{PageNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{PageNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-\TheCounter{PageNo}}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-vol.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\NewCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}%
- {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
-\NewCounter{SubSectionNo}{\arabic}%
- {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSectionNo}}%
- {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSectionNo}}%
-\NewCounter{SubSubSectionNo}{\arabic}%
- {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}%
- {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}%
-\NewCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}{\arabic}%
- {\PrintCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}}%
- {\PrintCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}}%
-\AddCounterToResetList{SectionNo}{ChapterNo}%
-\AddCounterToResetList{SubSectionNo}{SectionNo}%
-\AddCounterToResetList{SubSubSectionNo}{SubSectionNo}%
-\def\Section{\DblArg{\@Section}}%
-\def\@Section [#1]#2{%
- \StepCounter{SectionNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SectionNo}}{1}}%
- \GenericHeading{2}{36pt plus 10pt minus 2pt}%
- {1}{1}{1}{24pt}{0}%
- {\Large\baselineskip = 15pt}{-13pt}%
- {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}}{#2}{#1}%
- \gdef\EveryParB{%
- {%
- \@MakeRobustMacros
- \def\LineBreakToc{ }%
- \def\LineBreakHeading{ }%
- \def\IgnoreInRunningHead ####1{%
- \relax$\ldots$%
- }%
- \mark{#2}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\SubSection{\DblArg{\@SubSection}}%
-\def\@SubSection [#1]#2{%
- \StepCounter{SubSectionNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SubSectionNo}}{1}}%
- \GenericHeading{3}{30pt plus 8pt minus 2pt}%
- {1}{1}{1}{18pt}{0}%
- {\large\baselineskip = 14pt}{-12pt}%
- {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}}{#2}{#1}%
-}
-\def\SubSubSection{\DblArg{\@SubSubSection}}%
-\def\@SubSubSection [#1]#2{%
- \ifnum\TheCounter{SubSectionNo} = 0
- \errhelp = {The reason is probably that \string\Section
- occurred directly followed by \string\SubSubSection
- (that is you forgot a \string\SubSection in between).}%
- \errmessage{\string\@SubSubSection: Counter "SubSectionNo"
- is zero.}%
- \fi
- \StepCounter{SubSubSectionNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}{1}}%
- \GenericHeading{4}{24pt plus 6pt minus 1pt}%
- {1}{1}{1}{18pt}{0}%
- {\normalsize}{-10pt}%
- {\PrintCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}{#2}{#1}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-shead.tip}{}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-hall.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\label{\Label}
-\def\WriteCountersToAuxFile{%
- \@WriteCounter{VolumeNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{ChapterNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{AppendixNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{SectionNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{SubSectionNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{SubSubSectionNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{PageNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{SWPageNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{FigureNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{TableNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}%
-}
-\def\Label #1{%
- \message{\noexpand\Label currently undefined,
- label "#1" ignored.}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-hmore.tip}{}
-\lefthyphenmin = 2
-\righthyphenmin = 3
-\hyphenation{Ado-be}
-\hyphenation{after}
-\hyphenation{base-line-skip}
-\hyphenation{man-u-script}
-\hyphenation{obey-lines}
-\hyphenation{obey-spaces}
-\hyphenation{other-wise}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-hyph.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelOne{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {12pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelTwo{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {6pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelThree{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {4pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelFour{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {4pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-itize.tip}{}
-\def\TeXIP{%
- \TeX{} in Practice%
-}
-\def\WEB{%
- {\tt WEB}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-lazy.tip}{}
-\def\EntryIntolof #1#2#3#4{%
- \ifcase #1
- \MaxVskip{12pt}%
- \or
- \GenTocEntry{#1}{10pt}{50pt}{50pt}{25pt}%
- {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4}
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\EntryIntolof/lot: illegal level.}%
- \fi
-}
-\let\EntryIntolot = \EntryIntolof
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-loft.tip}{}
-\def\PS{{\sc Post\-Script}}
-\font\MetafontLogoFont = logo10 scaled \magstep0
-\def\MF{{\MetafontLogoFont METAFONT}}
-\def\textfontii{\the\textfont2}
-\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
- {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX}
-\def\LaTeX{{\rm L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc a}\kern-.15em
- T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-logo.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@MakeRobustMacros{%
- \TreatAsRobust\rm
- \TreatAsRobust\bf
- \TreatAsRobust\it
- \TreatAsRobust\tt
- \TreatAsRobust\sc
- \TreatAsRobust\mac
- \TreatAsRobust\break
- \TreatAsRobust\dots
- \TreatAsRobust\MF
- \TreatAsRobust\TeX
- \TreatAsRobust\LaTeX
- \TreatAsRobust\PS
- \TreatAsRobust\AmSTeX
- \TreatAsRobust\ldots
- \TreatAsRobust\cdots
- \TreatAsRobust\dots
- \def\MakeRobust ##1{%
- \noexpand\MakeRobust
- \noexpand##1%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-robst.tip}{}
-\def\TeXIPVersionNumber{1.0}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-vers.tip}{}
-\def\MyNarrower{\narrower\narrower}
-\frenchspacing
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-set.tip}{}
-\def\EntryIntotoc #1#2#3#4{%
- \par
- \ifcase #1
- \bigskip
- \or
- \bigskip
- \else
- \relax
- \fi
- \ifcase #1
- \GenTocEntry{0}{0pt}{20pt}{20pt}{30pt}%
- {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4}
- \or
- \GenTocEntry{1}{0pt}{40pt}{40pt}{30pt}%
- {0pt}{10pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\bf}{#4}
- \or
- \GenTocEntry{2}{10pt}{50pt}{50pt}{30pt}%
- {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4}
- \or
- \GenTocEntry{#1}{20pt}{60pt}{60pt}{30pt}%
- {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4}
- \or
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\EntryIntotoc: no level #1 subdivision
- in this series.}
- \fi
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-toc.tip}{}
-\newdimen\LeftSkipVerbatim
-\LeftSkipVerbatim = 0.3in
-\def\VerbatimFont{\tt}
-\newcount\VerbatimTab
-\VerbatimTab = 8
-\newif\ifVerbLineNum
-\VerbLineNumtrue
-\newskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip
-\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 0pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-\newif\ifCaretTab
-\CaretTabfalse
-\newtoks\VerbatimTokBegin \VerbatimTokBegin = {}
-\newtoks\VerbatimTokLine \VerbatimTokLine = {}
-\newtoks\VerbatimTokEnd \VerbatimTokEnd = {}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@VerbatimLr
-\@VerbatimLr = 1.5pt
-\newif\if@IgnoreFirstNewLine
-\if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \def\@VerbatimPar{\par\@@par}%
- \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}%
-\else
- \def\@VerbatimPar{\par}%
- \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}%
-\fi
-\newcount\@VerbatimLineNumber
-\newif\if@VerbatimL
-\newdimen\Verb@TabSize
-\def\@VObeySpaces{%
- \MakeActive{\ }%
- \@@VObeySpaces
-}
-{%
-\MakeActive{\ }%
-\gdef\@@VObeySpaces{%
-\def {\VerbControlSpace}%
-}%
-}
-\def\@VObeyTabs{%
- \MakeTabActive
- \@@VObeyTabs
-}
-{
- \MakeTabActive
- \gdef\@@VObeyTabs{%
- \def^^I{\Verb@Tab}%
- }
-}
-\def\Verb@Tab{%
- \leavevmode
- \egroup
- \dimen0 = \wd0
- \divide\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize
- \advance\dimen0 by 1sp
- \multiply\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize
- \wd0 = \dimen0
- \box0
- \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup
-}
-\def\@VObeyEol{%
- \MakeEolActive %
- \@@VObeyEol
-}
-{
- \MakeEolActive %
- \gdef\@@VObeyEol{%
- \let^^M = \Verb@Eol%
- }%
-}
-\def\Verb@Eol{%
- \if@IgnoreFirstNewLine
- \else
- \leavevmode
- \egroup
- \box 0
- \endgraf
- \fi
- \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse
-}
-\def\@VCaret{%
- \MakeActive{\^}%
- \@@VCaret
-}
-{
- \MakeActive{\^}%
- \gdef\@@VCaret{%
- \def^{%
- \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretTwo
- }%
- \def\@@VCaretTwo{%
- \ifx \@VSymbol^%
- \let\@VerbNext = \@@VCaretThree
- \else
- \CaretText
- \let\@VerbNext = \relax
- \fi
- \@VerbNext
- }%
- \def\@@VCaretThree ^{%
- \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretFour
- }%
- \def\@@VCaretFour{%
- \ifx \@VSymbol I%
- \Verb@Tab
- \else
- \CaretText\CaretText\@VSymbol
- \fi
- \GobbleOne
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\@StartVerbatim #1{%
- \begingroup
- \@VerbatimPar
- \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \else
- \CancelSuppressNextParIndent
- \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\VerbatimFont X}
- \Verb@TabSize = \wd0
- \multiply\Verb@TabSize by \VerbatimTab
- \parskip = 0pt
- \parindent = 0pt
- \leftskip = \LeftSkipVerbatim
- \rightskip = 0pt
- \parfillskip = 0pt plus 1fil
- \spaceskip = 0pt
- \xspaceskip = 0pt
- \VerbatimFont
- \if@VerbatimL
- \else
- \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = 0
- \fi
- \global\@VerbatimLfalse
- \ifnum #1 = 0
- \@IgnoreFirstNewLinetrue
- \else
- \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse
- \fi
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \everypar = {\EveryParZ}%
- \fi
- \def\EveryParZ{%
- \the\VerbatimTokLine
- \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by 1
- \ifVerbLineNum
- \raise \@VerbatimLr \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hss
- \@VerbatimNlf
- \the\@VerbatimLineNumber
- \hskip 10pt
- }%
- \fi
- \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup
- }%
- \MkOthers
- \@VObeySpaces
- \@VObeyTabs
- \@VObeyEol
- \ifCaretTab
- \@VCaret
- \fi
-}
-\def\@DoneVerbatim{%
- \endgroup
- \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip
- \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{}%
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \else
- \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{%
- \ParLookAhead
- {\SuppressNextParIndent}%
- {}
- }%
- \fi
- \@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal
-}
-\def\BeginVerbatim{%
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \@BeginVerbatim
-}
-{ \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character.
- |gdef|@BeginVerbatim #1\EndVerbatim{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- }
-}
-\def\BVerB{%
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \@BVerB
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character.
- |gdef|@BVerB #1\EVerB{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- }
-}
-\def\AppendVerbatimL #1{%
- \global\@VerbatimLtrue
- \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by #1\relax
-}
-\def\StartVerbatimL #1{%
- \global\@VerbatimLtrue
- \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = #1\relax
-}
-\newcount\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber
-\def\PushVerbatimL{%
- \global\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber = \@VerbatimLineNumber
- \global\VerbLineNumfalse
-}
-\def\PopVerbatimL{%
- \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = \@SaveVerbatimLineNumber
- \global\VerbLineNumtrue
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-verbdisp.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ListVerb #1{%
- \@StartVerbatim{1}%
- \input #1
- \@DoneVerbatim
-}
-\def\ListVerbIfFileExists #1{%
- \par
- \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}%
- \ListVerb{#1}%
- \else
- \centerline{$\bullet$ File {\tt #1} not found. $\bullet$}%
- \wlog{\string\ListVerbIfFileExists: no file "#1".}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\ListVerbAndSource #1{%
- \ListVerb{#1}%
- \input #1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-verb-mac.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-{\catcode`\ = \active
-\gdef\@InitActiveSpace{\edef {\VerbControlSpace}}}
-\newif\if@VerbSpaceControl
-\def\Verb{%
- \NextCharTest{*}{\@VerbSpaceControltrue \@VerbA}%
- {\@VerbSpaceControlfalse\@VerbA}%
-}
-\def\@VerbA #1{%
- \bgroup
- \tt
- \MkOthers
- \if@VerbSpaceControl
- \else
- \catcode`\ = \active
- \@InitActiveSpace
- \fi
- \def\@VerbTemp ##1#1{%
- ##1% % Simply print the argument.
- \egroup % Undo font change and category code changes.
- }%
- \@VerbTemp
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-verb.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\@VStream
-\newif\if@VStreamOpen
-\@VStreamOpenfalse
-\newcount\@VerbWriteCount
-\@VerbWriteCount = 0
-\def\BeginVerbWrite #1#2{%
- \global\advance\@VerbWriteCount by 1
- \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}%
- \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{#1}{\jobname}%
- \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteFileExt}{#2}{ver}%
- \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}%
- \if@VStreamOpen
- \errmessage{\string\BeginVerbWrite: ERROR, file still open.}%
- \fi
- \OpenVerbWrFile{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{\@VerbWriteFileExt}%
- {\@VStream}%
- \global\@VStreamOpentrue
- \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}%
-}
-\def\CloseVerbWriteFile{%
- \if@VStreamOpen
- \CloseVerbWrFile{\@VStream}%
- \global\@VStreamOpenfalse
- \fi
-}
-\def\AppendVerbWrite{%
- \wlog{\string\AppendVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}%
- \if@VStreamOpen
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\AppendVerbWrite: no file open.}%
- \fi
- \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}%
- \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}%
-}
-\def\VerbAsVerb{%
- \CloseVerbWriteFile
- {%
- \CaretTabtrue
- \ListVerb{\@VerbWriteFileName}%
- }%
-}
-\def\VerbAsSource{%
- \CloseVerbWriteFile
- \input \@VerbWriteFileName \relax
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-vwrt-mac.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@btex{%
- \par
- \bgroup
- \small
-}
-\def\@etex{%
- \nobreak
- \egroup
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \def\@EtexEnd{}%
- \else
- \def\@EtexEnd{%
- \ParLookAhead
- {}%
- {\SuppressNextParIndent}%
- }%
- \fi
- \@EtexEnd
-}
-\def\btex{%
- \@btex
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \btex@more
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints.
- |gdef|btex@more #1\etex{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- |@etex
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-verb1.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\Btexalt{%
- \@btex
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \btex@morealt
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints.
- |gdef|btex@morealt #1\Etexalt{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- |@etex
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-verb2.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\verb{\Verb}
-\VerbLineNumtrue
-\VerbatimTab = 4
-\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 5pt
-\def\VerbatimFont{\small\tt}%
-\def\ListVerbTeXIP #1{%
- \par
- \medskip
- \vskip 60pt
- \vskip -60pt
- \def\ListAsFileName{#1}%
- \def\LabelName{code-#1}%
- \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf}%
- \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}%
- \ListAsFileName #1%
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \else
- \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf2}%
- \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf2{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}%
- \ListAsFileName #1%
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\jobname.ver}%
- \def\ListAsFileName{}%
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{ex-verbwr.ver}
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \fi
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\LabelName}%
- \else
- \Label{code-#1}%
- \fi
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\ListAsFileName}
- \else
- \centerline{%
- $\bullet$%
- \space
- \tt\ListAsFileName
- \space
- $\bullet$%
- }%
- \fi
- \@btex
- \@StartVerbatim{1}%
- \wlog{[\string\ListVerbTeXIP:}%
- \input #1
- \wlog{]}% svb: this was \message before
- \@DoneVerbatim
- \@etex
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-verb.tip}{}
-\newif\ifIndexSpecial
-\IndexSpecialfalse
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\IdxStream
-\newwrite\IdxStreamSource
-\newif\if@IndexFilesOpen
-\@IndexFilesOpenfalse
-\def\OpenIndexFiles #1{%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}%
- \gdef\@IndexFileBaseName{\jobname}%
- \else
- \gdef\@IndexFileBaseName{#1}%
- \fi
- \if@IndexFilesOpen
- \message{\string\OpenIndexFiles: index files
- already open.}%
- \message{\string\OpenIndexFiles: will close
- old files, open new ones with basename
- "\@IndexFileBaseName".}%
- \immediate\closeout\IdxStream
- \immediate\closeout\IdxStreamSource
- \fi
- \@IndexFilesOpentrue
- \immediate\openout\IdxStream = \@IndexFileBaseName.idx
- \immediate\openout\IdxStreamSource = \@IndexFileBaseName.idx2
- \SetIndexStream{\IdxStream}%
-}
-\def\CloseIndexFiles{%
- \if@IndexFilesOpen
- \immediate\closeout\IdxStream
- \immediate\closeout\IdxStreamSource
- \@IndexFilesOpenfalse
- \fi
-}
-\def\SetIndexStream #1{%
- \let\IdxStreamUse = #1%
-}
-\def\Index{%
- \begingroup
- \MkOthersNoCB
- \@Index
-}
-\xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}%
-\def\@Index #1{%
- \let\PrintCounter = \relax
- \xdef\IndexTemp{%
- \write\IdxStreamUse{%
- \string\indexentry{#1\@IndexSuffixMod}%
- {\PrintCounter{SWPageNo}}}%
- }%
- \ifIndexSpecial
- \SideNoteText{I: #1}%
- \fi
- \xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}%
- \endgroup
- \IndexTemp
-}
-\def\IndexP #1{%
- \Index{#1}%
- #1%
-}
-\def\IndexCS #1{%
- \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \Index{%
- \@IndexCSTemp
- @%
- {%
- \string\tt
- \string\string
- \string#1%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\IndexCSX #1{%
- \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \Index{%
- #1%
- @%
- {%
- \string\tt
- \string\string
- \Backslash#1%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\IndexCSP #1{%
- \IndexCS{#1}%
- {\tt\string#1}%
-}
-\def\IndexPrim #1{%
- \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \Index{\@IndexCSTemp @%
- {\string\tt\string\string\string#1}|PRIMITIVE}%
-}
-\def\IndexPrimP #1{%
- \IndexPrim{#1}%
- {\tt\string #1}%
-}
-\def\IndexPar{\Index{par@\string\PrintParPrimitive}}
-\def\PrintParPrimitive{\BackslashTt{\tt par}}
-\def\IndexBye{\Index{bye@\string\PrintByePrimitive}}
-\def\PrintByePrimitive{\BackslashTt{\tt bye}}
-\def\IndexIf{\Index{if@\string\PrintIf|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIf{{\tt\string\if}}
-\def\IndexElse{\Index{else@\string\PrintElse|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintElse{{\tt\string\else}}
-\def\IndexFi{\Index{fi@\string\PrintFi|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintFi{{\tt\string\fi}}
-\def\IndexIfCase{\Index{ifcase@\string\PrintIfCase|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfCase{{\tt\string\ifcase}}
-\def\IndexIfCat{\Index{ifcat@\string\PrintIfCat|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfCat{{\tt\string\ifcat}}
-\def\IndexIfX{\Index{ifx@\string\PrintIfX|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfX{{\tt\string\ifx}}
-\def\IndexIfOdd{\Index{ifodd@\string\PrintIfOdd|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfOdd{{\tt\string\ifodd}}
-\def\IndexIfHbox{\Index{ifhbox@\string\PrintIfHbox|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfHbox{{\tt\string\ifhbox}}
-\def\IndexIfVbox{\Index{ifvbox@\string\PrintIfVbox|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfVbox{{\tt\string\ifvbox}}
-\def\IndexIfVoid{\Index{ifvoid@\string\PrintIfVoid|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfVoid{{\tt\string\ifvoid}}
-\def\IndexIfNum{\Index{ifnum@\string\PrintIfNum|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfNum{{\tt\string\ifnum}}
-\def\IndexIfDim{\Index{ifdim@\string\PrintIfDim|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfDim{{\tt\string\ifdim}}
-\def\IndexIfHmode{\Index{ifhmode@\string\PrintIfHmode|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfHmode{{\tt\string\ifhmode}}
-\def\IndexIfVmode{\Index{ifvmode@\string\PrintIfVmode|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfVmode{{\tt\string\ifvmode}}
-\def\IndexIfMmode{\Index{ifvmode@\string\PrintIfMmode|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfMmode{{\tt\string\ifvmode}}
-\def\IndexIfInner{\Index{ifinner@\string\PrintIfInner|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfInner{{\tt\string\ifinner}}
-\def\IndexIfEof{\Index{ifeof@\string\PrintIfEof|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfEof{{\tt\string\ifeof}}%
-\def\IndexIfTrue{\Index{iftrue@\string\PrintIfTrue|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfTrue{{\tt\string\iftrue}}%
-\def\IndexIfFalse{\Index{iffalse@\string\PrintIfFalse|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfFalse{{\tt\string\iffalse}}%
-\def\IndexRepeat{\Index{repeat@\string\PrintRepeat}}
-\def\PrintRepeat{{\tt\string\repeat}}%
-\xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}%
-\def\IndexPSet #1{%
- \CSToString{\@IndexPSetResult}{#1}%
- \xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{|IndexP\@IndexPSetResult}%
-}
-\def\IndexPit #1{{\it #1}}
-\def\IndexPbf #1{{\bf #1}}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-wind.tip}{}
-\def\WriteCounterOutImmediately #1#2{%
- \OpenGenericOStream{#1}%
- \immediate\write\GenericOStream
- {\PrintCounter{#2}}%
- \CloseGenericOStream
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-ts-writc.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@VtboxDim
-\newbox\@VtboxBox
-\def\Vtbox #1#2{%
- \@VtboxDim = \ht#1%
- \advance\@VtboxDim by \dp#1%
- \setbox\@VtboxBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #1}%
- \advance\@VtboxDim by -\ht\@VtboxBox
- \advance\@VtboxDim by -\dp\@VtboxBox
- #2\setbox #1 = \vtop spread \@VtboxDim {\unvbox #1}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-vtbox.tip}{}
-\def\WritingParShape{%
- \wlog{\string\WritingParShape: begin}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\pretolerance: \the\pretolerance}%
- \wlog{\string\tolerance: \the\tolerance}%
- \wlog{\string\prevgraf: \the\prevgraf}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\parskip: \the\parskip}%
- \wlog{\string\baselineskip: \the\baselineskip}%
- \wlog{\string\lineskip: \the\lineskip}%
- \wlog{\string\lineskiplimit: \the\lineskiplimit}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\parindent: \the\parindent}%
- \wlog{\string\hsize: \the\hsize}%
- \wlog{\string\leftskip: \the\leftskip}%
- \wlog{\string\rightskip: \the\rightskip}%
- \wlog{\string\parfillskip: \the\parfillskip}%
- \wlog{\string\spaceskip: \the\spaceskip}%
- \wlog{\string\xspaceskip: \the\xspaceskip}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\hyphenpenalty: \the\hyphenpenalty}%
- \wlog{\string\exhyphenpenalty: \the\exhyphenpenalty}%
- \wlog{\string\lefthyphenmin: \the\lefthyphenmin}%
- \wlog{\string\righthyphenmin: \the\righthyphenmin}%
- \wlog{\string\lefthyphenmin: \the\lefthyphenmin}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\adjdemerits: \the\adjdemerits}%
- \wlog{\string\doublehyphendemerits: \the\doublehyphendemerits}%
- \wlog{\string\finalhyphendemerits: \the\finalhyphendemerits}%
- \wlog{\string\linepenalty: \the\linepenalty}%
- \wlog{\string\sfcode\string\`.: \the\sfcode`\.}%
- \wlog{\string\hyphenchar: \the\hyphenchar\tenrm}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\binoppenalty: \the\binoppenalty}%
- \wlog{\string\relpenalty: \the\relpenalty}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\everypar: \the\everypar}%
- \wlog{\string\WritingParShape: end}%
-}
-\NameDef{@InputD-wl-parcp.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\@VerbArgStream
-\def\WriteVerbatimArgument #1#2{%
- \immediate\openout\@VerbArgStream = #1
- \def\@AfterWriteVerbatimArgument{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \MkOthersNoCB
- \@WriteVerbatimArgument
-}
-\def\@WriteVerbatimArgument #1{%
- \immediate\write\@VerbArgStream{#1}%
- \immediate\closeout\@VerbArgStream
- \endgroup
- \@AfterWriteVerbatimArgument
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-wrverbar.tip}{}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\X@ParShapeCountA
-\newcount\X@ParShapeCountB
-\newcount\X@ParShapeCountC
-\newdimen\X@ParShapeDimenA
-\newdimen\X@ParShapeDimenB
-\def\XParShape{%
- \def\X@ParShapeCollect{ }%
- \X@ParShapeCountC = 0
- \afterassignment\X@ParShapeB
- \X@ParShapeCountA
-}
-\def\X@ParShapeB{%
- \ifnum\X@ParShapeCountA = 0
- \let\@XParShapeNext = \X@ParShapeD
- \else
- \advance\X@ParShapeCountA by -1
- \let\@XParShapeNext = \X@ParShapeC
- \fi
- \@XParShapeNext
-}
-\def\X@ParShapeD{%
- \parshape = \X@ParShapeCountC\X@ParShapeCollect
-}
-\def\X@ParShapeC #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 {%
- \message{\string\X@ParShapeC: #1, #2, #3, #4, #5}%
- \X@ParShapeDimenA = #2%
- \X@ParShapeDimenB = #4%
- \DoLoop{\X@ParShapeCountB}{1}{1}{#1}%
- {%
- \edef\X@ParShapeCollect{%
- \space
- \X@ParShapeCollect
- \the\X@ParShapeDimenA
- \space
- \the\X@ParShapeDimenB
- \space
- }%
- \advance\X@ParShapeCountC by 1
- \advance\X@ParShapeDimenA by #3\relax
- \advance\X@ParShapeDimenB by #5\relax
- }%
- \X@ParShapeB
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\NameDef{@InputD-x-parsh.tip}{}
-\newif\ifInputDVerbose
-\InputDVerbosefalse
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@InputDList
-\@InputDListfalse
-\def\@InputDPrefix{@InputD-}
-\NameDef{\@InputDPrefix namedef.tip}{}
-\def\InputD #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@InputDPrefix #1}%
- \ifInputDVerbose
- \wlog{\string\InputD: file "#1" was read-in before.}%
- \fi
- \else
- \NameDef{\@InputDPrefix #1}{}%
- \input #1
- \if@InputDList
- \immediate\write\@InputDStream{#1}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\dump
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/tip-bugs.tex b/info/examples/tip/tip-bugs.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index ad2c2b1fbf..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/tip-bugs.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3153 +0,0 @@
-% Here the output of program inputd begins!
-\def\InputD #1{}
-\def\ListInputD{}
-
-
-% Here begins "namedef.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.1.8, p. III-73.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 414.
-\wlog{L: "namedef.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 414, p. III-73]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NameDef #1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameEdef #1{%
- \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameGdef #1{%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameXdef #1{%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname #1\endcsname
-}
-\def\NameNewDef #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}%
- \errmessage{\string\NameNewDef: "#1" already defined.}%
- \fi
- \NameDef{#1}%
-}
-\def\NameReDef #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\NameReDef: "#1" never defined before.}%
- \fi
- \NameDef{#1}%
-}
-\def\NameUse #1{\csname #1\endcsname}
-\def\NameUseFlagUndefined #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{#1}%
- \NameUse{#1}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\NameUseFlagUndefined: token "#1"
- is undefined.}%
- \fi
-}
-\newif\if@NameDefined
-\def\NameDefinedConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname \relax
- \@NameDefinedfalse
- \else
- \@NameDefinedtrue
- \fi
- \if@NameDefined
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "namedef.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "everypar.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 10.9.3, p. II-34.
-% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 1707.
-\wlog{L: "everypar.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 1707, p. II-34]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\everypar = {%
- \EvalEveryPars
- \ClearEveryPars
-}
-\def\EvalEveryParsCE{%
- \EveryParC
- \EveryParD
- \EveryParE
-}
-\def\EvalEveryPars{%
- \EveryParA
- \EveryParB
- \EvalEveryParsCE
- \EveryParZ
-}
-\def\ClearEveryPars{%
- \gdef\EveryParA{}%
- \gdef\EveryParB{}%
- \gdef\EveryParC{}%
- \gdef\EveryParD{}%
- \gdef\EveryParE{}%
-}
-\def\ClearEveryParsAll{%
- \ClearEveryPars
- \gdef\EveryParZ{}%
-}
-\ClearEveryParsAll
-% Here the output of inputd ends "everypar.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "futlet.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.3, p. III-256.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1021.
-\wlog{L: "futlet.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1021, p. III-256]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\long\def\DoLongFutureLet #1#2#3#4{%
- \def\@FutureLetDecide{%
- #1#2\@FutureLetToken
- \def\@FutureLetNext{#3}%
- \else
- \def\@FutureLetNext{#4}%
- \fi
- \@FutureLetNext
- }%
- \futurelet\@FutureLetToken\@FutureLetDecide
-}
-\def\DoFutureLet #1#2#3#4{\DoLongFutureLet{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "futlet.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "funospac.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.10.1, p. III-271.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1710.
-\wlog{L: "funospac.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1710, p. III-271]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\FutureLetNoSpace #1#2{%
- \def\@FutureLetTokenA{#1}%
- \def\@FutureLetTokenB{#2}%
- \@FutureLetOne
-}
-\def\@FutureLetOne{%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{ }%
- {\@FutureLetThree}{\@FutureLetOk}%
-}
-\edef\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp{%
- \def\noexpand\@FutureLetThree\space{\noexpand\@FutureLetOne}%
-}
-\@FutureLetNoSpaceTemp
-\def\@FutureLetOk{%
- \expandafter\futurelet\@FutureLetTokenA\@FutureLetTokenB
-}
-\long\def\DoLongFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{%
- \def\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace{%
- #1#2\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace
- \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#3}%
- \else
- \def\@FutureLetNextNoSpace{#4}%
- \fi
- \@FutureLetNextNoSpace
- }%
- \FutureLetNoSpace{\@FutureLetTokenNoSpace}%
- {\@FutureLetDecideNoSpace}%
-}
-\def\DoFutureLetNoSpace #1#2#3#4{%
- \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "funospac.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "futpar.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.11, p. III-274.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1899.
-\wlog{L: "futpar.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1899, p. III-274]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{funospac.tip}
-\def\ParLookAhead #1#2{%
- \DoLongFutureLetNoSpace{\ifx}{\par}%
- {#1}{#2}%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "futpar.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "parin.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 10.9.4, p. II-35.
-% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 1808.
-\wlog{L: "parin.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 1808, p. II-35]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{everypar.tip}
-\newdimen\NormalParIndent
-\def\SetParIndent #1{%
- \NormalParIndent = #1%
- \parindent = #1%
-}
-\def\SuppressNextParIndent{%
- \global\parindent = 0pt
- \gdef\EveryParA{%
- \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent
- % \hskip-\parindent
- }%
-}
-\def\CancelSuppressNextParIndent{%
- \global\parindent = \NormalParIndent
- \gdef\EveryParA{}%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "parin.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "verb-bas.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.1, p. III-27.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 1625.
-\wlog{L: "verb-bas.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 1625, p. III-27]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\MakeOther #1{\catcode `#1 = 12 }
-\def\MakeActive #1{\catcode `#1 = \active\relax}
-\def\MakeEolActive{\MakeActive{\^^M}}
-\def\MakeTabActive{\MakeActive{\^^I}}
-\def\MkOthersNoCB{%
- \MakeOther{\ }%
- \MakeOther{\\}%
- \MakeOther{\$}%
- \MakeOther{\&}%
- \MakeOther{\#}%
- \MakeOther{\^}\MakeOther{\^^K}%
- \MakeOther{\_}\MakeOther{\^^A}%
- \MakeOther{\%}%
- \MakeOther{\~}%
-}
-\def\MkOthers{%
- \MakeOther{\{}%
- \MakeOther{\}}%
- \MkOthersNoCB
-}
-{\catcode`\^^I = 11
-\gdef\@TabAsLiteral{^^I}%
-}
-\catcode`\[ = 1
-\catcode`\] = 2
-[
- \catcode`\{ = 12
- \catcode`\} = 12
- \gdef\LeftBraceText[{]
- \gdef\RightBraceText[}]
-]
-\catcode`\[ = 12
-\catcode`\] = 12
-\def\AcuteAccentText{\'{}}
-\def\AcuteAccentTt{{\tt\AcuteAccentText}}
-\def\AmpersandText{\char`\&}
-\def\AmpersandTt{{\tt\AmpersandText}}
-\def\ApostropheText{'{}}
-\def\ApostropheTt{{\tt\ApostropheText}}
-\def\AtSignText{@}
-\def\AtSignTt{{\tt\AtSignText}}
-{%
- \catcode`| = 0
- |catcode`\\ = 12
- |gdef|Backslash{\}
-}
-\def\BackslashTt{{\tt\char`\\}}
-\def\CaretText{\char`\^{}}
-\def\CaretTt{{\tt\CaretText}}
-\def\DollarSignText{\$}
-\def\DollarSignTt{{\tt\DollarSignText}}
-{
- \catcode`\# = 12
- \gdef\PoundSign{#}
-}
-\def\pounds{{\it\char'44 }}
-\def\DoubleQuoteTt{{\tt"}}
-\def\EmDashText{{}---{}}
-\def\EmDashTt{{\tt\EmDashText}}
-\def\EnDashText{{}--{}}
-\def\EnDashTt{{\tt\EnDashText}}
-\def\ExclamationPointText{!}
-\def\ExclamationPointTt{{\tt\ExclamationPointText}}
-\def\GreaterThanSign{>}
-\def\GreaterThanSignTt{{\tt\GreaterThanSign}}
-\def\HyphenText{-}
-\def\HyphenTt{{\tt\HyphenText}}
-\def\OpenExclamationText{>}
-\def\OpenExclamationTt{{\tt\OpenExclamationText}}
-\def\LeftBraceTt{{\tt\LeftBraceText}}
-\def\LeftBracketText{[}
-\def\LeftBracketTt{{\tt\LeftBracketText}}
-\def\LeftParenthesisText{(}
-\def\LeftParenthesisTt{{\tt\LeftParenthesisText}}
-\def\LeftQuoteText{`{}}
-\def\LeftQuoteTt{{\tt\LeftQuoteText}}
-\def\LessThanSign{<}
-\def\LessThanSignTt{{\tt\LessThanSign}}
-\def\MinusSignText{-}
-\def\MinusSignTt{{\tt\MinusSignText}}
-\def\OpenQuestionText{<}
-\def\OpenQuestionTt{{\tt\OpenQuestionText}}
-\def\PlusSignText{+}
-\def\PlusSignTt{{\tt\PlusSignText}}
-\def\PercentSignText{\%}
-\def\PercentSignTt{{\tt\PercentSignText}}
-{
- \catcode`\% = 12
- \gdef\PercentSignPure{%}
-}
-\def\PeriodText{.}
-\def\PeriodTt{{\tt\PeriodText}}
-\def\PoundSignText{\#}
-\def\PoundSignTt{{\tt\PoundSignText}}
-\def\QuestionMarkText{?}
-\def\QuestionMarkTt{{\tt\QuestionMarkText}}
-\def\RightBraceTt{{\tt\RightBraceText}}
-\def\RightBracketText{]}
-\def\RightBracketTt{{\tt\RightBracketText}}
-\def\RightQuoteText{'{}}
-\def\RightQuoteTt{{\tt\RightQuoteText}}
-\def\RightParenthesisText{)}
-\def\RightParenthesisTt{{\tt\RightParenthesisText}}
-\def\SpaceText{ }
-\def\VisibleSpaceTt{{\tt\char"20}}
-\def\TildeText{\char`\~{}}
-\def\TildeTt{{\tt\TildeText}}
-\def\UnderscoreText{\char`\_}
-\def\UnderscoreTt{{\tt\UnderscoreText}}
-\def\VerbControlSpace{\ }
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "verb-bas.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "testdef.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.5.6, p. III-173.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1179.
-\wlog{L: "testdef.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1179, p. III-173]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@Defined
-\def\DefinedConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ifx\@UndefinedToken #1%
- \@Definedfalse
- \else
- \@Definedtrue
- \fi
- \if@Defined
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "testdef.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "gobble.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.8.6, p. III-186.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1836.
-\wlog{L: "gobble.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1836, p. III-186]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\GobbleOne #1{}
-\def\GobbleTwo #1#2{}
-\def\GobbleThree#1#2#3{}
-\def\GobbleFour #1#2#3#4{}
-\def\GobbleFive #1#2#3#4#5{}
-\def\GobbleSix #1#2#3#4#5#6{}
-\def\GobbleSeven#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{}
-\def\GobbleEight#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{}
-\def\GobbleNine #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "gobble.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "loadedla.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.5.6, p. III-174.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1267.
-\wlog{L: "loadedla.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1267, p. III-174]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{testdef.tip}
-\def\FormatIsLaTeXConditional{%
- TT\fi
- \if\DefinedConditional{\documentstyle}%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "loadedla.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "verbdisp.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.13, p. III-45.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2639.
-\wlog{L: "verbdisp.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2639, p. III-45]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{everypar.tip}
-\InputD{futpar.tip}
-\InputD{parin.tip}
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\InputD{testdef.tip}
-\InputD{gobble.tip}
-\InputD{loadedla.tip}
-\newdimen\LeftSkipVerbatim
-\LeftSkipVerbatim = 0.3in
-\def\VerbatimFont{\tt}
-\newcount\VerbatimTab
-\VerbatimTab = 8
-\newif\ifVerbLineNum
-\VerbLineNumtrue
-\newskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip
-\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 0pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-\newif\ifCaretTab
-\CaretTabfalse
-\newtoks\VerbatimTokBegin \VerbatimTokBegin = {}
-\newtoks\VerbatimTokLine \VerbatimTokLine = {}
-\newtoks\VerbatimTokEnd \VerbatimTokEnd = {}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@VerbatimLr
-\@VerbatimLr = 1.5pt
-\newif\if@IgnoreFirstNewLine
-\if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \def\@VerbatimPar{\par\@@par}%
- \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}%
-\else
- \def\@VerbatimPar{\par}%
- \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}%
-\fi
-\newcount\@VerbatimLineNumber
-\newif\if@VerbatimL
-\newdimen\Verb@TabSize
-\def\@VObeySpaces{%
- \MakeActive{\ }%
- \@@VObeySpaces
-}
-{%
-\MakeActive{\ }%
-\gdef\@@VObeySpaces{%
-\def {\VerbControlSpace}%
-}%
-}
-\def\@VObeyTabs{%
- \MakeTabActive
- \@@VObeyTabs
-}
-{
- \MakeTabActive
- \gdef\@@VObeyTabs{%
- \def^^I{\Verb@Tab}%
- }
-}
-\def\Verb@Tab{%
- \leavevmode
- \egroup
- \dimen0 = \wd0
- \divide\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize
- \advance\dimen0 by 1sp
- \multiply\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize
- \wd0 = \dimen0
- \box0
- \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup
-}
-\def\@VObeyEol{%
- \MakeEolActive %
- \@@VObeyEol
-}
-{
- \MakeEolActive %
- \gdef\@@VObeyEol{%
- \let^^M = \Verb@Eol%
- }%
-}
-\def\Verb@Eol{%
- \if@IgnoreFirstNewLine
- \else
- \leavevmode
- \egroup
- \box 0
- \endgraf
- \fi
- \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse
-}
-\def\@VCaret{%
- \MakeActive{\^}%
- \@@VCaret
-}
-{
- \MakeActive{\^}%
- \gdef\@@VCaret{%
- \def^{%
- \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretTwo
- }%
- \def\@@VCaretTwo{%
- \ifx \@VSymbol^%
- \let\@VerbNext = \@@VCaretThree
- \else
- \CaretText
- \let\@VerbNext = \relax
- \fi
- \@VerbNext
- }%
- \def\@@VCaretThree ^{%
- \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretFour
- }%
- \def\@@VCaretFour{%
- \ifx \@VSymbol I%
- \Verb@Tab
- \else
- \CaretText\CaretText\@VSymbol
- \fi
- \GobbleOne
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\@StartVerbatim #1{%
- \begingroup
- \@VerbatimPar
- \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \else
- \CancelSuppressNextParIndent
- \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\VerbatimFont X}
- \Verb@TabSize = \wd0
- \multiply\Verb@TabSize by \VerbatimTab
- \parskip = 0pt
- \parindent = 0pt
- \leftskip = \LeftSkipVerbatim
- \rightskip = 0pt
- \parfillskip = 0pt plus 1fil
- \spaceskip = 0pt
- \xspaceskip = 0pt
- \VerbatimFont
- \if@VerbatimL
- \else
- \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = 0
- \fi
- \global\@VerbatimLfalse
- \ifnum #1 = 0
- \@IgnoreFirstNewLinetrue
- \else
- \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse
- \fi
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \everypar = {\EveryParZ}%
- \fi
- \def\EveryParZ{%
- \the\VerbatimTokLine
- \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by 1
- \ifVerbLineNum
- \raise \@VerbatimLr \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hss
- \@VerbatimNlf
- \the\@VerbatimLineNumber
- \hskip 10pt
- }%
- \fi
- \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup
- }%
- \MkOthers
- \@VObeySpaces
- \@VObeyTabs
- \@VObeyEol
- \ifCaretTab
- \@VCaret
- \fi
-}
-\def\@DoneVerbatim{%
- \endgroup
- \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip
- \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{}%
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \else
- \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{%
- \ParLookAhead
- {\SuppressNextParIndent}%
- {}
- }%
- \fi
- \@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal
-}
-\def\BeginVerbatim{%
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \@BeginVerbatim
-}
-{ \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character.
- |gdef|@BeginVerbatim #1\EndVerbatim{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- }
-}
-\def\BVerB{%
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \@BVerB
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character.
- |gdef|@BVerB #1\EVerB{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- }
-}
-\def\AppendVerbatimL #1{%
- \global\@VerbatimLtrue
- \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by #1\relax
-}
-\def\StartVerbatimL #1{%
- \global\@VerbatimLtrue
- \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = #1\relax
-}
-\newcount\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber
-\def\PushVerbatimL{%
- \global\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber = \@VerbatimLineNumber
- \global\VerbLineNumfalse
-}
-\def\PopVerbatimL{%
- \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = \@SaveVerbatimLineNumber
- \global\VerbLineNumtrue
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "verbdisp.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "lfondem.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.2.2, p. II-265.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 121.
-\wlog{L: "lfondem.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 121, p. II-265]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\LoadFontOnDemand #1#2{%
- \def #1{%
- \global\font#1 = #2\relax
- #1%
- \message{\string\LoadFontOnDemand: font \string#1
- (#2) loaded on demand.}%
- }%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "lfondem.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "substf.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.3, p. II-265.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 159.
-\wlog{L: "substf.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 159, p. II-265]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\SubstituteFontX #1#2#3#4{%
- \def#1{%
- \message{%
- \string\SubstituteFontX: No \string#2 font of
- #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.%
- }%
- \global\let #1 = #4%
- #1%
- }%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "substf.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "newoutfr.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.6.2, p. I-113.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1610.
-\wlog{L: "newoutfr.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1610, p. I-113]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\newcountOF{\alloc@0\count\countdef\insc@unt}
-\def\newdimenOF{\alloc@1\dimen\dimendef\insc@unt}
-\def\newskipOF{\alloc@2\skip\skipdef\insc@unt}
-\def\newmuskipOF{\alloc@3\muskip\muskipdef\@cclvi}
-\def\newboxOF{\alloc@4\box\chardef\insc@unt}
-\def\newhelpOF#1#2{\newtoksOF#1#1\expandafter{\csname#2\endcsname}}
-\def\newtoksOF{\alloc@5\toks\toksdef\@cclvi}
-\def\newreadOF{\alloc@6\read\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newwriteOF{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newfamOF{\alloc@8\fam\chardef\sixt@@n}
-\def\newifOF#1{\count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \edef\@if#1{true}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iftrue}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \edef\@if#1{false}{\let\noexpand#1=\noexpand\iffalse}%
- \@if#1{false}\escapechar\count@} % the condition starts out false
-\def\newlanguageOF{\alloc@9\language\chardef\@cclvi}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "newoutfr.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "ts-subst.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.4, p. II-267.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 227.
-\wlog{L: "ts-subst.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 227, p. II-267]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{substf.tip}
-\InputD{newoutfr.tip}
-\def\SubstituteFont #1#2#3#4{%
- \expandafter\newifOF \csname if-\string#1\endcsname
- \csname if-\string#1true\endcsname
- \def#1{%
- \csname if-\string#1\endcsname
- \message{%
- \string\SubstituteFont: No \string#2 font at
- size #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.%
- }%
- \global\csname if-\string#1false\endcsname
- \fi
- #4%
- }%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-subst.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "fsized.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.7, p. II-270.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 373.
-\wlog{L: "fsized.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 373, p. II-270]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newdimen\CurrentFontSize
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\def\DefineFontSizeGroup #1#2{%
- \wlog{\string\DefineFontSizeGroup: defining group "#1" (#2 pt)}%
- \NameDef{FontSize#1}{%
- \def\rm{\fam = 0 \NameUse{#1rm}}%
- \def\bf{\fam = \bffam \NameUse{#1bf}}%
- \def\it{\fam = \itfam \NameUse{#1it}}%
- \def\tt{\fam = \ttfam \NameUse{#1tt}}%
- \def\sc{\NameUse{#1sc}}%
- \def\sl{\fam = \slfam \NameUse{#1sl}}%
- \CurrentFontSize = #2pt
- \baselineskip = \LineSpaceMultFactor\CurrentFontSize
- \rm
- }
-}
-\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "fsized.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "newfont.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.1, p. II-263.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 53.
-\wlog{L: "newfont.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 53, p. II-263]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{testdef.tip}
-\def\NewFont #1{%
- \if\DefinedConditional{#1}%
- \errmessage{\string\NewFont: intended font name
- "\string#1" already used.}
- \fi
- \font #1%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "newfont.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "ts-fonts.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.9, p. II-271.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 447.
-\wlog{L: "ts-fonts.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 447, p. II-271]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{lfondem.tip}
-\InputD{ts-subst.tip}
-\InputD{fsized.tip}
-\InputD{newfont.tip}
-\InputD{testdef.tip}
-\font\RmLargerThanLife = cmr17 scaled \magstep5
-% \newfam\itfam % \it is family 4
-% \newfam\slfam % \sl is family 5
-% \newfam\bffam % \bf is family 6
-% \newfam\ttfam % \tt is family 7
-\NewFont\Vrm = cmr5
-\NewFont\Vit = cmti7 at 5pt
-\NewFont\Vbf = cmbx5
-\NewFont\Vsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt
-\SubstituteFont{\Vtt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\SubstituteFont{\Vsc}{\sc}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\SubstituteFont{\Vsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\NewFont\VIIrm = cmr7
-\NewFont\VIIit = cmti7
-\NewFont\VIIbf = cmbx7
-\NewFont\VIIsc = cmcsc10 at 7pt
-\SubstituteFont{\VIItt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\SubstituteFont{\VIIsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\NewFont\VIIIrm = cmr8
-\NewFont\VIIIit = cmti8
-\NewFont\VIIIbf = cmbx8
-\NewFont\VIIItt = cmtt8
-\NewFont\VIIIsc = cmcsc10 at 8pt
-\SubstituteFont{\VIIIsl}{\sl}{8}{\VIIIrm}
-\NewFont\IXrm = cmr9
-\NewFont\IXit = cmti9
-\NewFont\IXbf = cmbx9
-\NewFont\IXtt = cmtt9
-\NewFont\IXsc = cmcsc10 at 9pt
-\SubstituteFont{\IXsl}{\sl}{9}{\IXrm}
-\NewFont\Xrm = cmr10
-\NewFont\Xit = cmti10
-\NewFont\Xbf = cmbx10
-\NewFont\Xtt = cmtt10
-\NewFont\Xsc = cmcsc10
-\NewFont\Xsl = cmcsc10
-\NewFont\XIIrm = cmr12
-\NewFont\XIIit = cmti12
-\NewFont\XIIbf = cmbx12
-\NewFont\XIItt = cmtt12
-\NewFont\XIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1
-\NewFont\XIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1
-\NewFont\XIIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XVIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XVIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XXIrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 1
-\NewFont\XXIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XXIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XXIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 4
-\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXItt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 3}
-\SubstituteFont{\XXIsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXIrm}
-\NewFont\XXVrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XXVit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 4
-\NewFont\XXVbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 4
-\NewFont\XXVsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt
-\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXVtt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 4}
-\SubstituteFont{\XXVsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXVrm}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{V}{5}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{VII}{7}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{VIII}{8}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{IX}{9}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{X}{10}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XII}{12}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XIII}{13.14}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XVII}{17.28}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXI}{20.74}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXV}{24.88}
-\let\tiny = \FontSizeV
-\let\scriptsize = \FontSizeVII
-\let\footnotesize = \FontSizeVIII
-\let\small = \FontSizeIX
-\let\normalsize = \FontSizeX
-\let\large = \FontSizeXII
-\let\Large = \FontSizeXIII
-\let\LARGE = \FontSizeXVII
-\let\huge = \FontSizeXXI
-\let\Huge = \FontSizeXXV
-\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2}
-\normalsize
-% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-fonts.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "fexist.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.4.1, p. III-465.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 910.
-\wlog{L: "fexist.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 910, p. III-465]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newread\@FileExistsS
-\newif\if@FileExistsAnswer
-\def\FileExistsConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \openin\@FileExistsS = #1
- \ifeof\@FileExistsS
- \@FileExistsAnswerfalse
- \else
- \closein\@FileExistsS
- \@FileExistsAnswertrue
- \fi
- \if@FileExistsAnswer
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "fexist.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "verb-mac.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.8, p. III-41.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2427.
-\wlog{L: "verb-mac.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2427, p. III-41]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{ts-fonts.tip}
-\InputD{verbdisp.tip}
-\InputD{fexist.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ListVerb #1{%
- \@StartVerbatim{1}%
- \input #1
- \@DoneVerbatim
-}
-\def\ListVerbIfFileExists #1{%
- \par
- \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}%
- \ListVerb{#1}%
- \else
- \centerline{$\bullet$ File {\tt #1} not found. $\bullet$}%
- \wlog{\string\ListVerbIfFileExists: no file "#1".}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\ListVerbAndSource #1{%
- \ListVerb{#1}%
- \input #1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "verb-mac.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "nctest.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.6.1, p. III-262.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1335.
-\wlog{L: "nctest.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1335, p. III-262]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\NextCharTest #1#2#3{%
- \def\@NextCharTestYes #1{#2}%
- \def\@NextCharTestNo {#3}%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{#1}{\@NextCharTestYes}{\@NextCharTestNo}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "nctest.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "verb.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.4, p. III-35.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2077.
-\wlog{L: "verb.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2077, p. III-35]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\InputD{nctest.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-{\catcode`\ = \active
-\gdef\@InitActiveSpace{\edef {\VerbControlSpace}}}
-\newif\if@VerbSpaceControl
-\def\Verb{%
- \NextCharTest{*}{\@VerbSpaceControltrue \@VerbA}%
- {\@VerbSpaceControlfalse\@VerbA}%
-}
-\def\@VerbA #1{%
- \bgroup
- \tt
- \MkOthers
- \if@VerbSpaceControl
- \else
- \catcode`\ = \active
- \@InitActiveSpace
- \fi
- \def\@VerbTemp ##1#1{%
- ##1% % Simply print the argument.
- \egroup % Undo font change and category code changes.
- }%
- \@VerbTemp
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "verb.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "genaeol.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.9.7.1, p. III-192.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 2196.
-\wlog{L: "genaeol.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 2196, p. III-192]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\GenAeol #1{%
- \edef #1{%
- \bgroup
- \noexpand\MakeEolActive
- \noexpand\@GenAeolOne{%
- \csname\string #1-2\endcsname}%
- }%
- \NameDef{\string #1-2}##1%
-}
-{
- \MakeEolActive
- \gdef\@GenAeolOne #1#2
- {%
- \egroup%
- #1{#2}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "genaeol.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "gobblemo.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.9.11, p. III-197.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 2417.
-\wlog{L: "gobblemo.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 2417, p. III-197]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\GobbleDoMore #1#2{%
- \def\@GobbleDoMore ##1#1{}%
- \expandafter#2\@GobbleDoMore
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "gobblemo.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "showx.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.5.11, p. III-178.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 1413.
-\wlog{L: "showx.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 1413, p. III-178]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newif\ifShowX
-\ShowXfalse
-\def\ShowX #1{%
- \ifShowX
- {%
- \nonstopmode
- \show #1%
- }%
- \fi
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "showx.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "testsubs.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.15.1, p. III-293.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 661.
-\wlog{L: "testsubs.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 661, p. III-293]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{showx.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@TestSubString
-\def\SubStringConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \edef\@MainString{#1}%
- \edef\@SubStringConditionalTemp{{#1}{#2}}%
- \expandafter\@SubStringConditional\@SubStringConditionalTemp
-}
-\def\@SubStringConditional #1#2{%
- \def\@TestSubS ##1#2##2\@Del{%
- \def\@TestTemp{##1}%
- }%
- \ShowX{\@TestSubS}%
- \@TestSubS #1#2\@Del
- \ShowX{\@TestTemp}%
- \ifx\@MainString\@TestTemp
- \@TestSubStringfalse
- \else
- \@TestSubStringtrue
- \fi
- \if@TestSubString
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "testsubs.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "endrec.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.1.2, p. III-399.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 138.
-\wlog{L: "endrec.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 138, p. III-399]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\RecursionMacroEnd #1#2#3{%
- #1\relax
- \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#2}%
- \else
- \def\@RecursionMacroEndNext{#3}%
- \fi
- \@RecursionMacroEndNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "endrec.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "restring.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.16, p. III-298.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 866.
-\wlog{L: "restring.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 866, p. III-298]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{testsubs.tip}
-\InputD{endrec.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ReplaceSubStrings #1#2#3#4{%
- \def\@ReplaceResult{#1}%
- \edef\@ReplaceMain{#2}%
- \edef\@ReplaceSub{#3}%
- \edef\@ReplaceSubRep{#4}%
- \@ReplaceSubStrings
-}
-\def\@ReplaceSubStrings{%
- \RecursionMacroEnd
- {\if\SubStringConditional{\@ReplaceMain}{\@ReplaceSub}}%
- {\@ReplaceSubStringsDo}{\@ReplaceSubStringsDone}%
-}
-\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX{%
- \def\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA ##1%
-}%
-\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDo{%
- \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoX \@ReplaceSub
- ##2\@EndReplaceSubStrings{%
- \edef\@ReplaceMain{##1\@ReplaceSubRep ##2}%
- }%
- \ShowX{\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA}%
- \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}%
- \expandafter\@ReplaceSubStringsDoA\@ReplaceMain
- \@EndReplaceSubStrings
- \ShowX{\@ReplaceMain}%
- \@ReplaceSubStrings
-}
-\def\@ReplaceSubStringsDone{%
- \expandafter\edef\@ReplaceResult{\@ReplaceMain}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "restring.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "compst.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 25.1.17.1, p. III-334.
-% Original source in file "macros5.TEX", starting line 1018.
-\wlog{L: "compst.tip" ["macros5.TEX," l. 1018, p. III-334]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{restring.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\StringsEqualConditional #1#2{%
- TT\fi
- \edef\@StringsEqualOneConditional{#1}%
- \edef\@StringsEqualTwoConditional{#2}%
- \ifx\@StringsEqualOneConditional\@StringsEqualTwoConditional
-}
-\def\EmptyStringConditional #1{%
- TT\fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{}%
-}
-\def\EmptyStringConditionalISpaces #1{%
- TT\fi
- \ReplaceSubStrings{\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}{#1}%
- { }{}%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional
- {\@EmptyStringConditionalISpaces}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "compst.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "remtlsp.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 24.1.20.1, p. III-309.
-% Original source in file "macros4.TEX", starting line 1412.
-\wlog{L: "remtlsp.tip" ["macros4.TEX," l. 1412, p. III-309]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@TestTrail #1 #2\@Del{%
- \def\@RemTspTemp{#1}%
-}
-\def\RemTsp #1#2{%
- \edef\@RemTspTempOne{#2#2 }%
- \expandafter\@TestTrail\@RemTspTempOne\@Del
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2#2}{\@RemTspTemp}%
- \def#1{#2}%
- \else
- \edef\@RemTspTempA{\noexpand\edef\noexpand#1{\@RemTspTemp}}%
- \@RemTspTempA
- \fi
-}
-\def\@TestLead #1 #2\@Del{\def\@RemLspOne{#1}}
-\def\RemLsp #1#2{%
- \edef\@TempRemLsp{#2#2\space}%
- \expandafter\@TestLead\@TempRemLsp\@Del
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\@RemLspOne}%
- \expandafter\@RemLspThree #2\@Del{#1}%
- \else
- \def#1{#2}%
- \fi
-}
-\edef\@RemLspTwo{%
- \def\noexpand\@RemLspThree\space ##1\noexpand\@Del##2{%
- \def##2{##1}%
- }%
-}
-\@RemLspTwo
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "remtlsp.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "genostr.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.5.3, p. III-474.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1339.
-\wlog{L: "genostr.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1339, p. III-474]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\GenericOStream
-\newif\if@GenericOStreamOpen
-\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse
-\def\OpenGenericOStream #1{%
- \if@GenericOStreamOpen
- \errmessage{\string\OpenGenericOStream: generic
- output stream currently open.}%
- \else
- \global\@GenericOStreamOpentrue
- \immediate\openout\GenericOStream = #1%
- \fi
-}
-\def\CloseGenericOStream{%
- \if@GenericOStreamOpen
- \global\@GenericOStreamOpenfalse
- \immediate\closeout\GenericOStream
- \else
- \errhelp{Stream not in use.}%
- \errmessage{\string\CloseGenericOStream:
- stream is NOT open for output.}%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "genostr.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "cstostrc.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 19.1.2, p. III-67.
-% Original source in file "tokens2.TEX", starting line 146.
-\wlog{L: "cstostrc.tip" ["tokens2.TEX," l. 146, p. III-67]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{remtlsp.tip}
-\InputD{genostr.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newread\@CatIn
-\def\CSToStringCat #1#2{%
- {%
- \escapechar = -1
- \OpenGenericOStream{cstostrc.tmp}%
- \immediate\write\GenericOStream{\string#2\%}%
- \CloseGenericOStream
- \openin\@CatIn = cstostrc.tmp
- \global\read\@CatIn to #1%
- \closein\@CatIn
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "cstostrc.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "verbwr.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 29.3.2, p. III-506.
-% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 973.
-\wlog{L: "verbwr.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 973, p. III-506]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\InputD{genaeol.tip}
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\InputD{gobblemo.tip}
-\InputD{cstostrc.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@VerbFirstLineSuppress
-\def\OpenVerbWrFile #1#2#3{%
- \immediate\openout #3 = #1.#2
- \wlog{\string\OpenVerbWrFile: opened "#1.#2" for
- literal writing.}%
-}
-\def\CloseVerbWrFile #1{%
- \immediate\closeout #1
- \wlog{\string\CloseVerbWrFile: closed file for literal writing.}%
-}
-\def\BeginVerbWr #1#2{%
- \begingroup
- \def\@VerbWrStream{#1}%
- \CSToStringCat{\@EndVerbWrSt}{#2}%
- \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWr: begin}%
- \MkOthers
- \MakeEolActive
- \@VerbWrTabHandling
- \@VerbFirstLineSuppresstrue
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \@BeginVerbWrY\expandafter{\@EndVerbWrSt}%
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0
- \catcode`\\ =12
- |gdef|@BeginVerbWrY #1{%
- |def|@BeginVerbWrX ##1\#1{%
- |@BeginVerbWr ##1%
- |@VerbWrDoneToken
- |@VerbWrDone
- }
- |@BeginVerbWrX
- }
-}
-\def\@VerbWrTabHandling{%
- \MakeTabActive
- \@VerbWrTabHandlingOne
-}
-{\MakeTabActive
-\gdef\@VerbWrTabHandlingOne{\def^^I{\@TabAsLiteral}}%
-}
-\def\@BeginVerbWr{%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}%
- {\@VerbWrDoneToken}%
- {\GobbleDoMore
- {\@VerbWrDoneToken}{\relax}}%
- {\@BeginVerbWrTwo}%
-}
-\GenAeol{\@BeginVerbWrTwo}{%
- \if@VerbFirstLineSuppress
- \@VerbFirstLineSuppressfalse
- \else
- \immediate\write\@VerbWrStream{#1}%
- \fi
- \@BeginVerbWr
-}
-\def\@VerbWrDone{%
- \endgroup
- \wlog{\string\@VerbWrDone: done}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "verbwr.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "defauarg.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 23.4.8.1, p. III-266.
-% Original source in file "macros3.TEX", starting line 1514.
-\wlog{L: "defauarg.tip" ["macros3.TEX," l. 1514, p. III-266]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{gobblemo.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\DefaultArg #1#2#3{%
- \def\@DefaultArgMacro{#1}%
- \edef\@EmptyOtherArg{#2}%
- \edef\@DefaultArgDefault{#3}%
- \@DefaultArg #2\@DefaultArgEnd
-}
-\def\@DefaultArg{%
- \futurelet\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgOne
-}
-\def\@DefaultArgOne{%
- \ifx\@DefaultArgSymbol\@DefaultArgEnd
- \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@DefaultArgDefault}%
- \else
- \expandafter\edef\@DefaultArgMacro{\@EmptyOtherArg}%
- \fi
- \GobbleDoMore{\@DefaultArgEnd}{\relax}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "defauarg.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "vwrt-mac.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 29.3.3.1, p. III-511.
-% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1192.
-\wlog{L: "vwrt-mac.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1192, p. III-511]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verbwr.tip}
-\InputD{defauarg.tip}
-\InputD{verb-mac.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\@VStream
-\newif\if@VStreamOpen
-\@VStreamOpenfalse
-\newcount\@VerbWriteCount
-\@VerbWriteCount = 0
-\def\BeginVerbWrite #1#2{%
- \global\advance\@VerbWriteCount by 1
- \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}%
- \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{#1}{\jobname}%
- \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteFileExt}{#2}{ver}%
- \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}%
- \if@VStreamOpen
- \errmessage{\string\BeginVerbWrite: ERROR, file still open.}%
- \fi
- \OpenVerbWrFile{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{\@VerbWriteFileExt}%
- {\@VStream}%
- \global\@VStreamOpentrue
- \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}%
-}
-\def\CloseVerbWriteFile{%
- \if@VStreamOpen
- \CloseVerbWrFile{\@VStream}%
- \global\@VStreamOpenfalse
- \fi
-}
-\def\AppendVerbWrite{%
- \wlog{\string\AppendVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}%
- \if@VStreamOpen
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\AppendVerbWrite: no file open.}%
- \fi
- \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}%
- \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}%
-}
-\def\VerbAsVerb{%
- \CloseVerbWriteFile
- {%
- \CaretTabtrue
- \ListVerb{\@VerbWriteFileName}%
- }%
-}
-\def\VerbAsSource{%
- \CloseVerbWriteFile
- \input \@VerbWriteFileName \relax
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "vwrt-mac.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "lpagetg.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 32.2.3, p. IV-5.
-% Original source in file "page.TEX", starting line 298.
-\wlog{L: "lpagetg.tip" ["page.TEX," l. 298, p. IV-5]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\LogPageTG #1{%
- \wlog{\string\LogPageTG [#1]:}%
- \wlog{\string\pagetotal: \the\pagetotal,
- \string\pagegoal: \the\pagegoal}%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "lpagetg.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "freespac.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 32.2.4, p. IV-6.
-% Original source in file "page.TEX", starting line 340.
-\wlog{L: "freespac.tip" ["page.TEX," l. 340, p. IV-6]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{lpagetg.tip}
-\newdimen\FreePageSpace
-\def\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage{%
- \par
- \LogPageTG{\string\ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage}%
- \ifdim\pagetotal = 0pt
- \FreePageSpace = \vsize
- \else
- \FreePageSpace = \pagegoal
- \advance\FreePageSpace by -\pagetotal
- \fi
-}
-\def\FreeSpaceConditional{%
- 0pt = 0pt \fi
- \ComputeFreeSpaceOnPage
- \ifdim\FreePageSpace
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "freespac.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "ts-verb1.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.14.1, p. III-56.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3223.
-\wlog{L: "ts-verb1.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3223, p. III-56]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verbdisp.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@btex{%
- \par
- \bgroup
- \small
-}
-\def\@etex{%
- \nobreak
- \egroup
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \def\@EtexEnd{}%
- \else
- \def\@EtexEnd{%
- \ParLookAhead
- {}%
- {\SuppressNextParIndent}%
- }%
- \fi
- \@EtexEnd
-}
-\def\btex{%
- \@btex
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \btex@more
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints.
- |gdef|btex@more #1\etex{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- |@etex
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-verb1.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "ts-verb2.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.14.2, p. III-57.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3279.
-\wlog{L: "ts-verb2.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3279, p. III-57]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\Btexalt{%
- \@btex
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \btex@morealt
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints.
- |gdef|btex@morealt #1\Etexalt{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- |@etex
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-verb2.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "ts-verb.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.1
-% Date: Sep 9, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.15, p. III-57.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3306.
-\wlog{L: "ts-verb.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3306, p. III-57]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verbdisp.tip}
-\InputD{verb-mac.tip}
-\InputD{verb.tip}
-\InputD{verbwr.tip}
-\InputD{vwrt-mac.tip}
-\InputD{defauarg.tip}
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\InputD{testsubs.tip}
-\InputD{freespac.tip}
-\InputD{fexist.tip}
-\InputD{ts-verb1.tip}
-\InputD{ts-verb2.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\verb{\Verb}
-\VerbLineNumtrue
-\VerbatimTab = 4
-\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 5pt
-\def\VerbatimFont{\small\tt}%
-\def\ListVerbTeXIP #1{%
- \par
- \medskip
- \vskip 60pt
- \vskip -60pt
- \def\ListAsFileName{#1}%
- \def\LabelName{code-#1}%
- \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf}%
- \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}%
- \ListAsFileName #1%
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \else
- \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf2}%
- \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf2{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}%
- \ListAsFileName #1%
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\jobname.ver}%
- \def\ListAsFileName{}%
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{ex-verbwr.ver}
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \fi
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\LabelName}%
- \else
- \Label{code-#1}%
- \fi
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\ListAsFileName}
- \else
- \centerline{%
- $\bullet$%
- \space
- \tt\ListAsFileName
- \space
- $\bullet$%
- }%
- \fi
- \@btex
- \@StartVerbatim{1}%
- \wlog{[\string\ListVerbTeXIP:}%
- \input #1
- \wlog{]}% svb: this was \message before
- \@DoneVerbatim
- \@etex
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-verb.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "ts-lazy.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.4.10, p. III-167.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 849.
-\wlog{L: "ts-lazy.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 849, p. III-167]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\TeXIP{%
- \TeX{} in Practice%
-}
-\def\WEB{%
- {\tt WEB}%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-lazy.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "ts-brefm.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.4.11, p. III-167.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 881.
-\wlog{L: "ts-brefm.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 881, p. III-167]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\Bref #1#2#3{%
- #1 (19#2#3)%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-brefm.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "parv-1.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.2.1, p. II-67.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 956.
-\wlog{L: "parv-1.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 956, p. II-67]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen \Delta@XY
-\newskip\@ParListBeforeAfter
-\newskip\@ParListBetweenLabels
-\newskip\@ParListAfterLabel
-\newcount\@LabeledParNesting \@LabeledParNesting = 0
-\newcount\@LabelCounter
-\def\BeginAList #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
- \par
- \bgroup
- \advance\leftskip by #1
- \advance\rightskip by #2
- \advance \@LabeledParNesting by 1
- \@LabelCounter = 0
- \Delta@XY = #3
- \ifdim\Delta@XY < 0pt
- \errmessage{\string\BeginAList: negative Delta{xy},
- made positive.}%
- \fi
- \@ParListBeforeAfter = #4
- \@ParListBetweenLabels = #5
- \@ParListAfterLabel = #6
- \SetParIndent{#7}
-}
-\def\EndAList{%
- \par
- \vskip\@ParListBeforeAfter
- \egroup
-}
-\def\@GenLabel #1{%
- \par
- \advance\@LabelCounter by 1
- \ifnum\@LabelCounter = 1
- \parskip = \@ParListBeforeAfter
- \else
- \parskip = \@ParListBetweenLabels
- \fi
- \noindent
- \hbox to 0pt{#1}%
- \parskip = \@ParListAfterLabel
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\ItemLL #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hskip -\Delta@XY
- #1%
- \hfil
- }%
-}
-\def\ItemLR #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hss
- #1%
- \hskip\Delta@XY
- }%
-}
-\def\ItemRL #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hskip\Delta@XY
- #1%
- \hss
- }%
-}
-\def\ItemRR #1{%
- \@GenLabel{%
- \hfil
- #1%
- \hskip -\Delta@XY
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "parv-1.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "itemizel.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.3.3, p. II-77.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1465.
-\wlog{L: "itemizel.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1465, p. II-77]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{parv-1.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@ItemListDepth
-\@ItemListDepth = 0
-\def\BeginItemize{%
- \begingroup
- \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by 1
- \ifcase\@ItemListDepth\or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelOne
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{$\bullet$}}%
- \or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelTwo
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{--}}%
- \or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelThree
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{*}}%
- \or
- \@BeginItemizeLevelFour
- \def\Item{\ItemLL{+}}%
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\BeginItemize: maximum nesting of
- 4 exceeded.}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\EndItemize{%
- \EndAList
- \endgroup
- \global\advance\@ItemListDepth by -1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "itemizel.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "ts-itize.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.3.4, p. II-78.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1523.
-\wlog{L: "ts-itize.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1523, p. II-78]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{itemizel.tip}
-\InputD{ts-fonts.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelOne{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {12pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelTwo{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {6pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelThree{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {4pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelFour{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {4pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "ts-itize.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "box-zero.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 4.5.13, p. I-104.
-% Original source in file "reg2.TEX", starting line 1348.
-\wlog{L: "box-zero.tip" ["reg2.TEX," l. 1348, p. I-104]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\ZeroBox #1{%
- \wd#1 = 0pt
- \ht#1 = 0pt
- \dp#1 = 0pt
-}
-\def\ZeroBoxOut #1{%
- \ZeroBox{#1}%
- \box#1%
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "box-zero.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "box-bul.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.1, p. I-322.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 472.
-\wlog{L: "box-bul.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 472, p. I-322]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-zero.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@BulletBox
-\setbox\@BulletBox =
- \hbox{%
- \hskip -2.3pt
- \lower 2.5pt \hbox{$\bullet$}%
- }
-\ZeroBox{\@BulletBox}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "box-bul.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "box-bb.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.4.1, p. I-323.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 495.
-\wlog{L: "box-bb.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 495, p. I-323]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@BoxingBox
-\newbox\@BaseLineLeaders
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "box-bb.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "box-thck.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.3, p. I-321.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 405.
-\wlog{L: "box-thck.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 405, p. I-321]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\newdimen\BoxRuleThickness
-\BoxRuleThickness = 0.4pt
-% Here the output of inputd ends "box-thck.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "boxing5.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.6.1, p. I-327.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 719.
-\wlog{L: "boxing5.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 719, p. I-327]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-zero.tip}
-\InputD{box-bul.tip}
-\InputD{box-bb.tip}
-\InputD{box-thck.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\ifBulletAndBaseLine
-\BulletAndBaseLinetrue
-\def\RulesOutSide #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \fi
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip #3%
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \dimen0 = #3%
- \advance \dimen0 by 2\BoxRuleThickness
- \hskip -\dimen0
- \dimen2 = #1%
- \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth -#1%
- \hskip -\dimen0
- \dimen2 = #2%
- \advance\dimen2 by \BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \dimen0 height -#2 depth \dimen2
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\def\RulesInSide #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \fi
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip #3%
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip -#3%
- \dimen2 = #1%
- \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width #3 height #1 depth -\dimen2
- \hskip -#3%
- \dimen2 = #2%
- \advance\dimen2 by -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width #3 height -\dimen2 depth #2%
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\def\RulesOnSide #1#2#3{%
- {%
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \copy\@BulletBox
- \fi
- \hskip -0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip #3%
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \BoxRuleThickness height #1 depth #2%
- \hskip -#3%
- \hskip -\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen0 = #3%
- \advance\dimen0 by \BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen2 = #1%
- \advance\dimen2 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen4 = #1%
- \advance\dimen4 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen4 = -\dimen4
- \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4
- \hskip -\dimen0
- \dimen2 = #2%
- \advance\dimen2 by -0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \dimen2 = -\dimen2
- \dimen4 = #2%
- \advance\dimen4 by 0.5\BoxRuleThickness
- \vrule width \dimen0 height \dimen2 depth \dimen4
- }%
- \ZeroBoxOut{0}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "boxing5.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "boxing6.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.7, p. I-332.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 996.
-\wlog{L: "boxing6.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 996, p. I-332]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{box-zero.tip}
-\InputD{boxing5.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\BoxingE #1{%
- \hbox{%
- \setbox\@BoxingBox = #1%
- \setbox\@BaseLineLeaders = \hbox to \wd\@BoxingBox{%
- \xleaders\hbox to 4pt{%
- \hskip 1pt
- \vrule depth 0.4pt height 0.4pt width 2pt
- \hfil
- }%
- \hfil
- }%
- \ZeroBox{\@BaseLineLeaders}%
- \ifBulletAndBaseLine
- \box\@BaseLineLeaders
- \fi
- \RulesOnSide
- {\ht\@BoxingBox}%
- {\dp\@BoxingBox}%
- {\wd\@BoxingBox}%
- \box\@BoxingBox
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "boxing6.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "vcentx.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 7.5.5, p. I-249.
-% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 2107.
-\wlog{L: "vcentx.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 2107, p. I-249]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@VcenterXBox
-\newdimen\@VcenterDimen
-\def\VcenterX{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \mathsurround = 0pt
- \futurelet\@VCenterXToken\@VCenterXA
-}
-\def\@VCenterXA{%
- \ifx\@VCenterXToken\bgroup
- \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXOrdinary
- \else
- \ifx\@VCenterXToken t%
- \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXTo
- \else
- \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXSpread
- \fi
- \fi
- \@VcenterXNext
-}
-\def\@VcenterXOrdinary{%
- \def\@VcenterCommand{\vcenter}%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXB
- \let\@VcenterDrop =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXTo to{%
- \def\@VcenterCommand{to}%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread
- \@VcenterDimen =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXSpread spread{%
- \def\@VcenterCommand{spread}%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread
- \@VcenterDimen =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXToSpread{%
- \edef\@VcenterCommand{%
- \vcenter\@VcenterCommand \the\@VcenterDimen
- }%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXB
- \let\@VcenterDrop =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXB{%
- \setbox\@VcenterXBox = \hbox\bgroup
- $%
- \@VcenterCommand\bgroup
- \aftergroup\@VcenterXC
-}
-\def\@VcenterXC{%
- $%
- \egroup
- \box\@VcenterXBox
- \egroup
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "vcentx.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "boxing7.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 9.3.9.1, p. I-335.
-% Original source in file "boxit.TEX", starting line 1131.
-\wlog{L: "boxing7.tip" ["boxit.TEX," l. 1131, p. I-335]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{boxing6.tip}
-\InputD{vcentx.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@BoxRDimen
-\newbox\@BoxRBox
-\newcount\@BoxRNumber
-\def\HboxR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\VboxR{%
- \vbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\vbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\VtopR{%
- \vtop\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\vtop}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\VcenterXR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\VcenterX}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \@BoxRaa
-}
-\def\BoxR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRB
- \@BoxRNumber =
-}
-\def\@BoxRB{%
- \HboxR{\box\@BoxRNumber}%
- \egroup
-}
-\def\CopyR{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \def\@WhichBox{\hbox}%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{}%
- \afterassignment\@CopyRbb
- \@BoxRNumber =
-}
-\def\@CopyRbb{%
- \HboxR{\copy\@BoxRNumber}%
- \egroup
-}
-\def\@BoxRaa{%
- \futurelet\@BoxRSymbol\@BoxRA
-}
-\def\@BoxRA{%
- \ifx\@BoxRSymbol\bgroup
- \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRb
- \else
- \if\@BoxRSymbol t%
- \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbTo
- \else
- \let\@BoxitNext = \@BoxRbSpread
- \fi
- \fi
- \@BoxitNext
-}
-\def\@BoxRb{%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo
- \let\@BoxDrop =
-}
-\def\@BoxRbTwo{%
- \setbox\@BoxRBox = \expandafter\@WhichBox\@WhichBoxDimen\bgroup
- \aftergroup\@BoxRbThree
-}
-\def\@BoxRbThree{%
- \BoxingE{\box\@BoxRBox}%
- \egroup
-}
-\def\@BoxRbTo to{%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{to}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo
- \@BoxRDimen =
-}
-\def\@BoxRbSpread spread{%
- \def\@WhichBoxDimen{spread}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo
- \@BoxRDimen =
-}
-\def\@BoxRbMoreSpreadTo{%
- \edef\@WhichBoxDimen{\@WhichBoxDimen \the\@BoxRDimen}%
- \afterassignment\@BoxRbTwo
- \let\@BoxDrop =
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-% Here the output of inputd ends "boxing7.tip".
-
-
-% Here begins "bugreport.tex".
-\def\BugReport #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
- \par
- \bigskip
- \noindent
- {\bf Bug #1} (%
- date: #2%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#3}%
- , section #3
- \fi
- (internal name: {\tt #4.TEX}),
- page~#5%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#6}%
- ).
- \else
- , #6).
- \fi
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#7}%
- No macro source file is affected by this bug.
- \else
- Macro source file(s) affected by this bug:
- {\tt #7}.
- \fi
- \par
-}
-% Here the output of inputd ends "bugreport.tex".
-% Here it ends!
-\ListInputD
-\def\RCSInfo $#1 ${%
- \bigskip
- \centerline{\bf RCS Information: \tt#1}
-}
-\InputD{ts-verb.tip}
-\InputD{ts-lazy.tip}
-\InputD{ts-brefm.tip}
-\InputD{itemizel.tip}
-\InputD{ts-itize.tip}
-\InputD{boxing7.tip}
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\InputD{bugreport.tex}
-
-\vsize = 7.4in
-
-\centerline{\bf Bug List, Version 2.0, ``\TeX{} in Practice, ''
- September~15, 1993}
- \centerline{Stephan v. Bechtolsheim}
-% ============================================================
-
-\RCSInfo $Id: bugs.TEX,v 1.50 1993/09/15 11:20:13 svb Exp svb $
-
- Copyright $\copyright$ 1993 Stephan v.~Bechtolsheim. This file may
-be copied as many times as you want, at any place in the world,
-{\it as long as you make no changes\/} to this file.
-
- This is the list of known bugs, grammatical errors, and so forth of
-``\TeX{} in Practice.''
-
- If you have access to email please send any bug reports to
-{\tt svb@rcmcon.com}. If not, please send your corrections to Springer-Verlag
-at 175 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10010.
-
- This file can be processed with plain \TeX{} (all required macros are
-prepended).
-
-Note the following history of this document:
-\BeginItemize
- \Item September 10, 1993, Version 1.0: bugs 1--21.
- \Item September 15, 1993, Version 2.0: bugs 22--26.
-\EndItemize
-
-Some further remarks:
-\BeginItemize
- \Item If the ASCII form of the index changes due to some bug fix,
- then this will not be listed here.
- \Item If you have access to {\tt ftp} the easiest solution is any
- way to always retrieve the complete distribution instead of
- relying on patches.
-\EndItemize
-
-And here is where the bug reports start:
-
-\BugReport{1}{9/9/93}{20}{macros7}{III-376 and 392}{}{norpweek.tip,
- weekofyr.tip}
- Two files {\tt norpweek.tip} and {\tt weekofyr.tip} were listed as not
- belonging to the \TeXIP{} format. Well, that was an oversight which is
- fixed now.
-\BugReport{2}{9/9/93}{18}{tokens1}{III-58 to III-59}{}{ts-verb.tip}
- I added {\tt .flf2} files (besides {\tt .flf} files)
- to be treated as {\tt log} files. I have
- now two ways of generating {\tt log} files in the series:
- {\tt flf} files use the plain format, {\tt flf2}
- files use the \TeXIP{} format. Both {\it appear\/} as {\tt log}
- files.
-
- This is more than anything else an internal change, {\it but\/}
- it does affect {\tt ts-verb.tip}.
-\BugReport{3}{6/12/93}{23}{table1}{III-34}{}{tabswb.tip}
- There was an extra \verb+\input inputd.tip+ at the beginning of
- {\tt tabswb.tip} which I removed. The file {\tt tabswb.tip} is now
- version~1.1.
-
-\BugReport{4}{7/24/93}{7.3.4}{vboxes1}{I-221}{7th line from top}{}
- It should read ``1~pt'' instead of ``1pt.''
-
-\BugReport{5}{7/24/93}{2.8.2}{intro}{I-27}{second paragraph of 12.
- last line of that paragraph: exchange double quote and period.}{}
-
-\BugReport{6}{7/24/98}{Bibliography}{biback}{I-346}{after Knuth~DE
- 1990}{} Forgotten entry for \Bref{Knuth DE}{92}{} Literate Programming.
- CLSI Lecture Notes Number 27, Center for Study of Language and
- Information.
-
-\BugReport{7}{8/4/93}{}{General Remarks $\ldots$}{I-x, II-y, III-z,
- IV-a}{Item ``Volume IV''}{}
- The chapters listed in this item are in the wrong order. First
- the table chapters are listed, then the output routine chapters.
- This is an oversight resulting from an attempt to reverse the order
- of chapters in Volume~IV\null. This had to be abandoned, because the
- covers of the books were already printed.
-
- Anyway, here is the correct overview of chapters in Volume~IV:
- \BeginItemize
- \Item Chapter~32 discusses the determination of page breaks
- by \TeX.
- \Item Chapter~33 discusses the basics of output routines,
- and introduces concepts like logical and physical
- pages.
- \Item Chapter~34 presents some simple output routines.
- \Item Chapter~35 discusses the output routine of the
- plain format and variations of it.
- \Item Chapter~36 discusses output routines with insertions.
- \Item Chapter~37 discusses double column output routines.
- \Item Chapter~38 begins the discussion of tables typeset
- with \TeX's \verb+\halign+ instruction.
- \Item Chapter~39 also discusses tables, including vertical
- spacing, struts and rules in tables.
- \Item Chapter~40 discusses the centering of tables, tables
- and paragraphs and preamble related macros.
- \Item Chapter~41 discusses numerical computations in tables,
- splitting tables, \verb+\valign+ and double tables.
- \EndItemize
-
-\BugReport{8}{8/6/93}{General Notes, 6~Contacting the
- Author}{manage/prel*}{I-xxxix}
- {End of 4th line of first paragraph after title line}{}
- Text omits {\it any\/}: please do not use {\it any\/} of Springer's
- FAX numbers.
-\BugReport{9}{8/9/93}{3.2.1}{reg1}{I-38}{Beginning of paragraph
- preceding ``3.2.2~Arithmetic in \TeX''}{}
- The paragraph's beginning should read: ``{\it Here a note to readers
- familiar $\ldots\,$}.''
-\BugReport{10}{8/9/93}{3.3.3.1}{reg1}{I-44}{Paragraph after 3.3.3.1
- title}{}
- The first paragraph after this title should read: ``The preceding
- explanation may have sound very theoretical, so consider the following
- example.'' (Delete ``an,'' delete the sentence ``Look $\ldots$
- code:'').
-\BugReport{11}{8/9/93}{3.3.8.1}{reg1}{I-50}{8 lines from bottom}{}
- Instead of ``The'' write ``Then.''
-\BugReport{12}{8/9/93}{3.3.9}{reg1}{I-52}{14th line from top}{}
- Replace ``following'' by ``obey.''
-\BugReport{13}{8/9/93}{5.4.1}{glueetc}{I-136}{14th line from top}{}
- Replace ``show'' by ``some.''
-\BugReport{14}{8/9/93}{5.6}{glueetc}{I-145}{Last sentence of~``2.''}{}
- Replace second occurrence of ``replicated'' by ``box.''
-\BugReport{15}{8/9/93}{5.6.2}{glueetc}{I-147}{7th line from bottom}{}
- Replace ``will be not'' by ``will not be.''
-\BugReport{16}{8/9/93}{5.7}{glueetc}{I-154}{1st line of 1st paragraph
- after 5.7~Rules title}{}
- Replace ``as it used'' by ``as it is used.''
-\BugReport{17}{8/9/93}{6.2.8}{boxes}{I-167}{5th line from bottom}{}
- Replace ``end an box'' by ``end a box.''
-\BugReport{18}{8/9/93}{6.3.1}{boxes}{I-168}{2nd line of first paragraph
- after 6.3.1 title}{}
- \verb+\HboxR{ABC}+ was not supposed to be printed verbatim, it
- was supposed to read \HboxR{ABC}.
-\BugReport{19}{8/9/93}{6.3.7}{boxes}{I-173}{8th line from top}{}
- Add closing parenthesis at the very end of the sentence.
-\BugReport{20}{8/10/93}{16.3.5}{fonts2}{II-289}{1st line after 16.3.5
- title line}{}
- Replace the word ``discussed'' by ``computed.''
-\BugReport{21}{9/10/93}{28.4.3.2}{io1}{III-469}{}{inputd.tip}
- The order in which information was written to the {\tt .ipd} file
- and new files were pulled in through \verb+\InputD+ calls in the
- ``current file'' was reversed. That has been fixed.
-\BugReport{22}{9/11/93}{2.7.1}{intro}{I-16}{middle of page, 2., line~3}{}
- Rewrite as follows: ``The~{\tt @} simply prints as~{\tt @}. Nevertheless
- this character requires special attention. It is frequently used
- inside macro packages as a letter, whereas outside
- macro packages it is used as a non-letter character (which
- simply prints when used).''
-\BugReport{23}{9/11/93}{3.1}{reg1}{I-35}{middle of page}{}
- Use the following sentence: ``When we will discuss dimensions and glue
- parameters this process will become clearer'' instead of a similar to
- correctly worded sentence.
-\BugReport{24}{9/11/93}{3.3.2.3}{reg1}{I-42}{5th and 6th line from top}{}
- Delete the whole sentence ``Preceding \TeX~3.0 (\TeX~2.9 is used as a
- generic version number for that purpose below) and version \TeX~3.0.''
-\BugReport{25}{9/11/93}{6.2.5}{boxes}{I-165}{1st and 2nd line of 3rd
- paragraph from the top}{}
- Rewrite as follows: ``You might want to look {\it at\/} this macro
- definition.''
-\BugReport{26}{9/13/93}{15.3.3}{fonts1}{II-248}{3rd line from top}{}
- Misspelled ``Cyrilic'' (one~`l' only). This also changes the index
- where the word is also misspelled.
-
-\vfill\eject
-\leftline{\large\bf Version Numbers}
-% ==================================
-This table is structured as follows:
-\BeginItemize
- \Item Column 1: serial number.
- \Item Column 2: file name of macro source file.
- \Item Column 3: Version number of that file.
- \Item Column 4: file name of the chapter (information for the author).
- \Item Column 5: line number in that file (information for the author).
-\EndItemize
-
-{
-\newcount\VersionNumbersLineNumber
-
- \tabskip = 0pt plus 1fil
- \halign to \hsize{
- #\relax % 1. Line number (entry not used).
- \global\advance\VersionNumbersLineNumber by 1
- \hfil\the\VersionNumbersLineNumber
- \tabskip = 20pt&
- \tt#\hfil \tabskip = 20pt& % 2. file name
- \def\VersionNumber{#}% % 3. version number
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\VersionNumber}{1.0}%
- 1.0%
- \else
- {\bf \VersionNumber}%
- \fi
- \hfil \tabskip = 20pt&
- \tt#\hfil \tabskip = 20pt& % 4. sourcefile
- \hfil# \tabskip = 0pt plus 1fil % 5. line number
- \cr
- \input macvntip.tex
- }
- There should be {\it 294\/} files listed in the preceding
- table. If this is not the case the table is wrong.
- Notify me immediately, please, if that should be the case.
- \ifnum\VersionNumbersLineNumber = 294
- \else
- {\bf ERROR: PRECEDING TABLE IS WRONG, DOES NOT CONTAIN
- CORRECT NUMBER OF FILES (which is 294)}.
- \fi
-
- {\bf I would like to take this opportunity to thank you all for
- your feedback.} Thank you again!
-}
-\bye
-
-
-% Here begins the original definition of "inpud.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.1
-% Date: Sep 10, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.4.3, p. III-468.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1076.
-\wlog{L: "inputd.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1076, p. III-468]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\input namedef.tip
-\newif\ifInputDVerbose
-\InputDVerbosefalse
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@InputDList
-\@InputDListfalse
-\def\@InputDPrefix{@InputD-}
-\NameDef{\@InputDPrefix namedef.tip}{}
-\def\InputD #1{%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@InputDPrefix #1}%
- \ifInputDVerbose
- \wlog{\string\InputD: file "#1" was read-in before.}%
- \fi
- \else
- \NameDef{\@InputDPrefix #1}{}%
- \input #1
- \if@InputDList
- \immediate\write\@InputDStream{#1}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-\InputD{inputdl.tip}
-
-
-% Here begins the original definition of "inpudl.tip".
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.4.3.3, p. III-470.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1175.
-\wlog{L: "inputdl.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1175, p. III-470]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\@InputDStream
-\def\ListInputD{%
- \@InputDListtrue
- \immediate\openout\@InputDStream = \jobname.ipd
- \immediate\write\@InputDStream{inputd.tip}%
- \immediate\write\@InputDStream{namedef.tip}%
- \immediate\write\@InputDStream{inputdl.tip}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
-
-
-% End of stuff appended at the end.
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/toc-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/toc-mac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e698de32fb..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/toc-mac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 12.4.1, p. II-122.
-% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 797.
-\wlog{L: "toc-mac.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 797, p. II-122]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@GenTocEntryLevel
-\def\GenTocEntry #1#2#3#4{%
- \par
- \bgroup
- \global\@GenTocEntryLevel = #1
- \leftskip = #4
- \parindent = #2
- \advance\parindent by -#4
- \dimen0 = #3
- \advance\dimen0 by -#2
- \@GenTocEntry
-}
-\def\@GenTocEntry #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
- \rightskip = #1 plus 1in
- \parfillskip = #2
- \advance\parfillskip by -#1
- #7
- \ifdim #3 > 0pt
- \setbox0 = \hbox to #3{\hfil.\hfil}
- \else
- \setbox0 = \box\voidb@x
- \fi
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to \dimen0 {#5\hfil}%
- {%
- #6%
- \unskip
- }%
- \ifvoid 0
- \hfill
- \else
- \nobreak\leaders\copy0\hskip #4plus 1fil
- \fi
- #8%
- \par
- \egroup
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/today.tip b/info/examples/tip/today.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cf716e0a7..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/today.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.4.5, p. III-163.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 717.
-\wlog{L: "today.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 717, p. III-163]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\Today{%
- \the\month/\the\day/\the\year
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/todayx.tip b/info/examples/tip/todayx.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a5cc70eb3..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/todayx.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.17, p. III-383.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1220.
-\wlog{L: "todayx.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1220, p. III-383]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{prmonth.tip}
-\InputD{dateofw.tip}
-\InputD{pmtime.tip}
-\def\TodayX{%
- \PrintCurrentMonth~\the\day, \the\year
-}
-\newcount\TodayYCount
-\def\TodayY{%
- {%
- \ArbitraryDayOfWeek{\year}{\month}{\day}{\TodayYCount}%
- \PrintDayOfWeek{\TodayYCount}{0},
- }%
- \TodayX
-}
-\def\TodayZ{%
- \TodayY, \PrintMilTime
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/topinfix.tip b/info/examples/tip/topinfix.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index ec2accf885..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/topinfix.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 35.5.2, p. IV-110.
-% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1246.
-\wlog{L: "topinfix.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1246, p. IV-110]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{mspaces.tip}
-\InputD{op-endin.tip}
-\InputD{maxmindi.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\EndInsertTopInsFix{%
- \ifdim\dp0 > 10pt
- \wlog{\string\endinsert: \string\topinsert
- material deeper than 10pt}%
- \dp0 = 10pt
- \fi
- \MaxDimen{\dimen0}{\dp0}{0pt}{}
- \dimen1 = \vsize
- \advance\dimen1 by -\dimen0
- \advance\dimen1 by -12pt
- \ifdim\ht0 > \dimen1
- \wlog{\string\endinsert: \noexpand\topinsert
- material too long (\the\ht0),}%
- \wlog{\EightSpaces shortened to \the\dimen1.}%
- \ht0 = \dimen1
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-brefm.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-brefm.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c5ba3e1bd..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-brefm.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.4.11, p. III-167.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 881.
-\wlog{L: "ts-brefm.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 881, p. III-167]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\Bref #1#2#3{%
- #1 (19#2#3)%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-bul.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-bul.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d82b4145c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-bul.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.4.11, p. III-167.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 862.
-\wlog{L: "ts-bul.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 862, p. III-167]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\td{%
- \hskip 0.5em plus 0.1em minus 0.1em
- $\bullet$%
- \hskip 0.5em plus 0.1em minus 0.1em
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-chap.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-chap.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c59a4a08fb..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-chap.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.7, p. III-600.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 717.
-\wlog{L: "ts-chap.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 717, p. III-600]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{counters.tip}
-\InputD{dblarg.tip}
-\InputD{ts-chhe.tip}
-\InputD{npright.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\NewCounter{ChapterNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}}{\TheCounter{ChapterNo}}
-\def\Chapter{\DblArg{\@Chapter}}%
-\def\@Chapter [#1]#2{%
- \ShouldBeRightHandPage
- \StepCounter{ChapterNo}%
- \gdef\@LeftRunningHead{#2}%
- \SetPageLayout{4}
- \ChapterHeadingTeXIP{\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}}{#2}
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{1}%
- {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}}{#1}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{lof}{0}{}{}{}%
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{lot}{0}{}{}{}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{ChapterNo}}{1}}%
-}
-\NewCounter{AppendixNo}{\Alph}%
- {\TheCounter{AppendixNo}}{\TheCounter{AppendixNo}}
-\AddCounterToResetList{SectionNo}{AppendixNo}
-\AddCounterToResetList{AppendixNo}{VolumeNo}
-\def\Appendix{\DblArg{\@Appendix}}%
-\def\@Appendix [#1]#2{%
- \NewPageRightHand
- \StepCounter{AppendixNo}%
- \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}%
- {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- \SetPageLayout{4}
- \ChapterHeadingTeXIP{Appendix \PrintCounter{AppendixNo}}{#2}
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{1}%
- {\PrintCounter{AppendixNo}}{#1}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{AppendixNo}}{1}}%
- \ignorespaces
-}
-\def\DoneWithAppendices{%
- \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\alph}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{ChapterNo}}{1}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-chhe.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-chhe.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ade3e51c9..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-chhe.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 8.4, p. I-300.
-% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 1294.
-\wlog{L: "ts-chhe.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 1294, p. I-300]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{parin.tip}
-\InputD{shboxes.tip}
-\InputD{alwbase.tip}
-\def\ChapterHeadingTeXIP #1#2{%
- \setbox 1 =
- \vbox to 13pc{
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \parindent = 0pt
- \huge
- \bf
- \baselineskip = 21pt
- \AlwaysBaselineskip
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{#1}%
- \copy0
- \parskip = 3pc
- \advance\parskip by -\dp0
- \advance\parskip by -\ht0
- \advance\parskip by -\baselineskip
- \wlog{\string\ChapterHeadingTeXIP: computed value
- of \noexpand\parskip is \the\parskip.}%
- \spaceskip = 0.3333em
- \xspaceskip = \spaceskip
- \rightskip = 0pt plus 4em
- #2
- \par
- \vfil
- }
- \box 1
- \SuppressNextParIndent
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-crm.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-crm.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 83327431f3..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-crm.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.11, p. III-607.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 1114.
-\wlog{L: "ts-crm.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 1114, p. III-607]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{pm-wrc.tip}
-\InputD{ts-page2.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\PageRef #1{%
- \@PageRef{#1}%
- \@PageRefResult
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\Page #1{%
- \PageShortForm~\@PageRef{#1}%
- \@PageRefResult
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\OnPage #1{%
- \@PageRef{#1}%
- \if@CloseByReference
- on \@PageRefResult\space page%
- \else
- on \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult
- \fi
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\AtPage #1{%
- \@PageRef{#1}%
- \if@CloseByReference
- at \@PageRefResult\space page%
- \else
- at \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult
- \fi
- \@PrintAfterLabel
-}
-\def\CommaPage #1{%
- \@PageRef{#1}%
- \if@CloseByReference
- \space on \@PageRefResult\space page%
- \@PrintAfterLabel
- \else
- ,\space
- \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult
- \@PrintAfterLabel
- \fi
-}
-\def\CommaPageComma{%
- \@PageRef{,}%
- \if@CloseByReference
- \space on \@PageRefResult\space page\space
- \else
- ,\space
- \PageShortForm~\@PageRefResult
- \@PrintAfterLabel
- \space
- \fi
-}
-\def\PageShortForm{p.}
-\def\PagesShortForm{pp.}
-\def\see #1#2{%
- see \@SeeSee{#1}{#2}%
-}
-\def\See #1#2{%
- See \@SeeSee{#1}{#2}%
-}
-\def\@SeeSee #1#2{%
- \SectionRef{#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#2}{,}%
- \CommaPageComma
- \let\@SeeSeeEnd = \ignorespaces
- \else
- \CommaPage
- #2%
- \let\@SeeSeeEnd = \relax
- \fi
- \@SeeSeeEnd
-}
-\def\ChapterRef #1{%
- Chapter~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\SectionRef #1{%
- \Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\ItemRef #1{%
- item~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\FigRef #1{%
- Fig.~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\FigureRef #1{%
- Figure~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\TableRef #1{%
- Table~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\AppendixRef #1{%
- Appendix~\Ref{#1}%
-}
-\def\PagesRef #1#2{%
- \PagesShortForm~\PageRef{#1}--\PageRef{#2}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime1.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-dime1.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c098bf0690..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime1.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.4.1, p. III-597.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 588.
-\wlog{L: "ts-dime1.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 588, p. III-597]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{parin.tip}
-\newdimen\HsizeTeXIP
-\newdimen\VsizeTeXIP
-\newcount\ClubPenalty
-\newcount\WidowPenalty
-\newcount\InterlinePenalty
-\newcount\BrokenPenalty
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime2.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-dime2.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 32c8524a75..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime2.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.4.2, p. III-597.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 617.
-\wlog{L: "ts-dime2.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 617, p. III-597]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{ts-dime1.tip}
-\InputD{ts-outpu.tip}
-% %% INPUTD [tex] ovlf-tip
-\def\SetUpTeXIPValues #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
- \HsizeTeXIP = #1\relax
- \hsize = \HsizeTeXIP
- \VsizeTeXIP = #2\relax
- \vsize = \VsizeTeXIP
- \SetParIndent{20pt}
- \ClubPenalty = #4\relax
- \clubpenalty = \ClubPenalty
- \WidowPenalty = #5\relax
- \widowpenalty = \WidowPenalty
- \InterlinePenalty = #6\relax
- \interlinepenalty = \InterlinePenalty
- \BrokenPenalty = #7\relax
- \brokenpenalty = \BrokenPenalty
- \OddPagesHorizontalShift = 0pt
- \EvenPagesHorizontalShift = 0pt
- \overfullrule = #8\relax
- \parskip = #9\relax
-% svb
-% \ComputeOverlayLength
-}
-\SetUpTeXIPValues{6.5in}{8.9in}{20pt}{100}{100}{100}{100}%
- {5pt}{0pt plus 1pt}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime3.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-dime3.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index a085aef107..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-dime3.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.4.3, p. III-598.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 658.
-\wlog{L: "ts-dime3.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 658, p. III-598]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{ts-dime2.tip}
-\SetUpTeXIPValues{29pc}{47pc}{10pt}{1000}{1000}{1000}{1000}{5pt}{0pt}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-enum.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-enum.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bdfa97789..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-enum.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.3.2, p. II-75.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1351.
-\wlog{L: "ts-enum.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1351, p. II-75]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{enumlist.tip}
-\InputD{ts-fonts.tip}
-\InputD{widestc.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@WidthLevelOneLabels
-\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{\normalsize\rm}%
- {`\0}{`\9}
-\setbox 0 = \hbox{.\hskip 1em}
-\advance\@WidthLevelOneLabels by \wd0
-\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelOne{%
- \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{0pt}{1em}%
- {12pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\newdimen\@WidthLevelTwoLabels
-\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelTwoLabels}{\normalsize\rm}%
- {`\a}{`\j}
-\setbox 0 = \hbox{()\hskip 1em}
-\advance\@WidthLevelTwoLabels by \wd0
-\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelTwo{%
- \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelTwoLabels}{0pt}{10pt}%
- {6pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\newdimen\@WidthLevelThreeLabels
-\setbox 0 = \hbox{viii.\hskip 1em}
-\@WidthLevelThreeLabels = \wd0
-\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelThree{%
- \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelThreeLabels}{0pt}{10pt}%
- {6pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\newdimen\@WidthLevelFourLabels
-\FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelFourLabels}{\normalsize\rm}%
- {`\A}{`\J}
-\setbox0 = \hbox{()\hskip 1em}
-\advance\@WidthLevelFourLabels by \wd0
-\def\@BeginEnumerateLevelFour{%
- \BeginAList{\@WidthLevelFourLabels}{0pt}{10pt}%
- {6pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\EnumerateLevelOneExtended{%
- \par
- \FindWidestChar{\@WidthLevelOneLabels}{\normalsize\rm}%
- {`\0}{`\9}
- \multiply\@WidthLevelOneLabels by 2
- \setbox 0 = \hbox{.\hskip 1em}%
- \advance\@WidthLevelOneLabels by \wd0
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-float.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-float.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ecb25db71..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-float.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 35.9.3, p. IV-128.
-% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 2156.
-\wlog{L: "ts-float.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 2156, p. IV-128]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{dblarg.tip}
-\InputD{centpar.tip}
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\InputD{topinfix.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\NewCounter{FigureNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{FigureNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{FigureNo}}%
-\NewCounter{TableNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{TableNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{TableNo}}%
-\AddCounterToResetList{FigureNo}{ChapterNo}
-\AddCounterToResetList{TableNo}{ChapterNo}
-\def\Caption{\DblArg{\@Caption}}
-\def\@Caption [#1]#2{%
- \errmessage{\string\@Caption: caption out of place, caption
- text = #1.}%
-}
-\def\BeginFigure{%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{[}{\@BeginFigure}{\@BeginFigure[t]}%
-}
-\newif\if@FigureInsertOk
-\def\@BeginFigure[#1]{%
- \begingroup
- \def\@UseThisInsert{}%
- \@FigureInsertOkfalse
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{t}%
- \def\@UseThisInsert{\topinsert}%
- \@FigureInsertOktrue
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{p}%
- \def\@UseThisInsert{\pageinsert}%
- \@FigureInsertOktrue
- \fi
- \if@FigureInsertOk
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\@BeginFigure: illegal argument
- "#1." Use [t] instead.}%
- \def\@UseThisInsert{\topinsert}%
- \fi
- \gdef\FigureCaptionText{}%
- \gdef\FigureCaptionTextLof{}%
- \StepCounter{FigureNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{FigureNo}}{0}}%
- \def\@Caption [##1]##2{%
- \gdef\FigureCaptionTextLof{##1}%
- \gdef\FigureCaptionText{##2}%
- \wlog{\noexpand\@Caption (figures), caption text saved:
- ##2.}%
- }%
- \setbox 0 = \vbox\bgroup
-}
-\def\EndFigure{%
- \egroup
- \@UseThisInsert
- \box0
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\FigureCaptionText}%
- \else
- \bigskip
- \CenterOrParagraph{%
- \small
- Figure~\PrintCounter{FigureNo}.
- \FigureCaptionText
- }%
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{lof}{1}{\PrintCounter{FigureNo}}%
- {\FigureCaptionTextLof}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \fi
- \endinsert
- \endgroup
-}
-\def\BeginTable{%
- \begingroup
- \gdef\TableCaptionText{}%
- \gdef\TableCaptionTextLot{}%
- \StepCounter{TableNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{TableNo}}{0}}%
- \def\@Caption [##1]##2{%
- \gdef\TableCaptionText{##2}%
- \gdef\TableCaptionTextLot{##1}%
- \wlog{\noexpand\@Caption for tables: ##2}%
- }%
- \setbox 0 = \vbox\bgroup
-}
-\def\EndTable{%
- \egroup
- \topinsert
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\TableCaptionText}%
- \else
- \smallskip
- \CenterOrParagraph{%
- \small
- Table~\PrintCounter{TableNo}.
- \TableCaptionText}%
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{lot}{1}{\PrintCounter{TableNo}}%
- {\TableCaptionTextLot}{\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \smallskip
- \fi
- \box0
- \endinsert
- \endgroup
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-fonts.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-fonts.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d3e7a0d13..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-fonts.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.9, p. II-271.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 447.
-\wlog{L: "ts-fonts.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 447, p. II-271]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{lfondem.tip}
-\InputD{ts-subst.tip}
-\InputD{fsized.tip}
-\InputD{newfont.tip}
-\InputD{testdef.tip}
-\font\RmLargerThanLife = cmr17 scaled \magstep5
-% \newfam\itfam % \it is family 4
-% \newfam\slfam % \sl is family 5
-% \newfam\bffam % \bf is family 6
-% \newfam\ttfam % \tt is family 7
-\NewFont\Vrm = cmr5
-\NewFont\Vit = cmti7 at 5pt
-\NewFont\Vbf = cmbx5
-\NewFont\Vsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt
-\SubstituteFont{\Vtt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\SubstituteFont{\Vsc}{\sc}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\SubstituteFont{\Vsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\NewFont\VIIrm = cmr7
-\NewFont\VIIit = cmti7
-\NewFont\VIIbf = cmbx7
-\NewFont\VIIsc = cmcsc10 at 7pt
-\SubstituteFont{\VIItt}{\tt}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\SubstituteFont{\VIIsl}{\sl}{7}{\VIIrm}
-\NewFont\VIIIrm = cmr8
-\NewFont\VIIIit = cmti8
-\NewFont\VIIIbf = cmbx8
-\NewFont\VIIItt = cmtt8
-\NewFont\VIIIsc = cmcsc10 at 8pt
-\SubstituteFont{\VIIIsl}{\sl}{8}{\VIIIrm}
-\NewFont\IXrm = cmr9
-\NewFont\IXit = cmti9
-\NewFont\IXbf = cmbx9
-\NewFont\IXtt = cmtt9
-\NewFont\IXsc = cmcsc10 at 9pt
-\SubstituteFont{\IXsl}{\sl}{9}{\IXrm}
-\NewFont\Xrm = cmr10
-\NewFont\Xit = cmti10
-\NewFont\Xbf = cmbx10
-\NewFont\Xtt = cmtt10
-\NewFont\Xsc = cmcsc10
-\NewFont\Xsl = cmcsc10
-\NewFont\XIIrm = cmr12
-\NewFont\XIIit = cmti12
-\NewFont\XIIbf = cmbx12
-\NewFont\XIItt = cmtt12
-\NewFont\XIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1
-\NewFont\XIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 1
-\NewFont\XIIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XIIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstephalf
-\NewFont\XVIIrm = cmr12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIItt = cmtt12 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XVIIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XVIIsl = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XXIrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 1
-\NewFont\XXIit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XXIbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 3
-\NewFont\XXIsc = cmcsc10 scaled \magstep 4
-\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXItt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 3}
-\SubstituteFont{\XXIsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXIrm}
-\NewFont\XXVrm = cmr17 scaled \magstep 2
-\NewFont\XXVit = cmti12 scaled \magstep 4
-\NewFont\XXVbf = cmbx12 scaled \magstep 4
-\NewFont\XXVsc = cmcsc10 at 5pt
-\LoadFontOnDemand{\XXVtt}{cmtt12 scaled \magstep 4}
-\SubstituteFont{\XXVsl}{\sl}{20.74}{\XXVrm}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{V}{5}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{VII}{7}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{VIII}{8}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{IX}{9}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{X}{10}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XII}{12}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XIII}{13.14}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XVII}{17.28}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXI}{20.74}
-\DefineFontSizeGroup{XXV}{24.88}
-\let\tiny = \FontSizeV
-\let\scriptsize = \FontSizeVII
-\let\footnotesize = \FontSizeVIII
-\let\small = \FontSizeIX
-\let\normalsize = \FontSizeX
-\let\large = \FontSizeXII
-\let\Large = \FontSizeXIII
-\let\LARGE = \FontSizeXVII
-\let\huge = \FontSizeXXI
-\let\Huge = \FontSizeXXV
-\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2}
-\normalsize
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-foot.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-foot.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 47d3982dd6..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-foot.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 35.4.2, p. IV-102.
-% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 793.
-\wlog{L: "ts-foot.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 793, p. IV-102]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{op-pagec.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\NewCounter{FootNote}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{FootNote}}%
- {\PrintCounter{FootNote}}
-\AddCounterToResetList{FootNote}{ChapterNo}
-\def\FootNote #1{%
- \StepCounter{FootNote}%
- \footnote{$^{\PrintCounter{FootNote}}$}%
- {%
- \small
- \baselineskip = 9pt
- #1%
- }%
-}
-\skip\footins = 18.4pt
-\def\@PrintFootnotePlain{%
- \vskip 12pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \hrule width 5pc height 0.4pt depth 0pt
- \vskip 6pt plus 1pt minus 0.5pt
- \unvbox\footins
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-gnot.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-gnot.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 811c82287b..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-gnot.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.8, p. III-602.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 846.
-\wlog{L: "ts-gnot.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 846, p. III-602]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\GeneralNotes #1#2{%
- \NewPageRightHand
- \SetPageLayout{4}
- \ReassignCounter{PageNo}{\roman}%
- {\TheCounter{PageNo}}{\TheCounter{PageNo}}
- \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- \SetCounter{SectionNo}{0}%
- \def\@LeftRunningHead{#1}
- \def\@RightRunningHead{\@LeftRunningHead}
- \WriteToAuxSpecial{toc}{0}%
- {}{#1 #2}%
- {\PrintCounter{PageNo}}%
- \ChapterHeadingTeXIP{#1}%
- {#2}
-}
-\def\GSection{\DblArg{\@GSection}}%
-\def\@GSection [#1]#2{%
- \StepCounter{SectionNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SectionNo}}{1}}%
- \GenericHeading{2}{36pt plus 10pt minus 2pt}
- {1}{1}{1}{24pt}{0}%
- {\Large\baselineskip = 15pt}{-13pt}%
- {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}}{#2}{#1}%
- \gdef\EveryParB{%
- {%
- \@MakeRobustMacros
- \wlog{MARK: "#2"}%
- \mark{#2}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\EndGeneralNotes{%
- \wlog{\string\EndGeneralNotes: called}%
- \NewPageRightHandSpecial
- \SetCounter{PageNo}{1}
- \@PageNumbersToCounterRegs
- \ReassignCounter{PageNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{PageNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-\TheCounter{PageNo}}
- \wlog{\string\EndGeneralNotes: \noexpand\count0
- has value \the\count0}%
- \count1 = 0
- \ReassignCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-hall.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-hall.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d4731bdd0..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-hall.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.5, p. III-599.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 669.
-\wlog{L: "ts-hall.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 669, p. III-599]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{ts-vol.tip}
-\InputD{ts-chap.tip}
-\InputD{ts-shead.tip}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-hmore.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-hmore.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index dcc73dc9dc..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-hmore.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.10, p. III-606.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 1069.
-\wlog{L: "ts-hmore.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 1069, p. III-606]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{pm-wrc.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\label{\Label}
-\def\WriteCountersToAuxFile{%
- \@WriteCounter{VolumeNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{ChapterNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{AppendixNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{SectionNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{SubSectionNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{SubSubSectionNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{PageNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{SWPageNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{FigureNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{TableNo}%
- \@WriteCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}%
-}
-\def\Label #1{%
- \message{\noexpand\Label currently undefined,
- label "#1" ignored.}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-hyph.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-hyph.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 470cea540f..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-hyph.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 12.7.14, p. II-148.
-% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 2066.
-\wlog{L: "ts-hyph.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 2066, p. II-148]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\lefthyphenmin = 2
-\righthyphenmin = 3
-\hyphenation{Ado-be}
-\hyphenation{after}
-\hyphenation{base-line-skip}
-\hyphenation{man-u-script}
-\hyphenation{obey-lines}
-\hyphenation{obey-spaces}
-\hyphenation{other-wise}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-itize.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-itize.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2dafcfa20a..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-itize.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 11.3.4, p. II-78.
-% Original source in file "par2.TEX", starting line 1523.
-\wlog{L: "ts-itize.tip" ["par2.TEX," l. 1523, p. II-78]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{itemizel.tip}
-\InputD{ts-fonts.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelOne{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {12pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelTwo{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {6pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelThree{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {4pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\def\@BeginItemizeLevelFour{%
- \BeginAList
- {15pt}{0pt}{15pt}%
- {4pt}{0pt}%
- {0pt}{15pt}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-lazy.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-lazy.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index cbd56c8191..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-lazy.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.4.10, p. III-167.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 849.
-\wlog{L: "ts-lazy.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 849, p. III-167]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\TeXIP{%
- \TeX{} in Practice%
-}
-\def\WEB{%
- {\tt WEB}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-loft.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-loft.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e77c9b94c8..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-loft.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 12.4.4, p. II-129.
-% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 1105.
-\wlog{L: "ts-loft.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 1105, p. II-129]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{toc-mac.tip}
-\InputD{vsmax.tip}
-\def\EntryIntolof #1#2#3#4{%
- \ifcase #1
- \MaxVskip{12pt}%
- \or
- \GenTocEntry{#1}{10pt}{50pt}{50pt}{25pt}%
- {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4}
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\EntryIntolof/lot: illegal level.}%
- \fi
-}
-\let\EntryIntolot = \EntryIntolof
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-logo.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-logo.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 63fcfe3f2c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-logo.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 21.4.9, p. III-166.
-% Original source in file "macros1.TEX", starting line 834.
-\wlog{L: "ts-logo.tip" ["macros1.TEX," l. 834, p. III-166]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\PS{{\sc Post\-Script}}
-\font\MetafontLogoFont = logo10 scaled \magstep0
-\def\MF{{\MetafontLogoFont METAFONT}}
-\def\textfontii{\the\textfont2}
-\def\AmSTeX{{\textfontii A}\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
- {\textfontii M}\kern-.125em{\textfontii S}-\TeX}
-\def\LaTeX{{\rm L\kern-.36em\raise.3ex\hbox{\sc a}\kern-.15em
- T\kern-.1667em\lower.7ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX}}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-main.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-main.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 255055a55c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-main.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.3, p. III-595.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 466.
-\wlog{L: "ts-main.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 466, p. III-595]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\nonstopmode
-\input inputd.tip
-\ListInputD
-\InputD{ts-writc.tip}
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\InputD{ts-dime3.tip}
-\InputD{ts-set.tip}
-\InputD{ts-verb.tip}
-\InputD{part-mac.tip}
-\InputD{ts-pager.tip}
-\InputD{ts-hall.tip}
-\InputD{ts-hmore.tip}
-\InputD{ts-crm.tip}
-\InputD{ts-foot.tip}
-\InputD{ts-float.tip}
-\InputD{ts-robst.tip}
-\InputD{ts-outpu.tip}
-\InputD{topinfix.tip}
-\InputD{evhvbox.tip}
-\InputD{everyequ.tip}
-\InputD{frac.tip}
-\InputD{ts-gnot.tip}
-\InputD{outf-rad.tip}
-\InputD{ts-toc.tip}
-\InputD{ts-loft.tip}
-\InputD{ts-hyph.tip}
-\InputD{ts-bib.tip}
-\InputD{ts-ack.tip}
-\InputD{ovlf-pl.tex}
-\InputD{ovlf-tip.tex}
-\ComputeOverlayLength
-\InputD{chbmac.tex}
-\InputD{ts-index.tip}
-\InputD{side-notes.tex}
-\IndexSpecialtrue
-\InputD{ts-dfp.tip}
-\PartVerbosefalse
-\ChangeBarAdvice{}{}{}{}{}{}{}
-\def\PartSourceFileNameExtension{too}
-\def\LineSpaceMultFactor{1.2}
-\normalsize
-\InitialParts
-\input docparts.tex
-\input processpart.tex
-\ProcessNow
-\EndProcessing
-\EndEveryBox
-\EndEveryMathDeal
-\end
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-outpu.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-outpu.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 39902664bf..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-outpu.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 35.9.1, p. IV-122.
-% Original source in file "o2.TEX", starting line 1834.
-\wlog{L: "ts-outpu.tip" ["o2.TEX," l. 1834, p. IV-122]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{namedef.tip}
-\InputD{showpll.tip}
-\InputD{new-midi.tip}
-\InputD{topinfix.tip}
-\InputD{nathd.tip}
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\newif\ifWritePageLog
-\WritePageLogfalse
-\newwrite\PageLogStream
-\def\WritePageLogFile{%
- \immediate\openout\PageLogStream = \jobname.plog
- \WritePageLogtrue
-}
-\newcount\BadnessSave
-\ShowPlainListsfalse
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@PageLayoutCode
-\def\SetPageLayout #1{%
- \global\@PageLayoutCode = #1
- \CheckRange{\@PageLayoutCode}{0}{5}%
- {\string\SetPageLayout: }
-}
-\SetPageLayout{0}%
-\def\@LeftRunningHead{}
-\def\@RightRunningHead{}
-\newcount\@SavedPageLayoutCode
-\def\NewPageRightHandSpecial{%
- \vfill
- \supereject
- \ifodd\count0
- \wlog{\string\NewPageRightHandSpecial: no empty
- page to generate (\string\count0 = \the\count0)}%
- \else
- \hbox{}
- \@SavedPageLayoutCode = \@PageLayoutCode
- \SetPageLayout{1}%
- \wlog{\string\NewPageRightHandSpecial: empty page
- generated,
- (\string\count0 = \the\count0).}%
- \vfill
- \eject
- \SetPageLayout{\@SavedPageLayoutCode}%
- \fi
-}
-\newdimen\OddPagesHorizontalShift
-\newdimen\EvenPagesHorizontalShift
-\newdimen\CurrentPageShift
-\def\plainoutput{%
- \@ShowPlainLists
- \edef\@LeftRunningHead{\@LeftRunningHead}%
- \edef\@RightRunningHead{\@RightRunningHead}%
- \ifnum\@PageLayoutCode = 0
- \else
- \headline = {}
- \footline = {}
- \fi
- \ifcase\@PageLayoutCode
- \or
- \or
- \global\@PageLayoutCode = 3
- \or
- \@PageLayoutCodeThree
- \or
- \global\@PageLayoutCode = 5
- \or
- \ifodd\count0
- \headline = {%
- \small\rm
- \hfil
- \botmark
- \hskip 18pt
- \PrintCounter{PageNo}%
- }%
- \else
- \headline = {%
- \small\rm
- \PrintCounter{PageNo}%
- \hskip 18pt
- \@LeftRunningHead
- \hfil
- }%
- \fi
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\plainoutput: \string\@PageLayoutCode
- out of range.}%
- \fi
- \setbox 4 = \vbox{%
- \pagebody
- }%
- \ifWritePageLog
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- Part name: \CurrentPartName, Page \the\count0
- }%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- Page \the\count0:
- stretch: \the\pagestretch,
- shrink: \the\pageshrink,
- outputpenalty: \the\outputpenalty
- }%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- pagefilstretch: \the\pagefilstretch,
- pagefillstretch: \the\pagefillstretch
- }%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- ht 255: \the\ht255,
- dp 255: \the\dp255
- }%
- \NaturalHeight{\dimen0}{255}%
- \NaturalDepth{\dimen1}{255}%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- Natural height: \the\dimen0,
- Natural depth: \the\dimen1
- }%
- \dimen2 = \vsize
- \advance\dimen2 by -\dimen0
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- Ideal height: \the\vsize,
- Difference: \the\dimen2
- }%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{%
- badness: \the\BadnessSave,
- height: \the\ht4,
- depth: \the\dp4
- }%
- \immediate\write\PageLogStream{}%
- \fi
- \setbox 5 = \vbox{%
- \makeheadline
- \box 4
- \makefootline
- }%
- \@MakeRobustMacros
- \ifodd\count0
- \CurrentPageShift = \OddPagesHorizontalShift
- \else
- \CurrentPageShift = \EvenPagesHorizontalShift
- \fi
- \wlog{Redefined \string\plainoutput (ts-outpu.tip):
- Shifting: shift amount is \the\CurrentPageShift\space\space
- (page is \the\pageno).}%
- \setbox 6 = \vbox{%
- \moveright\CurrentPageShift \box5
- }%
- \shipout\box6
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty > -10000
- \else
- \dosupereject
- \fi
-}
-\def\@PageLayoutCodeThree{%
- \ifodd\count0
- \headline = {%
- \small\rm
- \hfil
- \@RightRunningHead
- \hskip 18pt
- \PrintCounter{PageNo}%
- }%
- \else
- \headline = {%
- \small\rm
- \PrintCounter{PageNo}%
- \hskip 18pt
- \@LeftRunningHead
- \hfil
- }%
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-page2.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-page2.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 974be452c2..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-page2.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.8.6.3, p. III-571.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1937.
-\wlog{L: "ts-page2.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1937, p. III-571]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{part-cr.tip}
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\InputD{ts-pager.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@PageRefLimitLow
-\newcount\@PageRefLimitHigh
-\newif\if@CloseByReference
-\newcount\@PageCloseRefCount
-\newcount\@PageNumberActual
-\def\NoSpecialPageRef{%
- \global\@NoSpecialPageReftrue
-}
-\newif\if@NoSpecialPageRef
-\@NoSpecialPageReffalse
-\def\@PageRef #1{%
- \def\@PageRefResult{}%
- \global\@CloseByReferencefalse
- \StepCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}%
- \CounterToRegister{\global\@PageCloseRefCount}%
- {CloseByReferenceCount}%
- \@ref{1}{#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{??}%
- \else
- \if\PrefixConditional
- {\@TheExpandedLabel}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}%
- \DropPrefix{\@TheExpandedLabel}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}%
- {\@TheShortenedLabel}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{\@TheShortenedLabel}%
- \Label{@READ@-%
- \@ThisLabel-\the\@PageCloseRefCount}%
- \@PageRefLimitLow = \@TheShortenedLabel
- \advance\@PageRefLimitLow by -1
- \@PageRefLimitHigh = \@TheShortenedLabel
- \advance\@PageRefLimitHigh by 1
- \edef\@Ref@Temp@Name{%
- \@LabelRefPrefix @READ@-%
- \@ThisLabel-\the\@PageCloseRefCount
- }%
- \if\NameDefinedConditional{\@Ref@Temp@Name}%
- \edef\@Ref@Temp@NameTwo{%
- \NameUse{\@Ref@Temp@Name}%
- }%
- \wlog{@READ@: 1 \@Ref@Temp@Name /
- \@Ref@Temp@NameTwo}%
- \edef\@Ref@Temp@NameThree{%
- \expandafter\PickSecondOfTwo
- \@Ref@Temp@NameTwo
- }%
- \wlog{@READ@ 1a: \@Ref@Temp@NameThree}%
- \DropPrefix
- {\@Ref@Temp@NameThree}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}%
- {\@ResultLocalRef}%
-% \show\@ResultLocalRef
- \@PageNumberActual = \@ResultLocalRef
- \else
- \wlog{@READ@ 2}%
- \@PageNumberActual = \count0
- \@PageRefLimitLow = -10
- \@PageRefLimitHigh = -10
- \fi
- \if\InRangeConditional
- {\@PageNumberActual}%
- {\@PageRefLimitLow}%
- {\@PageRefLimitHigh}%
- \wlog{@READ@ 3}%
- \@CloseByReferencetrue
- \if@NoSpecialPageRef
- \@CloseByReferencefalse
- \fi
- \else
- \wlog{@READ@ 4}%
- \@CloseByReferencefalse
- \fi
- \global\@NoSpecialPageReffalse
- \if@CloseByReference
- \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@PageRefLimitLow
- \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel,"
- on page \the\@PageNumberActual
- \space refers to the next page.}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{the next}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@TheShortenedLabel
- \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel"
- on page \the\@PageNumberActual
- \space refers to the current page.}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{this}%
- \fi
- \ifnum\@PageNumberActual = \@PageRefLimitHigh
- \wlog{\string\PageRef: Reference "\@ThisLabel"
- on page \the\@PageNumberActual
- \space refers to the preceding page.}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{the previous}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \def\@PageRefResult{\@TheExpandedLabel}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \edef\@PageRefResult{\@PageRefResult}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-pager.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-pager.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 68e3688a0c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-pager.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.8.5, p. III-568.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1820.
-\wlog{L: "ts-pager.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1820, p. III-568]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{part-cr.tip}
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@PageRef #1{%
- \def\@PageRefResult{}%
- \@ref{1}{#1}%
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}{??}%
- \def\@PageRefResult{??}%
- \else
- \if\PrefixConditional{\@TheExpandedLabel}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}%
- \DropPrefix{\@TheExpandedLabel}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-}%
- {\@TheShortenedLabel}%
- \edef\@PageRefResult{\@TheShortenedLabel}%
- \else
- \edef\@PageRefResult{\@TheExpandedLabel}%
- \fi
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-robst.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-robst.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c747fd9c61..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-robst.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 30.7.6, p. III-561.
-% Original source in file "pp1.TEX", starting line 1450.
-\wlog{L: "ts-robst.tip" ["pp1.TEX," l. 1450, p. III-561]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@MakeRobustMacros{%
- \TreatAsRobust\rm
- \TreatAsRobust\bf
- \TreatAsRobust\it
- \TreatAsRobust\tt
- \TreatAsRobust\sc
- \TreatAsRobust\mac
- \TreatAsRobust\break
- \TreatAsRobust\dots
- \TreatAsRobust\MF
- \TreatAsRobust\TeX
- \TreatAsRobust\LaTeX
- \TreatAsRobust\PS
- \TreatAsRobust\AmSTeX
- \TreatAsRobust\ldots
- \TreatAsRobust\cdots
- \TreatAsRobust\dots
- \def\MakeRobust ##1{%
- \noexpand\MakeRobust
- \noexpand##1%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-set.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-set.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 12b7cbed43..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-set.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.13, p. III-611.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 1363.
-\wlog{L: "ts-set.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 1363, p. III-611]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{ts-fonts.tip}
-\InputD{box-mac.tip}
-\InputD{setstrut.tip}
-\InputD{angt.tip}
-\InputD{npright.tip}
-\InputD{cssprint.tip}
-\InputD{ts-logo.tip}
-\InputD{ts-vers.tip}
-\def\MyNarrower{\narrower\narrower}
-\frenchspacing
-\InputD{itemizel.tip}
-\InputD{ts-itize.tip}
-\InputD{enumlist.tip}
-\InputD{ts-enum.tip}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-shead.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-shead.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 97904c01bb..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-shead.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.9, p. III-604.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 940.
-\wlog{L: "ts-shead.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 940, p. III-604]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{genhead.tip}
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\InputD{dblarg.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\NewCounter{SectionNo}{\arabic}%
- {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
- {\PrintCounter{ChapterNo}.\TheCounter{SectionNo}}%
-\NewCounter{SubSectionNo}{\arabic}%
- {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSectionNo}}%
- {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSectionNo}}%
-\NewCounter{SubSubSectionNo}{\arabic}%
- {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}%
- {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}.\TheCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}%
-\NewCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}{\arabic}%
- {\PrintCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}}%
- {\PrintCounter{CloseByReferenceCount}}%
-\AddCounterToResetList{SectionNo}{ChapterNo}%
-\AddCounterToResetList{SubSectionNo}{SectionNo}%
-\AddCounterToResetList{SubSubSectionNo}{SubSectionNo}%
-\def\Section{\DblArg{\@Section}}%
-\def\@Section [#1]#2{%
- \StepCounter{SectionNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SectionNo}}{1}}%
- \GenericHeading{2}{36pt plus 10pt minus 2pt}%
- {1}{1}{1}{24pt}{0}%
- {\Large\baselineskip = 15pt}{-13pt}%
- {\PrintCounter{SectionNo}}{#2}{#1}%
- \gdef\EveryParB{%
- {%
- \@MakeRobustMacros
- \def\LineBreakToc{ }%
- \def\LineBreakHeading{ }%
- \def\IgnoreInRunningHead ####1{%
- \relax$\ldots$%
- }%
- \mark{#2}%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\SubSection{\DblArg{\@SubSection}}%
-\def\@SubSection [#1]#2{%
- \StepCounter{SubSectionNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SubSectionNo}}{1}}%
- \GenericHeading{3}{30pt plus 8pt minus 2pt}%
- {1}{1}{1}{18pt}{0}%
- {\large\baselineskip = 14pt}{-12pt}%
- {\PrintCounter{SubSectionNo}}{#2}{#1}%
-}
-\def\SubSubSection{\DblArg{\@SubSubSection}}%
-\def\@SubSubSection [#1]#2{%
- \ifnum\TheCounter{SubSectionNo} = 0
- \errhelp = {The reason is probably that \string\Section
- occurred directly followed by \string\SubSubSection
- (that is you forgot a \string\SubSection in between).}%
- \errmessage{\string\@SubSubSection: Counter "SubSectionNo"
- is zero.}%
- \fi
- \StepCounter{SubSubSectionNo}%
- \def\Label ##1{\@Label{##1}{\RefCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}{1}}%
- \GenericHeading{4}{24pt plus 6pt minus 1pt}%
- {1}{1}{1}{18pt}{0}%
- {\normalsize}{-10pt}%
- {\PrintCounter{SubSubSectionNo}}{#2}{#1}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-subst.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-subst.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 57c1b61975..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-subst.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 16.1.4, p. II-267.
-% Original source in file "fonts2.TEX", starting line 227.
-\wlog{L: "ts-subst.tip" ["fonts2.TEX," l. 227, p. II-267]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{substf.tip}
-\InputD{newoutfr.tip}
-\def\SubstituteFont #1#2#3#4{%
- \expandafter\newifOF \csname if-\string#1\endcsname
- \csname if-\string#1true\endcsname
- \def#1{%
- \csname if-\string#1\endcsname
- \message{%
- \string\SubstituteFont: No \string#2 font at
- size #3pt, using \noexpand\rm instead.%
- }%
- \global\csname if-\string#1false\endcsname
- \fi
- #4%
- }%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-toc.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-toc.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e4b5b11f69..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-toc.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 12.4.3, p. II-128.
-% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 1023.
-\wlog{L: "ts-toc.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 1023, p. II-128]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{toc-mac.tip}
-\def\EntryIntotoc #1#2#3#4{%
- \par
- \ifcase #1
- \bigskip
- \or
- \bigskip
- \else
- \relax
- \fi
- \ifcase #1
- \GenTocEntry{0}{0pt}{20pt}{20pt}{30pt}%
- {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4}
- \or
- \GenTocEntry{1}{0pt}{40pt}{40pt}{30pt}%
- {0pt}{10pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\bf}{#4}
- \or
- \GenTocEntry{2}{10pt}{50pt}{50pt}{30pt}%
- {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4}
- \or
- \GenTocEntry{#1}{20pt}{60pt}{60pt}{30pt}%
- {0pt}{5pt}{0.5in}{#2}{#3}{\rm}{#4}
- \or
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\EntryIntotoc: no level #1 subdivision
- in this series.}
- \fi
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-verb.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index cd9fd48b91..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.1
-% Date: Sep 9, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.15, p. III-57.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3306.
-\wlog{L: "ts-verb.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3306, p. III-57]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verbdisp.tip}
-\InputD{verb-mac.tip}
-\InputD{verb.tip}
-\InputD{verbwr.tip}
-\InputD{vwrt-mac.tip}
-\InputD{defauarg.tip}
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\InputD{testsubs.tip}
-\InputD{freespac.tip}
-\InputD{fexist.tip}
-\InputD{ts-verb1.tip}
-\InputD{ts-verb2.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\verb{\Verb}
-\VerbLineNumtrue
-\VerbatimTab = 4
-\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 5pt
-\def\VerbatimFont{\small\tt}%
-\def\ListVerbTeXIP #1{%
- \par
- \medskip
- \vskip 60pt
- \vskip -60pt
- \def\ListAsFileName{#1}%
- \def\LabelName{code-#1}%
- \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf}%
- \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}%
- \ListAsFileName #1%
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \else
- \if\SuffixConditional{#1}{.flf2}%
- \def\ListAsFileName ##1.flf2{\def\ListAsFileName{##1.log}}%
- \ListAsFileName #1%
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{\jobname.ver}%
- \def\ListAsFileName{}%
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \fi
- \if\StringsEqualConditional{#1}{ex-verbwr.ver}
- \def\LabelName{}%
- \fi
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\LabelName}%
- \else
- \Label{code-#1}%
- \fi
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{\ListAsFileName}
- \else
- \centerline{%
- $\bullet$%
- \space
- \tt\ListAsFileName
- \space
- $\bullet$%
- }%
- \fi
- \@btex
- \@StartVerbatim{1}%
- \wlog{[\string\ListVerbTeXIP:}%
- \input #1
- \wlog{]}% svb: this was \message before
- \@DoneVerbatim
- \@etex
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb1.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-verb1.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 106ce77d91..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb1.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.14.1, p. III-56.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3223.
-\wlog{L: "ts-verb1.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3223, p. III-56]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verbdisp.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\@btex{%
- \par
- \bgroup
- \small
-}
-\def\@etex{%
- \nobreak
- \egroup
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \def\@EtexEnd{}%
- \else
- \def\@EtexEnd{%
- \ParLookAhead
- {}%
- {\SuppressNextParIndent}%
- }%
- \fi
- \@EtexEnd
-}
-\def\btex{%
- \@btex
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \btex@more
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints.
- |gdef|btex@more #1\etex{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- |@etex
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb2.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-verb2.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index bd10258d96..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-verb2.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.14.2, p. III-57.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 3279.
-\wlog{L: "ts-verb2.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 3279, p. III-57]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\Btexalt{%
- \@btex
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \btex@morealt
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ = 12 % \ now prints.
- |gdef|btex@morealt #1\Etexalt{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- |@etex
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-vers.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-vers.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 4e9b14d2a7..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-vers.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.12, p. III-611.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 1354.
-\wlog{L: "ts-vers.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 1354, p. III-611]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\TeXIPVersionNumber{1.0}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-vol.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-vol.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 71a9ed3c5d..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-vol.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 31.2.6, p. III-599.
-% Original source in file "pp2.TEX", starting line 685.
-\wlog{L: "ts-vol.tip" ["pp2.TEX," l. 685, p. III-599]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{counters.tip}
-\InputD{pm-pagen.tip}
-\NewCounter{VolumeNo}{\Roman}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}}{\TheCounter{VolumeNo}}
-\ReassignCounter{PageNo}{\arabic}%
- {\TheCounter{PageNo}}%
- {\TheCounter{VolumeNo}-\TheCounter{PageNo}}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-wind.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-wind.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index fbb94c0c33..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-wind.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 29.1.5, p. III-492.
-% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 209.
-\wlog{L: "ts-wind.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 209, p. III-492]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\InputD{cstostr.tip}
-\InputD{compst.tip}
-\newif\ifIndexSpecial
-\IndexSpecialfalse
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\IdxStream
-\newwrite\IdxStreamSource
-\newif\if@IndexFilesOpen
-\@IndexFilesOpenfalse
-\def\OpenIndexFiles #1{%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}%
- \gdef\@IndexFileBaseName{\jobname}%
- \else
- \gdef\@IndexFileBaseName{#1}%
- \fi
- \if@IndexFilesOpen
- \message{\string\OpenIndexFiles: index files
- already open.}%
- \message{\string\OpenIndexFiles: will close
- old files, open new ones with basename
- "\@IndexFileBaseName".}%
- \immediate\closeout\IdxStream
- \immediate\closeout\IdxStreamSource
- \fi
- \@IndexFilesOpentrue
- \immediate\openout\IdxStream = \@IndexFileBaseName.idx
- \immediate\openout\IdxStreamSource = \@IndexFileBaseName.idx2
- \SetIndexStream{\IdxStream}%
-}
-\def\CloseIndexFiles{%
- \if@IndexFilesOpen
- \immediate\closeout\IdxStream
- \immediate\closeout\IdxStreamSource
- \@IndexFilesOpenfalse
- \fi
-}
-\def\SetIndexStream #1{%
- \let\IdxStreamUse = #1%
-}
-\def\Index{%
- \begingroup
- \MkOthersNoCB
- \@Index
-}
-\xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}%
-\def\@Index #1{%
- \let\PrintCounter = \relax
- \xdef\IndexTemp{%
- \write\IdxStreamUse{%
- \string\indexentry{#1\@IndexSuffixMod}%
- {\PrintCounter{SWPageNo}}}%
- }%
- \ifIndexSpecial
- \SideNoteText{I: #1}%
- \fi
- \xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}%
- \endgroup
- \IndexTemp
-}
-\def\IndexP #1{%
- \Index{#1}%
- #1%
-}
-\def\IndexCS #1{%
- \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \Index{%
- \@IndexCSTemp
- @%
- {%
- \string\tt
- \string\string
- \string#1%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\IndexCSX #1{%
- \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \Index{%
- #1%
- @%
- {%
- \string\tt
- \string\string
- \Backslash#1%
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\IndexCSP #1{%
- \IndexCS{#1}%
- {\tt\string#1}%
-}
-\def\IndexPrim #1{%
- \CSToString{\@IndexCSTemp}{#1}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \Index{\@IndexCSTemp @%
- {\string\tt\string\string\string#1}|PRIMITIVE}%
-}
-\def\IndexPrimP #1{%
- \IndexPrim{#1}%
- {\tt\string #1}%
-}
-\def\IndexPar{\Index{par@\string\PrintParPrimitive}}
-\def\PrintParPrimitive{\BackslashTt{\tt par}}
-\def\IndexBye{\Index{bye@\string\PrintByePrimitive}}
-\def\PrintByePrimitive{\BackslashTt{\tt bye}}
-\def\IndexIf{\Index{if@\string\PrintIf|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIf{{\tt\string\if}}
-\def\IndexElse{\Index{else@\string\PrintElse|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintElse{{\tt\string\else}}
-\def\IndexFi{\Index{fi@\string\PrintFi|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintFi{{\tt\string\fi}}
-\def\IndexIfCase{\Index{ifcase@\string\PrintIfCase|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfCase{{\tt\string\ifcase}}
-\def\IndexIfCat{\Index{ifcat@\string\PrintIfCat|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfCat{{\tt\string\ifcat}}
-\def\IndexIfX{\Index{ifx@\string\PrintIfX|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfX{{\tt\string\ifx}}
-\def\IndexIfOdd{\Index{ifodd@\string\PrintIfOdd|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfOdd{{\tt\string\ifodd}}
-\def\IndexIfHbox{\Index{ifhbox@\string\PrintIfHbox|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfHbox{{\tt\string\ifhbox}}
-\def\IndexIfVbox{\Index{ifvbox@\string\PrintIfVbox|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfVbox{{\tt\string\ifvbox}}
-\def\IndexIfVoid{\Index{ifvoid@\string\PrintIfVoid|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfVoid{{\tt\string\ifvoid}}
-\def\IndexIfNum{\Index{ifnum@\string\PrintIfNum|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfNum{{\tt\string\ifnum}}
-\def\IndexIfDim{\Index{ifdim@\string\PrintIfDim|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfDim{{\tt\string\ifdim}}
-\def\IndexIfHmode{\Index{ifhmode@\string\PrintIfHmode|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfHmode{{\tt\string\ifhmode}}
-\def\IndexIfVmode{\Index{ifvmode@\string\PrintIfVmode|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfVmode{{\tt\string\ifvmode}}
-\def\IndexIfMmode{\Index{ifvmode@\string\PrintIfMmode|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfMmode{{\tt\string\ifvmode}}
-\def\IndexIfInner{\Index{ifinner@\string\PrintIfInner|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfInner{{\tt\string\ifinner}}
-\def\IndexIfEof{\Index{ifeof@\string\PrintIfEof|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfEof{{\tt\string\ifeof}}%
-\def\IndexIfTrue{\Index{iftrue@\string\PrintIfTrue|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfTrue{{\tt\string\iftrue}}%
-\def\IndexIfFalse{\Index{iffalse@\string\PrintIfFalse|PRIMITIVE}}
-\def\PrintIfFalse{{\tt\string\iffalse}}%
-\def\IndexRepeat{\Index{repeat@\string\PrintRepeat}}
-\def\PrintRepeat{{\tt\string\repeat}}%
-\xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{}%
-\def\IndexPSet #1{%
- \CSToString{\@IndexPSetResult}{#1}%
- \xdef\@IndexSuffixMod{|IndexP\@IndexPSetResult}%
-}
-\def\IndexPit #1{{\it #1}}
-\def\IndexPbf #1{{\bf #1}}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/ts-writc.tip b/info/examples/tip/ts-writc.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9606338dac..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/ts-writc.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.5.4, p. III-475.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1401.
-\wlog{L: "ts-writc.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1401, p. III-475]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{genostr.tip}
-\def\WriteCounterOutImmediately #1#2{%
- \OpenGenericOStream{#1}%
- \immediate\write\GenericOStream
- {\PrintCounter{#2}}%
- \CloseGenericOStream
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/valdecpo.tip b/info/examples/tip/valdecpo.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 8d645b0d08..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/valdecpo.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 3.3.14, p. I-60.
-% Original source in file "reg1.TEX", starting line 1659.
-\wlog{L: "valdecpo.tip" ["reg1.TEX," l. 1659, p. I-60]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{imodn.tip}
-\InputD{absval.tip}
-\InputD{rangetst.tip}
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@ValueOfDecimalPosition
-\newcount\@ValueOfDecimalPositionLoopCount
-\def\ValueOfDecimalPosition #1#2#3{%
- \CheckRange{#2}{0}{9}{\string\ValueOfDecimalPosition:
- \#2 must be in the range 0 .. 9}%
- \AbsoluteValue{#1}{\@ValueOfDecimalPosition}%
- \DoLoop{\@ValueOfDecimalPositionLoopCount}{1}{1}{#2}%
- {\global\divide\@ValueOfDecimalPosition by 10}%
- \IModN{\@ValueOfDecimalPosition}{10}{#3}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/vcentx.tip b/info/examples/tip/vcentx.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index d272a7da1c..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/vcentx.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 7.5.5, p. I-249.
-% Original source in file "vboxes1.TEX", starting line 2107.
-\wlog{L: "vcentx.tip" ["vboxes1.TEX," l. 2107, p. I-249]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newbox\@VcenterXBox
-\newdimen\@VcenterDimen
-\def\VcenterX{%
- \hbox\bgroup
- \mathsurround = 0pt
- \futurelet\@VCenterXToken\@VCenterXA
-}
-\def\@VCenterXA{%
- \ifx\@VCenterXToken\bgroup
- \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXOrdinary
- \else
- \ifx\@VCenterXToken t%
- \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXTo
- \else
- \let\@VcenterXNext = \@VcenterXSpread
- \fi
- \fi
- \@VcenterXNext
-}
-\def\@VcenterXOrdinary{%
- \def\@VcenterCommand{\vcenter}%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXB
- \let\@VcenterDrop =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXTo to{%
- \def\@VcenterCommand{to}%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread
- \@VcenterDimen =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXSpread spread{%
- \def\@VcenterCommand{spread}%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXToSpread
- \@VcenterDimen =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXToSpread{%
- \edef\@VcenterCommand{%
- \vcenter\@VcenterCommand \the\@VcenterDimen
- }%
- \afterassignment\@VcenterXB
- \let\@VcenterDrop =
-}
-\def\@VcenterXB{%
- \setbox\@VcenterXBox = \hbox\bgroup
- $%
- \@VcenterCommand\bgroup
- \aftergroup\@VcenterXC
-}
-\def\@VcenterXC{%
- $%
- \egroup
- \box\@VcenterXBox
- \egroup
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/verb-bas.tip b/info/examples/tip/verb-bas.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index dccaa8c1f3..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/verb-bas.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.1, p. III-27.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 1625.
-\wlog{L: "verb-bas.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 1625, p. III-27]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\MakeOther #1{\catcode `#1 = 12 }
-\def\MakeActive #1{\catcode `#1 = \active\relax}
-\def\MakeEolActive{\MakeActive{\^^M}}
-\def\MakeTabActive{\MakeActive{\^^I}}
-\def\MkOthersNoCB{%
- \MakeOther{\ }%
- \MakeOther{\\}%
- \MakeOther{\$}%
- \MakeOther{\&}%
- \MakeOther{\#}%
- \MakeOther{\^}\MakeOther{\^^K}%
- \MakeOther{\_}\MakeOther{\^^A}%
- \MakeOther{\%}%
- \MakeOther{\~}%
-}
-\def\MkOthers{%
- \MakeOther{\{}%
- \MakeOther{\}}%
- \MkOthersNoCB
-}
-{\catcode`\^^I = 11
-\gdef\@TabAsLiteral{^^I}%
-}
-\catcode`\[ = 1
-\catcode`\] = 2
-[
- \catcode`\{ = 12
- \catcode`\} = 12
- \gdef\LeftBraceText[{]
- \gdef\RightBraceText[}]
-]
-\catcode`\[ = 12
-\catcode`\] = 12
-\def\AcuteAccentText{\'{}}
-\def\AcuteAccentTt{{\tt\AcuteAccentText}}
-\def\AmpersandText{\char`\&}
-\def\AmpersandTt{{\tt\AmpersandText}}
-\def\ApostropheText{'{}}
-\def\ApostropheTt{{\tt\ApostropheText}}
-\def\AtSignText{@}
-\def\AtSignTt{{\tt\AtSignText}}
-{%
- \catcode`| = 0
- |catcode`\\ = 12
- |gdef|Backslash{\}
-}
-\def\BackslashTt{{\tt\char`\\}}
-\def\CaretText{\char`\^{}}
-\def\CaretTt{{\tt\CaretText}}
-\def\DollarSignText{\$}
-\def\DollarSignTt{{\tt\DollarSignText}}
-{
- \catcode`\# = 12
- \gdef\PoundSign{#}
-}
-\def\pounds{{\it\char'44 }}
-\def\DoubleQuoteTt{{\tt"}}
-\def\EmDashText{{}---{}}
-\def\EmDashTt{{\tt\EmDashText}}
-\def\EnDashText{{}--{}}
-\def\EnDashTt{{\tt\EnDashText}}
-\def\ExclamationPointText{!}
-\def\ExclamationPointTt{{\tt\ExclamationPointText}}
-\def\GreaterThanSign{>}
-\def\GreaterThanSignTt{{\tt\GreaterThanSign}}
-\def\HyphenText{-}
-\def\HyphenTt{{\tt\HyphenText}}
-\def\OpenExclamationText{>}
-\def\OpenExclamationTt{{\tt\OpenExclamationText}}
-\def\LeftBraceTt{{\tt\LeftBraceText}}
-\def\LeftBracketText{[}
-\def\LeftBracketTt{{\tt\LeftBracketText}}
-\def\LeftParenthesisText{(}
-\def\LeftParenthesisTt{{\tt\LeftParenthesisText}}
-\def\LeftQuoteText{`{}}
-\def\LeftQuoteTt{{\tt\LeftQuoteText}}
-\def\LessThanSign{<}
-\def\LessThanSignTt{{\tt\LessThanSign}}
-\def\MinusSignText{-}
-\def\MinusSignTt{{\tt\MinusSignText}}
-\def\OpenQuestionText{<}
-\def\OpenQuestionTt{{\tt\OpenQuestionText}}
-\def\PlusSignText{+}
-\def\PlusSignTt{{\tt\PlusSignText}}
-\def\PercentSignText{\%}
-\def\PercentSignTt{{\tt\PercentSignText}}
-{
- \catcode`\% = 12
- \gdef\PercentSignPure{%}
-}
-\def\PeriodText{.}
-\def\PeriodTt{{\tt\PeriodText}}
-\def\PoundSignText{\#}
-\def\PoundSignTt{{\tt\PoundSignText}}
-\def\QuestionMarkText{?}
-\def\QuestionMarkTt{{\tt\QuestionMarkText}}
-\def\RightBraceTt{{\tt\RightBraceText}}
-\def\RightBracketText{]}
-\def\RightBracketTt{{\tt\RightBracketText}}
-\def\RightQuoteText{'{}}
-\def\RightQuoteTt{{\tt\RightQuoteText}}
-\def\RightParenthesisText{)}
-\def\RightParenthesisTt{{\tt\RightParenthesisText}}
-\def\SpaceText{ }
-\def\VisibleSpaceTt{{\tt\char"20}}
-\def\TildeText{\char`\~{}}
-\def\TildeTt{{\tt\TildeText}}
-\def\UnderscoreText{\char`\_}
-\def\UnderscoreTt{{\tt\UnderscoreText}}
-\def\VerbControlSpace{\ }
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/verb-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/verb-mac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index db3a3a1261..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/verb-mac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.8, p. III-41.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2427.
-\wlog{L: "verb-mac.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2427, p. III-41]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{ts-fonts.tip}
-\InputD{verbdisp.tip}
-\InputD{fexist.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\ListVerb #1{%
- \@StartVerbatim{1}%
- \input #1
- \@DoneVerbatim
-}
-\def\ListVerbIfFileExists #1{%
- \par
- \if\FileExistsConditional{#1}%
- \ListVerb{#1}%
- \else
- \centerline{$\bullet$ File {\tt #1} not found. $\bullet$}%
- \wlog{\string\ListVerbIfFileExists: no file "#1".}%
- \fi
-}
-\def\ListVerbAndSource #1{%
- \ListVerb{#1}%
- \input #1
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/verb.tip b/info/examples/tip/verb.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 43236cd845..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/verb.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.4, p. III-35.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2077.
-\wlog{L: "verb.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2077, p. III-35]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\InputD{nctest.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-{\catcode`\ = \active
-\gdef\@InitActiveSpace{\edef {\VerbControlSpace}}}
-\newif\if@VerbSpaceControl
-\def\Verb{%
- \NextCharTest{*}{\@VerbSpaceControltrue \@VerbA}%
- {\@VerbSpaceControlfalse\@VerbA}%
-}
-\def\@VerbA #1{%
- \bgroup
- \tt
- \MkOthers
- \if@VerbSpaceControl
- \else
- \catcode`\ = \active
- \@InitActiveSpace
- \fi
- \def\@VerbTemp ##1#1{%
- ##1% % Simply print the argument.
- \egroup % Undo font change and category code changes.
- }%
- \@VerbTemp
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/verbdisp.tip b/info/examples/tip/verbdisp.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cf598d474..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/verbdisp.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 18.3.13, p. III-45.
-% Original source in file "tokens1.TEX", starting line 2639.
-\wlog{L: "verbdisp.tip" ["tokens1.TEX," l. 2639, p. III-45]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{everypar.tip}
-\InputD{futpar.tip}
-\InputD{parin.tip}
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\InputD{testdef.tip}
-\InputD{gobble.tip}
-\InputD{loadedla.tip}
-\newdimen\LeftSkipVerbatim
-\LeftSkipVerbatim = 0.3in
-\def\VerbatimFont{\tt}
-\newcount\VerbatimTab
-\VerbatimTab = 8
-\newif\ifVerbLineNum
-\VerbLineNumtrue
-\newskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip
-\DisplayVerbatimVskip = 0pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-\newif\ifCaretTab
-\CaretTabfalse
-\newtoks\VerbatimTokBegin \VerbatimTokBegin = {}
-\newtoks\VerbatimTokLine \VerbatimTokLine = {}
-\newtoks\VerbatimTokEnd \VerbatimTokEnd = {}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@VerbatimLr
-\@VerbatimLr = 1.5pt
-\newif\if@IgnoreFirstNewLine
-\if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \def\@VerbatimPar{\par\@@par}%
- \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}%
-\else
- \def\@VerbatimPar{\par}%
- \def\@VerbatimNlf{\tiny}%
-\fi
-\newcount\@VerbatimLineNumber
-\newif\if@VerbatimL
-\newdimen\Verb@TabSize
-\def\@VObeySpaces{%
- \MakeActive{\ }%
- \@@VObeySpaces
-}
-{%
-\MakeActive{\ }%
-\gdef\@@VObeySpaces{%
-\def {\VerbControlSpace}%
-}%
-}
-\def\@VObeyTabs{%
- \MakeTabActive
- \@@VObeyTabs
-}
-{
- \MakeTabActive
- \gdef\@@VObeyTabs{%
- \def^^I{\Verb@Tab}%
- }
-}
-\def\Verb@Tab{%
- \leavevmode
- \egroup
- \dimen0 = \wd0
- \divide\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize
- \advance\dimen0 by 1sp
- \multiply\dimen0 by \Verb@TabSize
- \wd0 = \dimen0
- \box0
- \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup
-}
-\def\@VObeyEol{%
- \MakeEolActive %
- \@@VObeyEol
-}
-{
- \MakeEolActive %
- \gdef\@@VObeyEol{%
- \let^^M = \Verb@Eol%
- }%
-}
-\def\Verb@Eol{%
- \if@IgnoreFirstNewLine
- \else
- \leavevmode
- \egroup
- \box 0
- \endgraf
- \fi
- \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse
-}
-\def\@VCaret{%
- \MakeActive{\^}%
- \@@VCaret
-}
-{
- \MakeActive{\^}%
- \gdef\@@VCaret{%
- \def^{%
- \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretTwo
- }%
- \def\@@VCaretTwo{%
- \ifx \@VSymbol^%
- \let\@VerbNext = \@@VCaretThree
- \else
- \CaretText
- \let\@VerbNext = \relax
- \fi
- \@VerbNext
- }%
- \def\@@VCaretThree ^{%
- \futurelet\@VSymbol\@@VCaretFour
- }%
- \def\@@VCaretFour{%
- \ifx \@VSymbol I%
- \Verb@Tab
- \else
- \CaretText\CaretText\@VSymbol
- \fi
- \GobbleOne
- }%
- }%
-}
-\def\@StartVerbatim #1{%
- \begingroup
- \@VerbatimPar
- \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \else
- \CancelSuppressNextParIndent
- \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\VerbatimFont X}
- \Verb@TabSize = \wd0
- \multiply\Verb@TabSize by \VerbatimTab
- \parskip = 0pt
- \parindent = 0pt
- \leftskip = \LeftSkipVerbatim
- \rightskip = 0pt
- \parfillskip = 0pt plus 1fil
- \spaceskip = 0pt
- \xspaceskip = 0pt
- \VerbatimFont
- \if@VerbatimL
- \else
- \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = 0
- \fi
- \global\@VerbatimLfalse
- \ifnum #1 = 0
- \@IgnoreFirstNewLinetrue
- \else
- \@IgnoreFirstNewLinefalse
- \fi
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \everypar = {\EveryParZ}%
- \fi
- \def\EveryParZ{%
- \the\VerbatimTokLine
- \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by 1
- \ifVerbLineNum
- \raise \@VerbatimLr \hbox to 0pt{%
- \hss
- \@VerbatimNlf
- \the\@VerbatimLineNumber
- \hskip 10pt
- }%
- \fi
- \setbox 0 = \hbox\bgroup
- }%
- \MkOthers
- \@VObeySpaces
- \@VObeyTabs
- \@VObeyEol
- \ifCaretTab
- \@VCaret
- \fi
-}
-\def\@DoneVerbatim{%
- \endgroup
- \vskip\DisplayVerbatimVskip
- \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{}%
- \if\FormatIsLaTeXConditional
- \else
- \def\@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal{%
- \ParLookAhead
- {\SuppressNextParIndent}%
- {}
- }%
- \fi
- \@VerbatimEndSpecialDeal
-}
-\def\BeginVerbatim{%
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \@BeginVerbatim
-}
-{ \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character.
- |gdef|@BeginVerbatim #1\EndVerbatim{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- }
-}
-\def\BVerB{%
- \@StartVerbatim{0}%
- \@BVerB
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0 % | becomes escape character.
- \catcode`\\ =12 % \ becomes regular character.
- |gdef|@BVerB #1\EVerB{%
- #1%
- |@DoneVerbatim
- }
-}
-\def\AppendVerbatimL #1{%
- \global\@VerbatimLtrue
- \global\advance\@VerbatimLineNumber by #1\relax
-}
-\def\StartVerbatimL #1{%
- \global\@VerbatimLtrue
- \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = #1\relax
-}
-\newcount\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber
-\def\PushVerbatimL{%
- \global\@SaveVerbatimLineNumber = \@VerbatimLineNumber
- \global\VerbLineNumfalse
-}
-\def\PopVerbatimL{%
- \global\@VerbatimLineNumber = \@SaveVerbatimLineNumber
- \global\VerbLineNumtrue
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/verbwr.tip b/info/examples/tip/verbwr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index e243f82bcf..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/verbwr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 29.3.2, p. III-506.
-% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 973.
-\wlog{L: "verbwr.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 973, p. III-506]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\InputD{genaeol.tip}
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\InputD{gobblemo.tip}
-\InputD{cstostrc.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newif\if@VerbFirstLineSuppress
-\def\OpenVerbWrFile #1#2#3{%
- \immediate\openout #3 = #1.#2
- \wlog{\string\OpenVerbWrFile: opened "#1.#2" for
- literal writing.}%
-}
-\def\CloseVerbWrFile #1{%
- \immediate\closeout #1
- \wlog{\string\CloseVerbWrFile: closed file for literal writing.}%
-}
-\def\BeginVerbWr #1#2{%
- \begingroup
- \def\@VerbWrStream{#1}%
- \CSToStringCat{\@EndVerbWrSt}{#2}%
- \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWr: begin}%
- \MkOthers
- \MakeEolActive
- \@VerbWrTabHandling
- \@VerbFirstLineSuppresstrue
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \@BeginVerbWrY\expandafter{\@EndVerbWrSt}%
-}
-{
- \catcode `| = 0
- \catcode`\\ =12
- |gdef|@BeginVerbWrY #1{%
- |def|@BeginVerbWrX ##1\#1{%
- |@BeginVerbWr ##1%
- |@VerbWrDoneToken
- |@VerbWrDone
- }
- |@BeginVerbWrX
- }
-}
-\def\@VerbWrTabHandling{%
- \MakeTabActive
- \@VerbWrTabHandlingOne
-}
-{\MakeTabActive
-\gdef\@VerbWrTabHandlingOne{\def^^I{\@TabAsLiteral}}%
-}
-\def\@BeginVerbWr{%
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}%
- {\@VerbWrDoneToken}%
- {\GobbleDoMore
- {\@VerbWrDoneToken}{\relax}}%
- {\@BeginVerbWrTwo}%
-}
-\GenAeol{\@BeginVerbWrTwo}{%
- \if@VerbFirstLineSuppress
- \@VerbFirstLineSuppressfalse
- \else
- \immediate\write\@VerbWrStream{#1}%
- \fi
- \@BeginVerbWr
-}
-\def\@VerbWrDone{%
- \endgroup
- \wlog{\string\@VerbWrDone: done}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/vsmax.tip b/info/examples/tip/vsmax.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index bc9eab50f2..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/vsmax.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 8.6, p. I-310.
-% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 1665.
-\wlog{L: "vsmax.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 1665, p. I-310]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newskip\@MaxVskipGlue
-\def\MaxVskip #1{%
- \par
- \@MaxVskipGlue = #1\relax
- \ifdim\lastskip < \@MaxVskipGlue
- \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt
- \else
- \vskip -\lastskip
- \fi
- \vskip\@MaxVskipGlue
- \fi
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/vtbox.tip b/info/examples/tip/vtbox.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index ee50844163..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/vtbox.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 8.1.4, p. I-265.
-% Original source in file "vboxes2.TEX", starting line 222.
-\wlog{L: "vtbox.tip" ["vboxes2.TEX," l. 222, p. I-265]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newdimen\@VtboxDim
-\newbox\@VtboxBox
-\def\Vtbox #1#2{%
- \@VtboxDim = \ht#1%
- \advance\@VtboxDim by \dp#1%
- \setbox\@VtboxBox = \vbox{\unvcopy #1}%
- \advance\@VtboxDim by -\ht\@VtboxBox
- \advance\@VtboxDim by -\dp\@VtboxBox
- #2\setbox #1 = \vtop spread \@VtboxDim {\unvbox #1}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/vwrt-mac.tip b/info/examples/tip/vwrt-mac.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7490427317..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/vwrt-mac.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 29.3.3.1, p. III-511.
-% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 1192.
-\wlog{L: "vwrt-mac.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 1192, p. III-511]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verbwr.tip}
-\InputD{defauarg.tip}
-\InputD{verb-mac.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\@VStream
-\newif\if@VStreamOpen
-\@VStreamOpenfalse
-\newcount\@VerbWriteCount
-\@VerbWriteCount = 0
-\def\BeginVerbWrite #1#2{%
- \global\advance\@VerbWriteCount by 1
- \wlog{\string\BeginVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}%
- \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{#1}{\jobname}%
- \DefaultArg{\@VerbWriteFileExt}{#2}{ver}%
- \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}%
- \if@VStreamOpen
- \errmessage{\string\BeginVerbWrite: ERROR, file still open.}%
- \fi
- \OpenVerbWrFile{\@VerbWriteBaseName}{\@VerbWriteFileExt}%
- {\@VStream}%
- \global\@VStreamOpentrue
- \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}%
-}
-\def\CloseVerbWriteFile{%
- \if@VStreamOpen
- \CloseVerbWrFile{\@VStream}%
- \global\@VStreamOpenfalse
- \fi
-}
-\def\AppendVerbWrite{%
- \wlog{\string\AppendVerbWrite: [\the\@VerbWriteCount]}%
- \if@VStreamOpen
- \else
- \errmessage{\string\AppendVerbWrite: no file open.}%
- \fi
- \xdef\@VerbWriteFileName{\@VerbWriteBaseName.\@VerbWriteFileExt}%
- \BeginVerbWr{\@VStream}{\EndVerbWrite}%
-}
-\def\VerbAsVerb{%
- \CloseVerbWriteFile
- {%
- \CaretTabtrue
- \ListVerb{\@VerbWriteFileName}%
- }%
-}
-\def\VerbAsSource{%
- \CloseVerbWriteFile
- \input \@VerbWriteFileName \relax
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/weekofyr.tip b/info/examples/tip/weekofyr.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 071eb36e35..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/weekofyr.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.1
-% Date: Sep 9, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.22, p. III-392.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1641.
-\wlog{L: "weekofyr.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1641, p. III-392]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\InputD{dateofw.tip}
-\InputD{arbday.tip}
-\InputD{prevday.tip}
-\InputD{mondofda.tip}
-\InputD{norpweek.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@WeekOfYearCounter
-\newcount\@WeekOfYearYear
-\newcount\@WeekOfYearMonth
-\newcount\@WeekOfYearDay
-\newcount\@WeekOfYearCopy
-\def\WeekOfYear #1#2#3#4{%
- \@WeekOfYearCopy = #1\relax
- \ComputeMondayOfDate{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- {\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}{\@WeekOfYearDay}%
- \def\@WeekOfYearCounter{#4}%
- \@WeekOfYearCounter = 1
- \@WeekOfYear
-}
-\newif\if@YearStop
-\def\@WeekOfYear{%
- \@YearStopfalse
- \ifnum\@WeekOfYearCopy > \@WeekOfYearYear
- \@YearStoptrue
- \else
- \ifnum\@WeekOfYearMonth = 1
- \ifnum\@WeekOfYearDay = 1
- \@YearStoptrue
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \if@YearStop
- \def\@WeekOfYearNext{\relax}%
- \else
- \def\@WeekOfYearNext{\@WeekOfYear}%
- \expandafter\advance\@WeekOfYearCounter by 1
- \PrevWeekSameDay{\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}%
- {\@WeekOfYearDay}%
- {\@WeekOfYearYear}{\@WeekOfYearMonth}%
- {\@WeekOfYearDay}%
- \fi
- \@WeekOfYearNext
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/widestc.tip b/info/examples/tip/widestc.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e077b9248..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/widestc.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 27.1.8.4, p. III-415.
-% Original source in file "macros7.TEX", starting line 945.
-\wlog{L: "widestc.tip" ["macros7.TEX," l. 945, p. III-415]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{maxmindi.tip}
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\@WidestLoopCounter
-\newbox\@WidestLoopBox
-\def\FindWidestChar #1#2#3#4{%
- #1 = 0pt
- \DoLoop{\@WidestLoopCounter}{#3}{1}{#4}{%
- \setbox\@WidestLoopBox = \hbox{%
- #2%
- \char\@WidestLoopCounter
- }%
- \MaxDimen{#1}{#1}{\wd\@WidestLoopBox}{}%
- }%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/wl-parcp.tip b/info/examples/tip/wl-parcp.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index ac9b462a23..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/wl-parcp.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 10.12, p. II-46.
-% Original source in file "par1.TEX", starting line 2331.
-\wlog{L: "wl-parcp.tip" ["par1.TEX," l. 2331, p. II-46]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\def\WritingParShape{%
- \wlog{\string\WritingParShape: begin}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\pretolerance: \the\pretolerance}%
- \wlog{\string\tolerance: \the\tolerance}%
- \wlog{\string\prevgraf: \the\prevgraf}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\parskip: \the\parskip}%
- \wlog{\string\baselineskip: \the\baselineskip}%
- \wlog{\string\lineskip: \the\lineskip}%
- \wlog{\string\lineskiplimit: \the\lineskiplimit}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\parindent: \the\parindent}%
- \wlog{\string\hsize: \the\hsize}%
- \wlog{\string\leftskip: \the\leftskip}%
- \wlog{\string\rightskip: \the\rightskip}%
- \wlog{\string\parfillskip: \the\parfillskip}%
- \wlog{\string\spaceskip: \the\spaceskip}%
- \wlog{\string\xspaceskip: \the\xspaceskip}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\hyphenpenalty: \the\hyphenpenalty}%
- \wlog{\string\exhyphenpenalty: \the\exhyphenpenalty}%
- \wlog{\string\lefthyphenmin: \the\lefthyphenmin}%
- \wlog{\string\righthyphenmin: \the\righthyphenmin}%
- \wlog{\string\lefthyphenmin: \the\lefthyphenmin}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\adjdemerits: \the\adjdemerits}%
- \wlog{\string\doublehyphendemerits: \the\doublehyphendemerits}%
- \wlog{\string\finalhyphendemerits: \the\finalhyphendemerits}%
- \wlog{\string\linepenalty: \the\linepenalty}%
- \wlog{\string\sfcode\string\`.: \the\sfcode`\.}%
- \wlog{\string\hyphenchar: \the\hyphenchar\tenrm}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\binoppenalty: \the\binoppenalty}%
- \wlog{\string\relpenalty: \the\relpenalty}%
- \wlog{}%
- \wlog{\string\everypar: \the\everypar}%
- \wlog{\string\WritingParShape: end}%
-}
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/wrtoc.tip b/info/examples/tip/wrtoc.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 11267744de..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/wrtoc.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 29.2.4, p. III-502.
-% Original source in file "io2.TEX", starting line 726.
-\wlog{L: "wrtoc.tip" ["io2.TEX," l. 726, p. III-502]}%
-% This file DOES NOT belong to format "texip."
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\TocStream
-\def\@wt{\write\TocStream}
-\def\WriteToc #1#2#3#4{%
- \edef\@WriteTemp{\string\TocEntry {#1}{#2}{#3}}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \@wt\expandafter{\@WriteTemp{#4}}%
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/wrverbar.tip b/info/examples/tip/wrverbar.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 2e327c44cb..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/wrverbar.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 28.5.8, p. III-485.
-% Original source in file "io1.TEX", starting line 1917.
-\wlog{L: "wrverbar.tip" ["io1.TEX," l. 1917, p. III-485]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{verb-bas.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newwrite\@VerbArgStream
-\def\WriteVerbatimArgument #1#2{%
- \immediate\openout\@VerbArgStream = #1
- \def\@AfterWriteVerbatimArgument{#2}%
- \begingroup
- \MkOthersNoCB
- \@WriteVerbatimArgument
-}
-\def\@WriteVerbatimArgument #1{%
- \immediate\write\@VerbArgStream{#1}%
- \immediate\closeout\@VerbArgStream
- \endgroup
- \@AfterWriteVerbatimArgument
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/wtolist.tip b/info/examples/tip/wtolist.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 1919568d70..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/wtolist.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 20.2.17, p. III-133.
-% Original source in file "tokens3.TEX", starting line 906.
-\wlog{L: "wtolist.tip" ["tokens3.TEX," l. 906, p. III-133]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{futlet.tip}
-\InputD{list-mac.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\def\WordsToTeXList #1#2\EndWordsToTeXList{%
- \def\@WordsToTeXListName{#1}%
- \expandafter\def\@WordsToTeXListName{}%
- \@WordsToTeXListNextName #2 \EndWordsToTeXList
-}
-\def\@WordsToTeXListNextName #1 {%
- \if\EmptyStringConditional{#1}%
- \else
- \expandafter\RightAppendElement\@WordsToTeXListName{#1}%
- \fi
- \DoFutureLet{\ifx}{\EndWordsToTeXList}%
- {\@WordsToTeXListEnd}{\@WordsToTeXListNextName}%
-}
-\def\@WordsToTeXListEnd\EndWordsToTeXList{}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/x-parsh.tip b/info/examples/tip/x-parsh.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index 63f30a6a02..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/x-parsh.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 12.1.3, p. II-108.
-% Original source in file "par3.TEX", starting line 176.
-\wlog{L: "x-parsh.tip" ["par3.TEX," l. 176, p. II-108]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{doloop.tip}
-\catcode`\@ = 11
-\newcount\X@ParShapeCountA
-\newcount\X@ParShapeCountB
-\newcount\X@ParShapeCountC
-\newdimen\X@ParShapeDimenA
-\newdimen\X@ParShapeDimenB
-\def\XParShape{%
- \def\X@ParShapeCollect{ }%
- \X@ParShapeCountC = 0
- \afterassignment\X@ParShapeB
- \X@ParShapeCountA
-}
-\def\X@ParShapeB{%
- \ifnum\X@ParShapeCountA = 0
- \let\@XParShapeNext = \X@ParShapeD
- \else
- \advance\X@ParShapeCountA by -1
- \let\@XParShapeNext = \X@ParShapeC
- \fi
- \@XParShapeNext
-}
-\def\X@ParShapeD{%
- \parshape = \X@ParShapeCountC\X@ParShapeCollect
-}
-\def\X@ParShapeC #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 {%
- \message{\string\X@ParShapeC: #1, #2, #3, #4, #5}%
- \X@ParShapeDimenA = #2%
- \X@ParShapeDimenB = #4%
- \DoLoop{\X@ParShapeCountB}{1}{1}{#1}%
- {%
- \edef\X@ParShapeCollect{%
- \space
- \X@ParShapeCollect
- \the\X@ParShapeDimenA
- \space
- \the\X@ParShapeDimenB
- \space
- }%
- \advance\X@ParShapeCountC by 1
- \advance\X@ParShapeDimenA by #3\relax
- \advance\X@ParShapeDimenB by #5\relax
- }%
- \X@ParShapeB
-}
-\catcode`\@ = 12
diff --git a/info/examples/tip/yearcal.tip b/info/examples/tip/yearcal.tip
deleted file mode 100644
index c9ce2d2b18..0000000000
--- a/info/examples/tip/yearcal.tip
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-% This macro source file is from the four volume series
-% "TeX in Practice" by Stephan von Bechtolsheim, published
-% 1993 by Springer-Verlag, New York.
-% Copyright 1993 Stephan von Bechtolsheim.
-% No warranty or liability is assumed.
-% This macro may be copied freely if no fees other than
-% media cost or shipping charges are charged and as long
-% as this copyright and the following source code itself
-% is not changed. Please see the series for further information.
-%
-% Version: 1.0
-% Date: May 1, 1993
-%
-%
-% This source code is documented in 26.21, p. III-390.
-% Original source in file "macros6.TEX", starting line 1540.
-\wlog{L: "yearcal.tip" ["macros6.TEX," l. 1540, p. III-390]}%
-% This file DOES belong to format "texip."
-\InputD{mocal.tip}
-\def\YearlyCalendar #1#2#3{%
- \vbox{%
- \dimen0 = #2\relax
- \ifdim\dimen0 = 0.0pt
- \dimen0 = \hsize
- \fi
- \dimen1 = #3\relax
- \ifdim\dimen1 = 0.0pt
- \dimen1 = \dimen0
- \divide\dimen1 by 3
- \advance\dimen1 by -5pt
- \fi
- \hsize = \dimen0
- \centerline{\Large\bf Year #1}
- \bigskip
- \line{%
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{1}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{2}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{3}{\dimen1}%
- }%
- \bigskip
- \line{%
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{4}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{5}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{6}{\dimen1}%
- }%
- \bigskip
- \line{%
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{7}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{8}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{9}{\dimen1}%
- }%
- \bigskip
- \line{%
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{10}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{11}{\dimen1}%
- \hfil
- \MonthlyCalendar{#1}{12}{\dimen1}%
- }%
- }
-}